Archives

Diabetes Mellitus and Tuberculosis

ABSTRACT

 

The converging epidemics of non-communicable disease like DM (DM) and an infectious disease like tuberculosis (TB) is a double burden. DM is increasing in the same population that is at high risk for developing TB. There is a two-to-four-fold higher risk of active TB in individuals with DM and up to 30% of individuals with TB are likely to have DM. Immune deficiency either in absolute or relative quantities are sufficient for re-activation of latent TB. From a 10% risk of reactivation over the whole lifetime of an immunocompetent individual, the risk of reactivation increases to 10% every year in immune-deficient individuals. DM impairs cell mediated immunity and poor glycemic control affects cytokine response and alters the defenses in the alveolar macrophages. Fever, hemoptysis, extensive parenchymal lesions, and lung cavities are more common in those with DM particularly heavier and older males. DM increases the risk of treatment failure, death, and relapse. Evidence collected from meta-analysis conclude that DM can increase the odds of developing Multi Drug resistant TB (MDR-TB). The synergism between DM and TB necessitates bi-directional screening. Sputum examination for Ziehl-Neelsen staining is both a sensitive and specific screening test. Rapid molecular diagnostic tests like cartridge based nucleic acid amplification tests (CB-NAAT) are useful in cases where there is a high-index of suspicion and difficulty in arriving at a definitive diagnosis exists. Random plasma glucose and HbA1c (glycosylated Hemoglobin) measurements are convenient tests for DM screening that can be done in non-fasting individuals. Screening for DM more than once during the course of illness is sensible so that transient DM and new-onset DM can be identified. Anti-TB drugs affect glycemic control as they interact with anti-diabetic drugs by either stimulating or inhibiting the metabolizing enzymes. They may also aggravate metabolic, ocular, and neuropathic complications of DM. Insulin is the preferred drug in most instances. The presence of renal and hepatic dysfunction affects TB and hyperglycemic management.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Tuberculosis (TB) and diabetes mellitus (DM) are two diverse conditions of immense public health importance existing for centuries. TB was traditionally identified with poverty while DM was considered as an entity associated with prosperity. TB is today one of the commonest and widespread communicable infectious diseases largely but not necessarily confined to low-economic groups. DM on the other hand spearheads the group of chronic non-communicable diseases affecting people across all socio-economic strata. Contrary to previous beliefs, a larger number of people with DM are living in middle- and low-income countries. Unfortunately, these are the countries where DM is expected to increase in the near future (1). Both DM and TB have been associated with significant morbidity and mortality from time immemorial. Advancements in modern medical science over the years has definitely improved the outcome in both these conditions. But the magnitude of these two diseases has not waned and both are collaborative in worsening each other. In fact, the increase in the population affected with DM is sustaining the TB epidemic.

 

TB is associated with the endocrine system in different ways. The effects of TB on the endocrine system are discussed in detail in another Endotext chapter (2).  The interaction of TB and DM is discussed in this chapter.

 

TUBERCULOSIS

 

TB is a global health threat, particularly to the poor and the susceptible. It is estimated that on average approximately 9 to 10 million people are affected by TB and around 1 to 2 million succumb to it annually (3). In 2019, 1.3 million people died due to TB. In developed countries, TB has slipped down in ranking among the global list of top 10 diseases causing mortality. However, in the underdeveloped regions it still remains among the top 10 diseases with high mortality (up to 30%). When in concurrence with retroviral infections, the risk of active TB is 12 to 20 times higher and the mortality is higher even in developed countries (4). Multi drug resistant TB is another rising problem which requires expensive second line drugs and a longer duration of treatment. A large proportion of the global population is at risk and the true prevalence and the annual incidence also depends on access to health care facilities and the laboratory-based testing capacity of the regions. Individuals who are in close contact with affected individuals, people living in crowded places, immigration to a country or area with a high prevalence of TB, and children less than 5 years of age are considered vulnerable to getting infected by the TB bacilli (Table 1). Bacillary load in the sputum of the infectious individual and close proximity to the infectious persons are two important external determinants for infection in any individual after exposure.

 

Table 1. Risk Factors for TB Infection, Disease, and Outcome

Stage of TB

Intrinsic Factors

Extrinsic factors

 

Exposure to infection

Closeness of contact

Duration of contact

Load of Bacilli

 

 

Overcrowding and lack of ventilation

Indoor pollution

Community prevalence of TB

Tobacco Use, Drug abuse

Alcohol

Migration

 

 

Infection to disease progression

Altered Immune status (disease or drug induced)

Lack of BCG vaccination

Nourishment

DM

Malignancy

Respiratory diseases like Silicosis

Age

Male

Disease Outcome  

Female sex, Social Stigma, Immune status, Malnourishment, DM, Malignancy, Age, MDR-TB,

Barriers to health care access:   Cultural, Geographical, Economical, Weak social support, Weak health care support

 

Latent Tuberculosis

 

In most of the exposed individuals the infection is quelled by the immune system and the bacilli are fenced inside a granuloma or tubercle, immunologically aborting an active disease. This is a subclinical disease (LTBI – Latent TB infection) which doesn’t have symptoms and can last for weeks or decades. This latent infection is seen in nearly one third of the world population. Even though non-infectious, they carry the risk (about 10%) of re-activation into active TB later (primary progressive TB) (5). Such re-activation occurs in immunocompromised as in HIV infection, those on immunosuppressive agents (such as post organ transplant, autoimmune diseases, and allergic diseases), conditions like DM, alcoholism, substance abuse, silicosis, malnutrition, steroid therapy, renal failure, malignancies, indoor air pollution, and smoking. The World Health Organization (WHO) has guidelines on the approach to latent TB especially in countries where the burden of TB is low (an incidence of < 100 / 1, 00,000 per year). It strongly recommends screening and treatment of latent TB in high-risk individuals in these countries (6).

 

TB is an airborne infectious disease which spreads by droplets. TB affects the lungs primarily (Pulmonary TB) and when it affects the pleura, bones/joints, abdominal organs, lymph nodes, and meninges it is called extra-pulmonary TB. Mycobacterium tuberculosis, the causative agent has a thick mycolic acid cell wall that enables its survival in the environment and in its host. External to its cell membrane it has a peptidoglycan polymer which makes it impermeable. Its cell wall also contains lipoarabinomannan which enables its phagocytosis by macrophages and facilitates its survival inside macrophages in airways especially alveoli (7). The ability of the host’s defense system then determines whether the outcome is a progressive primary pulmonary disease or a latent state.

 

DIABETES MELLITUS

 

The prevalence of DM is rapidly increasing to justify it to be termed as an epidemic disease. According to WHO, the global prevalence of DM has doubled from 4.7 % in 1980 to 8.5% in 2014 (8). From an estimated prevalence of 463 million in 2019, it is estimated to increase to 578 million in 2030, and 700 million in 2045. For every diagnosed individual with DM there is another undiagnosed person with DM (9). The differences in the prevalence of DM between high and middle-income countries and similarly between rural and urban population are decreasing.

 

According to WHO, non-communicable diseases constitute 7 out of the top 10 leading causes of death and DM is prominent among them. In 2019 the estimated number of deaths to have occurred due to DM globally is approximately 4 million (10). DM is associated with significant morbidity due to its microvascular and macrovascular complications and high cardiovascular mortality. DM is a major cause of cardiac ischemia, stroke, renal failure, blindness, and amputations.

 

 

The high prevalence of DM and TB being in epidemic proportions has rightly earned them the names ‘the converging epidemics’ and ‘double burden’ (11,12). Due to rapid changes in lifestyle, urbanization, and epidemiological changes, DM is increasingly seen in low- and medium-income groups, and in younger individuals more frequently than before. The prevalence of DM is increasing faster where TB is endemic already. Unfortunately, these are the regions in the world where health care facilities are less common. According to International Diabetes Federation, the 50-55% increase in the prevalence of DM over the next 2 decades will occur predominantly in the continent of Africa (10). A longitudinal, multi-national study involving low-income countries concluded that an odds ratio of 4.7 for prevalence and 8.1 for incidence of TB is highly likely in those counties where DM has increased over the last decade (13). The WHO states that younger age group individuals are three times more likely to get infected with TB (14). There is a two-to four-fold higher risk of active TB in individuals with DM compared to non-diabetic individuals (15). According to a meta-analysis by Wilkinson et al, around 4 % of people with type 2 DM develop TB (16). Since the number of individuals with undiagnosed DM in the world is expected to be more than 50%, the proportion of TB in DM also should be much higher. Analytical models that try to project the future burden of TB in DM predict that the increase in DM counteracts the decreasing incidence of TB by at least 3% over the next 15 years (17).

 

Increased chances of finding undetected and uncontrolled hyperglycemia in close household contacts of subjects with TB have been mentioned in studies from Asian counties. In fact, a systemic analysis of a group of heterogenous studies on bi-directional screening i.e., screening for TB in DM affected individuals and vice versa has shown some evidence to support active screening for both DM and TB in the affected individuals and family members (18). Up to 35% of TB patients may have DM and the quoted figures are variable in literature (19). Jean Jacques Noubiap et al in their systematic review and meta-analysis of data from 2.3 million people with TB world-wide estimated that the prevalence of DM in patients with TB is around 15 % and was twice that of the general population (20). These data clearly give epidemiological evidence for the co-existence of DM and TB as a syndemic. A potentially lethal combination of a communicable disease and a non-communicable disease having a synergistic effect is a challenge on the public health system.

 

Epidemiology of Diabetes Among Patients with Active Tuberculosis

 

The WHO collaborative framework recommends for a joint plan for DM and TB related activities which have to be reflected in the national plans on non-communicable diseases and TB respectively (21). As per the WHO approximately15% of TB cases in the world are associated with DM. Of these 15%, India accounts for more than 40% of the cases (19). Estimates of the burden of DM and TB co-existence has primarily come from studies looking at prevalence of DM and glucose intolerance among newly diagnosed patients with TB diagnosed in TB clinics. The community prevalence of these two disorders co-existing are not clear. Many of these studies have been done in hospitals where sicker patients with TB are treated which would probably account for a higher percentage of patients having glucose intolerance and DM. In a study from five randomly selected TB care clinics in the southern state of Tamil Nadu, around 25% of patients with TB had coexisting DM. Around 10% of these patients had newly diagnosed DM. Risk factors for having DM in this group of patients included older age, higher basal metabolic index (BMI), family history of DM among first degree relatives, and following a sedentary lifestyle (22). Close to Tamil Nadu in the southern state of Kerala, the prevalence of DM in patients with TB was nearly double that observed in the previous study. Among the patients with TB in Kerala, 44% had DM. Among them about half (21%) had newly diagnosed DM (23). The risk of DM was higher among those with sputum positive TB in both of these studies. In a study from Odisha on the Eastern part of India, 13.9% of tribal patients with TB had DM suggestive of a significant burden of disease even among poorer regions of the country (24). In a retrospective study, among 1000 patients with TB from the northern state of Punjab, 11.6% had DM and TB coexistence (25). In the same state the authors found 30% of patients with TB diagnosed in a tertiary referral hospital had DM (26).

 

To better understand the prevalence of DM among newly diagnosed patients with TB a large multicentric study involving five centers is in progress (GIANT Study - Glucose Intolerance Among New patients with TB - Clinical Trial Registry India - CTRI/2019/05/019396). This study incorporates simultaneous OGTT and HbA1c determinations at three different time points to ascertain if HbA1c can replace the standard oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) in this population and avoid the inconvenience of performing an OGTT.

 

A recent systemic review and meta-analysis ascertained the worldwide prevalence of DM among active cases of TB. This meta-analysis involved over 200 studies that included a little under 2.3 million patients with active TB. The overall pooled prevalence was similar to the WHO estimate of 15% prevalence of DM in patients with active TB. However, this varied from 0.1% in Latvia to 45% in the Marshall Islands. The high prevalence areas as per the International Diabetes Federation included North America, Western Pacific (which includes Australia and China), South East Asia, North Africa, and Middle East Asia (27). Figure 1 summarizes the information on the prevalence of DM and active TB in 7 regions of the world.

Figure 1. Prevalence of DM among patients with active TB in the seven International Diabetes Federation (IDF) regions of the world. The areas in red have the high burden of DM co-existing with active TB. The low burden areas are marked in blue. (adapted from ref 27)

DIABETES PREDISPOSING TO TUBERCULOSIS

 

Absolute or relative immune deficiency is sufficient for re-activation of latent TB. The association of increased prevalence of TB in immune deficient diseases like HIV is well established. The wider prevalence of DM makes DM a more important risk factor for developing TB than retroviral diseases. The higher incidence of multi-drug resistant TB reported to be significant in some studies (Odds Ratio of 2.1) reiterates the role of immune dysregulation in DM (28). The immune response in DM to TB is supposed to be hyper-reactive but ineffective and even deleterious as it may produce pulmonary tissue damage.

 

Chronic hyperglycemia impairs immunity (both innate and adaptive). DM impairs cell mediated immunity and poor glycemic control affects cytokine response and alters the defenses in the alveolar macrophages. Hyperglycemia disrupts the recruitment of neutrophils, chemotactic movement of monocytes, and phagocytic action of alveolar macrophages. Also, the antigen-specific interferon-gamma release is affected as the T-helper cell activation is ineffective. In addition, altered pulmonary microvasculature and micronutrient deficiency facilitate the invasion and establishment of TB as surveillance and nutrition is compromised. The chronic immunosuppression or ineffective immune response predisposes the individual for TB infection and with a higher bacilli load. This is summarized in Figure 2.

Figure 2. DM is associated with increase in active TB and relapse in TB which both may be a result of the direct effect of diabetes. There is increased death in DM and TB which may be secondary to TB or due to the inherent excess mortality of DM due to cardiovascular disease

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

 

The manifestations of tuberculous infection in patients with DM have been documented to be different from those without diabetes. Fever and hemoptysis in diabetic population is more common compared to the general population. Radiographic differences include higher than usual parenchymal lesions and lung cavities (30). There are reports of a higher incidence of lower lobe involvement in individuals with DM in contrast to the classical upper lobe involvement in the general population. Also, a higher rate of other atypical presentations like a reduced rate of sputum conversion (low quality evidence), higher probability of treatment failure and death (moderate quality evidences) is known to occur when DM occurs with TB. A higher rate of recurrence and reactivation of latent TB infection (OR=1.83) has been documented (31). Subjects affected with TB and DM are found to be heavier and older males compared to those without diabetes. More pulmonary than extra-pulmonary involvement is seen in TB with DM (32).

 

Outcome

 

Negative smear or culture on two separate occasions while on treatment and on completion of treatment defines a cured TB (Table 2). Apart from being a risk factor for increased incidence of active TB, co-existence of DM worsens the outcome even in treated patients. In the pre-insulin era, the commonest cause of death in DM apart from diabetic coma was the co-affection with TB (33). DM increases the risk of treatment failure, death and relapse. The risks are likely to be an underestimation as loss of follow-up or unreported death has been a major problem in data collection on outcome in TB management. In a systematic review and meta-analysis by Baker et al, the risk ratio for combined treatment failure and death was 1.69. The risk ratio for death was 1.89 when unadjusted and went up to 4.95 when adjusted for age and other confounding factors.

 

Table 2. Terminology and Definitions

Terminology

Definitions

Treatment completed

Bacteriologically confirmed TB patient who has completed treatment without evidence of failure, but not yet completed sputum test to prove negative result in the last month of treatment and on at least one previous occasion

Cured

Bacteriologically confirmed TB in whom smear- or culture-was negative in the last month of treatment and on at least one previous occasion

Treatment Success

The sum of cured and treatment completed

Treatment Failed

Sputum smear or culture positive at or beyond 5th month of treatment

Died

A proven patient who dies for any reason before or during the course of treatment

Lost to follow-up

A proven patient who did not start treatment or who has interrupted treatment for 2 or more consecutive months

Not Evaluated

A proven patient for whom no treatment outcome is assigned. Includes cases “transferred out” to another treatment unit as well as cases for which the treatment outcome is unknown to the reporting unit

Terminology and Definitions adopted from RNTCP, Revised National TB Control Programme, Training Course for Programme Manager (Modules 1-4), 2011.Training modules. Central TB Division. https://tbcindia.gov.in.

 

The risk ratio for relapse was 3.89 but no additional risk of TB relapse in those with multidrug resistant TB was demonstrated. In their analysis, Baker et al found that the effect of co-existing DM on sputum conversion 2 to 3 months after treatment was variable (0.79 to 3.25) and wide (34). Persistence of sputum positivity i.e., delay in sputum conversion has been shown in a few studies. The authors conclude that advancing age and underlying co-morbidity contribute to death and is not due to drug resistant TB or severity of hyperglycemia (35).

 

BI-DIRECTIONAL SCREENING FOR DIABETES AND TUBERCULOSIS

 

The synergism between DM and TB in terms of epidemiology and outcome necessitates bi-directional screening for the presence of either TB or DM in the presence of the other disorder. The Collaborative Framework for Care and Control of TB and DM proposed by the World Health Organization (WHO) along with the International Union against TB and Lung is an effort towards bi-directional screening and management of both these conditions (36). Studies implementing bi-directional screening point towards its feasibility and effectiveness (18).

 

Screening for Active TB Among Patients with Diabetes

 

The diagnosis and treatment of TB is affected by substantial delay which occurs at multiple levels a) between the onset of symptoms and clinical presentation b) clinical presentation and suspicion of TB c) Clinical suspicion of TB and its confirmation. This is due to variability in symptoms, host immunity, lack of knowledge, paucity of access to medical care, and lack of rapid and reliable diagnostic tools. The average delay even in resource- rich countries after presentation to heath care system is 3 weeks (37). According to WHO, patients with suspected TB should be promptly sent to TB diagnostic and treatment centers and evaluated accordingly.

 

The higher risk of TB in diabetic population compels intensive screening for detection of TB at the earliest time so as to reduce transmission, morbidity, and mortality. WHO recommends for TB surveillance among patients with DM in settings with medium to high TB burdens. The practical difficulties are the non-availability of TB screening tools in all DM clinics. Also, in areas of low TB burden, the cost-effectiveness is low. The number needed to screen to detect one case of active TB depends on the prevalence in that area. Screening of all patients with clinical history during their visit to diabetic clinic and additional testing in symptomatic and high-risk patients should be undertaken. Also screening for TB whenever there is unexplained worsening of metabolic control would help detect occult cases. Different modalities (clinical, radiological, sputum microbiology) alone or in combination are used for screening individuals with DM for the presence of active TB.

 

Clinical Assessment

 

It is inexpensive and requires minimum time. Fever, cough of more than 2 weeks duration, hemoptysis, weight loss, night sweats, and exposure to a case of active TB are the clinical clues to suspect pulmonary TB. Lymphadenopathy, fever with altered sensorium, neck stiffness, abdominal symptoms like ascites, intestinal obstruction etc. all favor the possibilities of extra-pulmonary TB. But clinical symptoms lack both sensitivity and specificity as it excludes asymptomatic patients and relies on the presence of symptoms.

 

Radiography of the Chest

 

It has good sensitivity to pick up asymptomatic pulmonary cases, but there can be false positive results. Inconsistent evidence exists on the presence of atypical findings of TB in the chest x-rays of individuals with diabetes. The presence of clinical symptoms of fever, cough, hemoptysis, and weight loss with an abnormal chest-x-ray helps in the presumptive diagnosis of TB. Figure 3, 4, and 5 show different radiological presentations of pulmonary TB.

Figure 3. Chest Radiographs suggesting fibrocavitatory lesions. Post primary infections and reactivation of pulmonary TB are more likely to cavitate. They are most common in the posterior segments of the upper lobes (85%) as seen in Picture A. Red arrow pointing to the cavity. The other common site is the superior segment of the lower lobe (Picture B) Yellow arrow pointing to the cavity (Picture courtesy- Prof Mary John, Christian Medical College and Hospital, Ludhiana)

Figure 4. Chest Radiographs suggesting lobar consolidation. (Picture courtesy- Prof Mary John& Dr Neeru Mittal, Christian Medical College and Hospital, Ludhiana)

Figure 5. Chest Radiographs suggesting miliary TB. It represents hematogenous dissemination of an uncontrolled tuberculous infection. Although implants are seen throughout the body, the lungs are usually the easiest location to image. Miliary deposits appear as 1-3 mm diameter nodules uniformly distributed in the lung parenchyma. (Picture courtesy- Prof Mary John & Dr Neeru Mittal, Christian Medical College and Hospital, Ludhiana)

Microscopic Examination 

 

Sputum collected for Ziehl-Neelsen staining and examination for acid -fast bacilli is both sensitive and specific. Even-though they are the commonly used confirmatory tests, most diabetes-oriented clinics are unlikely to have standard laboratory facilities for sputum tests even though having a radiography unit for screening TB appears feasible (32). Sputum tests have limitations in cases of scanty sputum or salivary contamination especially in children. If sputum availability is scanty then sputum is induced by saline nebulization, which if not helpful, can be followed by bronchoscopy assisted lavage or trans-bronchial pulmonary biopsy.

 

Sputum Culture

 

The gold standard test is sputum culture for TB bacilli but is both time consuming (turnaround time 8 weeks) and expensive. It cannot be used for all individuals attending the DM clinic and is reserved for those patients where the index of suspicion is high and in difficult cases when other available tests are not contributory for diagnosis. Sputum culture is also useful for assessing response in multi-drug resistant TB.

 

Rapid Molecular Diagnostic Tests

 

Tests like cartridge based nucleic acid amplification test (CB-NAAT) (Figure 6) or rapid automated molecular test Expert MTB/ RIF assay using polymerase chain reaction have a quick turnaround time of two hours and additional advantage of using a single sputum sample. They also detect the presence of rifampicin resistance. Being expensive it cannot be used for screening all patients with DM even though it has high sensitivity and specificity. But they are useful in cases with high-index of suspicion and difficulty in arriving at a definitive diagnosis.

Figure 6. All district hospitals in India have been provided with Cartridge Based-Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing equipment under the RNTPC program. Picture of the equipment at Civil Hospital, Ludhiana (Picture courtesy- Dr Ashish Chawla, Civil Hospital, Ludhiana)

Screening for Latent TB Among Patients with Diabetes

 

As mentioned earlier, Identification and treatment of latent TB infection to prevent its progression to active disease is necessary to prevent morbidity, mortality, and spread of TB. The WHO AND USPSTF (US preventive services task force) have issued strong guidelines for the screening and treatment of latent TB infection in high risk adults aged more than 18 years in countries with low incidence of TB (38,39).The high risk groups include persons hailing from countries with high TB prevalence, persons residing in homeless shelters and correctional facilities, immunocompromised individuals (HIV, those on immunosuppressants including post-organ transplant), silicosis, those receiving dialysis, those receiving anti-TNF-alfa inhibitor treatment, previously treated TB, and persons who come in contact with those active TB (household contacts and health care workers). The Mantoux tuberculin skin test (TST) and interferon-gamma release assays (IGRAs) are the two screening tests used and they are moderately sensitive and highly specific (40,41). In the tuberculin test, purified protein derivative (PPD) is injected intradermally and assessed within 48 to 72 hours for the presence of induration which is a palpable hard swelling (a diameter of more than 10 mm is considered positive) over the injected area (42,43). In the IGRA a single venous blood sample is taken for the assay and the reports are available within a day. They are particularly useful in those who are unlikely to return for TST test reading and BCG vaccinees.

 

There is no consensus on the issue of screening for latent TB infection in DM as a high-risk group. The results of studies done previously have been inconsistent. Studies have shown a variable prevalence of latent TB infection and there are no randomized controlled trials demonstrating the benefits of screening. Similarly, there are no recommendations for chemoprophylaxis of latent TB infection in individuals with DM due to the lack of randomized controlled trials that show benefit. The small added risk of hepatotoxicity with chemoprophylactic drugs given for TB in latent TB infection has been the only concern arguing against such measures.

 

Screening for Diabetes in Tuberculosis

 

In geographical regions with a high prevalence of diabetes, screening for hyperglycemia in TB affected individuals is highly recommended (14). Detection and monitoring of hyperglycemia is an essential part of infection management in any patient with an infectious disease. Chronic infectious diseases like TB thrive in hyperglycemic individuals and the outcome is unfavorable in a hyperglycemic milieu. Recognition of hyperglycemia during the entire course of the illness in TB affected individuals implies either monitoring of pre-existing hyperglycemia or new onset of transient or permanent hyperglycemia. Transient hyperglycemia is a manifestation secondary to the insulin resistance induced by the inflammation of TB infection. There is evidence that hyperglycemic status improves during the course of anti-TB treatment. The optimal time to screen for DM in TB patients on anti-TB treatment is thus unresolved particularly when it is well known that transient hyperglycemia exists during the course of TB. Many groups have advocated for screening more than once during the course of illness i.e., once at the initiation of treatment and at least once again either during and at the time of completion of TB treatment.

 

In regions with high prevalence of diabetes, younger age of onset of DM is on the rise and this is an emerging problem. There is a three times higher risk for younger individuals to get TB and a two-to four-fold higher risk in diabetic individuals compared to non-diabetic individuals. Hence screening for DM in all individuals 18 years of age or older appears logical.

 

The type of tests for screening patients with TB for DM depends on the availability of the local health care facilities, cost of the tests, and the ability of patients to come back for additional or repeat tests. Symptom based screening for DM has a low sensitivity. Risk score-based screening also is marred by low sensitivity and specificity. Random plasma glucose test and HbA1c (glycosylated Hb) are convenient tests that can be done in non-fasting individuals as screening tests. Glycosylated Hb test which doesn’t require a fasting blood sample helps to differentiate stress induced hyperglycemia from spontaneous onset pre-existing diabetes. Oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) with 75 gm helps in identifying impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) and frank DM. A FBG ≥126 mg/dL or random plasma glucose ≥200 mg/dl on two tests is diagnostic of diabetes; FBG 110to 125 mg/dL is considered as impaired fasting glucose and post glucose values between 141- to 199 mg/dl is taken as impaired glucose tolerance (43,44). In one study, the number of TB patients needed to screen (NNS) for detecting DM was on average 40. But in the same population it was lower among smear positive subjects (NNS = 23), in age less than 40 years (< 40 years vs. > 40 years NNS = 35 Vs 47), in males (male vs. female NNS = 31 vs. 116), smokers (smoker vs. non-smoker NNS = 27 vs. 68) and HIV positive (Positive vs. Negative 22 Vs 43) indicating that there are high risk individuals (46).

 

Currently, screening for DM in individuals with TB and screening for TB in patients with DM where the prevalence is > 100/1,00,000 population appears feasible. Once diagnosed as having diabetes, diet and drug therapy is initiated and the patients are followed up closely for assessing the glycemic response. Transient hyperglycemic situations improve either spontaneously or with minimal medical intervention. After completion of TB medications, regular follow-up with glycemic monitoring is recommended for all patients who had diabetes.

 

MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES AND TUBERCULOSIS 

 

Anti-Tuberculosis Therapy in Diabetes

 

Management of DM should be according to the existing global guidelines with adaptations according to the regional needs. The treatment of TB in DM is not different from the general population. DOTs (Directly Observed Treatment, short-course) is a patient-centered WHO strategy adopted to treat individuals with active TB. A trained health worker provides drugs and observes in-person the patient taking the drug. It guarantees compliance, completion of the treatment course and prevents transmission, treatment failure and development of drug resistance. For newly detected TB, 2 months of intensive phase with 4 drugs (INH, Rifampicin, Pyrazinamide and Ethambutol) and 4 months of continuation phase with 3 drugs (except pyrazinamide) is the standard regimen. For those with a relapse 3 months of intensive therapy with 5 drugs (streptomycin in addition) followed by 4 months of continuation phase with 3 drugs (except pyrazinamide and streptomycin) is administrated.

 

In Chronic Kidney Disease

 

All four first line drugs (RIF, INH, PZA and EMB) can be used in patients with CKD. Up to 50% dose reduction for EMB and PZA may be needed in patients with creatinine clearance <10 ml/min. Regular monitoring is advised to ensure optimal therapy.

 

Adverse Effects of Anti-TB Drugs

 

INH induced peripheral neuropathy may worsen the underlying diabetic neuropathy. Pyridoxine is supplemented to prevent this. INH is also associated with hepatitis. Ethambutol is known to produce optic nerve toxicity which may confound diabetic retinopathy. Also, ethambutol and rifampicin are known to affect the kidneys. Rifampicin can induce immune-allergic reactions. Pyrazinamide is rarely associated with liver injury but its more common side effect is hyperuricemia induced joint pain. Streptomycin is potentially associated with renal and cochleo-vestibular toxicity

 

Multi-Drug Resistant TB (MDR-TB)

 

Multi-drug resistant TB (MDR-TB) is an added medical and economical burden as it is much more difficult to treat, involves therapy with atypical anti-TB drugs for a longer duration of time, and requires referral to specialty centers. Infections caused by mycobacterial strains which are resistant to INH and rifampicin are called multi-drug resistant TB infections. If there is additional resistance to one fluroquinolone and one of the additional inject able drugs (Kanamycin, Capreomycin or Amikacin) then it is called extensive drug resistant TB (XDR-TB). It is associated with poor outcomes and risk of continued transmission (47). Treatment outcome always has been poor due to the complex drug regimen, non-availability of all the drugs, and the possible occurrence of XDR-TB. The reason for resistance is multi-factorial including patient’s non-compliance to therapy, incomplete or inadequate treatment of susceptible TB, decision error by the treating community, etc. Resistance to drugs arises from mutations which are spontaneous and restricted to specific gene loci making it detectable without much difficulty.

 

There is inconsistent data on the incidence of TB-drug resistance in diabetes. Tegegne et al in their meta-analysis concluded that DM can increase the odds of developing MDR-TB.  (47,48). Observational studies have shown delayed clearance of mycobacterium, failure of treatment, relapse and death in the presence of DM (49). The possible theoretical explanations pertaining to the influence of DM in developing resistance include lower drug concentrations, hyperglycemia induced acute and chronic effects of immune regulation, and the presence of more extensive disease in DM affected individuals (50).

 

Altered plasma concentrations of the anti-TB drug rifampicin has been demonstrated in the continuation phase (but not in the induction phase) of TB treatment in individuals with DM (51). The heavier body weight of insulin resistant individuals with DM is supposed to be one of the reasons because of the use of fixed-dose combination drugs. Giving an exact weight-based dose for a longer duration of time is suggested to overcome this hurdle (52). In addition, DM can influence the plasma concentrations of anti-TB drugs. The absorption, distribution, and metabolism of anti-TB drugs may be altered either due to local gastrointestinal causes (gastropathy, polypharmacy mediated interactions) or dysautonomia of DM predisposing to treatment failure.

 

After initiation of treatment all patients should be closely followed for evidence of resistance. Persistent sputum positivity at the end of 2-3 months of ATT therapy should prompt a look for evidence of drug resistance. CT chest features have been demonstrated to be different from non-DM subjects. Pulmonary segment consolidation and lobe consolidation seen as moth-eaten cavities without a wall and filled with fluid are the features mentioned in published data. They are accompanied by bronchial damage (53). Multiple moth-eaten cavities in chest CT while on ATT should prompt the suspicion of MDR-TB. Rapid molecular techniques like CB-NAAT or sputum culture for sensitivity should be used to look for drug resistance. All MDR-TB should be referred to specialized centers dealing with MDR-TB.

 

Drug Therapy in Multi-Drug Resistant Tuberculosis

 

The second line drugs are generally less efficacious and more toxic. In the presence of drug resistance second line agents are used in multiple combinations to address different pharmacological targets in the mycobacterium. In addition to one of the first line drugs to which there is retained susceptibility, an injectable agent, a fluroquinolone and class 4 and class 5 drugs are used in combination to combat MDR-TB (53). Bedaquiline and Delamanidare are new anti-TB drugs used in MDR-TB

 

Bedaquiline belongs to the diarylquinoline group. It inhibits mycobacterial ATP-synthase activity. A shorter time to sputum conversion compared to placebo has been demonstrated. The adverse effects include enzyme induction,electrolyte imbalance, QTc prolongation, and gastrointestinal toxicity (54).

 

Delamanid a dihydro-imidazooxazole that inhibits mycolic acid synthesis also has shown a shorter time period taken for sputum conversion while used in the regimen for MDR-TB. A dose dependent association with QT prolongation occurs (55).

 

Linezolid an oxazolidinone has demonstrated 87% sputum conversion but more than 80% of patients had adverse effects. Peripheral neuropathy, myelosuppression, optic neuropathy, and rhabdomyolysis have been documented in study subjects.

 

ANTI-DIABETES THERAPY IN TUBERCULOSIS    

 

The outcome of TB in DM is also dependent on good glycemic control. The management of hyperglycemia in TB depends on many factors like age, duration of diabetes, presence of complications of DM and co-morbidities, existing drugs, patient support and preferences, economic background and access to medical facilities.

 

Changes in the lifestyle pattern is once again reiterated when starting ATT. Adequate nutrition with high quality protein without affecting glycemic control is the corner stone of managing nutrition associated glycemic status in TB. In the presence of nephropathy or liver disease, the protein intake has to be modified appropriately and spurious use of protein is avoided. Vitamins particularly pyridoxine (B6), methylcobalamine (B12), vitamin A and Vitamin D should be adequately replaced. Tobacco use and alcohol consumptions have to be stopped. Moderate intensity exercise can help weight lose and improve glycemic control in overweight individuals.

 

Drug regimen, monitoring and follow-up should be individualized to maximize benefit with minimal discomfort and side effects like hypoglycemia, arrhythmias etc. Monitoring of capillary blood glucose at home, dose adjustment, monitoring of renal and liver functions are required during follow-up.

 

Anti-TB drugs can influence the metabolism of anti-diabetic medications (Table 3). Rifampicin, by cytochrome p450 enzyme induction, increases the metabolism of most oral anti-diabetic drugs, which may worsen the hyperglycemia. INH on the other hand inhibits cytochrome P450 enzymes and prolongs the effect of anti-diabetic drugs.

 

Table 3. Anti TB Drugs and Drug Metabolism (Ref 57-59)

Anti TB drug

Effect on Cytochrome P 450

Effect on anti- diabetic drugs

Rifampicin

Induces the cytochrome enzymes thereby accelerating the elimination of drugs like sulphonylureas, thiazolidinediones, and meglitinides

Reduced effect of sulphonylureas by one-third due to CYP2C-mediated accelerated metabolism leading to hyperglycemia

 

Reduced effect of thiazolidinedione by half due to CYP2C8-mediated accelerated metabolism leading to hyperglycemia

INH

Inhibits

Reduced elimination through action on CYP2C9; persistent effect and risk of hypoglycemia

Bedaquiline

Enzyme inducer

Can reduce the effect of anti- diabetic drugs

 

 

Aggressive therapy of DM is necessary for optimal response to TB therapy (Table 4). Insulin is the drug of choice in most illnesses including TB; insulin has the advantage of producing an anabolic effect, positive influence on appetite, and faster relief of hyperglycemic symptoms. It is the most suitable anti-hyperglycemic agent in cachexic and low BMI individuals. It is a mandatory therapeutic agent in Type 1 diabetes, pancreatic diabetes, severe DM and TB, coexisting renal or hepatic diseases, situations complicated by drug interactions and oral drug intolerance. Insulin is neutral in drug-to-drug interactions and achieves glycemic control faster than oral drugs. In the presence of fasting hyperglycemia of > 200 with ketonuria, Insulin is used to treat the hyperglycemia. It is also the preferred drug in renal impairment. The main disadvantage with insulin is that it has to be injected and more than twice a day in presence of infection/ stress. The indications for insulin use in patients with active TB and DM is summarized in Figure 7.

Figure 7. Indications of Insulin Use in patients with Type 2 DM and Active TB

Metformin has the advantage of not producing hypoglycemia when used alone. It can however reduce appetite and needs caution while being used in renal or hepatic dysfunction. It doesn’t interact much with ATT and doesn’t influence cytochrome enzyme induced metabolism. It can help to shorten the course of TB therapy. It modifies the immune response and inflammation. It acts on the mitochondrial respiratory chain and can reduce the intracellular growth by acting through AMPK pathway which has a negative impact on the inflammatory process.

 

Table 4. Anti-Diabetic Drug Use in Patients with Tuberculosis

Drug

Advantages

Disadvantages

Comment

 

Insulin

Increases appetite,

weight; anabolic effect; No drug interactions with ATT

Injectable

 

Needs supervision for change in requirement

Preferred in lean diabetes, secondary diabetes, severe DM with ketosis or hyperosmolar state

Metformin

Oral;

Cost-effective and easily available

Not influenced by ATT; positive anti-TB adjuvant action

Gastrointestinal disturbances;

Needs renal and hepatic function monitoring; Change in eGFR (< 35 ml/ min/l) or > 3 times raised liver enzymes necessitates stopping metformin;

Not suitable in hypoperfusion states (risk of lactic acidosis)

Not potent in severe hyperglycemic situations. Can be used in mild forms of hyperglycemia.

Sulphonylureas

Quick restoration of euglycemia

Long-acting drugs can induce hypoglycemia in anorexic people

Shorter acting sulphonylureas such as gliclazide and glipizide

DPP4- inhibitors

Less hypoglycemic potential

? Risk of immune dysregulation – respiratory

Infection

Selective use

Alpha glucosidase inhibitors

No hypoglycemia

GI intolerance

In mild post meal elevation

Thiazolidinediones

Against insulin resistance

Hepatic

Selective use

SGLT2

inhibitors

No hypoglycemia

 

Dehydration, DKA

Selective use

 

 

Metformin increases the host cell production of reactive oxygen species and acidification of mycobacterial phagosome (60). It has been found to downregulate oxidative phosphorylation, mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) signaling, and type I interferon response pathways (61).  Sulphonylureas can be used for quick glycemic control. The long acting sulphonylureas like glibenclamide and glimepride have a risk of prolonged hypoglycemia particularly seen in anorexic individuals. Their plasma concentration and their duration of action are modified by drugs acting on cytochrome P450 system and hence monitoring of glycemic status is essential while on these drugs. Thiazolidinediones (pioglitazone) do not produce GI symptoms and are non-hypoglycemic when used as monotherapy. Monitoring of hepatic enzymes is required particularly when TB drugs are co-administered. Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors may be helpful in mild postprandial hyperglycemias. SGLT-2 inhibitors have the risk of further weight loss, euglycemic ketoacidosis, worsening of dehydration in sick patients, and urinary tract infections. They should not be used for glycemic control in patients who are sick and cachexic. In individuals who have no contra-indications they can be continued selectively under close follow-up (62, 63).

 

CO-MORBIDITIES OF DIABETES

 

Cardiovascular Disease in Diabetes and Tuberculosis

 

The commonest cause of mortality in DM is cardiovascular disease due to atherosclerosis manifesting as coronary heart disease (myocardial infarction /cardiac failure), stroke and peripheral vascular disease. TB also has a possible role in chronic vascular inflammation, autoimmunity and inhabitation of TB bacilli atheromatous plaque (64). It also affects the myocardium (65). After successful initiation of TB treatment which is done on a priority basis, DM and cardiovascular status should be assessed. In addition to hyperglycemia management, lifestyle modification, antihypertensive treatment, lipid-lowering therapy, and anti-platelet therapy are the corner stones of management of cardiovascular disease in DM irrespective of the presence or absence of TB. In the presence of hemoptysis anti-platelet drugs are withdrawn or held back. Cessation of smoking and moderation of alcohol has to be counselled about. Anti-hypertensive therapy is initiated during review visits and titrated. Anti-lipid therapy using statins are added gradually and the liver enzymes should be monitored during the course of therapy while on ATT.

 

Renal Dysfunction in Diabetes and Tuberculosis

 

More than a third of individuals with DM develop renal complications due to diabetes. This complicates TB in many ways including increased susceptibility to TB and difficulty in the management of TB (66). In patients with chronic renal failure and on dialysis there is a 6.9‐ to 52.5‐fold risk of developing TB (67). Peritoneal TB is another risk for CKD patients on peritoneal dialysis. The altered immune function in chronic renal impairment increases susceptibility to TB (68). CKD adversely affects TB and its treatment. The anti-TB drugs (ethambutol and pyrazinamide) require dose reduction by up to 50%. Insulin is preferred in most instances for glycemic control. Short acting sulphonylureas or repaglinide can be used as an alternative.

 

Hepatic Dysfunction in Diabetes and Tuberculosis

 

DM liver pathology includes fatty liver disease, NASH, and cirrhosis. In TB, drug induced hepatitis is a concern. In such cases the drugs are withdrawn until resolution of hepatotoxicity. Pyrazinamide is withdrawn completely. Quinolones, ethambutol, and ofloxacin can be used instead of the first line agents. Anti-TB drugs are restarted when the liver enzymes are normalized. Insulin is the drug of choice in severe chronic liver disease with diabetes. Metformin is preferred in fatty liver but withdrawn in cirrhosis.

 

Tuberculosis and Diabetes in HIV – The Triangular Overlap

 

DM and HIV are two independent risk factors for developing TB. The wider prevalence of DM makes DM a more important risk factor for developing TB than retroviral diseases. A significantly higher preponderance of DM over HIV has been reported in cases of pulmonary TB while extra-pulmonary TB was predominant in HIV-TB patients (69). DM is increasing in areas where TB and HIV are rampant. Literature reports on the influence of HIV-co infection on DM with TB have been contradictory. Studies have reported reduced odds of developing DM in HIV infected TB patients (70).  A paradoxical protective effect of HIV on the development of TB was reported (71). However, they were cross-sectional single center studies of limited sample size and had used single random blood glucose tests for screening. But in a case-control study the association between DM and TB in HIV was found to be strong except when HbA1c was used for screening. This may be because of anemia of HIV compromising the true HbA1c value (72). HIV testing is mandatory in all presumptive TB and confirmatory assessment using Gene Xpert MTB/RIF assay for drug resistance.

 

PREVENTIVE METHODS

 

Aggressive DM screening among the population with TB and effective management of both TB and DM can improve outcome on an individual basis. The more effective approach to have an impact at the community level is to have a preventive strategy like vaccination against TB and aggressive prevention and management of DM (29).

 

SUMMARY

 

Epidemiological evidence for an uncharacteristic alliance between non-communicable disease like DM and a communicable disease like TB as a syndemic are overwhelming. A two-to four-fold higher risk of active TB in individuals with DM and twice the prevalence of DM in patients with TB explains the double burden. Ranked among the top ten mortal diseases, the geographical spread of both these diseases is unfortunately overlapping and the co-existence is progressive. They are increasing alarmingly in those regions where health care facilities are limited. DM impacts TB both from infection to disease stage and disease stage to progression stage. Chronic hyperglycemia compromises the alveolar defenses.

 

Latent TB infection is a dormant subclinical disease which lasts for weeks or decades. Immune deficiency either in absolute or relative quantities are sufficient for its re-activation. The clinical and radiological presentations of active TB have been reported to be pulmonary predominantly and atypical when DM co-exists with TB. DM increases the risk of treatment failure, death and relapse. The risk ratio for combined treatment failure and death was 1.69, unadjusted and adjusted risk ratios for death were 1.89 and 4.95 respectively and risk ratio for relapse was 3.89.

 

Bidirectional screening is recommended to improve the outcome in both diseases. Sputum microscopic examination, rapid molecular tests, random plasma glucose and glycosylated hemoglobin are the available among the screening tests with their own merits and limitations.

 

Anti-TB treatment has adverse impact on glycemic control and the complications of diabetes. The metabolism of some DM drugs is modified by ATT which affects glycemic control. Modifications of medications are required in co-morbid illnesses of DM like cardio-vascular diseases, renal, and hepatic dysfunction. Insulin is the drug of choice in lean diabetes, severe hyperglycemia, ketotic states, anorexic patients, and in drug intolerance. Metformin if tolerated has an advantage as a non-hypoglycemic agent with some favorable anti-TB activity.

 

Lifestyle modification, antihypertensive treatment, lipid-lowering therapy, and anti-platelet therapy are the cornerstones in the management of cardiovascular disease in DM and TB. Anti-platelet drugs are withdrawn in patients with hemoptysis. Chronic kidney diseases can predispose to TB and its management is complicated by drug toxicity and dose adjustment of ATT is required along with careful monitoring of response and renal functions. In case of ATT induced hepatotoxicity, ATT is withdrawn and second line agents are substituted. Once liver enzymes normalize the first line drugs are restarted cautiously.

 

Effective preventive strategies like vaccination against TB and aggressive prevention and management of DM will be the approach to be adopted till time throws new light on the means to fight these dual epidemics more effectively.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Whiting DR, Guariguata L, Weil C, Shaw J. IDF diabetes atlas: global estimates of the prevalence of diabetes for 2011 and 2030. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2011; 94(3):311-321.
  2. Jacob JJ, Paul PAM. Infections in Endocrinology: Tuberculosis. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, et al., eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; March 14, 2021.
  3. Lönnroth K, Castro KG, Chakaya JM, et al. Tuberculosis control and elimination 2010-50: cure, care, and social development. Lancet. 2010; 375(9728):1814-1829. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60483-7
  4. World Health Organization. Global Tuberculosis Report 2020. https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/336069/9789240013131-eng.pdf (Accessed 28 Nov 2020)
  5. Narasimhan P, Wood J, Macintyre CR, Mathai D. Risk factors for tuberculosis. Pulm Med. 2013; 2013:828939. doi:10.1155/2013/828939
  6. Getahun H, Matteelli A, Abubakar I, et al. Management of latent Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection: WHO guidelines for low tuberculosis burden countries. Eur Respir J. 2015; 46(6):1563-1576. doi:10.1183/13993003.01245-2015
  7. Lee RE, Li W, Chatterjee D, Lee RE. Rapid structural characterization of the arabinogalactan and lipoarabinomannan in live mycobacterial cells using 2D and 3D HR-MAS NMR: structural changes in the arabinan due to ethambutol treatment and gene mutation are observed. Glycobiology. 2005; 15(2):139-151. doi:10.1093/glycob/cwh150
  8. Emerging Risk Factors Collaboration, Sarwar N, Gao P, et al. Diabetes mellitus, fasting blood glucose concentration, and risk of vascular disease: a collaborative meta-analysis of 102 prospective studies [published correction appears in Lancet. 2010 Sep 18;376(9745):958. Hillage, H L [corrected to Hillege, H L]]. Lancet. 2010; 375(9733):2215-2222. Doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(10)60484-9.
  9. International Diabetes Federation. IDF Diabetes Atlas, 8th edn. Brussels, Belgium:International Diabetes Federation, 2019. https://diabetesatlas.org/en/resources/(Accessed 8 March 2021)
  10. World Health Organization. Global tuberculosis report 2019: World Health Organization; 2019. https://www.who.int/tb/publications/global_report/en/ (Accessed 8 March 2021)
  11. Dooley KE, Chaisson RE. Tuberculosis and diabetes mellitus: convergence of two epidemics. Lancet Infect Dis. 2009 Dec; 9(12):737-46. Doi: 10.1016/S1473-3099(09)70282-8. PMID: 19926034; PMCID: PMC2945809.
  12. Viswanathan, V., Bajaj, S., Kalra, S. et al. RSSDI clinical practice recommendations for diagnosis, prevention, and control of the diabetes mellitus-tuberculosis double burden. Int J Diabetes Dev Ctries 2017; 37, 379–399
  13. Goldhaber-Fiebert JD, Jeon CY, Cohen T, Murray MB. Diabetes mellitus and tuberculosis in countries with high tuberculosis burdens: individual risks and social determinants. Int J Epidemiology. 2011 Apr; 40(2):417-28. Doi: 10.1093/ije/dyq238. Epub 2011 Jan 20. PMID: 21252210; PMCID: PMC3621385.
  14. World Health Organization/International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease. Provisional collaborative framework for care and control of tuberculosis and diabetes. WHO/HTM/TB/2011.15. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO, 2011.
  15. Hayashi, S., &Chandramohan, D. (2018). Risk of active tuberculosis among people with diabetes mellitus: systematic review and meta-analysis. Tropical medicine & international health: TM & IH, 23(10), 1058–1070. https://doi.org/10.1111/tmi.13133
  16. Workneh MH, Bjune GA, Yimer SA. Prevalence and associated factors of tuberculosis and diabetes mellitus co morbidity: A systematic review. PLoS One. 2017; 12(4):e0175925. Published 2017 Apr 21. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175925.
  17. Odone A, Houben RM, White RG, Lönnroth K. The effect of diabetes and under nutrition trends on reaching 2035 global tuberculosis targets. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2014; 2(9):754-764. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(14)70164-0
  18. Jeon CY, Harries AD, Baker MA, et al. Bi-directional screening for tuberculosis and diabetes: a systematic review. Trop Med Int Health. 2010; 15(11):1300-1314. doi:10.1111/j.1365-3156.2010.02632.
  19. Lönnroth K, Roglic G, Harries AD. Improving tuberculosis prevention and care through addressing the global diabetes epidemic: from evidence to policy and practice. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2014; 2(9):730-739. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(14)70109-3
  20. Noubiap JJ, Nansseu JR, Nyaga UF, et al. Global prevalence of diabetes in active tuberculosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of data from 2·3 million patients with tuberculosis. Lancet Glob Health. 2019; 7(4):e448-e460. doi:10.1016/S2214-109X(18)30487
  21. Collaborative framework for care and control of tuberculosis and diabetes. WHO/HTM/TB/2011.15
  22. Viswanathan V, Kumpatla S, Aravindalochanan V, et al. Prevalence of diabetes and pre-diabetes and associated risk factors among tuberculosis patients in India. PLoS One. 2012;7(7):e41367.
  23. Balakrishnan S, Vijayan S, Nair S, et al. High diabetes prevalence among tuberculosis cases in Kerala, India. PLoS One. 2012;7(10):e46502.
  24. Manjareeka M, Palo SK, Swain S, Pati S, Pati S. Diabetes Mellitus among Newly Diagnosed Tuberculosis Patients in Tribal Odisha: An Exploratory Study. J Clin Diagn Res. 2016;10(10):LC06-LC08.
  25. Singh SP, Singh SP, Kishan J, Kaur S, Ramana S. Association of tuberculosis and diabetes Mellitus: an analysis of 1000 consecutively admitted cases in a tertiary care hospital of North India. Pan Afr Med J. 2016;24:4
  26. Kodiatte A, John M, Jacob JJ. Diabetes mellitus and prediabetes among patients with tuberculosis in a single north Indian tertiary care centre. J R Coll Physicians Edinb. 2020;50(3):242-246.
  27. Noubiap JJ, Nansseu JR, Nyaga UF, Nkeck JR, Endomba FT, Kaze AD, Agbor VN, Bigna JJ. Global prevalence of diabetes in active tuberculosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of data from 2·3 million patients with tuberculosis. Lancet Glob Health. 2019 Apr;7(4): e448-e460.
  28. Alisjahbana B, Sahiratmadja E, Nelwan EJ, et al. The effect of type 2 diabetes mellitus on the presentation and treatment response of pulmonary tuberculosis. Clin Infect Dis. 2007; 45(4):428-435. doi:10.1086/519841
  29. Crevel RV, Critchley JA. The Interaction of Diabetes and Tuberculosis: Translating Research to Policy and Practice. Trop Med Infect Dis. 2021; 6(1):8. Published 2021 Jan 8. doi:10.3390/tropicalmed6010008
  30. Chiang CY, Lee JJ, Chien ST, et al. Glycemic control and radiographic manifestations of tuberculosis in diabetic patients. PLoS One. 2014; 9(4):e93397. Published 2014 Apr 3. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0093397
  31. Jiménez-Corona ME, Cruz-Hervert LP, García-García L, et al. Association of diabetes and tuberculosis: impact on treatment and post-treatment outcomes. Thorax. 2013; 68(3):214-220. Doi: 10.1136/thoraxjnl-2012-201756.
  32. Riza AL, Pearson F, Ugarte-Gil C, et al. Clinical management of concurrent diabetes and tuberculosis and the implications for patient services. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2014; 2(9):740-753. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(14)70110
  33. Restrepo BI, Schlesinger LS. Impact of diabetes on the natural history of tuberculosis. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2014; 106(2):191-199. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2014.06.011.
  34. Baker MA Harries AD, Jeon CY, et al. The impact of diabetes on tuberculosis treatment outcomes: a systematic review. BMC Med. 2011; 9:81. Published 2011 Jul 1. doi:10.1186/1741-7015-9-81
  35. Chang JT, Dou HY, Yen CL, et al. Effect of type 2 diabetes mellitus on the clinical severity and treatment outcome in patients with pulmonary tuberculosis: a potential role in the emergence of multidrug-resistance. J Formos Med Assoc. 2011; 110(6):372-381. doi:10.1016/S0929-6646(11)60055-7
  36. Collaborative framework for care and control of tuberculosis and diabetes. WHO/HTM/TB/2011.15
  37. Sreeramareddy CT, Panduru KV, Menten J, Van den Ende J. Time delays in diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis: a systematic review of literature. BMC Infect Dis. 2009; 9:91. Published 2009 Jun 11. doi:10.1186/1471-2334-9-91
  38. Getahun H, Matteelli A, Abubakar I, et al. Management of latent Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection: WHO guidelines for low tuberculosis burden countries. Eur Respir J. 2015; 46(6):1563-1576. doi:10.1183/13993003.01245-2015]
  39. US Preventive Services Task Force, Bibbins-Domingo K, Grossman DC, et al. Screening for Latent Tuberculosis Infection in Adults: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA. 2016; 316(9):962-969. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.11046
  40. Mansilla Bermejo MJ, Sanz Gil MJ, Moraleda Velasco P, Alvárez Prado A, Carbayo García JJ, Mata Guijarro F. Lectura de la prueba de la tuberculinaenpacientesdiabéticos de un centro de salud [Tuberculin test in diabetic patients in a health centre]. Aten Primaria. 1995; 16(3):154-157.
  41. Vega Torres RA, Conde JG, Díaz M. Prevalence of tuberculin reactivity and risk factors for the development of active tuberculosis upon admission to a nursing home. P R Health Sci J. 1996; 15(4):275-277
  42. Nwabudike LC, Ionescu-Tîrgovişte C. Intradermal reactions to purified protein derivative in patients with diabetes mellitus. Rom J Intern Med. 2005; 43(1-2):127-132.
  43. Dabhi PA, Thangakunam B, Gupta R, et al. Screening for prevalence of current TB disease and latent TB infection in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients attending a diabetic clinic in an Indian tertiary care hospital. PLoS One. 2020; 15(6):e0233385. Published 2020 Jun 5. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0233385
  44. Kumpatla S, Aravindalochanan V, Rajan R, Viswanathan V, Kapur A. Evaluation of performance of A1C and FPG tests for screening newly diagnosed diabetes defined by an OGTT among tuberculosis patients-a study from India. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2013; 102(1):60-64. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2013.08.007]
  45. Sariko ML, Mpagama SG, Gratz J, Kisonga R, Saidi Q, Kibiki GS, Heysell SK. Glycated haemoglobin screening identifies patients admitted for retreatment of tuberculosis at risk for diabetes in Tanzania. J Infect Dev Ctries. 2016 Apr 28; 10(4):423-6. Doi: 10.3855/jidc.7324. PMID: 27131008; PMCID: PMC4869164.
  46. Naik B, Kumar AM, Satyanarayana S, et al. Is screening for diabetes among tuberculosis patients feasible at the field level? Public Health Action. 2013; 3(Suppl 1):S34-S37. doi:10.5588/pha.13.0022
  47. Tegegne BS, Habtewold TD, Mengesha MM, Burgerhof JG. Association between diabetes mellitus and multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis: a protocol for a systematic review and meta-analysis. Syst Rev. 2017; 6(1):6. Published 2017 Jan 14. Doi: 10.1186/s13643-017-0407-9.
  48. Pérez-Navarro LM, Fuentes-Domínguez F, Morales-Romero J, Zenteno-Cuevas R. Factoresasociados a tuberculosis pulmonarenpacientes con diabetes mellitus de Veracruz, México [Factors associated to pulmonary tuberculosis in patients with diabetes mellitus from Veracruz, México]. Gac Med Mex. 2011; 147(3):219-225.
  49. Kang YA, Kim SY, Jo KW, et al. Impact of diabetes on treatment outcomes and long-term survival in multidrug-resistant tuberculosis. Respiration. 2013; 86(6):472-478. doi:10.1159/000348374
  50. Ruslami R, Aarnoutse RE, Alisjahbana B, van der Ven AJ, van Crevel R. Implications of the global increase of diabetes for tuberculosis control and patient care. Trop Med Int Health. 2010; 15(11):1289-1299. doi:10.1111/j.1365-3156.2010.02625.
  51. Nijland HM, Ruslami R, Stalenhoef JE, et al. Exposure to rifampicin is strongly reduced in patients with tuberculosis and type 2 diabetes. Clin Infect Dis. 2006; 43(7):848-854. doi:10.1086/507543
  52. Van Ingen J, Aarnoutse RE, Donald PR, et al. Why Do We Use 600 mg of Rifampicin in Tuberculosis Treatment? Clin Infect Dis. 2011; 52(9):e194-e199. doi:10.1093/cid/cir184.
  53. Song Q, Zhang G, Jiang H, Ren Y, Lu X. Imaging Features of Pulmonary CT in Type 2 Diabetic Patients with Multidrug-Resistant Tuberculosis. PLoS One. 2016; 11(3):e0152507. Published 2016 Mar 29. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0152507
  54. Kurz SG, Furin JJ, Bark CM. Drug-Resistant Tuberculosis: Challenges and Progress. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2016; 30(2):509-522. doi:10.1016/j.idc.2016.02.010
  55. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. SIRTURO Prescribing Information.http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2012/204384s000lbl.
  56. Shimokawa Y, Sasahara K, Yoda N, Mizuno K, Umehara K. Delamanid does not inhibit or induce cytochrome p450 enzymes in vitro. Biol Pharm Bull. 2014; 37(11):1727-1735. doi:10.1248/bpb.b14-00311 ]
  57. Niemi M, Backman JT, Neuvonen M, Neuvonen PJ, Kivistö KT. Effects of rifampin on the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of glyburide and glipizide. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2001;69(6):400-406. doi:10.1067/mcp.2001.115822
  58. Niemi M, Backman JT, Neuvonen PJ. Effects of trimethoprim and rifampin on the pharmacokinetics of the cytochrome P450 2C8 substrate rosiglitazone. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2004;76(3):239-249. doi:10.1016/j.clpt.2004.05.001
  59. Boglou P, Steiropoulos P, Papanas N, Bouros D. Hypoglycaemia due to interaction of glimepiride with isoniazid in a patient with type 2 diabetes mellitus. BMJ Case Rep. 2013;2013:bcr2012008528. Published 2013 Apr 16. doi:10.1136/bcr-2012-008528
  60. Singhal A, Jie L, Kumar P, et al. Metformin as adjunct antituberculosis therapy. Sci Transl Med. 2014; 6(263):263ra159.doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.3009885.
  61. Yu X, Li L, Xia L, et al. Impact of metformin on the risk and treatment outcomes of tuberculosis in diabetics: a systematic review. BMC Infect Dis. 2019; 19(1):859. Published 2019 Oct 17. doi:10.1186/s12879-019-4548-4
  62. Niazi AK, Kalra S. Diabetes and tuberculosis: a review of the role of optimal glycemic control. J Diabetes MetabDisord. 2012; 11(1):28. Published 2012 Dec 20. doi:10.1186/2251-6581-11-28
  63. Hsia DS, Grove O, Cefalu WT. An update on sodium-glucose co-transporter-2 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes mellitus. CurrOpin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2017; 24(1):73-79. doi:10.1097/MED.0000000000000311
  64. Huaman MA, Henson D, Ticona E, Sterling TR, Garvy BA. Tuberculosis and Cardiovascular Disease: Linking the Epidemics. Trop Dis Travel Med Vaccines. 2015; 1:10. doi:10.1186/s40794-015-0014-5
  65. Liu A, Hu Y, Coates A. Sudden cardiac death and tuberculosis - how much do we know? Tuberculosis (Edinb). 2012; 92(4):307-313. doi:10.1016/j.tube.2012.02.002
  66. CKD TB : Ates G, Yildiz T, Danis R, et al. Incidence of tuberculosis disease and latent tuberculosis infection in patients with end stage renal disease in an endemic region. Ren Fail. 2010; 32(1):91-95. doi:10.3109/08860220903367528
  67. Hussein MM, Mooij JM, Roujouleh H. Tuberculosis and chronic renal disease. Semin Dial. 2003; 16(1):38-44. doi:10.1046/j.1525-139x.2003.03010.x
  68. Levey AS, Atkins R, Coresh J, et al. Chronic kidney disease as a global public health problem: approaches and initiatives - a position statement from Kidney Disease Improving Global Outcomes. Kidney Int. 2007; 72(3):247-259. doi:10.1038/sj.ki.5002343
  69. Gupta S, Shenoy VP, Bairy I, Srinivasa H, Mukhopadhyay C. Diabetes mellitus and HIV as co-morbidities in tuberculosis patients of rural south India. J Infect Public Health. 2011;4(3):140-144. doi:10.1016/j.jiph.2011.03.005
  70. Faurholt-Jepsen D, Range N, Praygod G, et al. Diabetes is a risk factor for pulmonary tuberculosis: a case-control study from Mwanza, Tanzania. PLoS One. 2011;6(8):e24215. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0024215
  71. Kibirige D, Ssekitoleko R, Mutebi E, Worodria W. Overt diabetes mellitus among newly diagnosed Ugandan tuberculosis patients: a cross sectional study. BMC Infect Dis. 2013; 13:122. Published 2013 Mar 5. doi:10.1186/1471-2334-13-122
  72. Boillat-Blanco N, Ramaiya KL, Mganga M, et al. Transient Hyperglycemia in Patients With Tuberculosis in Tanzania: Implications for Diabetes Screening Algorithms. J Infect Dis. 2016;213(7):1163-1172. doi:10.1093/infdis/jiv568

 

Diabetes Management During Ramadan

ABSTRACT

Muslims contribute to 25% of the world population and majority of them reside in the diabetes and obesity endemic Asia-Pacific region. Fasting during Ramadan is one of the five pillars of Islam and an obligatory duty for all healthy adolescents and adult Muslims. However, Islam exempts the ill and pregnant women from fasting. Despite this, many individuals with diabetes who are at high risk from fasting, fast during Ramadan. Individuals fasting during Ramadan are less likely to see their physicians before starting the fast and more likely to fast against medical advice. Hence, these individuals are at increased risk of hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia, and cardiovascular and renal complications. Management of diabetes during Ramadan needs a comprehensive and integrated planning and dissemination of knowledge through the healthcare providers and Muslim religious leaders. Diabetes care should start in the pre-Ramadan period, continue through Ramadan, and follow-up in the post-Ramadan period.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Muslims contribute to approximately 25% of world population and are distributed across >200 countries across the globe (1,2). Of this, 61.7% of Muslims live in Asia-Pacific region, which is also a region experiencing the diabetes epidemic (3,4).

 

Ramadan is the 9th holy month of the Islamic lunar calendar. Fasting during Ramadan is one of the five pillars of Islam (5). Fasting during Ramadan is an obligatory duty for all healthy adolescents and adult Muslims aimed at spiritual and holistic wellbeing of the individual (1,5). The Holy Quran exempts the sick, medically unfit, or those traveling from fasting during the holy month (1,5).

 

 

Fasting during Ramadan involves complete abstinence from food, medication, drink (including water), or any other form of nutrition (including via a percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube) from dawn to sunset (1, 2, 6).  The fasting during Ramadan is a type of intermittent fasting as it is observed for 10–21 hours depending on the geographical location and solar season and is observed daily for 29–30 consecutive days (1, 2). Individuals fasting during Ramadan take two main meals, Suhoor (pre-dawn meal) and Iftar (post sunset meal) and eat nothing from sunrise to sunset (1, 2, 6).

 

It is estimated that about 79% of Muslims with type 2 diabetes (T2D) and about 43% of them with type 1 diabetes (T1D) fast during Ramadan (7). Of those who fast during Ramadan, 64% fasted every day, and 94.2% fasted for at least 15 days (8). The medication timings of these individuals with diabetes need to be adjusted to pre-dawn and post-sunset timings (1,2). Also, many of these individuals fast against medical advice (9, 10).

 

Since a huge proportion of individuals with diabetes fast during Ramadan, and many are at risk due to fasting, management of diabetes during Ramadan and proper fasting guidance is critical (1,2). 

 

EFFECTS OF FASTING DURING RAMADAM

 

Physiological Changes

 

Fasting during Ramadan is associated with a number of physiological changes.

 

CHANGES IN FEEDING PATTERNS AND ENERGY INTAKE

 

Ramadan fasting differs from other forms of fasting as there is no consumption of any food or drink between dawn and sunset. Hence, the timing between the meals is very long, and this disrupts the normal physiology with disruption in the normal rhythm and fluctuations seen in various homeostasis and endocrine processes (Figure 1). Major changes occur in glucose homeostasis in individuals with diabetes that results in post Iftar hyperglycemia and risk of hypoglycemia during the day (Figures 2 and 3)

Figure 1. Changes in feeding patterns and energy intake during various fasting periods (11, 12). (I) normal feeding, (II) Ramadan fasting and (III) prolonged fasting and starvation.

 Figure 2. Mean continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) profiles from healthy individuals (12, 13).

Figure 3. Mean continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) profiles from individuals with diabetes fasting during Ramadan (12, 13).

DECREASE IN TOTAL SLEEP TIME

Total sleep time decreases by approximately 1 hour, with a decrease in sleep period time, rapid eye movement (REM) sleep proportion and duration. Additionally, delayed sleep and an increase in non-REM sleep proportion, sleep latency, and daytime sleepiness by1-point on the Epworth sleepiness scale is also observed (ESS) (12).

ALTERATION OF CIRCADIAN RHYTHM AND HORMONE LEVELS

Sudden alteration of circadian rhythm and hormone levels occurs due to sudden changes in sleep and wake cycles and feeding patterns. Fasting can induce epigenetic changes in genes that control the circadian rhythm (12). The change in circadian rhythm triggers many catametabolic changes, alteration in temperature, and changes in the normal rhythm of hormones like insulin, glucagon, leptin, ghrelin, cortisol, melatonin, growth hormone, and testosterone (12,14). The various changes seen are:

 

  • Insulin resistance and increased glucagon levels: excessive glycogen breakdown and increased gluconeogenesis
  • Cortisol circadian rhythm shows a shift with a blunting of the morning to evening ratio. However, serum cortisol levels do not change by end of Ramadan month.
  • Morning adiponectin levels are reduced
  • Morning and evening growth hormone levels are reduced
  • Large increases in morning leptin levels
  • No major shifts in diurnal ghrelin level

 

By the end of Ramadan significant decrease in serum levels of ghrelin, leptin, and melatonin are observed along with modest reductions in testosterone in men.

SHIFT IN FLUID BALANCE

A sudden shift in fluid balance is seen because of an absolute restriction of fluid intake between dawn and sunset. This may precipitate dehydration in a hot climate which may in turn cause hypotension and falls (6). Uncontrolled hyperglycemia can exacerbate the dehydration due to an osmotic diuresis (6). Dehydration in individuals with T2D can present as low blood pressure, lethargy, or syncope. Dehydration can also increase the risk of thrombosis and stroke due to hemoconcentration and hypercoagulability (6). Other fluid related changes are not considered a major cause of concern and include higher fluid and total water intake between sunset and dawn; urine osmolality increases significantly in the afternoon to conserve water and reduce urine output (12).

ALTERED ENERGY BALANCE

Altered energy balance is seen due to a sudden increase in food intake at Iftar. During Ramadan there is a reduction in activity and energy expenditure which is offset by the reduced time spent during sleep (12).

GUT MICROBIOTA

Intermittent fasting during Ramadan can have direct impact on the gut microbiota which could lead to positive changes in health (12).

 LIPID CHANGES

Fasting during Ramadan has been shown to be associated with a significant increase in high-density lipoprotein-cholesterol (HDL-C) and a significant decrease in total triglycerides, total cholesterol, and low-density lipoprotein-cholesterol (LDL-C) (6, 15).

Physical and Mental Wellbeing

Fasting during Ramadan can have both positive and negative effects on the physical and mental wellbeing of the individuals (Table 1) (16).

Table 1. Positive and Negative Effects on Physical and Mental Wellbeing of Individuals Fasting During Ramadan (16)

Positive benefits

Negative effects

Sense of fulfilment

Sleep deprivation and disruption of circadian rhythm leading to an increase in fatigue and reduction in cognition

More lethargy 

Improvements in:

Weight and BMI

Self-control and ability to resist temptations

Glucose excursions causing feelings of being unwell

Greater sense of:

Empathy for less fortunate

Community

Fostering relationships

Heightened feelings of fear for diabetes related complications

Participation in Sunnah practices for greater spiritual benefits

Temporary changes in weight

Reducing potentially harmful vices, such as smoking, for greater physical and mental wellbeing

Short term feelings of stress anxiety, irritability, and agitation

BMI- body mass index

 

The month long fasting during Ramadan has been associated with significant reduction in weight, waist circumference, and fat mass, especially in those who are overweight or obese (15, 17).

 RISKS OF FASTING DURING RAMADAN IN INDIVIDUALS WITH DIABETES

The various risks of fasting in individuals with diabetes who fast during Ramadan are:

  • Hyperglycemia
  • Hypoglycemia
  • Macrovascular: Cardiovascular disease (CVD) including stroke
  • Microvascular: Chronic kidney disease (CKD)
  • Dehydration

Dual Risk of Hyperglycemia and Hypoglycemia

In people with diabetes fasting during Ramadan there can be an increase in glucose variability and therefore there is increased risk of both hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia (12).

HYPERGLYCEMIA

The meals at Iftar are calorie dense and can cause a significant and rapid rise in blood glucose (BG) levels in people with diabetes (12). The EPIDIAR study showed that the hospitalization rate for severe hyperglycemia during Ramadan increased significantly in individuals with T2D (P<0.001). The hospitalization rate for severe hyperglycemia (with or without ketoacidosis) during Ramadan increased insignificantly for individuals with T1D (P = 0.1635) (6,7).

HYPOGLYCEMIA

The CREED study showed that hypoglycemia incidence before Ramadan was associated with significantly increased risk of hypoglycemia during Ramadan (18). This association between hypoglycemia incidence before and during Ramadan has been seen through multiple studies across continents (1,18,19). Similarly, the EPIDAR study7 showed that T1D and T2D patients had a 4.7-fold and a 7.5-fold increase, respectively, in severe hypoglycemia requiring hospitalization during Ramadan. Hypoglycemia during Ramadan was significantly associated with the use of sulfonylureas and insulin (18,19). Severe and non-severe hypoglycemia rates are fewer with second-generation sulfonylureas, Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists (GLP-1 RAs), insulin analogues, and sodium-glucose transporter-2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors (20-25). During the early Ramadan period, patients on sulfonylureas and those on ≥2 antidiabetic medications have significant increase in mean amplitude of glycemic excursions (26).

 

Other factors influencing the incidence of hypoglycemia during Ramadan include season, geographical location, fasting duration, time since diagnosis, gender, anthropometric measures, dietary behaviors, and pre-fasting education (1). 

Macrovascular (Cardiovascular and Cerebrovascular) and Microvascular Risk (Renal Complications)

Diabetes increases the risk of CVD and stroke, and individuals with diabetes who have pre-existing CVD or stroke are at greater risk of complications when fasting (27). Individuals with unstable CVD or stroke are also at very high risk from fasting. Individuals with diabetes and CKD stage 3 are at high-risk from fasting while those with stage 4-5 are at very high risk from fasting during Ramadan (27). Patients on dialysis or those who had a kidney transplant are also considered high risk from fasting (27).

 

Factors associated with increased risk of fasting during Ramadan are high carbohydrate intake, inadequate hydration, high activity levels, poor sleeping patterns, and missing doses of essential medicines (27).

 

All these high to very high-risk individuals should be discouraged from fasting. If they still decide to fast, then pre-Ramadan assessment and education and monitoring during Ramadan and post-Ramadan should be carried out under the expert guidance of a multidisciplinary team (diabetologist, cardiologist, neurologist, nephrologist, nutritionist etc.) (27). Weekly monitoring during Ramadan by a health care provider should be encouraged.

 

Pre-Ramadan assessment and education should begin three months prior to Ramadan and all efforts should be made to stabilize the doses of the various drugs, adjust them to morning and evening dose, and those on insulin should be taught self-titration of dose based on SMBG (27).

Patients with CKD, on dialysis or those who had a kidney transplant should be encouraged to routinely monitor electrolytes and creatinine at various time-points during Ramadan (27). A diet rich in potassium and phosphorus should be avoided (27).

 MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES DURING RAMADAN

5 R's of Ramadan Care

 

The management of diabetes during Ramadan and in general can be summarized under the mnemonic termed as the 5 R's of Ramadan care (Table 2).

 

Table 2. The 5 R's of Ramadan Care (28)

The 5 R

Significance

Respect

Respect the patient's attitudes, wishes, and needs, and consider these while planning therapy

Speak with the patient with empathy for his religious beliefs

Risk stratification

This is an essential backbone for pre-Ramadan counseling

Revision of Therapy

Diabetes therapy will need to be revised based on risk of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia, and other risk factors

Regular Follow Up

Regular follow-up with HCP before, during and after Ramadan is necessary to ensure a safe and healthy fasting experience

Reappraisal of Strategy

Diabetes is a dynamic condition, and constant reappraisal is required during the current and next fasting period

HCP- health care provider

Pre-Ramadan Management of Diabetes

DM management in people planning to fast during Ramadan should ideally start six to eight or maximum 12 weeks before the first day of fasting (6, 29). Diabetes assessment and plan of care pre-Ramadan should ideally follow the flow chart shown in Figure 4 (6, 29).

Figure 4. Diabetes assessment and plan of care pre-, during and post Ramadan (6, 29)

 

Patient education during this time-period is necessary because many patients follow a self-management approach of diabetes during Ramadan and do not appreciate the risks and implications of fasting on DM and its medications, and fast against medical advice (6, 19). Physicians need to be sensitized about this time-period for their Muslim patients as many may not realize the religious sensitivities associated with DM management during Ramadan (6).

PRE-RAMADAN EDUCATION

The pre-Ramadan diabetes education should cover:

Risk quantification, exemptions, and removing misconceptions

  • Blood glucose monitoring
  • Fluids and dietary advice
  • Physical activity and exercise advice
  • Medication adjustment
  • When to break the fast
  • Recognition of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia symptoms

RISK STRATIFICATION OF PEOPLE WITH DIABETES

The pre-Ramadan time period should be used to understand the individual’s risks associated with fasting, and develop an individualized treatment plan for the individual who falls in the lower risk category and can fast. The risk stratification is done based on several factors (6, 9, 10):

  • Type and duration of diabetes
  • DM treatment regime and polypharmacy with multiple glucose lowering drugs
  • Level of glycemic control
  • Risk or occurrence of hypoglycemia
  • DM self-management capability including hypoglycemia awareness, motivation for self-monitoring blood glucose (SMBG), frailty, and cognition
  • DM complications and comorbidities
  • Ongoing/recent severe illness
  • Renal impairment
  • Social determinants affecting assess and adherence to treatment including economic and education level
  • For those with T1D: access to continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) and advanced insulin technologies

 

The IDF-DAR Practical Guidelines 2021 stratify the individuals with DM who are going to fast during Ramadan into three risk categories, low, moderate and high (Figure 5) (29).

Figure 5. IDF-DAR 2021 Ramadan risk score and risk categories for fasting (2, 30)

 

DM patients who had a history of severe hypoglycemia ≤3 months before Ramadan, recurrent hypoglycemia, or of hypoglycemia unawareness are considered high risk (31). Young individuals and adolescents start fasting during Ramadan with the onset of puberty, and those with T1D are considered to be high risk for fasting and generally discouraged from fasting (9).

 

Many DM patients may need to be upgraded to high-risk category during the current coronavirus-2019 (COVID-19) pandemic and thus likely to fall under the ‘advised not to fast’ risk category (6).

 

Patients with high-risk scores are advised not to fast as fasting is not considered safe for these individuals (29). However, since fasting during Ramadan is a personal choice, the individuals deciding to fast despite being cautioned against it, should be monitored very closely during and after Ramadan (6, 19).

 

Individuals with low and moderate risk scores are educated about the risks and advised to fast with strict BG monitoring, and adjustments to diet/nutrition and medications (29). The individuals are closely monitored during Ramadan by their health care providers (HCPs) and advised to come for a post Ramadan follow-up. At this follow-up visit, the HCPs asses the glycemic control, and discuss the challenges faced to make the next Ramadan fasting more risk free. Pre-Ramadan risk assessment, education and advise is known to improve the fasting experience of individuals with DM (6).

Blood Glucose Monitoring

 

Self-monitoring blood glucose (SMBG) should be stressed upon and encouraged. Moderate to low-risk individuals with diabetes can monitor their BG once or twice daily but those at high risk of fasting should be encouraged to follow a 7-time-point guide for SMBG during Ramadan (Figure 6) (29). Additional BG check should be done if the individual experiences symptoms of hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, or feel unwell (29).

 

Figure 6. A seven time-point blood glucose monitoring guide for people with diabetes fasting during Ramadan (29)

Fluids and Dietary Advice

Detailed diet plan for Ramadan is provided through Ramadan specific medical nutrition therapy (MNT) and Ramadan Nutrition Plan (RNP) (29,32). Adequate fluid intake should be encouraged between sunset and dawn.

Physical Activity and Exercise Advice

Individuals with diabetes who are fasting should be encouraged to carry out their normal physical activity (29). Taraweeh prayers, which involve activities such as bowing, kneeling, and rising, can be considered as part of daily exercise activities (29). Rigorous exercise/activity during the fasting period should be avoided as this can increase the risk of hypoglycemia and dehydration, especially during the last few hours of fasting (29).

Medication Adjustment

All medications (diabetes and non-diabetes) should be reviewed in the pre-Ramadan period to see which medications need a dose and time adjustment. The change should be made well before Ramadan and monitored through appropriate clinical and laboratory evaluation (29). Patients on insulin should be taught self-titration of units based on SMBG values (10).

When to Break the Fast

This is an essential component of Pre-Ramadan education. All individuals with diabetes who are fasting during Ramadan should be advised to break their fast if:

  • Blood glucose <70 mg/dL (3.9 mmol/L)
  • Advise to re-check within 1 hour if BG is between 70–90 mg/dL (3.9–5.0 mmol/L)
  • Blood glucose >300 mg/dL (16.6mmol/L)
  • Symptoms of hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, dehydration or acute illness occur

Recognizing Symptoms of Hypoglycemia and Hyperglycemia

All individuals with diabetes who are fasting during Ramadan and their caregivers should be taught to recognize symptoms of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia (Figure 7) (29). If they recognize these symptoms, they should be advised to break their fast.

Figure 7. Symptoms of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia (29)

 The Medico-Religious Interplay in Ramadan

Muslims believe that Ramadan is a blessed month, and see fasting during the holy month of Ramadan as a deeply meaningful and spiritual experience (1, 30). A significant number of individuals with diabetes fast during Ramadan, even against medical advice and despite the religious exemptions available to the sick (1, 30, 33). This population also includes adolescents with T1D, who fast against medical advice (9). Individuals with diabetes who fast during Ramadan are more likely to avoid consulting their doctors (12).

 

International Diabetes Federation (IDF) and Diabetes and Ramadan (DAR) International Alliance collaborated to form the IDF-DAR Practical Guidelines 2021 to help healthcare providers (HCPs) better manage diabetes in patients fasting during the month-long holy period of Ramadan (2).

 

It is important to make these individuals with diabetes who cannot fast due to their medical condition understand that they are equally blessed even if they do not fast (30). Many individuals with diabetes who fast prefer to take fasting related advice from their holy leader (Imam). Hence, the right message and education should be disseminated by both the HCPs and the religious leaders (Table 3) (30). HCPs should avoid medical jargons, and counsel patients from a religious standpoint; and religious leaders should integrate into their counseling the value and significance of exemptions in context with the medical advice.

 

Table 3. Medical and Religious Risk Score Recommendations (30)

Risk score

Medical recommendations

Religious recommendations

LOW RISK

0-3 points

Fasting is probably safe. Ensure

1. Medical Evaluation

2. Medication adjustment

3. Strict monitoring

1. Fasting is obligatory

2. Advice not to fast is not allowed except if patient

is unable to fast due to:

3.     -  Physical burden of fasting

4.     -  Has to take medication or food or drink during the fasting hours on medical advice

MODERATE RISK

3.5-6 points

Fasting safety is uncertain

Ensure:

1. Medical Evaluation

2. Medication adjustment

3. Strict monitoring

1. Fasting is preferred but patients may choose

not to fast if they are concerned about their

health after consulting the doctor and taking

into account the full medical circumstances

and patient’s own previous experiences

2. If the patient does fast, they must follow

medical recommendations including regular blood glucose monitoring

HIGH RISK

>6 points

Fasting is probably unsafe

Advise against fasting

 

Medical Nutrition Therapy (MNT) and Ramadan Nutrition Plan (RNP) for People with Diabetes

MNT is an essential component of diabetes management and includes both meal plans and diabetes education, aimed at improving lifestyle and diabetes related behavior (4). MNT helps achieve the desired glycemic control and helps the overweight and obese individuals with T2D improve their lifestyle and lose weight (4). MNT should be appropriate and accurate for the patient’s age, comorbidities, lifestyle requirements, and other medical needs. MNT should be easily absorbed; affordable, easily accessible, acceptable (through right aroma and consider taste preferences), and attractive (visually appealing) (4). This improves adherence to the MNT (4).

 

An MNT plan for individuals with diabetes is essential for safe fasting during Ramadan (32). Structured Ramadan-specific MNT (34) has shown to improve fasting BG and triglyceride levels and pre-dawn and pre-bed SMBG values compared to patients with T2D receiving standard care (34).

 

Structured Ramadan-specific MNT includes (32, 34):

  1. Pre-Ramadan nutrition education
  2. Individualized energy and balanced macronutrient prescriptions for non-fasting period (sunset to sunrise) to prevent hypoglycemia during fasting state
  3. Well distributed carbohydrate intake to prevent post meal hyperglycemia
  4. At least one serving/day of diabetes-specific formula to be taken during Suhoor and/or pre-bed snack.
  5. Diet plan should consider other comorbidities.
  6. Ramadan toolkits:
  • Ramadan flip chart
  • 14-day menu plan
  • Ramadan Nutrition Plate (RNP)
  • Festive season nutrition plan (Syawal nutrition plan)

 

RNP “is a mobile and web-based application designed to help healthcare professionals (HCPs) individualize medical nutrition therapy (MNT) for people with diabetes” who are fasting during Ramadan (32). A well designed and customized RNP is a prerequisite to safe and confident fasting during Ramadan (32). Apart from nutrition, the platform also provides education regarding safe fasting during Ramadan. It helps individuals to safely fast who have no access to HCPs during Ramadan. Several RNPs have been developed for different countries to suit their regional customs, beliefs, and preferences. HCPs can use their country specific RNP, Ramadan Nutrition plate, and well-balanced meal (Table 4) (4, 32) as a guide to individualize the MNT during Ramadan (32).

 

Table 4. Macronutrient Meal Composition for Ramadan (4, 32)

Macronutrient

Recommended amount

Recommended sources

Sources not recommended

Carbohydrate

•                ≤130 g/day

•                Accounts for 40-45% of total caloric intake

•                Adjust as per cultural setting and individual preferences

Low glycemic index and glycemic load carbohydrates: whole grains, legumes, pulses, temperate fruits, green salad, and most vegetables

Foods rich in sugar, refined carbohydrate, processed grains, or starchy foods: sugary beverages, traditional desserts, white rice, white bread, low fiber cereal, and white potatoes

Meal

Calorie%

Carbohydrate exchange*

Suhoor

30-40

3-5

Iftar snack

10-20

1-2

Iftar meal

40-50

3-6

Healthy snack (if required)

10-20

1-2

Fiber

20-35g/day (or 14g /1000 kcal)

High fiber foods: unprocessed food, vegetables, fruits, seeds, pulses, and legumes

 

Fiber helps to provide satiety during Iftar and to delay hunger after Suhoor

-

Protein

•                ≥1.2g/kg of adjusted body weight

•                Accounts for 20-30% of the total caloric intake.

•                Protein enhances satiety and gives sensation of fullness. Also helps to maintain lean body mass

•                Fish, skinless poultry, milk and dairy products, nuts, seeds, and legumes (beans),

•                low fat milk and milk products

•                Protein with a high saturated fat content such as red meat (beef, lamb) and processed meats (increase CVD risk)

Lipids

•                Between 30–35% of the total calorie intake.

•                The type of fat is more important than the total amount of fat in reducing CVD risk.

•                Limit saturated fat to < 7%. PUFA and MUFA should comprise the rest of the fat intake.

• Limit dietary cholesterol to < 300 mg/day or < 200 mg /day if LDL cholesterol > 2.6 mmol/L

•                Consume fat from PUFA and MUFA (e.g., olive oil, vegetable oil, or blended oil (PUFA and Palm oil)). Oily fish (e.g., such as tuna, sardines, salmon, and mackerel) as a source of omega 3-fatty acids

•                Minimize saturated fat, including red meat (beef and lamb), ghee, and foods high in trans-fats (e.g., fast foods, cookies, some margarines).

* 1 Carbohydrate exchange = 15 g Carbohydrates; CVD, cardiovascular disease; MUFA, Monounsaturated fatty acids; PUFA, Polyunsaturated fatty acids

 Medical Management of Diabetes During Ramadan

Diabetes assessment and plan of care during and post Ramadan should ideally follow the flow chart shown in Figure 4 (6,29).

MEDICAL MANAGEMENT OF T1D DURING RAMADAN IN ADOLESCENTS AND YOUNG INDIVIDUALS

TID is treated with insulin replacement therapy. After the Pre-Ramadan risk stratification, adjustments are made to the patient’s dosing, timing, and type of insulin regime based on the patient’s risk level.

Insulin Regimens

There is no conclusive evidence supporting efficacy and safety of a particular insulin regime over another in adolescents with T1D who are fasting during Ramadan. The insulin regime is therefore based on affordability, access to treatment (medication, specialist and advanced technology), and cultural preferences (9).

 

Changing the insulin regime just before Ramdan is likely to result in dose errors and increase the risk of hypoglycemia. Hence, every effort should be made to continue the same regime, but with proper dose modifications and comprehensive counseling covering diet, lifestyle, physical activity, SMBG, and self-titration of insulin dose (10).

 

The most commonly used insulin regimens in adolescents are (9):

  1. Basal-bolus regimens –multiple dose injections (MDI) adjusted according to meal (preferred option)
  2. Conventional twice daily neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH)/regular short acting (human) insulin
  3. Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion (CSII) with or without sensors
  4. Premixed insulins (generally not recommended for T1DM)

 

Of these, MDI and CSII are closer to providing the physiological insulin secretion pattern.

Table 5 gives guidance on dose modifications of different insulin regimes.9 SMBG should be encouraged and the patients or their caregivers taught to self-titrate the insulin dose based on the BG levels (Table 6) (10).

 

Table 5. Insulin Dose Adjustments During Ramadan (10,35)

Insulin

Dose modification

Timing

Glucose monitoring

MDI (basal bolus) with analogue insulins

Basal insulin

30-40% dose reduction

Take at Iftar

5–7-point glucose monitoring*

MDI (basal bolus) with analogue insulins

RAI

Suhoor dose reduced 30-50%

Skip pre-lunch dose Iftar dose to be adjusted according to the 2hr post Iftar BG levels

Take at Iftar and Suhoor

5–7-point glucose monitoring*

MDI (basal bolus) with conventional insulins

NPH insulin

No dose modification at Iftar

50% dose reduction at Suhoor

Take at Iftar and Suhoor

5–7-point glucose monitoring or 2-3 staggered readings throughout the day*

MDI (basal bolus) with conventional insulins

Regular insulin

Suhoor dose reduced by 50%

Skip pre-lunch dose

Iftar dose unchanged unless needs to be adjusted according to the 2hr post Iftar BG levels

Take at Iftar and Suhoor

7-point glucose monitoring or 2-3 staggered readings throughout the day*

Premixed (analogue or conventional) once daily

No dose modification

Take at Iftar

At least 2-3 daily

Readings*

Premixed (analogue or conventional) twice daily

No dose modification at Iftar

50% dose reduction at Suhoor

Take at Iftar and Suhoor

At least 2-3 daily

Readings*

CSII / Insulin Pump

Basal rate adjustment

10-30% increase for the initial few hours of Iftar

20-40% decrease for the final 3-4 hours of fast

Bolus doses

Same ICR and ISF principles as followed prior to Ramadan

Reduce the dose post-Suhoor by 20%

CGM

* And whenever any symptoms of hypoglycemia/hyperglycemia develop or feeling unwell

ICR- Insulin Carbohydrate Ratio; ISF- Insulin Sensitivity Factor; RAI- rapid analogue insulin

 

Table 6. SMBG Guided Dose Titrations for Different Types of Insulin During Ramadan (10)

Fasting/pre-Iftar/pre-Suhoor blood glucose

Basal insulin

Short-acting insulin

Premixed insulin

pre-Iftar

pre-Iftar*/post-Suhoor**

pre-Iftar insulin modification

<70 mg/dL (3.9 mmol/L) or symptoms

Reduce by 4 units

Reduce by 4 units

Reduce by 4 units

<90 mg/dL (5.0 mmol/L)

Reduce by 2 units

Reduce by 2 units

Reduce by 2 units

90-126 mg/dL (5.0-7.0 mmol/L)

No change

No change

No change

>126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L)

Increase by 2 units

Increase by 2 units

Increase by 2 units

>200 mg/dL (16.7 mmol/L)

Increase by 4 units

Increase by 4 units

Increase by 4 units

*Reduce the insulin dose taken before Suhoor; **Reduce the insulin dose taken before Iftar

Recommendations for Insulin Regimes
  1. T1D management during Ramadan should be individualized according to patient’s need, preference, affordability, acceptability, and access to treatment (9).
  2. The basal-bolus regime is the preferred regime and consists of a long-acting insulin analogue (basal insulin) and a premeal rapid acting insulin analogue (bolus insulin) (9).
  3. Associated with a lower risk of hypoglycemia when compared to conventional, twice-daily, insulin regimens
  4. The bolus insulin dose should be dependent on the carbohydrate count of the meal. It should ideally be given 20 minutes before the meal for better post-prandial BG control.
  5. Boluses covering Suhoor and Iftar should be based on Insulin Carbohydrate Ratio (ICRs) and Insulin Sensitivity Factor (ISFs)

 

Approximately 70% of hypoglycemia occur during the last six hours of fasting. Hence, the type of basal insulin used, reduction in basal insulin dose and modification of insulin timing are the tools used to avoid hypoglycemia:

  • Ramadan fasting should be started with a reduction of basal insulin-starting with 20% and individualizing up to 40% as required
  • Basal insulin can be administered earlier in the day to minimize insulin exposure during the last few hours of fasting when BG levels are low.
  • Basal insulin can also be taken at Iftar or earlier in the evening
  • First-generation basal insulin analogues (such as glargine U-100) are more likely to cause hypoglycemia than the second generation, long-acting insulin analogues (glargine U-300 and degludec). However, the choice of insulin should be individualized based on risk of hypoglycemia.
  • Long-acting insulin analogues are preferred over intermediate acting (NPH/human insulin) as they provide a steady fall of BG towards normal levels by sunset time (9).
  • Twice daily regimens are more likely to be associated with hyperglycemia (9).
  • Twice daily regimens are usually not preferred during Ramadan, but if they are the only choice available to the patient, their timing and dose needs to be more closely monitored depending on the timing, portion size and carbohydrate content of meal (9).
  • Premixed twice daily insulin regimes are not recommended during Ramadan period as they require fixed carbohydrate intake at fixed timing, and this may be difficult for adolescents to follow (9).
  • There is emerging evidence that T1D patients can fast during Ramadan with fewer complications with the help of newer technologies such as insulin pump therapy, CGM and hybrid closed-loop systems (6).
  • CSII with insulin pumps in adolescents help achieve the targeted glycemic control with reduction in hyperglycemia and severe hypoglycemia, and provides more flexibility, improved quality of life and decreased risk of complications like diabetic ketoacidosis (9).
  • CSII allows for easier management of DM and reduces risk of complications than MDI (9)
  • The basal and bolus doses are adjusted through algorithms on the pump or through sensors and mobile applications (in more advanced versions)
  • Basal insulin is reduced by 20-35% in the last 4-5 hours before Iftar and increased by 10-30% after Iftar up to midnight
  • Prandial insulin bolus calculation is based on usual ICR and ISR
  • Bolus doses can be delivered in three different ways:
  • Standard dosing: Immediately before meals
  • Extended or square dosing: gradual dosing over a certain time period
  • Combo or dual wave bolus: combination of standard and extended
  • High fat content diet as seen during Iftar is likely to benefit from extended or combo bolus dosing (9).
  • Insulin pumps augmented with CGM provide better glycemic control and reduce complications considerably in adolescents with T1D. These sensor-augmented pumps are of two types (9):
  • Low Glucose Suspend (LGS) function pumps: The high-risk BG threshold for HE is pre-set in these pumps. The insulin administration can be automatically suspended for ≤2 hours when sensors detect BG levels below the pre-set threshold
  • Predictive Low Glucose Suspend (PLGS) pumps: Insulin administration is automatically suspended before BG reaches hypoglycemic levels (70 mg/dL [3.9 mmol/L]).
  • Automated insulin delivery (closed loop): These can suspend or increase insulin delivery based on sensor-based BG values. Thus, closed loops help increase time in range (TIR) and minimize hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.
  • Types: Hybrid closed-loop automated insulin delivery systems; Do-It-Yourself Artificial Pancreas Systems (DIY APS)
  • However, CSII is a costly technology, has limited access in many countries, and therefore is not widely available due to cost and accessibility constraints (9).

MEDICAL MANAGEMENT OF ADULTS WITH T1D DURING RAMADAN  

Patients advised to self-monitor BG at 7-time-point points: when fasting; post-breakfast; pre-lunch; post-lunch; pre-dinner; post dinner; and midnight (9).

 

Dose adjustments for the different insulin regimes should start during the pre-Ramadan period and every attempt should be made to attain the desired glycemic goal but at low risk for hypoglycemia.

 

Short acting insulin analogues (glulisine, lispro, or aspart) are associated with less hypoglycemia and better improvement in postprandial glycemia than regular insulin. Premixed insulins are generally not preferred during Ramadan (9).

 

Table 5 provides guidance on dose modifications of different insulin regimes (9). SMBG should be encouraged and the patients taught to self-titrate the insulin dose based on the BG levels (Table 6) (10).

MEDICAL MANAGEMENT OF T2D DURING RAMADAN

Medical management of Ramadan in patients with T2D varies with wide variety of oral and injectable glucose lowering drugs (GLDs) used during Ramadan as shown in Table 9. Patients may be on one or more oral GLDs or a combination of oral and injectable GLDs.

 

Table 9. Different Types of Glucose Lowering Drugs Used by Patients with T2D During Ramadan (1,10)

Oral glucose lowering drugs

Injectable glucose lowering drugs

Sulfonylurea (gliclazide, glipizide, glimepiride, glibenclamide, or glyburide)

Long/intermediate basal insulins (insulin glargine, insulin detemir, insulin degludec or NPH)

 

Insulin: insulin pump, multiple daily injections, insulin lispro, insulin glargine, soluble human insulin, insulin detemir, and biphasic insulin

Biguanides (Metformin)

Bolus prandial rapid or short-acting insulins (lispro, glulisine, aspart or regular human insulin)

Thiazolidinediones (pioglitazone)

Premixed insulins (fixed ratio combinations of short and intermediate acting insulins)-usually not recommended during Ramadan

DPP-4 inhibitors (sitagliptin, saxagliptin, linagliptin, alogliptin, vildagliptin)

GLP-1 RA (lixisenatide, exenatide, liraglutide, dulaglutide, semaglutide)

SGLT2-I (dapagliflozin, canagliflozin, empagliflozin, and ertugliflozin)

Alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (acarbose, voglibose)

Short-acting insulin secretagogues (repaglinide and nateglinide)

Oral GLP-1 RA (semaglutide)

 

  DPP-4, dipeptidyl peptidase 4; GLP-1 RA, Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists (GLP-1 RAs); NPH, neutral protamine Hagedorn; SGLT2-I, Sodium/glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitors

 

After the Pre-Ramadan risk stratification, adjustments are made to the patient’s GLDs. Some patients may need a change of medications too depending on their risk level. Preference is given to GLDs with better glycemic control and lower risk of hypoglycemia.

Oral Glucose Lowering Drug Adjustments During Ramadan
  • In general, non-sulfonylureas GLDs are superior in lowering hypoglycemia incidence than sulfonylureas (1).
  • Metformin is the most commonly used first line oral GLD, and has minimal risk of hypoglycemia (10).
  • Sulfonylureas are the most commonly used second line oral GLDs after metformin, especially in resource limited settings (10).
  • Short-acting insulin secretagogues can be useful GLDs during Ramadan because of their short duration of action and low risk of hypoglycemia (10).
  • DPP4 inhibitors are well tolerated during fasting and have a low hypoglycemia risk (10).
  • SGLT2 inhibitors are the newest class of oral GLDs used in T2D. They have demonstrated effective glycemic control during Ramadan even in patients with cardiovascular diseases/chronic kidney disease, and have low risk of hypoglycemia (10, 36).
  • An individual should be started on a SGLT2 inhibitor at least 2-4 weeks before Ramadan for the BG levels to stabilize during the fasting time.
  • Of the thiazolidinediones, only pioglitazone is widely approved for T2DM, has low hypoglycemia risk, but clinical data on its use during Ramadan is limited (10).

 

Table 10. Oral Glucose Lowering Drugs Used During Ramadan: Dose Modifications and Timing Adjustments in Individuals with Type 2 Diabetes (10)

Oral GLD

Dose modification

Timing

Metformin once daily

No dose modification

Take at Iftar

Metformin twice daily

No dose modification

Take at Iftar and Suhoor

Metformin thrice daily

No modification to morning dose. Afternoon dose to be combined with evening dose

Take morning dose before Suhoor and evening dose at Iftar

Prolonged release metformin

No dose modification

Take at Iftar

Sulfonylureas once daily

Reduce dose in patients with well controlled BG levels

Take at Iftar

Sulfonylureas twice daily

In patients with well controlled BG levels Iftar dose remains the same. Suhoor dose is reduced

Take at Iftar

Older sulfonylureas (e.g., glibenclamide)

Avoid and replace with 2nd generation SUs such as glicazide, glicazide MR, and glimepiride

Short-acting insulin secretagogues thrice daily dosing

Reduce or re-distribute to two doses

Take before Iftar and Suhoor

DPP4 inhibitor once daily

No dose modification

Take at Iftar

DPP4 inhibitor twice daily (vildagliptin)

No dose modification

Take at Iftar and Suhoor

SGLT2 inhibitors

No dose modification

Take at Iftar

Thiazolidinedione

No dose modification

Take at Iftar

  BG, blood glucose; DPP-4, dipeptidyl peptidase 4; MR, modified release; SGLT2-I, Sodium/glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitors; SU, sulfonylurea

Injectable Glucose Lowering Drug Adjustments During Ramadan
  • Most patients with long-standing T2D eventually need insulin to manage their BG levels. Various insulin regimes are used in T2D (table 9) (1, 10) and in general, the use of insulin increases the risk of hypoglycemia during Ramadan.
  • Insulin can be given as single daily injection, MDI or as CSII through insulin pumps. The insulin regime is therefore based on affordability, access to treatment (medication, specialist and advanced technology), and cultural preferences (9).
  • Changing the insulin regime just before Ramdan is likely to result in dose errors and increase risk of hypoglycemia. Hence, every effort should be made to continue the same regime, but with proper dose modifications and comprehensive counseling covering diet, lifestyle, physical activity, SMBG, and self-titration of insulin dose (10).
  • Table 5 shows the various insulins and how their doses and timing are adjusted during Ramadan.
  • SMBG guided dose titrations for different insulin types are shown in Table 6.
  • GLP-1 RAs can be safely used with other GLDs including metformin and insulin. They have low hypoglycemia risk, but the risk could be higher if given with insulin or sulfonylureas. However, dose needs to be titrated at least 2-4 weeks prior to Ramadan (10).
Individuals on Multiple Antidiabetic Therapy

Individuals on multiple GLDs are at higher risk of hypoglycemia during Ramadan (18). The risk of hypoglycemia is highest if they are on ≥4 GLDs or on a combination of metformin, DPP4I and basal insulin (37).

 

In individuals on multiple GLDs, the risk of hypoglycemia is dependent on several factors such as type and number of GLDs, duration of diabetes, pre-Ramadan glycemic control, renal function, and presence of other comorbidities (10).

 

Individuals on ≥3 GLDs who are fasting during Ramadan should receive comprehensive counseling and advice before the start of Ramadan, and it should cover diet, lifestyle, physical activity, SMBG, and dose and time modifications of GLDs (10).

 

Individuals on a combination of insulin and SUs are at highest risk of hypoglycemia and require a dose reduction GLDs (approximately 25-50% reduction in insulin dose) during Ramadan.

 

Flash glucose monitoring, CGM, activity monitoring, risk stratification, dose adjustments, and use of artificial intelligence-based algorithms that cover one or more of these aspects are the various tools that are likely to help high-risk patients with T2D fast with fewer hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia related complications (6, 10).

MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES IN SPECIAL POPUATIONS DURING RAMADAN

As discussed, individuals who are considered high risk for fasting during Ramadan need special pre-Ramadan risk stratification, counseling, dose modification, and need to follow strict SMBG during Ramadan, and those on insulin should be capable of self-titrating their insulin dose based on their BG values.

 

This is especially true for special population considered high risk due to a high probability of harm caused by fasting during Ramadan (5). This special population of high-risk individuals with diabetes includes pregnant women, elderly, and people with CVD or CKD. All these individuals are usually advised not to fast, but many do decide to fast against medical advice (5).

Management of Diabetes/Gestational Diabetes During Ramadan

Even in healthy pregnant women, fasting during Ramadan results in biochemical changes that almost mimic the effects of prolonged fasting (35). Ramadan fasting results in an increase in triglycerides (TG), free fatty acids (FFA), and ketones in healthy pregnant women along with a decrease in glucose and insulin (35). However, data on physiological and biochemical changes caused by fasting during Ramadan in pregnant women with diabetes is largely lacking.

 

Pregnancy is an exemption from fasting. However, many pregnant women choose to fast during Ramadan. A detailed discussion regarding the potential risks of fasting must be held with them.

While healthy pregnant women can generally fast safely with no maternal or fetal risk, those with hyperglycemia need to strictly monitor their BG levels to prevent hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia, and adverse maternal and fetal outcomes (35).

 

  • Pre-Ramadan assessment should begin months before Ramadan, and apart from risk stratification, should focus on breaking general myths like ‘finger-prick testing for BG levels breaks their fast’, encourage SMBG, and educate about the maternal and fetal risks of both hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia (35).
  • Pregnant women with diabetes should maintain normal physical activity while fasting. The Taraweeh prayer they offer should be considered as exercise for which insulin doses should be adjusted as required (35).
  • Fiber rich food and drinking 2-3 liters of water a day should be encouraged. Suhoor should be taken as late as possible (35).
  • Insulin and/or metformin are the treatment of choice in pregnancy with diabetes. Though glibenclamide is also used in some patients, its use should be discouraged during Ramadan. Some women with gestational diabetes may be managed on diet and/or metformin too.
  • The metformin dose may not need any change during pregnancy but the dose of insulin should be modified as discussed in Table 5 (10, 35). Insulin dose titration should be guided by SMBG as shown in Table 6.
  • SMBG should be carried out as guided in Figure 6. Pregnant women with diabetes should strictly monitor and maintain their BG levels as follows (35):
  • Fasting between 70-95 mg/dL (3.9 – 5.3 mmol/L).
  • Post-prandial < 120 mg/dL (6.7 mmol/L).
  • Pregnant women with diabetes should break their fast if (35):
  • BG levels < 70 mg/dL (3.9 mmol/L) during fasting hours.
  • Feel unwell.
  • Feel reduced fetal movement.
  • Pregnant women with diabetes should carry out regular SMBG at the following time points (35):
  • Before the sunset meal.
  • 1-2 hours after meals
  • Once during the day while fasting, particularly in the afternoon.
  • Anytime they feel unwell.
Management of Diabetes in Elderly with Diabetes Fasting During Ramadan

Older age (≥ 65 years) by itself can be considered a high risk for fasting during Ramadan in individuals with diabetes, even though many elderly fast successfully during Ramadan (38). Older individuals with diabetes are less likely to fast than younger ones (DAR 2020 survey: 71.2% of ≥ 65 years intended to fast compared to 87.3% of those < 65 years) (39). However, fasting during Ramadan being a personal choice, many older adults with diabetes do choose to fast during Ramadan. The DAR Global Survey (2020) also showed that the elderly were more motivated to fast with 69% of those aged ≥ 65 years fasting for 30 days compared to 60% of those < 65 years (39).

 

Elderly (≥ 65 years) with diabetes were significantly more likely to break their fast than younger (<65 years) individuals with diabetes (17% vs. 11.5%; P<0.001) (39). Similarly, they were significantly more likely to break their fast due to hypoglycemia than their younger counterparts (67.7% vs.55.4%; P=0.02).

 

Fasting during Ramadan in elderly with diabetes needs special consideration and attention because:

  • Diabetes related complications are higher in elderly and they need careful BG monitoring and GLD dose adjustments, which should be started well before Ramadan (38).
  • Fasting related complications likely to be seen in elderly with diabetes can be due to both hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia, and also include impaired renal function, impaired postural balance, poor attention, and volume depletion. The risk increases with the number of days fasted (38).
  • The DAR 2020 survey showed that hypoglycemia was significantly higher in elderly as compared to younger population (17.4% vs.15.2%; P<0.001) (39).
  • 9% of those aged ≥ 65 visited the emergency department compared to 4.3% of individuals aged < 65
  • Elderly were also more likely to get hospitalized due to hypoglycemia
  • While 31.5% reduced their GLD dosing, 17% made no change to their medication dose
  • The use of SUs and insulin increases risk of hypoglycemia. 32.7% of elderly need insulin, probably due to long standing diabetes.
  • The DAR 2020 survey also showed that significantly greater number of elderly with diabetes who are fasting had hyperglycemia (BG levels > 16.6 mmol/L or 300 mg/dL) during Ramadan (19.3% vs. 15.6%; P=0.006) (39). 8.4% of the elderly had to attend the emergency department due to hyperglycemia related complications.
  • The DAR 2020 survey showed that the majority (80%) do not break their fast even if they have hyperglycemia, and 20% do not change their behavior (food intake, medication change), 25% reduced their food intake, and 21% increased their medication dose (39).
  • In the DAR 2020 Global Survey, 21% of participants with T2DM aged ≥ 65 years checked their BG levels once or less than once a week. Only around 10% checked their BG levels 3–4 times a day. There was no change in SMBG behavior during Ramadan (39).
  • Research on elderly fasting during Ramadan is largely lacking.38 Landmark trials in Ramadan like the EPIDIAR study which was used to formulate many recommendations for individuals with diabetes fasting during Ramadan, did not include the elderly.7
  • The elderly population is growing fast, and therefore there will be more individuals with diabetes who are ≥ 65 years and intend to fast (40)
  • The risk of fasting is much higher in elderly than in younger population with diabetes (38). This is because the elderly have more comorbidities (hypertension, hyperlipidemia, CVDs, CKD etc.) than the younger population (38, 39).
  • Elderly with diabetes and impaired renal functions, CVD, dementia, frailty, and/or those with risk of falls are at higher risk for complications during fasting than elderly without comorbidities (38). Therefore, risk stratification of elderly with diabetes who decide to fast during Ramadan should be based not only on age, but also on their comorbidities, functional capacity, and ability to manage medications and carry out SMBG, cognition, and social circumstances (38).

 

Hence, the elderly with diabetes are a high-risk category for fasting during Ramadan. They need proper Pre-Ramadan risk stratification, education, and support to ensure that they can fast safely with proper SMBG and medication monitoring.

 

Table 11 covers the basic recommendations for elderly who intend to fast during Ramadan.

 

Table 11. Basic Recommendations for Elderly who Intend to Fast During Ramadan

MEDICATIONS AND REGIMENS

•                Choose medications that have a lower hypoglycemia risk

•                 Make dose adjustments to lower the risk of hypoglycemia

•                 For individuals on SUs, gliclazide and glimepiride should be used instead of glibenclamide

•       SGLT2 inhibitors doses should be reviewed for benefit vs risks of adverse events especially in elderly with impaired renal function or those on diuretics

•       Insulin: dose titration based on SMBG should be taught and dose modifications carried out based on the insulin type

SMBG

•                 Increase frequency to a 5-point time scale

•                 Use CGM if available and feasible

DIET AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY

•                 Individualized diet and activity plan

•                 Started before Ramadan and adhere during fasting days

•                 Medication doses and timings adjusted according to diet and physical activity level

•                 Adequate nutrition should be stressed and education provided

•                 Hydration ensured through proper planning

SOCIAL SUPPORT

Given that elderly may have cognition, memory, and physical deficits, adequate support should be ensured pre-Ramadan to ensure SMBG, adherence to diet and physical activity plan, insulin dose titration, and oral GLD dose modification

AWARENESS OF RISK OF COMPLICATIONS

•                 Discuss and document symptoms and events to increase awareness and recognition of complications

•                 Both patient and caregiver should be educated to recognize the symptoms of complications

  CGM, continuous glucose monitoring; GLD, glucose lowering drugs; SMBG, self-monitoring of blood glucose

Other Concerns Regarding Management of Diabetes During Ramadan

MANAGEMENT OF COMORBID HYPOTHYROIDISM

Hypothyroidism is commonly seen in patients with diabetes. Usually, thyroxine is taken half an hour before breakfast. However, during Ramadan, the breakfast time is shifted to pre-dawn. This is a time of rush and individuals may find it difficult to time the thyroxine dose half an hour before Suhoor. Similarly, if thyroxine is pushed to evening, then taking it half an hour before Iftar is usually difficult as usually this meal is taken with rest of the family and by Iftar time hunger score is high. Hence, thyroxine may be taken late (after a 4-hour gap) at night as long as no heavy meal is taken between Iftar and late night (12).

BARIATRIC SURGERY

Diabesity (co-existing diabetes and obesity) is of pandemic proportions across the world (4). Bariatric surgery is commonly performed in individuals with diabesity. Bariatric surgery poses certain concerns regarding fasting during Ramadan as these individuals cannot consume large meals and therefore absorb certain macronutrients (12).

GAPS AND WAY FORWARD

The last few decades have contributed immensely to the growing knowledge and clinical experience of health care providers regarding the clinical and metabolic complications of fasting, pre-fasting assessment, risk stratification and initiation of changes in medication dose and timing and dietary/lifestyle modifications during Ramadan (1). However, greater efforts are required to improve communication between the medical experts and religious scholars in order to ensure that medical guidance regarding safe fasting during Ramadan is best received by the public (30). Further well-designed clinical trials are required to assess the best treatment options for adolescents and adults with diabetes who fast during Ramadan. Artificial intelligence, use of RNP and other such tools need to be integrated to ensure safe fasting during Ramadan.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

All named authors for this manuscript meet the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors (ICMJE) criteria for authorship. All authors take full responsibility for the integrity of the work and have given final approval for the published version. The authors acknowledge Dr. Kokil Mathur and Dr. Punit Srivastava from Mediception Science Pvt. Ltd, Gurgaon, India for providing writing and editing assistance.

REFERENCES  

  1. Abdelrahim D, Faris ME, Hassanein M, et al. Impact of Ramadan Diurnal Intermittent Fasting on Hypoglycemic Events in Patients With Type 2 Diabetes: A Systematic Review of Randomized Controlled Trials and Observational Studies. Frontiers in Endocrinology. 2021;12. Accessed March 2, 2022. https://www.frontiersin.org/article/10.3389/fendo.2021.624423
  2. IDF-DAR Practical Guidelines. DAR practical guidelines for healthcare professionals. Published 2021. Accessed March 2, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  3. Jabbar A, Malek R, Hussein Z. Chapter 2. Epidemiology of diabetes and fasting during Ramadan. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  4. Kapoor N, Sahay R, Kalra S, et al. Consensus on Medical Nutrition Therapy for Diabesity (CoMeND) in Adults: A South Asian Perspective. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2021;14:1703-1728. doi:10.2147/DMSO.S278928
  5. Bennakhi A, Buyukbese MA, Al Saleh Y, Almadani AA, Eliana F. Chapter 1. Introduction to the IDF-DAR ractical Guidelines. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  6. Ahmed SH, Chowdhury TA, Hussain S, et al. Ramadan and Diabetes: A Narrative Review and Practice Update. Diabetes Ther. 2020;11(11):2477-2520. doi:10.1007/s13300-020-00886-y
  7. Salti I, Bénard E, Detournay B, et al. A population-based study of diabetes and its characteristics during the fasting month of Ramadan in 13 countries: results of the epidemiology of diabetes and Ramadan 1422/2001 (EPIDIAR) study. Diabetes Care. 2004;27(10):2306-2311. doi:10.2337/diacare.27.10.2306
  8. Babineaux SM, Toaima D, Boye KS, et al. Multi-country retrospective observational study of the management and outcomes of patients with Type 2 diabetes during Ramadan in 2010 (CREED). Diabet Med. 2015;32(6):819-828. doi:10.1111/dme.12685
  9. Wan Bebakar WM, Wan Mohamad RM, Hafidh K, et al. Chapter 9. Management of Type 1 diabetes when fasting during Ramadan. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  10. Hanif W, Hassanein M, Elhadd TA, Mohamed NA. Chapter 10. Management of Type 2 diabetes when fasting during Ramadan. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  11. Lessan N, Ali T. Energy Metabolism and Intermittent Fasting: The Ramadan Perspective. Nutrients. 2019;11(5):E1192. doi:10.3390/nu11051192
  12. Lessan N, Ezzat Faris M, Assaad-Khalil SH, Ali T. Chapter 3. What happens to the body? Physiology of fasting during Ramadan. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  13. Lessan N, Hannoun Z, Hasan H, Barakat MT. Glucose excursions and glycaemic control during Ramadan fasting in diabetic patients: insights from continuous glucose monitoring (CGM). Diabetes Metab. 2015;41(1):28-36. doi:10.1016/j.diabet.2014.11.004
  14. Al-Rawi N, Madkour M, Jahrami H, et al. Effect of diurnal intermittent fasting during Ramadan on ghrelin, leptin, melatonin, and cortisol levels among overweight and obese subjects: A prospective observational study. PLoS One. 2020;15(8):e0237922. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0237922
  15. Hassanein M, Al Awadi FF, El Hadidy KES, et al. The characteristics and pattern of care for the type 2 diabetes mellitus population in the MENA region during Ramadan: An international prospective study (DAR-MENA T2DM). Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2019;151:275-284. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2019.02.020
  16. Basit A, AlOzairi E, Abdelgadir E. Chapter 4. The effects of fasting during Ramadan on physical and mental wellbeing. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  17. Husain R, Duncan MT, Cheah SH, Ch’ng SL. Effects of fasting in Ramadan on tropical Asiatic Moslems. Br J Nutr. 1987;58(1):41-48. doi:10.1079/bjn19870067
  18. Jabbar A, Hassanein M, Beshyah SA, Boye KS, Yu M, Babineaux SM. CREED study: Hypoglycaemia during Ramadan in individuals with Type 2 diabetes mellitus from three continents. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2017;132:19-26. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2017.07.014
  19. Ba-Essa EM, Hassanein M, Abdulrhman S, Alkhalifa M, Alsafar Z. Attitude and safety of patients with diabetes observing the Ramadan fast. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2019;152:177-182. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2019.03.031
  20. Mattoo V, Milicevic Z, Malone JK, et al. A comparison of insulin lispro Mix25 and human insulin 30/70 in the treatment of type 2 diabetes during Ramadan. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2003;59(2):137-143. doi:10.1016/s0168-8227(02)00202-4
  21. Cesur M, Corapcioglu D, Gursoy A, et al. A comparison of glycemic effects of glimepiride, repaglinide, and insulin glargine in type 2 diabetes mellitus during Ramadan fasting. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007;75(2):141-147. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2006.05.012
  22. Bakiner O, Ertorer ME, Bozkirli E, Tutuncu NB, Demirag NG. Repaglinide plus single-dose insulin glargine: a safe regimen for low-risk type 2 diabetic patients who insist on fasting in Ramadan. Acta Diabetol. 2009;46(1):63-65. doi:10.1007/s00592-008-0062-7
  23. Hassanein M, Hanif W, Malik W, et al. Comparison of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor vildagliptin and the sulphonylurea gliclazide in combination with metformin, in Muslim patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus fasting during Ramadan: results of the VECTOR study. Curr Med Res Opin. 2011;27(7):1367-1374. doi:10.1185/03007995.2011.579951
  24. Bashier A, Bin Hussain A, MK A. Safety and Efficacy of Liraglutide as an Add-On Therapy to Pre-Existing Anti-Diabetic Regimens during Ramadan, A Prospective Observational Trial. Journal of Diabetes & Metabolism. 2015;06. doi:10.4172/2155-6156.1000590
  25. Hassanein M, Echtay A, Hassoun A, et al. Tolerability of canagliflozin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus fasting during Ramadan: Results of the Canagliflozin in Ramadan Tolerance Observational Study (CRATOS). Int J Clin Pract. 2017;71(10). doi:10.1111/ijcp.12991
  26. Aldawi N, Darwiche G, Abusnana S, Elbagir M, Elgzyri T. Initial increase in glucose variability during Ramadan fasting in non-insulin-treated patients with diabetes type 2 using continuous glucose monitoring. Libyan J Med. 2019;14(1):1535747. doi:10.1080/19932820.2018.1535747
  27. Alawadi F, Mohammed K. Bashier A, Rashid F, Chowdhury TA. Chapter 13. Risks of fasting during Ramadan: Cardiovascular, Cerebrovascular and Renal complications. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  28. Jawad F, Kalra S. Ramadan and diabetes management - The 5 R’s. J Pak Med Assoc. 2015;65(5 Suppl 1):S79-80.
  29. Ahmedani MY, Zainudin SB, AlOzairi E. Chapter 7. Pre-Ramadan Assessment and Education. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  30. El Sayed AA, Hassanein M, Afandi B, Tayeb K, Diop SN. Chapter 6. Diabetes and Ramadan: A Medico-Religious Perspective. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  31. Hassanein M, Al-Arouj M, Hamdy O, et al. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical guidelines. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2017;126:303-316. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2017.03.003
  32. Hamdy O, Mohd Yusof BN, Maher S. Chapter 8. The Ramadan Nutrition Plan (RNP) for people with diabetes. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  33. Ahmed WN, Arun CS, Koshy TG, et al. Management of diabetes during fasting and COVID-19 – Challenges and solutions. Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care. 2020;9(8):3797-3806. doi:10.4103/jfmpc.jfmpc_845_20
  34. Mohd Yusof BN, Wan Zukiman WZHH, Abu Zaid Z, et al. Comparison of Structured Nutrition Therapy for Ramadan with Standard Care in Type 2 Diabetes Patients. Nutrients. 2020;12(3):813. doi:10.3390/nu12030813
  35. Afandi B, Hassanein M, Taha Salih B, Abdo S. Chapter 11. Management of hyperglycaemia in pregnancy when fasting during Ramadan. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  36. Bajaj HS, Abouhassan T, Ahsan MR, et al. Diabetes Canada Position Statement for People With Types 1 and 2 Diabetes Who Fast During Ramadan. Can J Diabetes. 2019;43(1):3-12. doi:10.1016/j.jcjd.2018.04.007
  37. Elhadd T, Dabbous Z, Bashir M, et al. Incidence of hypoglycaemia in patients with type-2 diabetes taking multiple glucose lowering therapies during Ramadan: the PROFAST Ramadan Study. J Diabetes Metab Disord. 2018;17(2):309-314. doi:10.1007/s40200-018-0374-2
  38. Shaltout I, Mohamed M, Iraqi H. Chapter 12. Management of diabetes among the elderly when fasting during Ramadan. In: International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance. Diabetes and Ramadan: Practical Guidelines. International Diabetes Federation and DAR International Alliance; 2021. Accessed March 4, 2022. https://www.idf.org/our-activities/education/diabetes-and-ramadan/healthcare-professionals.html
  39. Hassanein M, Hussein Z, Shaltout I, et al. The DAR 2020 Global survey: Ramadan fasting during COVID 19 pandemic and the impact of older age on fasting among adults with Type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2021;173:108674. doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2021.108674
  40. IDF. IDF Diabetes Atlas 2021. International Diabetes Federation; 2021. Accessed March 11, 2022. https://diabetesatlas.org/atlas/tenth-edition/

 

Guidelines for the Management of High Blood Cholesterol

ABSTRACT

 

The LDL-C hypothesis holds that high blood LDL-C levels are a major risk factor for atherosclerosis cardiovascular disease (ASCVD) and lowering LDL-C levels will reduce the risk for ASCVD. This hypothesis is based on epidemiological evidence that both within and between populations higher LDL-C levels increase the risk for ASCVD, and conversely, randomized clinical trials (RCTs) demonstrating that lowering LDL-C levels will reduce ASCVD risk. LDL-C levels can be reduced by both lifestyle interventions and cholesterol-lowering drugs. Widely used LDL-C lowering drugs are statins, ezetimibe, bempedoic acid, and proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitors. In this chapter we discuss the information provided in the two major guidelines on how to select and treat patients to lower LDL-C levels; the 2018 AHA/ACC/Multi-Society report and the European Society of Cardiology (ESC), the European Atherosclerosis Society (EAS), and representatives from other European organizations guidelines published in 2020. Additionally, we discuss the key principles that clinicians should utilize when deciding who to treat and how aggressively to treat hypercholesterolemia to lower the risk of ASCVD. Specifically, 1) the sooner one initiates LDL-C lowering therapy the greater the benefit, 2) the greater the decrease in LDL-C the greater the benefit, 3) the higher the LDL-C level the greater the benefit, and 4) the higher the absolute risk of ASCVD the greater the benefit. Following these general principles will help clinicians make informed decisions in deciding on their approach to lowering LDL-C levels and will facilitate discussions with patients on the benefits and risks of treatment. These decisions need to balance the benefits of treatment vs. the potential side effects and cost and the preferences of individual patients.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (ASCVD) remains the foremost cause of death among chronic diseases. An aging population combined with an atherogenic lifestyle increases the risk of ASCVD. Even so, mortality from ASCVD has been declining in most developed countries. This decline comes from improvements in preventive measures and better clinical interventions. One of the most important advances in the cardiovascular field resulted from identifying risk factors for ASCVD. Risk factors directly or indirectly promote atherosclerosis, or they otherwise predispose to vascular events. The major risk factors are cigarette smoking, dyslipidemia, hypertension, hyperglycemia, and advancing age. Dyslipidemia consists of elevations of atherogenic lipoproteins (LDL, VLDL, Lp(a), and remnants) and low levels of HDL. Advancing age counts as a risk factor because it reflects the impact of all risk factors over the lifespan. Several other factors, called risk enhancing factors, associate with higher risk for ASCVD (1). Lifestyle factors (for example, overnutrition and physical inactivity) contribute importantly to both major and enhancing risk factors. Hereditary factors undoubtedly contribute to the identifiable risk factors; but genetic influences also affect ASCVD risk through other ways not yet understood (2).

 

THE CHOLESTEROL HYPOTHESIS AND CHOLESTEROL LOWERING THERAPY  

 

There is now indisputable evidence that elevated serum cholesterol levels increase the risk of ASCVD. The first evidence for a connection between serum cholesterol levels and atherosclerosis came from studies in laboratory animals (3). Feeding cholesterol to various animal species raises serum cholesterol and causes deposition of cholesterol in the arterial wall (3). The latter recapitulates the early stages of human atherosclerosis. Subsequently, in humans, severe hereditary hypercholesterolemia was observed to cause premature atherosclerosis and ASCVD (3).  Later, population surveys uncovered a positive association between serum cholesterol levels and ASCVD (4,5).  Finally, clinical trials with cholesterol-lowering agents documented that lowering serum cholesterol levels reduces the risk for ASCVD (6). These findings have convincing proven the cholesterol hypothesis. Moreover, the relationship between cholesterol levels and ASCVD risk is bidirectional; raising cholesterol levels increases risk, whereas reducing levels decreases risk (Figure 1).

 

Figure 1. The Cholesterol Hypothesis. Between the years 1955 and 1985, many epidemiologic studies showed a positive relation between cholesterol levels and atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (ASCVD) events. Over the next 30 years, a host of randomized controlled clinical trials have demonstrated that lowering cholesterol levels will reduce the risk for ASCVD. This bidirectional relationship between cholesterol levels and ASCVD provides ample support for the cholesterol hypothesis.

 

Epidemiological Evidence

 

A relationship between cholesterol levels and ASCVD risk is observed in both developing and developed countries (4,5). Populations with the lowest cholesterol levels and LDL-C levels have the lowest rates of ASCVD. Within populations, individuals with the lowest serum cholesterol or LDL-C levels carry the least risk. In other words, “the lower, the better” for cholesterol levels holds, both between populations and for individuals within specific populations.

 

Pre-Statin Clinical Trial Evidence

 

Several earlier randomized controlled trials (RCTs) tested whether reducing cholesterol levels through diet, bile acid sequestrants, or ileal exclusion operation reduced ASCVD events. A summary of the results of these trials is shown in table 1 (4).

 

Table 1. Summary of Pre-Statin Clinical Trials of Cholesterol-Lowering Therapy

Intervention

No. trials

No. treated

Person-years

Mean cholesterol reduction (%)

CHD incidence

(% change)

CHD Mortality

(%change)

Surgery

1

421

4,084

22

-43

-30

Sequestrants

3

1,992

14,491

9

-21

-32

Diet

6

1,200

6,356

11

-24

-21

This table is derived from National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III (4)

 

Statins and Clinical Trial Evidence

 

Statins were discovered in the 1970s by Endo of Japan (7). Seven statins have been approved for use in clinical practice by the FDA and they are now generic (for a detailed discussion of statins see the Endotext chapter on Cholesterol Lowering Drugs (8)). Statins inhibit HMG-CoA reductase decreasing cholesterol synthesis and increasing hepatic LDL receptors resulting in a decrease in LDL-C levels. Over the past three decades, a series of RCTs have been carried out that documents the efficacy and safety of statin therapy. In these RCTs, statin therapy has been shown to significantly reduce morbidity and mortality from ASCVD. Although individual RCTs produced significant results, the strongest evidence of benefit comes from meta-analysis. i.e., by combining data from all the trials (6). 

 Meta-analysis has shown that for every mmol/L (39 mg/dL) reduction in LDL-C with statin therapy there is an approximate 22% reduction in ASCVD events (6,9-12). Another report (13) showed that an almost identical relationship holds when several different kinds of LDL-lowering therapy were analyzed together. This response appears to be consistent throughout all levels of LDL-C.  Individual statins vary in their intensity of cholesterol-lowering at a given dose (1,8) (Table 2).  For example, per mg per day, rosuvastatin is twice as efficacious as atorvastatin, which in turn is twice as efficacious as simvastatin. Statins are best classified according to percentage reductions in LDL-C.  As shown in Table 2, moderate- intensity statins reduce LDL-C by 30-49 %, whereas high-intensity statins reduce LDL-C by > 50%.  Absolute reductions vary depending on baseline levels of LDL-C. For example, for a baseline LDL-C of 200 mg/dL, a 50% reduction in LDL-C equates to a 100 mg/dL (2.6 mmol/L) decline; this translates into a 59% reduction in 10-year risk for ASCVD events. In contrast, in a patient with a baseline LDL-C of 100 mg/dL, a 50% reduction in LDL-C equates to a 50 mg/dL (1.3 mmol/L) decline, which will reduce ASCVD risk by about 30%. Thus, at lower and lower levels of LDL-C, progressive reductions of LDL-C produce diminishing benefit from cholesterol-lowering therapy. This modifies the aphorism "lower is better".  Whereas the statement is true, it must be kept in mind that there are diminishing benefits from intensifying cholesterol-lowering therapy when LDL-C levels are already very low. One needs to balance the benefits of further reducing LDL-C levels with the side effects and costs of additional therapy. 

Table 2.  Categories of Intensities of Statins

Drug

Low-Intensity

20-25% LDL-C

Moderate-Intensity

30-49% LDL-C

High Intensity

>50% LDL-C

Lovastatin

10-20 mg

40-80 mg

 

Pravastatin

10-20 mg

40-80 mg

 

Simvastatin

10 mg

20-40 mg

 

Fluvastatin

20-40 mg

80 mg

 

Pitavastatin

 

1-4 mg

 

Atorvastatin

5 mg

10-20 mg

40-80 mg

Rosuvastatin

 

5-10 mg

20-40 mg

 

Non-Statin Cholesterol-Lowering Drugs

 

Other agents are currently available that lower LDL-C levels. Bile acid sequestrants inhibit intestinal absorption of bile acids, which like statins raise hepatic LDL receptors (8). They are moderately efficacious for reducing LDL-C concentrations. A large RCT showed that bile acid sequestrants significantly reduce risk for CHD in patients with baseline elevations in LDL-C (14). Theoretically, bile acid sequestrants could enhance risk reduction in patients with ASCVD who are treated with statins.

 

Ezetimibe blocks cholesterol absorption in the intestine and also raises hepatic LDL receptor activity (8). It moderately lowers LDL-C (15-25%). The combination of statin + ezetimibe is additive for LDL-C lowering (15).  A clinical trial (16)demonstrated that adding ezetimibe to moderate intensity statins in very high-risk patients with ASCVD is beneficial showing that combination therapy reduced risk of cardiovascular events more than a statin alone (16). In this trial, the higher the risk, the greater was risk reduction (17). Ezetimibe is a generic drug and relatively inexpensive.

 

Proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) promotes degradation of LDL receptors and raises LDL-C levels (8).  Inhibition of PCSK9 increases the number of hepatic LDL receptors and markedly lowers LDL-C concentrations (50-60% decrease) (8,18).  Studies have shown that PCSK9 inhibitors reduce risk in ASCVD patients at very high risk when combined with statins (19,20). PCSK9 inhibitors are relatively expensive drugs.  

Bempedoic acid is an adenosine triphosphate-citrate lyase (ACL) inhibitor and thereby inhibits cholesterol synthesis leading to an increase in LDL receptor activity (8,21). Bempedoic acid typically lowers LDL-C by 15-25% (8,21). A RCT has demonstrated that bempedoic acid reduces ASCVD in statin intolerant patients (22). Bempedoic acid is not generic and therefore is relatively expensive.

 

For additional information on cholesterol and triglyceride lowering drugs see the chapters in Endotext that address these topics (8,23).

 

PRIOR U.S. GUIDELINES FOR CHOLESTEROL MANAGEMENT

 

National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP)

 

The early guidelines for cholesterol management in the United States have been those developed by the NECP. This program was sponsored by the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute (NHLBI) and included many health-related organizations in the United States (24).  Between 1987 and 2004, three major Adult Treatment Panel (ATP) reports (4,25,26) and one update were published (27) (Table 3). Over time the guidelines recommended more stringent LDL-C goals as the results of RCTs were published and added non-HDL-C levels as a goal.

 

Table 3. National Cholesterol Education Program’s Adult Treatment Panel (ATP) Reports

Guideline

ATP I

ATP II

ATP III

ATP III Update

Year

1987

1994

2001

2004

Thrust

Primary prevention

Secondary prevention

High-risk primary prevention

Very high risk

Drugs

Bile acid resins Nicotinic acid Fibrates

Same as ATPI   +Statins

Same as ATP II

 

Same as ATP III

Major Targets

LDL-C; HDL-C

LDL-C; HDL-C

LDL-C;                Non-HDL-C

LDL-C;         Non-HDL-C

LDL-C goal

     (mg/dL)

Low risk <190 Moderate risk <160              High risk < 130

Low risk   <160 Moderate risk <130             High risk <100

Low risk <160 Moderate risk <130          Moderately high risk <130    

High risk < 100

Low risk <160 Moderate risk <130

Moderately high    risk <130      High risk < 100   Very high risk < 70

 

Transfer of NHLBI Guidelines to American Heart Association (AHA) and the American College of Cardiology (ACC)

 

In 2013, NHLBI made the decision to remove treatment guidelines from its agenda. This was done even though it had almost finished writing prevention guidelines. These included guidelines for high blood cholesterol, high blood pressure, obesity, and nutrition. Late in this process, the guideline process was transferred to the American Heart Association (AHA) and American College of Cardiology (ACC). Then in 2013 the NHLBI guidelines for high blood cholesterol were modified to fit the criteria for guideline development required by AHA/ACC. The 2013 cholesterol guidelines (28) adhered closely to the Institute of Medicine (National Academy of Medicine) recommendations for evidence-based guidelines (29). These recommendations advocated priority to randomized controlled trials (RCTs) as the foundation of evidence-based medicine. The NHLBI cholesterol committee carried out an extensive review of the literature and limited recommendations based largely on RCTs. Most acceptable RCTs had utilized statin therapy in middle-aged people. Therefore, the 2013 report committee did not include detailed recommendations for younger or older adults. Recommendations were largely limited to the age range 40-75 years. High-intensity statin therapy was recommended for patients with established ASCVD. For primary prevention, risk was stratified by use of a pool cohort equation (PCE), which was derived from five large population studies in the United States (30). The PCE was an extension of the Framingham Heart Study risk equations. 10-year risk for ASCVD was based on the following risk factors: age, gender, cigarette smoking, blood pressure, total cholesterol, HDL cholesterol, and presence or absence of diabetes. Although the PCE was validated in another large study (31), it has been criticized by some investigators as being imprecise for many individuals or specific groups (32-36).

 

For primary prevention, an effort was made to determine what level 10-year risk is associated with efficacy of reduction of ASCVD from statin RCTs.  It was determined that statins are effective for risk reduction when 10-year risk for ASCVD is > 7.5%.  Most primary prevention trials employed moderate intensity statins, so these were recommended for most patients; but in one RCT (37), a high-intensity statin appeared to produce greater risk reduction than found with moderate-intensity statins. So high-intensity statins were considered a favorable option in patients at higher 10-year risk. Notably LDL-C goals were not emphasized. It was recognized that these recommendations may not be optimal for all patients; therefore, consideration should be given to any extenuating circumstances that could modify the translation of RCTs directly into clinical care. A clinician patient risk discussion thus was advocated for all patients to consider the pros and cons of statin therapy.

 

There are many guidelines discussing the management of LDL-C, but the 2 major guidelines are the 2018 AHA/ACC/Multi-Society report (1) and the European Society of Cardiology (ESC), the European Atherosclerosis Society (EAS), and representatives from other European organizations guidelines published in 2020 (38). In this chapter these two guidelines will be discussed.

 

2018 AHA/ACC/MULTI-SOCIETY REPORT

 

2013 cholesterol guidelines were revised by AHA/ACC in collaboration with multiple other societies concerned with preventive medicine (1). These guidelines extended those published in 2013. They expanded recommendations to include children, adolescents, young adults (20-39 years), and older patients (> 75 years). Although RCTs may be lacking in these categories, epidemiology and clinical studies indicate that high blood cholesterol is an important risk factor for future ASCVD in these age ranges. From the evidence acquired over many years related to the cholesterol hypothesis, it is reasonable to craft recommendations based on the totality of the evidence. These guidelines proposed a top 10 list of recommendations to highlight the key points. These key points will be examined.

 

Lifestyle Intervention

 

  • In all individuals emphasize a heart healthy lifestyle across the life-course.

 

There is widespread agreement in the cardiovascular field that lifestyle factors contribute to the risk for ASCVD. These factors include cigarette smoking, sedentary life habits, obesity, and an unhealthy eating pattern. The ACC/AHA strongly recommends that a healthy lifestyle be adopted throughout life. These recommendations are strongly supported by 2018 cholesterol guidelines. They are the foundation for cardiovascular prevention and should receive appropriate attention in clinical practice (39). For a detailed discussion of the effect of diet on lipid levels and atherosclerosis see the Endotext chapter The Effect of Diet on Cardiovascular Disease and Lipid and Lipoprotein Levels (40).

 

Secondary Prevention

 

  • In patients with clinical ASCVD reduce LDL-C with high-intensity statin or maximally tolerated statins to decrease ASCVD risk. The goal of therapy is to reduce LDL-C by 50% or greater. If necessary to achieve this goal consider adding ezetimibe to moderate statin therapy.

 

The strongest evidence for efficacy of statin therapy is a meta-analysis of RTCs carried out in patients with established ASCVD. As previously mentioned, the best fit line comparing percent ASCVD versus LDL-C in secondary prevention studies demonstrates that for every mmol/L (39mg/dL) reduction in LDL-C the risk for ASCVD is decreased by approximately 22% (9). High intensity statins typically reduce LDL-C by 50% or more; this percentage reduction occurs regardless of baseline levels of LDL-C. This explains why the guidelines set a goal for LDL-C secondary prevention to be a > 50% reduction in levels. There are two options to achieve such reductions. RCTs give priority to the use of high-intensity statins. But, if high-intensity statins are not tolerated, similar LDL-C lowering can be attained by combining a moderate-intensity statin with ezetimibe (15,16). The RACING trial, a randomized trial that compared rosuvastatin 10 mg plus ezetimibe 10 mg vs. rosuvastatin 20 mg, demonstrated a similar effect on ASCVD events (41). An approach to lowering LDL-C in patients with ASCVD is shown in Figure 2.

 

Figure 2. Secondary Prevention in Patients with Clinical ASCVD (1).

 

VERY HIGH-RISK PATIENTS WITH ASCVD

 

  • In very high-risk patients with ASCVD first use a maximally tolerated statin +/- ezetimibe to achieve an LDL-C goal of < 70mg/dL (<1.8mMol/L). If this goal is not achieved consider adding a PCSK9 inhibitor.

 

2018 guidelines defined very high risk of future ASCVD events as a history of multiple ASCVD events or one major event plus multiple high-risk conditions (Table 4). This definition is based in large part on subgroup analysis of the IMPROVE-IT trial (16,17).

 

Table 4. Very High Risk of Future ASCVD Events (1)

Major ASCVD Events

Recent ACS (within the past 12 months)

History of MI (other than recent acute coronary syndrome event listed above)

History of ischemic stroke

Symptomatic peripheral arterial disease (history of claudication with ABI <0.85, or previous revascularization or amputation)

High Risk Conditions

Age ≥65 y

Heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia

History of prior coronary artery bypass surgery or percutaneous coronary intervention outside of the major ASCVD event(s)

Diabetes mellitus

Hypertension 

CKD (eGFR 15-59 mL/min/1.73 m2)

Current smoking

Persistently elevated LDL-C (LDL-C ≥100 mg/dL [≥2.6 mmol/L]) despite maximally tolerated statin therapy and ezetimibe

History of congestive heart failure

ABI indicates ankle-brachial index; CKD indicates chronic kidney disease.

 

Recent RCTs have demonstrated that the addition of non-statins to statin therapy can enhance risk reduction. These RCTs (and their add-on drugs) were IMPROVE-IT (ezetimibe) (16), FOURIER (evolocumab) (19), and ODYSSEY OUTCOMES (alirocumab) (20).  All RCTs were carried out in patients at very high-risk. For IMPROVE-IT, addition of ezetimibe to statin therapy produced an additional 6% reduction in ASCVD events. In this trial, baseline LDL-C on moderate-intensity statin alone averaged about 70 mg/dL; in spite of this low level, further LDL lowering with addition of ezetimibe enhanced risk reduction. RCTs with the two PCSK9 inhibitors (evolocumab and alirocumab) restricted recruitment to patients having LDL-C > 70 mg/dL on maximally tolerated statin+ ezetimibe. In these RCTs, the duration of therapy was only about 3 years. A marked additional LDL lowering was achieved. In both trials, the risk for ASCVD events was reduced by 15%.

 

2018 guidelines allow consideration of PCSK9 inhibitor as an add-on drug if patients are at very high risk for future ASCVD events and have an LDL-C > 70 mg/dL (or non-HDL-C > 100mg/dL) during treatment with maximally tolerated statin plus ezetimibe (Figure 3). This latter threshold LDL-C was chosen because it was a recruitment criterion for PCSK9 inhibitor therapy in reported RTCs (19,20)

 

An important question about the use of PCSK9 inhibitors is whether they are cost-effective. When they first became available, they were marketed at a very high cost, which was widely considered to be excessive. More recently, the cost of these drugs has declined considerably, and one can anticipate that the price will continue to decrease. An analysis of cost-effectiveness has shown that at current prices in very high-risk patients PCSK9 inhibitors can be cost-effective (42).  Another analysis (43) of approximately 1 million patients with ASCVD in the Veterans Affairs system indicate that approximately 10% of patients will be classified as very high risk and having LDL-C > 70 mg/dL while taking maximal statin therapy plus ezetimibe. These later patients are potential candidates for PCSK9 inhibitors. 

 

Figure 3. Secondary Prevention in Patients with Very High-Risk ASCVD (1).

 Primary Prevention

 

SEVERE PRIMARY HYPERCHOLESTEROLEMIA

 

  • In patients with severe primary hypercholesterolemia (LDL-C greater than 190mg/dL (>4.9mMol/L)) without concomitant ASCVD begin high-intensity statin therapy (or moderate intensity statin + ezetimibe) to achieve an LDL-C goal of < 100mg/dL; if this goal is not achieved consider adding a PCSK9 inhibitor in selected patients at higher risk. Measurement of 10-year risk for ASCVD is not necessary.

 

Patients with severe hypercholesterolemia are known to be at relatively high risk for developing ASCVD (44,45). In view of massive evidence that elevated LDL-C promotes atherosclerosis and predisposes to ASCVD, it stands to reason that such patients deserve intensive treatment with LDL-lowering drugs. RCTs with cholesterol-lowering drugs demonstrate benefit of statin therapy in patients with severe hypercholesterolemia (46,47). It is not necessary to calculate 10-year risk in such patients. Moreover, patients who have extreme elevations of LDL-C (e.g., heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia) may be candidates for PCSK9 inhibitors if LDL-C cannot be lowered sufficiently with maximal statin therapy plus ezetimibe.

 

PATIENTS WITH DIABETES

 

  • In patients with diabetes mellitus aged 40 to 75 years with an LDL-C ≥70 mg/dL (≥1.8 mmol/L), without concomitant ASCVD, begin moderate-intensity statin therapy. For older patients (> 50 years), consider using high-intensity statin therapy (or moderate intensity statin plus ezetimibe) to achieve a reduction in LDL-C of > 50%. Measurement of 10-year risk for ASCVD is not necessary.

 

Middle-aged patients with diabetes have an elevated lifetime risk for ASCVD (48). The trajectory of risk is steeper in patients with diabetes than in those without. For this reason, estimation of 10-year risk for ASCVD with the pooled cohort equation (PCE) is not a reliable indicator of lifetime risk.  Meta-analysis of RCTs in middle-aged patients with diabetes treated with moderate intensity statins therapy shows significant risk reduction (12). Hence, most middle-aged patients with diabetes deserve statin therapy. With progression of age and accumulation of multiple risk factors, increasing the intensity of statin therapy or adding ezetimibe seems prudent (Tables 5 and 6). It is not necessary to measure 10-year risk before initiation of statin therapy in these patients with diabetes.

 

Table 5. Diabetes Specific Risk Enhancers That Are Independent of Other Risk Factors in Diabetes (1)

Long duration (≥10 years for type 2 diabetes mellitus or ≥20 years for type 1 diabetes mellitus

Albuminuria ≥30 mcg of albumin/mg creatinine

eGFR <60 mL/min/1.73 m2

Retinopathy

Neuropathy

ABI <0.9

ABI indicates ankle-brachial index.

 

Table 6. ASCVD Risk Enhancers (1)

Family history of premature ASCVD

Persistently elevated LDL > 160mg/dl (>4.1mmol/L

Chronic kidney disease*

Metabolic syndrome**

History of preeclampsia

History of premature menopause

Inflammatory disease (especially rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, HIV)

Ethnicity (e.g., South Asian ancestry)

Persistently elevated triglycerides > 175mg/dl (>2.0mmol/L)

Hs-CRP > 2mg/L

Lp(a) > 50mg/dl or >125nmol/L

Apo B > 130mg/dl

Ankle-brachial index (ABI) < 0.9

*Chronic kidney disease definition- eGFR 15–59 mL/min/1.73 m2 with or without albuminuria.

**Metabolic syndrome definition- increased waist circumference, elevated triglycerides [>175 mg/dL], elevated blood pressure, elevated glucose, and low HDL-C [<40 mg/dL in men; <50 in women mg/dL] are factors; tally of 3 makes the diagnosis).

 

Other factors that can increase the risk of ASCVD include social deprivation, physical inactivity,

psychosocial stress, major psychiatric disorders, obstructive sleep apnea syndrome, and metabolic associated fatty liver disease (38).

 

PRIMARY PREVENTION PATIENT WITHOUT OTHER FACTORS

 

  • Initiation of primary prevention should begin with a clinician-patient risk discussion.

 

This discussion is necessary to put a patient’s total risk status in perspective. The risk discussion should always begin with a review of the critical importance of lifestyle intervention. This is true for all age groups. Beyond the issue of lifestyle, the discussion can further consider the potential benefit of a cholesterol-lowering drug, especially statin therapy. When the latter may be beneficial, the provider should next review major risk factors and estimated 10-year risk for ASCVD derived from the pooled cohort equation (PCE) risk calculator (49)  (https://tools.acc.org/ASCVD-Risk-Estimator-Plus/#!/calculate/estimate/). Estimation of lifetime risk is also useful, particularly in younger individuals who often have a low 10-year risk but a high lifetime risk. All major risk factors (e.g., cigarette smoking, elevated blood pressure, LDL-C, hemoglobin A1C [if indicated]), should be discussed.

 

In patients 40-75 years, the 10-year risk estimate is most useful. In these patients, four categories of 10-year risk for ASCVD are recognized: low risk (<5%); borderline risk (5-7.4%); intermediate risk (7.5-19.9 %), and high risk (> 20%). Estimates of lifetime risk for patients 20-39 years also are available (https://www.acc.org/guidelines/hubs/blood-cholesterol  or        https://qrisk.org/lifetime/index.php) and should be obtained in younger individuals. Three other components of the risk discussion are: risk enhancing factors (see #8), possible measurement of coronary artery calcium (CAC) (see #9), and a review of extenuating life circumstances (issues of cost and safety considerations, as well as patient motivation and preferences). The decision to initiate statin therapy should be shared between the clinician and patient. All of these factors deserve a full discussion in view of the fact that statin therapy represents a lifetime commitment to taking a cholesterol-lowering drug.

 

Patients should also recognize that atherosclerosis begins early in life and progresses overtime before manifesting as clinical disease. The cumulative LDL-C levels (“LDL-C years”) strongly influence the timing of clinical manifestations (figure 4). In patients with high LDL-C levels (homozygous and heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia) ASCVD can occur early in life whereas in patients with loss of function mutations in PCSK9 and low LDL-C level have a reduced occurrence of ASCVD.

 

Figure 4. Relationship between cumulative LDL-C exposure, age, and the development of the clinical manifestations of ASCVD. Figure from reference (50).

Additionally, patients should be appraised of comparisons of the reduction in ASCVD events in individuals with genetic variations resulting in life-long reductions in LDL-C levels vs. individuals treated with statins to lower LDL-C later in life. Variants in the HMG-CoA reductase, NPC1L1, PCSK9, ATP citrate lyase, and LDL receptor genes result in a lifelong decrease in LDL-C and a 10mg/dL decrease in LDL-C with any of these genetic variants was associated with a 16-18% decrease in ASCVD events (51). As noted above, a 39mg/dL decrease in LDL-C in the statin trials resulted in a 22% decrease in ASCVD events. Thus, a life-long decrease in LDL-C levels results in a decrease in ASCVD events that is three to four times as great as that seen with short-term LDL-C lowering with drugs later in life suggesting that the sooner the LDL-C level is lowered the better the prevention of cardiovascular events.

 

  • In adults 40 to 75 years of age without diabetes and LDL-C ≥70 mg/dL (≥1.8 mmol/L), RTC's show that moderate intensity statin therapy is efficacious when 10-year risk for developing ASCVD is >5%.Therefore, initiating statin therapy should be considered in the risk discussion.

 

A 10-year risk > 7.5% does not mandate statin therapy but indicates that moderate-intensity statins can reduce risk by 30-40% with a minimum of side effects (52). This fact alone can justify moderate intensity statin therapy, but only if other considerations noted above (#6) are taken into account in the risk discussion. An approach to lipid lowering in primary prevention patients is shown in figure 5.

 

Figure 5. Approach to Primary Prevention in Patients without LDL-C >190mg/dl or Diabetes (1).

 

  • Determine presence of risk-enhancing factors in adults 40 to 75 years of age to inform the decision regarding initiation of statin therapy.

 

If risk assessment based on PCE is equivocal or ambiguous, the presence of risk enhancing factors in patients at intermediate risk (10-year risk 7.5 to 19.9%), can tip the balance in favor of statin therapy. Risk enhancing factors are shown in Table 6.

 

  • IF A DECISION ABOUT STATIN THERAPY IS UNCERTAIN IN ADULTS 40 TO 75 YEARS OF AGE WITHOUT DIABETES MELLITUS, WITH LDL-C LEVELS ≥ 70 MG/DL, AND WITH A 10 YEAR ASCVD RISK OF ≥ 7.5% TO 19.9% (INTERMEDIATE RISK) CONSIDER MEASURING Coronary Artery Calcium (CAC).

 

CAC measurements are a safe and inexpensive method to assess severity of coronary atherosclerosis. CAC scores generally reflect lifetime exposure to coronary risk factors and therefore in young individuals (men < 40 years of age; women < 50 years of age) the long-term predictive value is limited because the CAC score is often 0. Studies show that CAC accumulation is a strong predictor of probability of ASCVD events (53). A CAC core of zero generally is accompanied by few if any ASCVD events over the subsequent decade. Reevaluation in 5-10 years is indicated. A CAC score of 1-100 Agatston units is associated with relatively low rates of ASCVD, both in middle-aged and older patients. In contrast, a CAC >100 Agatston units carries a risk well into the statin-benefit zone. CAC > 300-400 is equivalent to clinical ASCVD. Data such as these led to the following recommendation of 2018 guidelines for patients at intermediate risk by PCE.

 

  1. If CAC is zero, treatment with statin therapy may be withheld or delayed, except in cigarette smokers, those with diabetes mellitus, those with a strong family history of premature ASCVD, and possibly chronic inflammatory conditions such as HIV.
  2. A CAC score of 1 to 99 Agatston units favors statin therapy in intermediate-risk patients ≥55 years of age, whereas benefit in 40-54 years is marginal (note this focuses on 10-year risk and a CAC score in this range in a younger individual is predictive of an increased long-term risk (54)).
  3. A CAC score ≥100 Agatston units (or ≥75th percentile), strongly favors statin therapy, unless otherwise countermanded by clinician–patient risk discussion.

 

Monitoring

 

  • Assess adherence and percentage response to LDL-C lowering medications and/or lifestyle changes with repeat lipid measurement 4 to 12 weeks after statin initiation or dose adjustment and every 3-12 months as needed.

 

Remember that the LDL-C goal for patients with ASCVD or severe hypercholesterolemia is a > 50% reduction in LDL-C. For most such patients, this goal can be achieved by high-intensity statin therapy + ezetimibe. In ASCVD patients at very high risk, the goal is an LDL-C lowering >50% and an LDL-C < 70 mg/dL. To achieve these goals, it may be necessary to combine a PCSK9 inhibitor with maximal statin therapy + ezetimibe.  For statin therapy in primary prevention, the goal is a lowering of > 35%. This goal can be achieved in most patients with a moderate intensity statin + ezetimibe

 

2018 guidelines did not set a precise on-treatment LDL-C target of therapy, but instead, offer percent reductions as goals of therapy. Baseline levels of LDL-C can be obtained either by chart review or withholding statin therapy for about two weeks. In addition, on-treatment LDL-C can provide useful information about efficacy of treatment (Figure 6). This figure shows expected LDL-C levels for 50% or 35% reductions at different baseline levels of LDL-C. For example, in secondary prevention, an on-treatment LDL-C of <70 mg/dL can be considered adequate treatment regardless of baseline LDL-C. On-treatment levels in the range of 70-100 mg/dL are adequate if baseline-LDL C is known to be in the range of 140- 200 mg/dL; if there is uncertainty about baseline levels, reevaluation of statin adherence and reinforcement of treatment regimen is needed. For optimal treatment, on-treatment levels in this range warrant consideration of adding ezetimibe to maximal statin therapy. If on treatment LDL-C is > 100 mg/dL, the treatment regimen is probably inadequate, and intensification of therapy is needed. For primary prevention, the LDL-C goal is a reduction > 35%, and a similar scheme for evaluating efficacy of therapy can be used.

Figure 6. Predicted on-treatment LDL-C compared to baseline LDL-C and suggested actions for each category of on-treatment LDL-C in secondary and primary prevention.

 

Other Issues

 

OTHER AGE GROUPS

 

2018 guidelines offered suggestions for management of high blood cholesterol in children, adolescents, young adults (20-39 years), and elderly patients > 75 years. There is no strong RCT evidence to underline cholesterol management in these populations. Instead, treatment suggestions depend largely on epidemiologic data. Lifestyle intervention is a primary method for cholesterol treatment in these age groups. However, under certain circumstances LDL-lowering drugs may be indicated. This is particularly the case for patients with familial hypercholesterolemia or similar forms of very high LDL-C. In young adults, particularly those with other risk factors, LDL lowering drug therapy (statin or ezetimibe) may be reasonable when LDL-C levels are in the range of 160-189 mg/dL or if the lifetime risk is high. Older adults who have concomitant risk factors are potential candidates for initiation of statins or continuation of existing statin therapy. In all cases, clinical estimation of risk status is critical in a decision to initiate statins.

 

For details on the approach to treating hypercholesterolemia in older adults see the Endotext chapter entitled “Management of Dyslipidemia in the Elderly” (55). For details on the approach to treating hypercholesterolemia children and adolescence see the Endotext section on Pediatric Lipidology.

 

STATIN NON-ADHERENCE     In spite of proven benefit of statin therapy in high-risk patients, there is a relatively high prevalence of nonadherence to the prescribed drug (56). Some studies suggest that up to 50% of patients discontinue use of prescribed statins over the long run (57-60). This finding creates a major challenge to the health care system for prevention of ASCVD. Table 7 lists several factors that may contribute to a high prevalence of nonadherence.  

Table 7. Factors Associated with Statin Nonadherence

Healthcare system factors

Accompanying medical care costs

Lack of medical oversight and follow-up (provider therapeutic inertia)

Provider concern for side effects

Patient factors

Uncertainty of benefit

Lack of health consciousness

Lack of motivation

Lack of perceived benefit

Perceived side effects

Nocebo effects

Myalgias

Myopathy

“Brain fog”

Misattributed symptoms or syndromes (arthritis, spondylosis, neuropathy, insomnia, mental confusion and memory loss, fibromyalgia, gastrointestinal symptoms, liver dysfunction, cataract; cancer).

 When a decision is made to initiate statin therapy, the presumption is that statins are a lifetime treatment. Their use is similar to other medications, such as antihypertensive drugs, which are expected to be taken for the rest of one’s life. Such treatments imply indefinite participation in the healthcare system. This means regular ongoing visits to a prescribing clinic. Even for those with medical insurance there are usually co-pays for the visit, not to mention the cost of transportation to and from the clinic. All of these cost-related issues can be an impediment to long-term statin usage. Provider therapeutic inertia (56) can result from lack of provider education, excessive workload, and concerns about statin side effects. From the patient’s point of view, common issues are lack of understanding of the potential benefits of therapy and lack of health consciousness and motivation. A related problem is the expectation of side effects because of preconditioning by information received from the news media, package inserts, Internet, family, and friends. This expectation can discourage individuals from continuation of statin therapy (nocebo effect) (61). The most common symptoms attributed to statin therapy are muscle pain and tenderness (myalgias) (8).  A complaint of statin intolerance is registered in about 5-15% of patients. If myalgias attributed to statins are due to actual pathological changes, the character of the changes is yet to be determined. In almost all cases, serum creatine kinase (CK) levels are not increased. Still, in rare cases, especially when blood levels of statins are raised, severe myopathy (rhabdomyolysis) can occur. This proves that statins can be myotoxic. Table 8 lists conditions associated with statin-induced severe myopathy (62,63). In most such cases, severe myopathy is reversible. If the cause can be identified and eliminated, a statin can be cautiously reinstituted. Alternatively, a non-statin LDL-lowering drug (e.g., ezetimibe, bempedoic acid, or PCSK9 inhibitor) can be substituted for the offending statin (8,64). For a detailed discussion of statin side effects and the management of patients with statin intolerance see the Endotext chapter on cholesterol lowering drugs (8).

 

Table 8. Factors Associated with Statin - Induced Rhabdomyolysis

Advanced age (>80 y)Small body frame and fragilityFemale sexAsian ethnicityPre-existing neuromuscular conditionKnown history of myopathy or family history of myopathy syndromePre-existing liver disease, kidney disease, hypothyroidismCertain rare genetic polymorphismsHigh-dose statinPostoperative periodsExcessive alcohol intakeDrug interactions (gemfibrozil, antipsychotics, amiodarone, verapamil, cyclosporine, macrolide antibiotics, azole antifungals, protease inhibitors)

 

EUROPEAN GUIDELINES FOR CHOLESTEROL MANAGEMENT

 

The most influential of European guidelines for management of cholesterol and dyslipidemia are those developed by the European Society of Cardiology (ESC), the European Atherosclerosis Society (EAS), and representatives from other European organizations (65). A task force appointed by these organizations have published an update on dyslipidemia management (38). The recommendations of this report resemble in many ways those of the 2018 AHA/ACC guidelines (1). But notable differences can be identified for specific recommendations. A review of these differences may help to identify gaps in knowledge needed to format best recommendations. In the following, recommendations proposed by AHA/ACC and by ESC/EAS will be compared. These comparisons should illuminate areas of uncertainty where more information is needed for definitive recommendations. At the same time, it is important to emphasize that in many critical areas the two sets of guidelines are in strong agreement. These will be noted first.

 

Agreement Between AHA/ACC and ESC/EAS Guidelines

 

There is agreement that elevated LDL-C is the major atherogenic lipoprotein and that LDL-C is the primary target of treatment. Likewise, both guidelines agree that the intensity of LDL-C lowering therapy should depend on absolute risk to patients. In other words, patients who have the highest risk should receive the most intensive cholesterol reduction. Both guidelines emphasize therapeutic lifestyle intervention as the foundation of risk reduction, both for elevated cholesterol and for other risk factors. The highest risk patients are those with ASCVD and are potential candidates for combined drug therapy for LDL-C lowering. For primary prevention, the intensity of treatment depends on absolute risk as determined by population-based algorithms.  For drug therapy, statins are first-line treatment, but in highest risk patients, consideration can be given to adding non-statin drugs (e.g., ezetimibe and PCSK9 inhibitors). Beyond population-based algorithms for primary prevention, measurement of other dyslipidemia markers, or other higher risk conditions can be used as risk- enhancing factors to modify intensity of lipid-lowering therapy.  

 

Differences Between AHA/ACC and ESC/EAS Guidelines

 

DEFINITION OF VERY HIGH RISK    

 

This definition is important because it sets the stage for considering intensive LDL-C lowering and the use of combined drug therapy for LDL-C lowering. AHA/ACC defines very high risk as a history of multiple ASCVD events or of one event + multiple high-risk conditions. This limits the definition of very high risk to the highest risk patients among those with ASCVD. In contrast, ESC/EAS considers all patients with clinical ASCVD or ASCVD on imaging as very high risk. Additionally, ESC/EAS allows extension of the definition to highest risk patients in primary prevention, that is, to patients with multiple risk factors and/or subclinical atherosclerosis (table 9). Overall, more patients will be identified as being at very high risk by ESC/EAS guidelines. This could enlarge the usage of PCSK9 inhibitors. AHA/ACC limits the use of PCSK9 inhibitors to patients at highest risk, because of their high cost. One recent study (43) showed that only about 10% of patients with established ASCVD will be eligible for PCSK9 inhibitors by AHA/ACC recommendations.

 

Table 9. ESC/EAS Cardiovascular Risk Categories

Very High-Risk

Ø  ASCVD, either clinical or unequivocal on imaging

Ø  DM with target organ damage or at least three major risk factors or T1DM of long duration (>20 years)

Ø  Severe CKD (eGFR <30 mL/min/1.73 m2)

Ø  A calculated SCORE >10% for 10-year risk of fatal CVD.

Ø  FH with ASCVD or with another major risk factor

High-Risk

Ø  Markedly elevated single risk factors, in particular Total Cholesterol >8 mmol/L (>310mg/dL), LDL-C >4.9 mmol/L (>190 mg/dL), or BP >180/110 mmHg.

Ø  Patients with FH without other major risk factors.

Ø  Patients with DM without target organ damage, with DM duration > 10 years or another additional risk factor.

Ø  Moderate CKD (eGFR 30-59 mL/min/1.73 m2).

Ø  A calculated SCORE >5% and <10% for 10-year risk of fatal CVD.

Moderate Risk

Ø  Young patients (T1DM <35 years; T2DM <50 years) with DM duration <10 years, without other risk factors.

Ø  Calculated SCORE >1 % and <5% for 10-year risk of fatal CVD*.

Low Risk

Ø  Calculated SCORE <1% for 10-year risk of fatal CVD

SCORE= Systematic Coronary Risk Estimation. * Total CVD event risk is approximately three times higher than the risk of fatal CVD.

  

GOALS FOR LDL-C    

 

In 2013, the AHA/ACC eliminated specific numerical goals for LDL-C in both primary and secondary prevention. Recommendations for LDL-C lowering therapy were based exclusively on RCTs of statin therapy. These recommendations have been criticized for lacking a means to evaluate the efficacy of statin therapy. In 2018, AHA/ACC identified 2 goals for LDL-C lowering, namely, > 50% LDL-C reduction in secondary prevention and > 35% reduction in primary prevention. These values are based on the expected reductions achieved by high-intensity statins for secondary prevention and by moderate-intensity statins for primary prevention.  Again, no numerical targets are identified. The only exception was the recognition of an LDL-C threshold goal of 1.8 mmol/L (70 mg/dL) for consideration of PCSK9 inhibitors in very high-risk patients on maximal statin therapy + ezetimibe.

 

ESC/EAS supports the 50% reduction of LDL-C in high-risk patients but also includes a goal of <1.8 mmol/L (70 mg/dL) (table 10). This goal applies to all high-risk patients, whether in primary or secondary prevention. For very high-risk patients, the goal is an LDL-C of < 1.4 mmol/L (55 mg/dL). For moderate-risk patients in primary prevention, the goal is LDL-C <2.6 mmol/L (100 mg/dL). The guideline task force presumably believed that having defined LDL-C goals facilitates cholesterol-lowering therapy in clinical practice. Additionally, following the ESC/EAS LDL-C goals will most likely result in lower LDL-C levels in many patients.  

 

Table 10. ESC/EAS LDL Cholesterol Goals

Very High Risk

LDL-C reduction of >50% from baseline and an LDL-C goal of <1.4 mmol/L (<55 mg/dL) is recommended

High Risk

LDL-C reduction of >50% from baseline and an LDL-C goal of <1.8 mmol/L (<70 mg/dL) is recommended

Moderate Risk

LDL-C goal of <2.6 mmol/L (<100 mg/dL) should be considered

Low Risk

LDL-C goal <3.0 mmol/L (<116 mg/dL) may be considered.

 

In patients with ASCVD who experience a second vascular event within 2 years while on maximally tolerated statin therapy an LDL-C goal of < 1mMol/L (40mg/dL) may be considered.

 

In addition, the ESC/EAS also provided goals for non-HDL-C and apolipoprotein B (table 11).

 

Table 11. ESC/EAS Goals of Therapy

 

Non-HDL-C

Apo B

Very High Risk

<85mg/d;

<65mg/dL

High Risk

<100mg/dL

<80mg/dL

Moderate Risk

<130mg/dL

<100mg/dL

 

Figure 7 provides an overview of the ESC/EAS recommended treatment based on risk and baseline LDL-C levels.

Figure 7. ESC/EAS treatment recommendations based on risk and baseline LDL-C levels.

RISK ESTIMATION FOR PRIMARY PREVENTION  

 

AHA/ACC employed a pooled cohort equation (PCE) developed from five large population groups in the USA to estimate 10-year risk (and lifetime risk) for ASCVD events. ESC/EAS for several years has employed a SCORE algorithm based on risk for ASCVD mortality in European populations. Both PCE and SCORE are used to define “statin eligibility” for primary prevention. A study suggests that more people are “eligible” for statin therapy using PCE compared to SCORE (66). If this finding can be confirmed, it suggests that ESC/EAS guidelines are less aggressive for reducing LDL-C in lower risk individuals (compared to AHA/ACC guidelines). In contrast, ESC/EAS appears to be more aggressive in use of non-statins for LDL lowering in higher risk patients than is AHA/ACC.

 

RISK ENHANCING FACTORS    

 

AHA/ACC proposed that several risk enhancing factors favor the decision to use statin therapy in patients at intermediate risk. The European guidelines provide a similar list of factors that should be considered in determining risk and modifying the SCORE result. Notable among risk enhancing factors were apolipoprotein B (apoB) and lipoprotein (a) (Lp[a]).

 

SUBCLINICAL ATHEROSCLEROSIS    

 

AHA/ACC propose that CAC measurement can assist in deciding whether to use statin therapy in patients at intermediate risk. AHA/ACC in particular noted that the absence of CAC justifies delaying statin therapy. No other modalities of measurement of subclinical atherosclerosis were advocated by AHA/ACC. In contrast, ESC/EAS supported use of both CAC and carotid or femoral plaque burden on ultrasonography to determine risk. These guidelines suggest that the finding of substantial subclinical atherosclerosis in any arterial bed elevates a patient’s risk to the category of established ASCVD and can justify adding non-statin therapy to statins in such patients.

 

GUIDELINE SPECIFICITY  

 

AHA/ACC guidelines place great emphasis on data from RCTs to justify its recommendations.  However, RTC’s related to specific questions typically are limited in number. AHA/ACC recommendations are highly codified and kept to a minimum. ESC/EAS in contrast bases its recommendations both on clinical trials and other types of evidence. It explores available evidence in greater detail, and many of its recommendations are more nuanced. This approach to guideline development has its advantages and disadvantages. For example, it gives the reader a broader base of information to assist in clinical decisions. On the other hand, many of its recommendations are made outside of an RCT-evidence base. Without doubt, cholesterol management in all age and gender groups with various risk factor profiles is complex. The ESC/EAS attempts to provide a rationale for management of this complexity. The AHA/ACC, on the other hand, simplifies management as much as possible; it is written specifically for the general practitioner, and leaves the complexities of management to a lipid specialist. ESC/EAS delves into the complexities in more detail so that its recommendations are applicable to both the general practitioner and specialist.

 

IMPORTANT CHANGES SINCE THESE GUIDELINES WERE PUBLISHED

 

Risk Calculators

 

PREVENT RISK CACULATOR

 

In the US there is a new risk calculator called PREVENT (67). The PREVENT risk calculator is based on a much larger and more contemporary sample than the pooled cohort equation (PCE) risk calculator (68). Prevent is based on data from more than 6 million individuals from 46 datasets, including both population research studies and health system electronic medical records. In contrast, PCE was derived from approximately 25,000 individuals from 5 research datasets.

 

There are several notable differences between the PREVENT and PCE risk calculators.

 

1)         PREVENT calculates risk in patients age 30-79 whereas PCE calculates risk in patients age 40-75.

2)         The PCE calculator uses age, gender, white or African American, total cholesterol, HDL-C, systolic BP, whether on treatment for BP, whether diabetic, and whether smoker as the variables to calculate risk. PREVENT uses age, gender, total cholesterol, HDL-C, systolic BP, BMI, eGFR, whether on BP or lipid lowering medications (i.e., statins), whether diabetic, and whether a current smoker to calculate risk. In addition, PREVENT allows for the use of optional variables, HbA1c, urine albumin/creatinine ratio, and Zip Code (for estimating social deprivation index) for further personalization of risk assessment. Note that PREVENT does not use race or ethnicity but does include variables related to glucose metabolism, renal disease, and obesity and can be used in patients taking statins .

3)         The main result for the PCE calculator is the 10-year risk of cardiovascular disease. The main result of the PREVENT calculator is both the 10-year and 30-year risk (if <60 years of age) of cardiovascular disease, ASCVD only, and heart failure only.

 

It should be noted that fewer patients will be identified as eligible for statin therapy using the PREVENT calculator compared to the PCE calculator. A study found that 18.8% of patients eligible for statin therapy using the PCE calculator would not be identified using the PREVENT calculator (69). Another study found that using the PREVENT calculator would reclassify approximately half of US adults to lower risk categories compared to the PCE calculator (70). Additionally, studies have shown that the mean estimated 10-year ASCVD risk is approximately 50% lower with the PREVENT calculator compared to the PCE calculator (71,72).

 

The current recommendations for treatment were based on the PCE risk estimates and thus, there are concerns that using the PREVENT calculator may result in not treating as many patients. New AHA/ACC guidelines are being developed, and it is possible that the new recommendations will be adjusted to compensate for the differences in the risk calculated using the PCE and PREVENT calculators. Some experts recommend using the PCE calculator when deciding on treatment if one is following the current AHA/ACC guidelines.

 

SCORE2 RISK CALCULATOR

 

The SCORE risk calculator was developed in 2003 to determine the 10-year cardiovascular mortality in healthy individuals (73). In 2021 SCORE was replaced by SCORE2, which updated the risk prediction algorithms and in instead of determining cardiovascular mortality determines cardiovascular disease which includes cardiovascular mortality and non-fatal myocardial function and stroke endpoints (74). The prediction model in SCORE2 was based on 45 cohorts with 677,684 individuals from 13 countries. In addition, SCORE2-OP estimates cardiovascular risk in individuals greater than 70 years of age or older and SCORE2-Diabetes estimates cardiovascular risk in patients with type 2 diabetes (75,76)(https://www.escardio.org/Education/ESC-Prevention-of-CVD-Programme/Risk-assessment/esc-cvd-risk-calculation-app)

 

The variables used in SCORE2 to calculate risk are age (40-69), sex, smoking, systolic BP, total cholesterol, HDL-C, and whether they live in a low, moderate, high, or very high-risk region (see below). SCORE2 provides an estimate of the 10-year risk of cardiovascular disease. Low-risk countries: Belgium, Denmark, France, Israel, Luxembourg, Norway, Spain, Switzerland, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom (UK). Moderate-risk countries: Austria, Cyprus, Finland, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Malta, Portugal, San Marino, Slovenia, and Sweden. High-risk countries: Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Poland, Slovakia, and Turkey. Very high-risk countries: Algeria, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Egypt, Georgia, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lebanon, Libya, Lithuania, Montenegro, Morocco, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia, Syria, The Former Yugoslav Republic (Macedonia), Tunisia, Ukraine, and Uzbekistan.

 

In individuals 70 years of age or older one should use the SCORE2-OP calculator and for individuals with type 2 diabetes one should use the SCORE2-Diabetes calculator. SCORE2-OP uses the same variables as SCORE2, but SCORE2-Diabetes includes HbA1c, age at diagnosis of diabetes, and eGFR. Both provide an estimate of the 10-year risk of cardiovascular disease.

 

In conjunction with the development of SCORE2 the European Society of Cardiology developed guidelines for healthy individuals (77). The conversion of 10-year risk to CVD risk categories for healthy individuals is shown in Table 12 and LDL-C goals for these CVD risk categories are shown in table 13. Note that the use of very high risk and high risk is not equivalent to the use of these terms in the  ESC/EAS lipid guidelines discussed above.

 

Table 12. Cardiovascular Disease Risk Categories Based on SCORE2 and SCORE2-OP in Healthy Individuals

 

<50 years

50–69 years

≥70 years

Low-to-moderate CVD risk: risk factor treatment generally not recommended

<2.5%

<5%

<7.5%

High CVD risk: risk factor treatment should be considered

2.5 to <7.5%

5 to <10%

7.5 to <15%

Very high CVD risk: risk factor treatment generally recommended

≥7.5%

≥10%

≥15%

 

Table 13. LDL-C Goal Less Than 100mg/dL

Age

Low-to-moderate CVD risk

High CVD risk

Very high CVD risk

< 50

Usually not indicated

Consider

Recommended

50-69

Usually not indicated

Consider

Recommended

>70

Usually not indicated

Consider

Recommended

In all age groups, consideration of risk modifiers, lifetime CVD risk, treatment benefit, comorbidities, frailty, and patient preferences may further guide treatment decisions.

 

KEY PRINCIPLES 

 

There are certain key principles that clinicians should utilize when deciding who to treat and how aggressively to treat hypercholesterolemia. Understanding these principles will allow clinicians to help their patients decide on the best approach to LDL-C lowering.

 

The Sooner the Better

 

It is widely recognized that atherosclerosis begins early in life and slowly progresses ultimately resulting in clinical manifestations later in life (78). Several studies have demonstrated the presence of atherosclerosis in young individuals (79-83). The extent of the atherosclerotic lesions correlates positively with total cholesterol and LDL-C and negatively with HDL-C levels (79,80,83-90). These studies clearly demonstrate that atherosclerosis begins early in life with the prevalence increasing with age and the extent and onset of lesions is influenced by total cholesterol and LDL-C levels. Moreover, an increased total cholesterol early in life also predicted an increased risk of developing cardiovascular disease later in life (91-93).

 

Genetic studies have further illustrated the key role of exposure to total cholesterol and LDL-C in determining the time when clinical manifestations of ASCVD occur. In patients with homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia (FH), LDL-C are markedly elevated, and cardiovascular events can occur early in life. Greater than 50% of untreated patients with homozygous FH develop clinically significant ASCVD by the age of 30 and cardiovascular events can occur before age 10 in some patients (45). In patients with heterozygous FH LDL-C levels are elevated but not to the levels seen with homozygous FH and cardiovascular events occur later in life but still at a relatively younger age. Untreated males with heterozygous FH have a 50% risk for a fatal or non-fatal myocardial infarction by 50 years of age whereas untreated females have a 30% chance by age 60 (45). Conversely, individuals with genetic variants in PCSK9, HMG-CoA reductase, LDL receptor, NPC1L1, or ATP citrate lyase that lead to a decrease in LDL-C levels have a reduced risk of developing cardiovascular events (50,51). The relationship between genetic disorders that alter LDL-C levels and the time to develop clinical cardiovascular events is illustrated in figure 4. The figure clearly illustrates that the age when one clinically manifests ASCVD depends on the level of LDL-C. With very high LDL-C levels clinical events occur early in life and with low LDL-C levels events will occur at an older age leading to the concept of LDL years.

 

Of major importance is that the reduction in ASCVD events is much greater in individuals with lifelong decreases in LDL-C compared to the reductions in ASCVD events seen with statin treatment (Table 14). A lifelong 10mg/dL decrease in LDL-C due to polymorphisms in genes that affect LDL-C is associated with a 16-18% decrease in ASCVD events (51). In contrast, a decrease in LDL-C of 39mg/dL over 4-5 years with statin therapy results in only a 22% decrease in ASCVD events (6,9). Thus, a life-long decrease in LDL-C levels results in a decrease in cardiovascular events that is three to four times as great as that seen with short-term LDL-C lowering with drugs. Figure 8 illustrates the benefits of early treatment in reducing LDL-C years and delaying the development of ASCVD.

 

Table 14.  Effect of Reduction in LDL-C by Genetic Variants on the Risk of ASCVD

Gene

Odds ratio for ASCVD events per 10mg/dL decrease in LDL-C

(95% CI)

ATP citrate lyase

0.82 (0.78–0.87)

HMG CoA reductase

0.84 (0.82–0.87)

NPC1L1

0.84 (0.79–0.89)

PCSK9

0.83 (0.80–0.87)

LDL receptor

0.83 (0.80–0.87)

Statin treatment decreases ASCVD by approximately 22% per 39mg/dL decrease in LDL-C.

 

Figure 8. The effect of early lowering of LDL-C on the development of ASCVD.

In addition to calculating the 10-year risk of ASCVD events it is important to calculate either the lifetime or 30-year risk. This is particularly important in younger individuals where the 10-year risk of ASCVD events may be relatively low, but the long-term risk may be high. In the discussion of therapy with patients they need to be aware of their long-term risk and the potential advantages of early treatment.

 

Lowering LDL-C levels by lifestyle changes early in life will have long-term benefits.  Additionally, in selected individuals initiating drug therapy sooner rather than latter will reduce ASCVD events later in life.

 

The Lower the Better

 

A variety of different types of studies have clearly demonstrated that more robust lowering of LDL-C results in an increased decrease in ASCVD events.

 

  • Statin trials have demonstrated that ASCVD events are decreased even in patients with low LDL-C levels (10). In patients with an LDL-C less than 70mg/dL, statin treatment resulted in a 37% decrease in ASCVD events despite the patients having a low LDL-C.
  • Intensive statin therapy results in a greater decrease in LDL-C levels compared to moderate statin therapy. Moreover, intensive therapy also results in a greater decrease in ASCVD events (10).
  • Adding ezetimibe to statin therapy resulted in a lower LDL-C than statin therapy alone and furthermore decreased ASCVD events (16).
  • Adding a PCSK9 inhibitor to statin therapy decreases LDL-C levels and results in a greater reduction in ASCVD events than statins alone (19,20).

 

Taken together these studies clearly demonstrate that the lower the LDL-C level the greater the decrease in ASCVD events. However, there may be a threshold where further lowering of LDL-C does not result in further benefits. In the ODYSSEY trial using the PCSK9 inhibitor alirocumab, the decrease in ASCVD events was similar in patients with an LDL-C less than 25mg/dL and those with an LDL-C between 25-50mg/dL (94). Future studies are required to define if there is a threshold where further LDL-C lowering is not beneficial.

 

Clinicians need to balance the benefits of more aggressively lowering LDL-C levels with the risks and costs of high dose or additional drug therapy. Both statins and ezetimibe are generic drugs and very inexpensive. Thus, in many patients the use of the combination of a statin (either high intensity or moderate intensity) and ezetimibe will maximize the decrease in LDL-C and more effectively reduce ASCVD events, with minimal risk and at low cost. In contrast, PCSK9 inhibitors and bempedoic acid are relatively expensive and clinicians will need to balance the benefits and the increased costs.

 

The Higher the LDL-C the Greater the Benefit

 

The percent decrease in LDL-C levels that occurs with statin treatment or the use of other LDL-C lowering drugs is similar regardless of the baseline LDL-C level. However, the absolute decrease in LDL-C will be greater if the starting LDL-C is higher. As discussed earlier, the Cholesterol Treatment Trialists demonstrated that the relative risk reduction in cardiovascular events per 39mg/dL (1mmol/L) decrease in LDL-C is similar in patients with a low or high baseline LDL-C level. Thus, as shown in table 15 the treatment of patients with high baseline LDL-C levels will result in greater decreases in ASCVD events. A meta-analysis of 34 trials with 270,288 individuals found that LDL-C lowering was associated with a progressively greater relative risk reduction in ASCVD events in patients with increased baseline LDL-C levels (95).

 

Table 15. The Higher the Baseline LDL-C the Greater the Reduction in ASCVD

Baseline LDL-C 80mg/dL

Baseline LDL-C 160mg/dL

Atorvastatin 80mg reduces LDL-C by 50% to 40mg/dl (40mg/dL decrease)

Atorvastatin 80mg reduces LDL-C by 50% to 80mg/dl (80mg/dL decrease)

A 40mg/dL decrease in LDL-C will result in an approximate 22% decrease in ASCVD events

An 80mg/dL decrease in LDL-C will result in an approximate 44% decrease in ASCVD events

 

The Greater the Risk of ASCVD the Greater the Benefit

 

Analysis by the Cholesterol Treatment Trialists found that the relative risk reduction was similar regardless of the underlying ASCVD risk (9). However, the absolute risk reduction was much greater in patients with a high risk of ASCVD (table 16) (9). Additionally, studies have shown that in patients with a high polygenic risk score for ASCVD events statin therapy reduces ASCVD events to a greater extent again indicating the higher the risk the greater the benefit of lowering LDL-C (96,97).

 

Table 16. Risk of Cardiovascular Events in High and Low Risk Patients

5-year event risk

Relative Risk (CI) per 39mg/dL reduction in LDL-C

Absolute Decrease in Events per Annum*

<10%

0.68 (0.62-0.74)

0.3%

10-20%

0.79 (0.75-0.84)

0.5%

20-30%

0.81 (0.78-0.85

1.1%

>30%

0.79 (0.75-0.83

2.2%

*Percent of patients on placebo having an event minus percent of patients on statin therapy having an event. Data from Cholesterol Treatment Trialists (9).

 

In the IMPROVE-IT trial lowering LDL-C with ezetimibe and the ODYSSEY and FOURIER trials using PCSK9 inhibitors a greater reduction in ASCVD events was observed in high risk patients (see reference (98) for discussion of these studies). Table 17 provides a list of indicators of high risk.

 

Table 17. High Risk Indicators for ASCVD Events

Diabetes

Atherosclerosis in multiple sites (peripheral arterial disease, cerebral vascular disease, coronary arteries)

History of prior coronary artery bypass graft surgery

Acute coronary syndrome

Multiple MIs

Recent ASCVD events

Genetic lipid disorders

High polygenic risk score

 

Following these general principles will help clinicians make informed decisions in deciding on their approach to lowering LDL-C levels and will facilitate discussions with patients on the benefits and risks of treatment. For an in-depth discussion of these key principles see the following references (98,99).    

 

SUMMARY

 

Advances in the drug therapy of elevated cholesterol levels offer great potential for reducing both new-onset ASCVD and recurrent ASCVD events in those with established disease. This benefit can be enhanced by judicious use of lifestyle intervention. But among drugs, statins are first-line therapy. They are generally safe and inexpensive. They have been shown to reduce ASCVD events in both secondary and primary prevention. Ezetimibe has about half the LDL-lowering efficacy of statins; it too is generally safe and is a relatively inexpensive genetic drug. Ezetimibe can be used as an add-on drug to moderate intensity statins, especially for those who do not tolerate a high-intensity statin or in combination with high intensity statins to markedly decrease LDL-C levels. PCSK9 inhibitors are powerful LDL-lowering drugs, and they appear to be safe. The major drawback is cost. If the cost of these inhibitors can be reduced, they too have the potential for wide usage, especially in patients who are “statin intolerant”. Bempedoic acid has been shown to reduce ASCVD events in statin intolerant patients and in combination with ezetimibe can result in significant decreases in LDL-C levels. A major challenge for use of cholesterol-lowering drugs is the problem of long-term non-adherence.

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

 

Dr. Scott Grundy, who recently died, was the original author of this chapter and this chapter is an update of his chapter. This chapter is dedicated to Dr. Grundy who has been an inspiration to lipidologists worldwide.

 

This work was supported by grants from the Northern California Institute for Research and Education.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Grundy SM, Stone NJ, Bailey AL, Beam C, Birtcher KK, Blumenthal RS, Braun LT, de Ferranti S, Faiella-Tommasino J, Forman DE, Goldberg R, Heidenreich PA, Hlatky MA, Jones DW, Lloyd-Jones D, Lopez-Pajares N, Ndumele CE, Orringer CE, Peralta CA, Saseen JJ, Smith SC, Sperling L, Virani SS, Yeboah J. 2018 AHA/ACC/AACVPR/AAPA/ABC/ACPM/ADA/AGS/APhA/ASPC/NLA/PCNA Guideline on the Management of Blood Cholesterol: Executive Summary: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2019; 139:e1082-e1143
  2. Aragam KG, Natarajan P. Polygenic Scores to Assess Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease Risk: Clinical Perspectives and Basic Implications. Circ Res 2020; 126:1159-1177
  3. Goldstein JL, Brown MS. A century of cholesterol and coronaries: from plaques to genes to statins. Cell 2015; 161:161-172
  4. Third Report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) Final Report. Circulation 2002; 106:3143-3421
  5. Law MR, Wald NJ, Thompson SG. By how much and how quickly does reduction in serum cholesterol concentration lower risk of ischaemic heart disease? BMJ 1994; 308:367-372
  6. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists Collaboration, Mihaylova B, Emberson J, Blackwell L, Keech A, Simes J, Barnes EH, Voysey M, Gray A, Collins R, Baigent C. The effects of lowering LDL cholesterol with statin therapy in people at low risk of vascular disease: meta-analysis of individual data from 27 randomised trials. Lancet 2012; 380:581-590
  7. Endo A. The discovery and development of HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors. Journal of Lipid Research 1992; 33:1569-1582
  8. Feingold KR. Cholesterol Lowering Drugs. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, DP W, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  9. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists Collaboration, Fulcher J, O'Connell R, Voysey M, Emberson J, Blackwell L, Mihaylova B, Simes J, Collins R, Kirby A, Colhoun H, Braunwald E, La Rosa J, Pedersen TR, Tonkin A, Davis B, Sleight P, Franzosi MG, Baigent C, Keech A. Efficacy and safety of LDL-lowering therapy among men and women: meta-analysis of individual data from 174,000 participants in 27 randomised trials. Lancet 2015; 385:1397-1405
  10. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ C, Baigent Collaboration, Blackwell L, Emberson J, Holland LE, Reith C, Bhala N, Peto R, Barnes EH, Keech A, Simes J, Collins R. Efficacy and safety of more intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol: a meta-analysis of data from 170,000 participants in 26 randomised trials. Lancet 2010; 376:1670-1681
  11. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists Collaboration. Efficacy and safety of statin therapy in older people: a meta-analysis of individual participant data from 28 randomised controlled trials. Lancet 2019; 393:407-415
  12. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists Collaboration, Kearney PM, Blackwell L, Collins R, Keech A, Simes J, Peto R, Armitage J, Baigent C. Efficacy of cholesterol-lowering therapy in 18,686 people with diabetes in 14 randomised trials of statins: a meta-analysis. Lancet 2008; 371:117-125
  13. Silverman MG, Ference BA, Im K, Wiviott SD, Giugliano RP, Grundy SM, Braunwald E, Sabatine MS. Association Between Lowering LDL-C and Cardiovascular Risk Reduction Among Different Therapeutic Interventions. JAMA2016; 316:1289-1297
  14. The Lipid Research Clinics Coronary Primary Prevention Trial Results. JAMA 1984; 251:351-364
  15. Lakoski SG, Xu F, Vega GL, Grundy SM, Chandalia M, Lam C, Lowe RS, Stepanavage ME, Musliner TA, Cohen JC, Hobbs HH. Indices of cholesterol metabolism and relative responsiveness to ezetimibe and simvastatin. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2010; 95:800-809
  16. Cannon CP, Blazing MA, Giugliano RP, McCagg A, White JA, Theroux P, Darius H, Lewis BS, Ophuis TO, Jukema JW, De Ferrari GM, Ruzyllo W, De Lucca P, Im K, Bohula EA, Reist C, Wiviott SD, Tershakovec AM, Musliner TA, Braunwald E, Califf RM. Ezetimibe Added to Statin Therapy after Acute Coronary Syndromes. New England Journal of Medicine 2015; 372:2387-2397
  17. Bohula EA, Morrow DA, Giugliano RP, Blazing MA, He P, Park J-G, Murphy SA, White JA, Kesaniemi YA, Pedersen TR, Brady AJ, Mitchel Y, Cannon CP, Braunwald E. Atherothrombotic Risk Stratification and Ezetimibe for Secondary Prevention. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2017; 69:911-921
  18. Lo Surdo P, Bottomley MJ, Calzetta A, Settembre EC, Cirillo A, Pandit S, Ni YG, Hubbard B, Sitlani A, Carfí A. Mechanistic implications for LDL receptor degradation from the PCSK9/LDLR structure at neutral pH. EMBO Rep2011; 12:1300-1305
  19. Sabatine MS, Giugliano RP, Keech AC, Honarpour N, Wiviott SD, Murphy SA, Kuder JF, Wang H, Liu T, Wasserman SM, Sever PS, Pedersen TR. Evolocumab and Clinical Outcomes in Patients with Cardiovascular Disease. New England Journal of Medicine 2017; 376:1713-1722
  20. Schwartz GG, Steg PG, Szarek M, Bhatt DL, Bittner VA, Diaz R, Edelberg JM, Goodman SG, Hanotin C, Harrington RA, Jukema JW, Lecorps G, Mahaffey KW, Moryusef A, Pordy R, Quintero K, Roe MT, Sasiela WJ, Tamby J-F, Tricoci P, White HD, Zeiher AM. Alirocumab and Cardiovascular Outcomes after Acute Coronary Syndrome. New England Journal of Medicine 2018; 379:2097-2107
  21. Burke AC, Telford DE, Huff MW. Bempedoic acid: effects on lipoprotein metabolism and atherosclerosis. Curr Opin Lipidol 2019; 30:1-9
  22. Nissen SE, Menon V, Nicholls SJ, Brennan D, Laffin L, Ridker P, Ray KK, Mason D, Kastelein JJP, Cho L, Libby P, Li N, Foody J, Louie MJ, Lincoff AM. Bempedoic Acid for Primary Prevention of Cardiovascular Events in Statin-Intolerant Patients. JAMA 2023; 330:131-140
  23. Feingold KR. Triglyceride Lowering Drugs. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, DP W, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  24. Cleeman JI, Lenfant C. New guidelines for the treatment of high blood cholesterol in adults from the National Cholesterol Education Program. From controversy to consensus. Circulation 1987; 76:960-962
  25. Report of the National Cholesterol Education Program Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults. The Expert Panel. Archives of Internal Medicine 1988; 148:36-69
  26. National Cholesterol Education Program. Second Report of the Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel II). Circulation 1994; 89:1333-1445
  27. Grundy SM, Cleeman JI, Bairey Merz CN, Brewer HB, Clark LT, Hunninghake DB, Pasternak RC, Smith SC, Stone NJ. Implications of Recent Clinical Trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III Guidelines. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2004; 44:720-732
  28. Stone NJ, Robinson JG, Lichtenstein AH, Bairey Merz CN, Blum CB, Eckel RH, Goldberg AC, Gordon D, Levy D, Lloyd-Jones DM, McBride P, Schwartz JS, Shero ST, Smith SC, Watson K, Wilson PWF. 2013 ACC/AHA Guideline on the Treatment of Blood Cholesterol to Reduce Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Risk in Adults. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2014; 63:2889-2934
  29. Institute of Medicine Committee on Standards for Developing Trustworthy Clinical Practice Guidelines. In: Graham R MM, Miller Wolman D, Greenfield S, Steinberg E, eds. Clinical Practice Guidelines We Can Trust. National Academies Press; 2011.
  30. Goff DC, Jr., Lloyd-Jones DM, Bennett G, Coady S, D'Agostino RB, Sr., Gibbons R, Greenland P, Lackland DT, Levy D, O'Donnell CJ, Robinson JG, Schwartz JS, Shero ST, Smith SC, Jr., Sorlie P, Stone NJ, Wilson PWF. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the assessment of cardiovascular risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2014; 63:2935-2959
  31. Muntner P, Colantonio LD, Cushman M, Goff DC, Jr., Howard G, Howard VJ, Kissela B, Levitan EB, Lloyd-Jones DM, Safford MM. Validation of the atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease Pooled Cohort risk equations. JAMA2014; 311:1406-1415
  32. Ridker PM, Cook NR. Statins: new American guidelines for prevention of cardiovascular disease. The Lancet2013; 382:1762-1765
  33. Kavousi M, Leening MJG, Nanchen D, Greenland P, Graham IM, Steyerberg EW, Ikram MA, Stricker BH, Hofman A, Franco OH. Comparison of Application of the ACC/AHA Guidelines, Adult Treatment Panel III Guidelines, and European Society of Cardiology Guidelines for Cardiovascular Disease Prevention in a European Cohort. JAMA2014; 311:1416-1423
  34. DeFilippis AP, Young R, Carrubba CJ, McEvoy JW, Budoff MJ, Blumenthal RS, Kronmal RA, McClelland RL, Nasir K, Blaha MJ. An analysis of calibration and discrimination among multiple cardiovascular risk scores in a modern multiethnic cohort. Ann Intern Med 2015; 162:266-275
  35. Damen JA, Pajouheshnia R, Heus P, Moons KGM, Reitsma JB, Scholten RJPM, Hooft L, Debray TPA. Performance of the Framingham risk models and pooled cohort equations for predicting 10-year risk of cardiovascular disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Med 2019; 17:109-109
  36. Rana JS, Tabada GH, Solomon MD, Lo JC, Jaffe MG, Sung SH, Ballantyne CM, Go AS. Accuracy of the Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Risk Equation in a Large Contemporary, Multiethnic Population. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2016; 67:2118-2130
  37. Ridker PM, Danielson E, Fonseca FAH, Genest J, Gotto AM, Kastelein JJP, Koenig W, Libby P, Lorenzatti AJ, MacFadyen JG, Nordestgaard BG, Shepherd J, Willerson JT, Glynn RJ. Rosuvastatin to Prevent Vascular Events in Men and Women with Elevated C-Reactive Protein. New England Journal of Medicine 2008; 359:2195-2207
  38. Mach F, Baigent C, Catapano AL, Koskinas KC, Casula M, Badimon L, Chapman MJ, De Backer GG, Delgado V, Ference BA, Graham IM, Halliday A, Landmesser U, Mihaylova B, Pedersen TR, Riccardi G, Richter DJ, Sabatine MS, Taskinen MR, Tokgozoglu L, Wiklund O, ESCSD Group. 2019 ESC/EAS Guidelines for the management of dyslipidaemias: lipid modification to reduce cardiovascular risk. Eur Heart J 2020; 41:111-188
  39. Arnett DK, Blumenthal RS, Albert MA, Buroker AB, Goldberger ZD, Hahn EJ, Himmelfarb CD, Khera A, Lloyd-Jones D, McEvoy JW, Michos ED, Miedema MD, Muñoz D, Smith SC, Jr., Virani SS, Williams KA, Sr., Yeboah J, Ziaeian B. 2019 ACC/AHA Guideline on the Primary Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2019; 140:e596-e646
  40. Feingold KR. The Effect of Diet on Cardiovascular Disease and Lipid and Lipoprotein Levels. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, DP W, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  41. Kim BK, Hong SJ, Lee YJ, Hong SJ, Yun KH, Hong BK, Heo JH, Rha SW, Cho YH, Lee SJ, Ahn CM, Kim JS, Ko YG, Choi D, Jang Y, Hong MK, Racing investigators. Long-term efficacy and safety of moderate-intensity statin with ezetimibe combination therapy versus high-intensity statin monotherapy in patients with atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (RACING): a randomised, open-label, non-inferiority trial. Lancet 2022; 400:380-390
  42. Fonarow GC, Keech AC, Pedersen TR, Giugliano RP, Sever PS, Lindgren P, van Hout B, Villa G, Qian Y, Somaratne R, Sabatine MS. Cost-effectiveness of Evolocumab Therapy for Reducing Cardiovascular Events in Patients With Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease. JAMA Cardiol 2017; 2:1069-1078
  43. Virani SS, Akeroyd JM, Smith SC, Al-Mallah M, Maddox TM, Morris PB, Petersen LA, Ballantyne CM, Grundy SM, Stone NJ. Very High-Risk ASCVD and Eligibility for Nonstatin Therapies Based on the 2018 AHA/ACC Cholesterol Guidelines. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2019; 74:712-714
  44. Khera AV, Won H-H, Peloso GM, Lawson KS, Bartz TM, Deng X, van Leeuwen EM, Natarajan P, Emdin CA, Bick AG, Morrison AC, Brody JA, Gupta N, Nomura A, Kessler T, Duga S, Bis JC, van Duijn CM, Cupples LA, Psaty B, Rader DJ, Danesh J, Schunkert H, McPherson R, Farrall M, Watkins H, Lander E, Wilson JG, Correa A, Boerwinkle E, Merlini PA, Ardissino D, Saleheen D, Gabriel S, Kathiresan S. Diagnostic Yield and Clinical Utility of Sequencing Familial Hypercholesterolemia Genes in Patients With Severe Hypercholesterolemia. Journal of the American College of Cardiology 2016; 67:2578-2589
  45. Warden BA, Fazio S, Shapiro MD. Familial Hypercholesterolemia: Genes and Beyond. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, DP W, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  46. Randomised trial of cholesterol lowering in 4444 patients with coronary heart disease: the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). The Lancet 1994; 344:1383-1389
  47. Kashef MA, Giugliano G. Legacy effect of statins: 20-year follow up of the West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study (WOSCOPS). Glob Cardiol Sci Pract 2016; 2016:e201635-e201635
  48. Feingold KR. Role of Glucose and Lipids in the Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease of Patients with Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, DP W, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2023.
  49. Lloyd-Jones DM, Braun LT, Ndumele CE, Smith SC, Sperling LS, Virani SS, Blumenthal RS. Use of Risk Assessment Tools to Guide Decision-Making in the Primary Prevention of Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease: A Special Report From the American Heart Association and American College of Cardiology. Circulation 2019; 139:e1162-1177
  50. Horton JD, Cohen JC, Hobbs HH. PCSK9: a convertase that coordinates LDL catabolism. J Lipid Res 2009; 50 Suppl:S172-177
  51. Ference BA, Ray KK, Catapano AL, Ference TB, Burgess S, Neff DR, Oliver-Williams C, Wood AM, Butterworth AS, Di Angelantonio E, Danesh J, Kastelein JJP, Nicholls SJ. Mendelian Randomization Study of ACLY and Cardiovascular Disease. N Engl J Med 2019; 380:1033-1042
  52. Yebyo HG, Aschmann HE, Kaufmann M, Puhan MA. Comparative effectiveness and safety of statins as a class and of specific statins for primary prevention of cardiovascular disease: A systematic review, meta-analysis, and network meta-analysis of randomized trials with 94,283 participants. American Heart Journal 2019; 210:18-28
  53. Tota-Maharaj R, Blaha MJ, Blankstein R, Silverman MG, Eng J, Shaw LJ, Blumenthal RS, Budoff MJ, Nasir K. Association of coronary artery calcium and coronary heart disease events in young and elderly participants in the multi-ethnic study of atherosclerosis: a secondary analysis of a prospective, population-based cohort. Mayo Clin Proc 2014; 89:1350-1359
  54. Stone NJ, Smith SC, Jr., Orringer CE, Rigotti NA, Navar AM, Khan SS, Jones DW, Goldberg R, Mora S, Blaha M, Pencina MJ, Grundy SM. Managing Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Risk in Young Adults: JACC State-of-the-Art Review. J Am Coll Cardiol 2022; 79:819-836
  55. Streja E, Feingold KR. Evaluation and Treatment of Dyslipidemia in the Elderly. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  56. Banach M, Stulc T, Dent R, Toth PP. Statin non-adherence and residual cardiovascular risk: There is need for substantial improvement. International Journal of Cardiology 2016; 225:184-196
  57. Avorn J, Monette J, Lacour A, Bohn RL, Monane M, Mogun H, LeLorier J. Persistence of Use of Lipid-Lowering Medications. JAMA 1998; 279:1458
  58. Simons LA, Levis G, Simons J. Apparent discontinuation rates in patients prescribed lipid‐lowering drugs. Medical Journal of Australia 1996; 164:208-211
  59. Gamboa CM, Safford MM, Levitan EB, Mann DM, Yun H, Glasser SP, Woolley JM, Rosenson R, Farkouh M, Muntner P. Statin underuse and low prevalence of LDL-C control among U.S. adults at high risk of coronary heart disease. Am J Med Sci 2014; 348:108-114
  60. Blackburn DF, Dobson RT, Blackburn JL, Wilson TW, Stang MR, Semchuk WM. Adherence to statins, beta-blockers and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors following a first cardiovascular event: a retrospective cohort study. Can J Cardiol 2005; 21:485-488
  61. Tobert JA, Newman CB. The nocebo effect in the context of statin intolerance. Journal of Clinical Lipidology 2016; 10:739-747
  62. Fitchett DH, Hegele RA, Verma S. Statin Intolerance. Circulation 2015; 131:e389-391
  63. Pasternak RC, Smith SC, Jr., Bairey-Merz CN, Grundy SM, Cleeman JI, Lenfant C, American College of Cardiology, American Heart Association, National Heart Lung, Blood Institute. ACC/AHA/NHLBI Clinical Advisory on the Use and Safety of Statins. Circulation 2002; 106:1024-1028
  64. Nissen SE, Stroes E, Dent-Acosta RE, Rosenson RS, Lehman SJ, Sattar N, Preiss D, Bruckert E, Ceška R, Lepor N, Ballantyne CM, Gouni-Berthold I, Elliott M, Brennan DM, Wasserman SM, Somaratne R, Scott R, Stein EA. Efficacy and Tolerability of Evolocumab vs Ezetimibe in Patients With Muscle-Related Statin Intolerance. JAMA2016; 315:1580-1590
  65. Catapano AL, Graham I, De Backer G, Wiklund O, Chapman MJ, Drexel H, Hoes AW, Jennings CS, Landmesser U, Pedersen TR, Reiner Ž, Riccardi G, Taskinen M-R, Tokgozoglu L, Verschuren WMM, Vlachopoulos C, Wood DA, Zamorano JL. 2016 ESC/EAS Guidelines for the Management of Dyslipidaemias. European Heart Journal2016; 37:2999-3058
  66. Lee JC, Zdrojewski T, Pencina MJ, Wyszomirski A, Lachacz M, Opolski G, Bandosz P, Rutkowski M, Gaciong Z, Wyrzykowski B, Navar AM. Population Effect of Differences in Cholesterol Guidelines in Eastern Europe and the United States. JAMA Cardiol 2016; 1:700-707
  67. Khan SS, Matsushita K, Sang Y, Ballew SH, Grams ME, Surapaneni A, Blaha MJ, Carson AP, Chang AR, Ciemins E, Go AS, Gutierrez OM, Hwang SJ, Jassal SK, Kovesdy CP, Lloyd-Jones DM, Shlipak MG, Palaniappan LP, Sperling L, Virani SS, Tuttle K, Neeland IJ, Chow SL, Rangaswami J, Pencina MJ, Ndumele CE, Coresh J, Chronic Kidney Disease Prognosis Consortium, the American Heart Association Cardiovascular-Kidney-Metabolic Science Advisory Group. Development and Validation of the American Heart Association's PREVENT Equations. Circulation 2024; 149:430-449
  68. Goff DC, Jr., Lloyd-Jones DM, Bennett G, Coady S, D'Agostino RB, Gibbons R, Greenland P, Lackland DT, Levy D, O'Donnell CJ, Robinson JG, Schwartz JS, Shero ST, Smith SC, Jr., Sorlie P, Stone NJ, Wilson PW, Jordan HS, Nevo L, Wnek J, Anderson JL, Halperin JL, Albert NM, Bozkurt B, Brindis RG, Curtis LH, DeMets D, Hochman JS, Kovacs RJ, Ohman EM, Pressler SJ, Sellke FW, Shen WK, Smith SC, Jr., Tomaselli GF, American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the assessment of cardiovascular risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2014; 129:S49-73
  69. Heaton J, Alshami A, Imburgio S, Upadhyaya V, Saybolt M, Apolito R, Hansalia R, Selan J, Almendral J, Sealove B. Comparison of pooled cohort equation and PREVENT risk calculator for statin treatment allocation. Atherosclerosis 2024; 399:118626
  70. Diao JA, Shi I, Murthy VL, Buckley TA, Patel CJ, Pierson E, Yeh RW, Kazi DS, Wadhera RK, Manrai AK. Projected Changes in Statin and Antihypertensive Therapy Eligibility With the AHA PREVENT Cardiovascular Risk Equations. JAMA 2024; 332:989-1000
  71. Anderson TS, Wilson LM, Sussman JB. Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease Risk Estimates Using the Predicting Risk of Cardiovascular Disease Events Equations. JAMA Intern Med 2024; 184:963-970
  72. Carrillo-Larco RM. Cardiovascular predicted risk: A population-based comparison of the pooled cohorts equation and PREVENT. Int J Cardiol 2024; 414:132423
  73. Conroy RM, Pyorala K, Fitzgerald AP, Sans S, Menotti A, De Backer G, De Bacquer D, Ducimetiere P, Jousilahti P, Keil U, Njolstad I, Oganov RG, Thomsen T, Tunstall-Pedoe H, Tverdal A, Wedel H, Whincup P, Wilhelmsen L, Graham IM, SCORE Project Group. Estimation of ten-year risk of fatal cardiovascular disease in Europe: the SCORE project. Eur Heart J 2003; 24:987-1003
  74. Score working group, E. S. C. Cardiovascular risk collaboration. SCORE2 risk prediction algorithms: new models to estimate 10-year risk of cardiovascular disease in Europe. Eur Heart J 2021; 42:2439-2454
  75. Score Op working group, E. S. C. Cardiovascular risk collaboration. SCORE2-OP risk prediction algorithms: estimating incident cardiovascular event risk in older persons in four geographical risk regions. Eur Heart J 2021; 42:2455-2467
  76. S. CORE2-Diabetes Working Group, the E. S. C. Cardiovascular Risk Collaboration. SCORE2-Diabetes: 10-year cardiovascular risk estimation in type 2 diabetes in Europe. Eur Heart J 2023; 44:2544-2556
  77. Visseren FLJ, Mach F, Smulders YM, Carballo D, Koskinas KC, Back M, Benetos A, Biffi A, Boavida JM, Capodanno D, Cosyns B, Crawford C, Davos CH, Desormais I, Di Angelantonio E, Franco OH, Halvorsen S, Hobbs FDR, Hollander M, Jankowska EA, Michal M, Sacco S, Sattar N, Tokgozoglu L, Tonstad S, Tsioufis KP, van Dis I, van Gelder IC, Wanner C, Williams B, E. S. C. National Cardiac Societies, E. S. C. Scientific Document Group. 2021 ESC Guidelines on cardiovascular disease prevention in clinical practice. Eur Heart J 2021; 42:3227-3337
  78. Wilson DP. Is Atherosclerosis a Pediatric Disease? In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2020.
  79. Berenson GS, Srinivasan SR, Bao W, Newman WP, 3rd, Tracy RE, Wattigney WA. Association between multiple cardiovascular risk factors and atherosclerosis in children and young adults. The Bogalusa Heart Study. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:1650-1656
  80. McGill HC, Jr., McMahan CA, Malcom GT, Oalmann MC, Strong JP. Effects of serum lipoproteins and smoking on atherosclerosis in young men and women. The PDAY Research Group. Pathobiological Determinants of Atherosclerosis in Youth. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol 1997; 17:95-106
  81. Tuzcu EM, Kapadia SR, Tutar E, Ziada KM, Hobbs RE, McCarthy PM, Young JB, Nissen SE. High prevalence of coronary atherosclerosis in asymptomatic teenagers and young adults: evidence from intravascular ultrasound. Circulation 2001; 103:2705-2710
  82. McNamara JJ, Molot MA, Stremple JF, Cutting RT. Coronary artery disease in combat casualties in Vietnam. JAMA 1971; 216:1185-1187
  83. Webber BJ, Seguin PG, Burnett DG, Clark LL, Otto JL. Prevalence of and risk factors for autopsy-determined atherosclerosis among US service members, 2001-2011. JAMA 2012; 308:2577-2583
  84. Newman WP, 3rd, Freedman DS, Voors AW, Gard PD, Srinivasan SR, Cresanta JL, Williamson GD, Webber LS, Berenson GS. Relation of serum lipoprotein levels and systolic blood pressure to early atherosclerosis. The Bogalusa Heart Study. N Engl J Med 1986; 314:138-144
  85. McGill HC, Jr., McMahan CA. Determinants of atherosclerosis in the young. Pathobiological Determinants of Atherosclerosis in Youth (PDAY) Research Group. Am J Cardiol 1998; 82:30T-36T
  86. Davis PH, Dawson JD, Riley WA, Lauer RM. Carotid intimal-medial thickness is related to cardiovascular risk factors measured from childhood through middle age: The Muscatine Study. Circulation 2001; 104:2815-2819
  87. Juonala M, Magnussen CG, Venn A, Dwyer T, Burns TL, Davis PH, Chen W, Srinivasan SR, Daniels SR, Kahonen M, Laitinen T, Taittonen L, Berenson GS, Viikari JS, Raitakari OT. Influence of age on associations between childhood risk factors and carotid intima-media thickness in adulthood: the Cardiovascular Risk in Young Finns Study, the Childhood Determinants of Adult Health Study, the Bogalusa Heart Study, and the Muscatine Study for the International Childhood Cardiovascular Cohort (i3C) Consortium. Circulation 2010; 122:2514-2520
  88. Li S, Chen W, Srinivasan SR, Bond MG, Tang R, Urbina EM, Berenson GS. Childhood cardiovascular risk factors and carotid vascular changes in adulthood: the Bogalusa Heart Study. JAMA 2003; 290:2271-2276
  89. Magnussen CG, Venn A, Thomson R, Juonala M, Srinivasan SR, Viikari JS, Berenson GS, Dwyer T, Raitakari OT. The association of pediatric low- and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol dyslipidemia classifications and change in dyslipidemia status with carotid intima-media thickness in adulthood evidence from the cardiovascular risk in Young Finns study, the Bogalusa Heart study, and the CDAH (Childhood Determinants of Adult Health) study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009; 53:860-869
  90. Raitakari OT, Juonala M, Kahonen M, Taittonen L, Laitinen T, Maki-Torkko N, Jarvisalo MJ, Uhari M, Jokinen E, Ronnemaa T, Akerblom HK, Viikari JS. Cardiovascular risk factors in childhood and carotid artery intima-media thickness in adulthood: the Cardiovascular Risk in Young Finns Study. JAMA 2003; 290:2277-2283
  91. Klag MJ, Ford DE, Mead LA, He J, Whelton PK, Liang KY, Levine DM. Serum cholesterol in young men and subsequent cardiovascular disease. N Engl J Med 1993; 328:313-318
  92. Pletcher MJ, Vittinghoff E, Thanataveerat A, Bibbins-Domingo K, Moran AE. Young Adult Exposure to Cardiovascular Risk Factors and Risk of Events Later in Life: The Framingham Offspring Study. PLoS One 2016; 11:e0154288
  93. Stamler J, Daviglus ML, Garside DB, Dyer AR, Greenland P, Neaton JD. Relationship of baseline serum cholesterol levels in 3 large cohorts of younger men to long-term coronary, cardiovascular, and all-cause mortality and to longevity. JAMA 2000; 284:311-318
  94. Schwartz GG, Gabriel Steg P, Bhatt DL, Bittner VA, Diaz R, Goodman SG, Jukema JW, Kim YU, Li QH, Manvelian G, Pordy R, Sourdille T, White HD, Szarek M, Odyssey Outcomes Committees Investigators. Clinical Efficacy and Safety of Alirocumab After Acute Coronary Syndrome According to Achieved Level of Low-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol: A Propensity Score-Matched Analysis of the ODYSSEY OUTCOMES Trial. Circulation 2021; 143:1109-1122
  95. Navarese EP, Robinson JG, Kowalewski M, Kolodziejczak M, Andreotti F, Bliden K, Tantry U, Kubica J, Raggi P, Gurbel PA. Association Between Baseline LDL-C Level and Total and Cardiovascular Mortality After LDL-C Lowering: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. JAMA 2018; 319:1566-1579
  96. Mega JL, Stitziel NO, Smith JG, Chasman DI, Caulfield M, Devlin JJ, Nordio F, Hyde C, Cannon CP, Sacks F, Poulter N, Sever P, Ridker PM, Braunwald E, Melander O, Kathiresan S, Sabatine MS. Genetic risk, coronary heart disease events, and the clinical benefit of statin therapy: an analysis of primary and secondary prevention trials. Lancet 2015; 385:2264-2271
  97. Natarajan P, Young R, Stitziel NO, Padmanabhan S, Baber U, Mehran R, Sartori S, Fuster V, Reilly DF, Butterworth A, Rader DJ, Ford I, Sattar N, Kathiresan S. Polygenic Risk Score Identifies Subgroup With Higher Burden of Atherosclerosis and Greater Relative Benefit From Statin Therapy in the Primary Prevention Setting. Circulation 2017; 135:2091-2101
  98. Feingold KR, Chait A. Approach to patients with elevated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol levels. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2022:101658
  99. Feingold KR. Maximizing the benefits of cholesterol-lowering drugs. Curr Opin Lipidol 2019; 30:388-394

Skin Manifestations of Diabetes Mellitus

ABSTRACT

 

Diabetes mellitus is a common and debilitating disease that affects a variety of organs including the skin. Between thirty and seventy percent of patients with diabetes mellitus, both type 1 and type 2, will present with a cutaneous complication of diabetes mellitus at some point during their lifetime. A variety of dermatologic manifestations have been linked with diabetes mellitus; these conditions vary in severity and can be benign, deforming, and even life-threatening. Such skin changes can offer insight into patients’ glycemic control and may be the first sign of metabolic derangement in undiagnosed patients with diabetes. Recognition and management of these conditions is important in maximizing the quality of life and in avoiding serious adverse effects in patients with diabetes mellitus.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

The changes associated with diabetes mellitus can affect multiple organ systems. Between thirty and seventy percent of patients with diabetes mellitus, both type 1 and type 2, will present with a cutaneous complication of diabetes mellitus at some point during their lifetime (1). Dermatologic manifestations of diabetes mellitus have various health implications ranging from those that are aesthetically concerning to those that may be life-threatening. Awareness of cutaneous manifestations of diabetes mellitus can provide insight into the present or prior metabolic status of patients. The recognition of such findings may aid in the diagnosis of diabetes or may be followed as a marker of glycemic control. The text that follows describes the relationship between diabetes mellitus and the skin, more specifically: (1) skin manifestations strongly associated with diabetes, (2) non-specific dermatologic signs and symptoms associated with diabetes, (3) dermatologic diseases associated with diabetes, (4) common skin infections in diabetes, and (5) cutaneous changes associated with diabetes medications.

 

SKIN MANIFESTATIONS STRONGLY ASSOCIATED WITH DIABETES MELLITUS

 

Acanthosis Nigricans

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Acanthosis nigricans (AN) is a classic dermatologic manifestation of diabetes mellitus that affects men and women of all ages. AN is more common in type 2 diabetes mellitus (2) and is more prevalent in those with darker skin color. AN occurs more frequently in African Americans, Hispanics, and Native Americans (3). AN is observed in a variety of endocrinopathies associated with resistance to insulin such as acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, obesity, polycystic ovarian syndrome, and thyroid dysfunction. Unrelated to insulin resistance, AN can also be associated with malignancies such as gastric adenocarcinomas and genitourinary cancers, as well as with autoimmune disorders, various medications, and familial disorders (4-4F).

 

PRESENTATION

 

AN presents chronically as multiple poorly demarcated plaques with grey to dark brown hyperpigmentation and a thickened velvety to verrucous texture (figure 1). Classically, AN has a symmetrical distribution and is located in intertriginous or flexural surfaces such as the back of the neck, axilla, elbows, palmar hands (also known as “tripe palms”), inframammary creases, umbilicus, or groin. Affected areas are asymptomatic; however, extensive involvement may cause discomfort or fetor. Microscopy shows hyperkeratosis and epidermal papillomatosis with acanthosis. The changes in skin pigmentation are primarily a consequence of hyperkeratosis, not changes in melanin. AN can present prior to the clinical diagnosis of diabetes; the presence of AN should prompt evaluation for diabetes mellitus and for other signs of insulin resistance.

Figure 1. Acanthosis nigricans. From Wikipedia.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The pathogenesis of AN in diabetes is multifactorial. It is well-established that a hyperinsulin state directly activates insulin growth factor receptors (IGF), specifically IGF-1, on keratinocytes and fibroblasts, provoking cell proliferation, resulting in the aforementioned cutaneous manifestations of AN (5,6). Hyperinsulinemia also decreases circulating levels of IGF binding protein 1 and 2, increasing IGF-1 blood levels for the same effect (6A).

 

TREATMENT

 

Treatment of AN may improve current lesions and prevent future cutaneous manifestations. AN is best managed with lifestyle changes such as dietary modifications, increased physical activity, and weight reduction. In patients with diabetes, pharmacologic adjuvants, such as metformin, that improve glycemic control and reduce insulin resistance are also beneficial (7). One case report demonstrated the effectiveness of the glucagon peptide receptor 1 (GLP-1) receptor agonist liraglutide in improving the clinical appearance of AN (7A). Primary dermatologic therapies are usually ineffective especially in patients with generalized involvement. However, in those with thickened or macerated areas of skin, topical retinoids, topical vitamin D analogs such as calciprotriol, or topical keratolytics such as ammonium lactate and salicylic acid are the primary treatments used for localized lesions (8-10). Systemic retinoids such as isotretinoin and acitretin have been associated with improvement in patients with extensive involvement but are not often used due to risk of systemic adverse effects and relapse upon discontinuation (10A). Topical urea, trichloroacetic acid, glycolic acid peels, and laser therapy have also been suggested as localized treatment modalities, though addressing the underlying disorder remains the most effective intervention.

 

Diabetic Dermopathy

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Diabetic dermopathy (DD), also known as pigmented pretibial patches or diabetic shin spots, is the most common dermatologic manifestations of diabetes, occurring in as many as one-half of those with diabetes (11). Although disputed, some consider the presence of DD to be pathognomonic for diabetes. DD has a strong predilection for men and those older than 50 years of age, with the number of lesions increasing with the duration of diabetes, increasing age, and HbA1C levels (12, 12A). Although DD may antecede the onset of diabetes, it occurs more frequently as a late complication of diabetes and in those with microvascular disease. DD often occurs prior to the onset of neuropathy and retinopathy; nephropathy is also regularly present in patients with DD (12A). An association with cardiovascular disease has also been identified, with one study showing 53% of non- insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus with DD had coexisting coronary artery disease (13).

 

PRESENTATION

 

DD initially presents with rounded, dull, red papules that progressively evolve over one-to-two weeks into well-circumscribed, atrophic, brown macules with a fine scale (figure 2). Normally after about eighteen to twenty-four months, lesions dissipate and leave behind an area of concavity and hyperpigmentation. At any time, different lesions can present at different stages of evolution. The lesions are normally distributed bilaterally and localized over bony prominences. The pretibial area is most commonly involved, although other bony prominences such as the forearms, lateral malleoli, or thighs may also be involved. Aside from the aforementioned changes, patients are otherwise asymptomatic. DD is a clinical diagnosis that should not require a skin biopsy, which should be especially avoided in patients with poor wound healing (12A). Histologically, DD is rather nonspecific; it is characterized by lymphocytic infiltrates surrounding vasculature, engorged blood vessels in the papillary dermis, and dispersed hemosiderin deposits. Moreover, the histology varies based on the stage of the lesion. Immature lesions present with epidermal edema as opposed to epidermal atrophy which is representative of older lesions (14).

 

Figure 2. Diabetic Dermopathy.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The origin of DD remains unclear, however, mild trauma to affected areas (15), hemosiderin and melanin deposition (16), microangiopathic changes (12A, 17), and destruction of subcutaneous nerves (18) have all been suggested.

 

TREATMENT

 

Treatment is typically avoided given the asymptomatic and self-resolving nature of DD as well as the ineffectiveness of available treatments. However, DD often occurs in the context of microvascular complications and neuropathies (12); hence, patients need to be examined and followed more rigorously for these complications. Although improvement of DD lesions is variable with glycemic control, managing blood glucose can help prevent progression of microvascular complications (18A).

 

Diabetic Foot Syndrome

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Diabetic Foot Syndrome (DFS) encompasses the neuropathic and vasculopathic complications that develop in the feet of patients with diabetes. Although preventable, DFS is a significant cause of morbidity, mortality, hospitalization, and reduction in quality of life of patients with diabetes. The incidence and prevalence of DFS in patients with diabetes is 1% to 4% and 4% to 10%, respectively (19). Furthermore, DFS is slightly more prevalent in type 1 diabetes compared with type 2 diabetes (20). A more comprehensive review of diabetic foot syndrome can be found in The Diabetic Foot chapter of Endotext (20A).

 

PRESENTATION

 

DFS presents initially with callosities and dry skin related to diabetic neuropathy. In later stages, chronic ulcers and a variety of other malformations of the feet develop. Between 15% and 25% of patients with diabetes will develop ulcers (21). Ulcers may be neuropathic, ischemic, or mixed. The most common type of ulcers are neuropathic ulcers, a painless ulceration resulting from peripheral neuropathy. Ulcers associated with peripheral vascular ischemia are painful but less common. Ulcers tend to occur in areas prone to trauma, classically presenting at the site of calluses or over bony prominences. It is common for ulcers to occur on the toes, forefoot, and ankles. Untreated ulcers usually heal within one year, however, fifty percent of patients with diabetes will have recurrence of the ulcer within three years (22). The skin of affected patients, especially in those with type 2 diabetes, is more prone to fungal infection and the toe webs are a common port of entry for fungi which can then infect and complicate ulcers (23). Secondary infection of ulcers is a serious complication that can result in gangrenous necrosis, osteomyelitis, and may even require lower extremity amputation. Another complication, diabetic neuro-osteoarthropathy (also known as Charcot foot), is an irreversible debilitating and deforming condition involving progressive destruction of weight-bearing bones and joints. Diabetic neuro-osteoarthropathy occurs most frequently in the feet and can result in collapse of the midfoot, referred to as “rocker-bottom foot.” Moreover, a reduction of the intrinsic muscle volume and thickening of the plantar aponeurosis can cause a muscular imbalance that produces a clawing deformation of the toes. An additional complication of diabetes and neuropathy involving the feet is erythromelalgia. Erythromelalgia presents with redness, warmth, and a burning pain involving the lower extremities, most often the feet. Symptoms may worsen in patients with erythromelalgia with exercise or heat exposure and may improve with cooling (24).

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The pathogenesis of DFS involves a combination of inciting factors that coexist together: neuropathy (25), atherosclerosis (25), and impaired wound healing (26). In the setting of long-standing hyperglycemia, there is an increase in advanced glycosylation end products, proinflammatory factors, and oxidative stress which results in the demyelination of nerves and subsequent neuropathy (27,28). Single-cell RNA sequencing revealed that there is a unique subset of fibroblasts that overexpress factors associated with healing within the wound bed as opposed to the wound edge (28A). Additionally, wound healers demonstrate an increase in M1 macrophages as opposed to non- wound healers which have an increase in M2 macrophages. The effect on sensory and motor nerves can blunt the perception of adverse stimuli and produce an altered gait, increasing the likelihood of developing foot ulcers and malformations. Also, damage to autonomic nerve fibers causes a reduction in sweating which may leave skin in the lower extremity dehydrated and prone to fissures and secondary infection (29). In addition to neuropathy, accelerated arterial atherosclerosis can lead to peripheral ischemia and ulceration (30). It has been reported that there is an association between diabetic patients with Charcot neuroarthropathy and greater impairment of cutaneous microvascular reactivity when compared to non-complicated diabetic groups (30A). Finally, hyperglycemia impairs macrophage functionality as well as increases and prolongs the inflammatory response, slowing the healing of ulcers (31).

 

TREATMENT

 

Treatment should involve an interdisciplinary team-based approach with a focus on prevention and management of current ulcers. Prevention entails daily surveillance, appropriate foot hygiene, and proper footwear, walkers, or other devices to minimize and distribute pressure. An appropriate wound care program should be used to care for ongoing ulcers. Different classes of wound dressing should be considered based on the type of wound. Hydrogels, hyperbaric oxygen therapy, topical growth factors, and biofabricated skin grafts are also available (19). The clinical presentation should indicate whether antibiotic therapy or wound debridement is necessary (19). In patients with chronic treatment resistant ulcers, underlying ischemia should be considered; these patients may require surgical revascularization or bypass.

 

Diabetic Thick Skin

 

Skin thickening is frequently observed in patients with diabetes. Affected areas of skin can appear thickened, waxy, or edematous. These patients are often asymptomatic but can have a reduction in sensation and pain. Although different parts of the body can be involved, the hands and feet are most frequently involved. Ultrasound evaluation of the skin can be diagnostic and exhibit thickened skin. Subclinical generalized skin thickening is the most common type of skin thickening. Diabetic thick skin may represent another manifestation of scleroderma-like skin changes, limited joint mobility, or scleredema diabeticorum, which are each described in more detail below.

 

SCLERODERMA-LIKE SKIN CHANGES

 

Epidemiology

 

Scleroderma-like skin changes are a distinct and easily overlooked group of findings that are commonly observed in patients with diabetes. Ten to fifty percent of patients with diabetes present with the associated skin findings (32). Scleroderma-like skin changes occur more commonly in those with type 1 diabetes and in those with longstanding disease (33). There is no known variation in prevalence between males and females, or between racial groups.

 

Presentation

 

Scleroderma-like skin changes develop slowly and present with painless, indurated, occasionally waxy appearing, thickened skin. These changes occur symmetrically and bilaterally in acral areas. In patients with scleroderma-like skin changes the acral areas are involved, specifically the dorsum of the fingers (sclerodactyly), proximal interphalangeal, and metacarpophalangeal joints. Severe disease may extend centrally from the hands to the arms or back. A small number of patients with diabetes may develop more extensive disease, which presents earlier and with truncal involvement. The risk of developing nephropathy and retinopathy is increased in those with scleroderma-like skin changes who also have type 1 diabetes (33,34). The aforementioned symptoms are also associated with diabetic hand syndrome which may present with limited joint mobility, palmar fibromatosis (Dupuytren's contracture), and stenosing tenosynovitis (“trigger finger”) (35). The physical exam finding known as the “prayer sign” (inability to flushly press palmar surfaces on each hand together) may be present in patients with diabetic hand syndrome and scleroderma-like skin changes (36). On histology, scleroderma-like skin changes reveal thickening of the dermis, minimal-to-absent mucin, and increased interlinking of collagen. Although on physical exam scleroderma may be difficult to distinguish from these skin changes, scleroderma-like skin changes are not associated with atrophy of the dermis, Raynaud’s syndrome, pain, or telangiectasias.

 

Pathogenesis

 

Although not fully understood, the pathogenesis is believed to involve the strengthening of collagen as a result of reactions associated with advanced glycosylation end products or a buildup of sugar alcohols in the upper dermis (37,38).

 

Treatment

 

Scleroderma-like skin changes is a chronic condition that is also associated with joint and microvascular complication. Therapeutic options are extremely limited. One observational report has suggested that very tight blood glucose control may result in the narrowing of thickened skin (39). In addition, aldose reductase inhibitors, which limit increases in sugar alcohols, may be efficacious (38). In patients with restricted ranges of motions, physical therapy can help to maintain and improve joint mobility.

 

LIMITED JOINT MOBILITY

 

Epidemiology

 

Limited Joint Mobility (LJM), also known as diabetic cheiroarthropathy, is a relatively common complication of long-standing diabetes mellitus. The majority of patients with LJM also present with scleroderma-like skin changes (38,40). The prevalence of LJM is 4% to 26% in patients without diabetes and 8% to 58% in patients with diabetes (41).

 

Presentation

 

LJM presents with progressive flexed contractures and hindered joint extension, most commonly involving the metacarpophalangeal and interphalangeal joints of the hand. The earliest changes often begin in the joints of the fifth finger before then spreading to involve the other joints of the hand (38). Patients may present with an inability to flushly press the palmar surfaces of each of their hands together (“prayer sign”) (figure 3) or against the surface of a table when their forearms are perpendicular to the surface of the table (“tabletop sign”) (42).

 

Pathogenesis

 

These changes occur as a result of periarticular enlargement of connective tissue. Pathogenesis likely involves hyperglycemia induced formation of advanced glycation end-products, which accumulate to promote inflammation and the formation of stiffening cross-links between collagen (43). LJM is strongly associated with microvascular and macrovascular changes and diagnosis of LJM should prompt a workup for related sequela (44). Patients with LJM may also be at an increased risk for falls (45).

 

Treatment

 

There are no curative treatments. Symptomatic patients may benefit from non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs or targeted injection of corticosteroids (43). LJM is best managed with improved glycemic control (46), as well as regular stretching to maintain and minimize further limitations in joint mobility.

 

Figure 3. Limited Joint Mobility.

 

SCLEREDEMA DIABETOCORUM

 

Epidemiology

 

Scleredema is a chronic and slowly progressive sclerotic skin disorder that is often seen in the context of diabetes, in which case it is classified as scleredema diabeticorum (SD). Whereas 2.5% to 14% of all patients with diabetes have scleredema, over 50% of those with scleredema present with concomitant diabetes (47). SD has a proclivity for men with a long history of diabetes (47A). It remains unclear whether there is a predilection for SD in those with type 1 diabetes (48) compared to those with type 2 diabetes (48).

 

Presentation

 

SD presents with gradually worsening indurated and thickened skin. These skin changes occur symmetrically and diffusely. The most commonly involved areas are the upper back, shoulders, and back of the neck. The face, chest, abdomen, buttocks, and thighs may also be involved; however, the distal extremities are classically spared. The affected areas are normally asymptomatic but there can be reduced sensation. Patients with severe longstanding disease may develop a reduced range of motion, most often affecting the trunk. In extreme cases, this can lead to restrictive respiratory problems. A full-thickness skin biopsy may be useful in supporting a clinical presentation. The histology of SD differentiates it from the autoimmune disease scleroderma, displaying increased collagen and a thickened reticular dermis, with a surrounding mucinous infiltrate, without edema or sclerosis.

 

Pathogenesis

 

Although many theories center on abnormalities in collagen, there is no consensus regarding the pathogenesis of SD. The pathogenesis of SD may involve an interplay between non-enzymatic glycosylation of collagen, increased fibroblast production of collagen and mucin, or decreases in collagen breakdown (50-51A).

 

Treatment

 

SD is normally unresolving and slowly progressive over years. Improved glycemic control may be an important means of prevention but evidence has not shown clinical improvements in those already affected by SD. A variety of therapeutic options have been proposed with variable efficacy. The 2024 European Dermatology Forum Guidelines (51A) recommend medium-to-high dose phototherapy with UVA1 or PUVA as first-line therapy, methotrexate as second-line therapy, and other treatments including immunosuppressants, corticosteroids, intravenous immunoglobulin, and electron-beam therapy as advanced therapies (52). Independent of other treatments, physical therapy is an important therapeutic modality for patients with SD and reduced mobility (51A, 53).

 

Necrobiosis Lipoidica

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Necrobiosis lipoidica (NL) is a rare chronic granulomatous dermatologic disease that is seen most frequently in patients with diabetes.  Although nearly one in four patients presenting with NL will also have diabetes, only 0.3% to 1.6% of patients with diabetes will develop NL (47A,54). For unknown reasons, NL expresses a strong predilection for women compared to men (55). NL generally occurs in type 1 diabetes during the third decade of life, as opposed to type 2 diabetes in which it commonly presents in the fourth or fifth decades of life (54). The majority of cases of NL presents years after a diagnosis of diabetes mellitus; however, NL may precede diabetes, with 7% to 42% of patients with initial NL going on to develop impaired glucose tolerance or diabetes (47A,56). One study evaluating comorbidities and diabetic complications in patients with NL found high rates of smoking, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, obesity, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, thyroid disease, poor kidney function, and poor glucose control (56A). The highest comorbidity rates in patients with NL were patients with type 2 diabetes.

 

PRESENTATION

 

NL begins as a single or group of firm well-demarcated rounded erythematous papules (figure 4). The papules then  expand  and  aggregate into plaques characterized by circumferential red-brown borders and a firm yellow-brown waxen atrophic center containing telangiectasias. NL occurs bilaterally and exhibits Koebnerization. Lesions are almost always found on the pretibial areas of the lower extremities. Additional involvement of the forearm, scalp, distal upper extremities, face, or abdomen may be present on occasion, and the heel of the foot or glans penis even more infrequently. If left untreated, only about 15% of lesions will resolve within twelve years. Despite the pronounced appearance of the lesions, NL is often asymptomatic. However, there may be pruritus and hypoesthesia of affected areas, and pain may be present in the context of ulceration. Ulceration occurs in about one-third of lesions and has been associated with secondary infections and squamous cell carcinoma. The histology of NL primarily involves the dermis and is marked by palisading granulomatous inflammation, necrobiotic collagen, a mixed inflammatory infiltrate, blood vessel wall thickening, and reduced mucin.

 

Figure 4. Necrobiosis Lipoidica.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The pathogenesis of NL is not well understood. The relationship between diabetes and NL has led some to theorize that diabetes-related microangiopathy is related to the development of NL (54). Other theories focus on irregularities in collagen, autoimmune disease, neutrophil chemotaxis, or blood vessels (57).

 

TREATMENT

 

NL is a chronic, disfiguring condition that can be debilitating for patients and difficult for clinicians to manage. Differing degrees of success have been reported with a variety of treatments; however, the majority of such reports are limited by inconsistent treatment responses in patients and a lack of large, controlled studies. Corticosteroids are often used in the management of NL and may be administered topically, intralesionally, or orally. Corticosteroids can be used to manage active lesions but is best not used in areas that are atrophic. Success has also been reported with calcineurin inhibitors (e.g., cyclosporine), anti-tumor necrosis factor inhibitors (e.g., infliximab), pentoxifylline, antimalarials (e.g., hydroxychloroquine), PUVA, granulocyte colony stimulating factor, dipyridamole, and low-dose aspirin (54). Appropriate wound care is important for ulcerated lesions; this often includes topical antibiotics, protecting areas vulnerable to injury, emollients, and compression bandaging. Surgical excision of ulcers typically has poor results. Some ulcerated lesion may improve with split-skin grafting. Although still recommended, improved control of diabetes has not been found to lead to an improvement in skin lesions. Patients with newly diagnosed NL should be screened for hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and thyroid disease (56A).

 

Bullosis Diabeticorum

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Bullosis diabeticorum (BD) is an uncommon eruptive blistering condition that presents in those with diabetes mellitus. Although BD can occasionally present in early-diabetes (58), it often occurs in long-standing diabetes along with other complications such as neuropathy, nephropathy, and retinopathy. In the United States, the prevalence of BD is estimated to be around 0.5% amongst patients with diabetes and is believed to be higher in those with type 1 diabetes (13); however, underreporting of blistering cases in patients with diabetes may indicate a higher prevalence (58A). BD is significantly more common in male patients than in female patients (59). The average age of onset is between 50 and 70 years of age (59).

 

PRESENTATION

 

BD presents at sites of previously healthy-appearing skin with the abrupt onset of one or more non-erythematous, firm, sterile bullae. Shortly after forming, bullae increase in size and become more flaccid, ranging in size from about 0.5 cm to 5 cm. Bullae frequently present bilaterally involving the acral areas of the lower extremities. However, involvement of the upper extremities and even more rarely the trunk can be seen. The bullae and the adjacent areas are nontender. BD often presents acutely, classically overnight, with no history of trauma to the affected area. Generally, the bullae heal within two to six weeks, but then commonly reoccur. Histological findings are often non-specific but are useful in distinguishing BD from other bullous diseases. Histology typically shows an intraepidermal or subepidermal blister, spongiosis, no acantholysis, minimal inflammatory infiltrate, and normal immunofluorescence.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

There is an incomplete understanding of the underlying pathogenesis of BD and no consensus regarding a leading theory. Various mechanisms have been proposed, some of which focus on autoimmune processes, exposure to ultraviolet light, variations in blood glucose, neuropathy, or changes in microvasculature (60).

 

TREATMENT

 

BD resolve without treatment and are therefore managed by avoiding secondary infection and the corresponding sequelae (e.g., necrosis, osteomyelitis). This involves protection of the affected skin, leaving blisters intact (except for large blisters, which may be aspirated to prevent rupture), and monitoring for infection. Topical antibiotics are not necessary unless specifically indicated, such as with secondary infection or positive culture.

 

NONSPECIFIC DERMATOLOGIC SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS

 

Ichthyosiform Changes of the Shins

 

Ichthyosiform changes of the shins presents with large bilateral areas of dryness and scaling (sometimes described as “fish scale” skin) (figure 5). Although cutaneous changes may occur on the hands or feet, the anterior shin is most classically involved. These cutaneous changes are related to rapid skin aging and adhesion defects in the stratum corneum (61). The prevalence of ichthyosiform changes of the shins in those with type 1 diabetes has been reported to be between 22% to 48% (33,62). These changes present relatively early in the disease course of diabetes. There is no known difference in prevalence between males and females (33). The development of ichthyosiform changes of the shins is related to production of advanced glycosylation end products and microangiopathic changes. Treatment is limited but topical emollients or keratolytic agents may be beneficial (61).

 

Figure 5. Acquired ichthyosiform changes.

 

Xerosis

 

Xerosis is one of the most common skin presentations in patients with diabetes and has been reported to be present in as many as 40% of patients with diabetes (63). Xerosis refers to skin that is abnormally dry. Affected skin may present with scaling, cracks, or a rough texture. These skin changes are most frequently located on the feet of patients with diabetes. It has been reported that diabetic patients that are obese will experience more severe hypohidrosis of the feet (63A). In patients with diabetes, xerosis occurs often in the context of microvascular complications (40). To avoid complications such as fissures and secondary infections, xerosis can be managed with emollients like ammonium lactate (64).

 

Acquired Perforating Dermatosis

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Perforating dermatoses refers to a broad group of chronic skin disorders characterized by a loss of dermal connective tissue. A subset of perforating dermatoses, known as acquired perforating dermatoses (APD), encompasses those perforating dermatoses that are associated with systemic diseases. Although APD may be seen with any systemic diseases, it is classically observed in patients with chronic renal failure or long-standing diabetes (65). APD occurs most often in adulthood in patients between the ages of 30 and 90 years of age (65,66). The overall prevalence of APD is unknown due to rarity and/or underdiagnosis of the disease. It is estimated that of those diagnosed with APD about 15% also have diabetes mellitus (67). In a review, 4.5% to 10% of patients with chronic renal failure presented with concurrent APD (68,69).

 

PRESENTATION

 

APD presents as groups of hyperkeratotic umbilicated-nodules and papules with centralized keratin plugs. The lesions undergo Koebnerization and hence the extensor surfaces of the arms and more commonly the legs are often involved; eruptions also occur frequently on the trunk. However, lesions can develop anywhere on the body. Lesions are extremely pruritic and are aggravated by excoriation. Eruptions may improve after a few months, but an area of hyperpigmentation typically remains. Histologically, perforating dermatoses are characterized by a lymphocytic infiltrate, an absence or degeneration of dermal connective tissue components (e.g., collagen, elastic fibers), and transepidermal extrusion of keratotic material.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The underlying pathogenesis is disputed and not fully understood. It has been suggested that repetitive superficial trauma from chronic scratching may induce epidermal or dermal derangements (70). The glycosylation of microvasculature or dermal components has been suggested as well. Other hypotheses have implicated additional metabolic disturbances, or the accumulation of unknown immunogenic substances that are not eliminated by dialysis (65). APD is also considered a form of prurigo nodularis (70A).

 

TREATMENT

 

APD can be challenging to treat and many of the interventions have variable efficacy. Minimizing scratching and other traumas to involved areas can allow lesions to resolve over a period of months. This is best achieved with symptomatic relief of pruritus. Individual lesions can be managed with topical agents such as keratolytics (e.g., 5% to 7% salicylic acid), retinoids (e.g., 0.01% to 0.1% tretinoin), or high-potency steroids (71). Refractory lesions may respond to intralesional steroid injections or cryotherapy (71). A common initial approach is a topical steroid in combination with emollients and an oral antihistamine. Generalized symptoms may improve with systemic therapy with oral retinoids, psoralen plus UVA light (PUVA), allopurinol (100 mg daily for 2 to 4 months), or oral antibiotics (doxycycline or clindamycin) (72). Additionally, as APD is a form of prurigo nodularis, the use of immunomodulating agents such as dupilumab may be effective in treating the condition. There is evidence of dupilumab monotherapy effectively treating certain forms of APD (72A). Nevertheless, effective management of the underlying systemic disease is fundamental to the treatment of APD. In those with diabetes, APD is unlikely to improve without improved blood glucose control. Moreover, dialysis does not reduce symptoms; however, renal transplantation can result in the improvement and resolution of cutaneous lesions.

 

Eruptive Xanthomas

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Eruptive xanthomas (EX) are a clinical presentation of hypertriglyceridemia, generally associated with serum triglycerides above 2,000 mg/dL (73). However, in patients with diabetes, lower levels of triglycerides may be associated with EX. The prevalence of EX is around one percent in type 1 diabetes and two percent in type 2 diabetes (74,75). Serum lipid abnormalities are present in about seventy-five percent of patients with diabetes (76). For a detailed discussion of lipid abnormalities in patients with diabetes see the Endotext chapter entitled “Dyslipidemia in Patients with Diabetes” (76A).

 

PRESENTATION

 

EX has been reported as the first presenting sign of diabetes mellitus, granting it can present at any time in the disease course. EX presents as eruptions of clusters of glossy pink-to-yellow papules, ranging in diameter from 1 mm to  4 mm,  overlying an erythematous area (figure 6). The lesions can be found on extensor surfaces of the extremities, the buttocks, and in areas susceptible in Koebnerization. EX is usually asymptomatic but may be pruritic or tender. Histology reveals a mixed inflammatory infiltrate of the dermis which includes triglyceride containing macrophages, also referred to as foam cells.

 

Figure 6. Eruptive Xanthomas

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

Lipoprotein lipase, a key enzyme in the metabolism of triglyceride rich lipoproteins, is stimulated by insulin. In an insulin deficient state, such as poorly controlled diabetes, there is decreased lipoprotein lipase activity resulting in the accumulation of chylomicrons and other triglyceride rich lipoproteins (77). Increased levels of these substances are scavenged by macrophages (78). These lipid-laden macrophages then collect in the dermis of the skin where they can lead to eruptive xanthomas.

 

TREATMENT

 

EX can resolve with improved glycemic control and a reduction in serum triglyceride levels (79). This may be achieved with fibrates or omega-3-fatty acids in addition to an appropriate insulin regimen (80). A more comprehensive review of the treatment of hypertriglyceridemia can be found in the Endotext chapter entitled “Triglyceride Lowering Drugs” (80A).

 

Acrochordons

 

Acrochordons (also known as soft benign fibromas, fibroepithelial polyps, or skin tags) are benign, soft, pedunculated growths that vary in size and can occur singularly or in groups (figure 7). The neck, axilla, and periorbital area are most frequently involved, although other intertriginous areas can also be affected. Skin tags are common in the general population but are more prevalent in those with increased weight or age, and in women. It has been reported that as many as three out of four patients presenting with acrochordons also have diabetes mellitus (81). Patients with acanthosis nigricans may have acrochordons overlying the affected areas of skin. Although disputed, some studies have suggested that the amount of skin tags on an individual may correspond with an individual's risk of diabetes or insulin resistance (82). Excision or cryotherapy is not medically indicated but may be considered in those with symptomatic or cosmetically displeasing lesions.

 

Figure 7. Acrochordons.

 

Diabetes-Associated Pruritus

 

Diabetes can be associated with pruritus, more often localized than generalized. Affected areas can include the scalp, ankles, feet, trunk, or genitalia (83,84). Pruritus is more likely in patients with diabetes who have dry skin or diabetic neuropathy. Other neuropathic conditions may arise in diabetes, such as scalp dysesthesia and meralgia paresthetica; these conditions often present with pruritus, burning, or pain (84A-B). Specifically, for type 2 diabetes, risk factors for pruritus were identified to be age, duration of disease, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic chronic kidney disease, peripheral arterial disease, and fasting plasma glucose levels (84C,D,E). Involvement of the genitalia or intertriginous areas may occur in the setting of infection (e.g., candidiasis). Treatments include topical capsaicin, topical ketamine-amitriptyline-lidocaine, oral anticonvulsants (e.g., gabapentin or pregabalin), and, in the case of candida infection, antifungals.

 

Huntley’s Papules (Finger Pebbles)

 

Huntley’s papules, also known as finger pebbles, are a benign cutaneous finding affecting the hands. Patients present with clusters of non-erythematous, asymptomatic, small papules on the dorsal surface of the hand, specifically affecting the metacarpophalangeal joints and periungual areas. The clusters of small papules can develop into coalescent plaques. Other associated cutaneous findings include hypopigmentation and induration of the skin. Huntley’s papules are strongly associated with type 2 diabetes and may be an early sign of diabetic thick skin (85,86). Topical therapies are usually ineffective; however, patients suffering from excessive dryness of the skin may benefit from 12% ammonium lactate cream (87).

 

Keratosis Pilaris

 

Keratosis pilaris is a very common benign keratotic disorder. Patients with keratosis pilaris classically present with areas of keratotic perifollicular papules with surrounding erythema or hyperpigmentation (figure 8). The posterior surfaces of the upper arms are often affected but involvement of the thighs, face, and buttocks can also be seen. Compared to the general population, keratosis pilaris occurs more frequently and with more extensive involvement of the skin in those with diabetes (33,62). Keratosis pilaris can be treated with various topical therapies, including salicylic acid, moisturizers, and emollients.

 

Figure 8. Keratosis Pilaris.

 

Pigmented Purpuric Dermatoses

 

Pigmented purpuric dermatoses (also known as pigmented purpura) are associated with diabetes, more often in the elderly, and frequently coexist with diabetic dermopathy (88,89). Pigmented purpura presents with non-blanching copper-colored patches involving the pretibial areas of the legs or the dorsum of the feet. The lesions are usually asymptomatic but may be pruritic. Pigmented purpuric dermatoses occur more often in late-stage diabetes in patients with nephropathy and retinopathy as a result of microangiopathic damage to capillaries and sequential erythrocyte deposition (90).

 

Palmar Erythema

 

Palmar erythema is a benign finding that presents with symmetric redness and warmth involving the palms (figure 9). The erythema is asymptomatic and often most heavily affects the hypothenar and thenar eminences of the palms. The microvascular complications of diabetes are thought to be involved in the pathogenesis of palmar erythema (91). Although diabetes associated palmar erythema is distinct from physiologic mottled skin, it is similar to other types of palmar erythema such as those related to pregnancy and rheumatoid arthritis.

 

Figure 9. Palmar erythema. From Wikipedia.

 

Periungual Telangiectasias

 

As many as one in every two patients with diabetes are affected by periungual telangiectasias (92). Periungual telangiectasias presents asymptomatically with erythema and telangiectasias surrounding the proximal nail folds (71). Such findings may occur in association with “ragged” cuticles and fingertip tenderness. The cutaneous findings are due to venous capillary dilatation that occurs secondary to diabetic microangiopathy. Capillary abnormalities, such as venous capillary tortuosity, may differ and can represent an early manifestation of diabetes-related microangiopathy (93).

 

Rubeosis Faciei

 

Rubeosis faciei is a benign finding present in about 7% of patients with diabetes; however, in hospitalized patients, the prevalence may exceed 50% (94). Rubeosis faciei presents with chronic erythema of the face or neck. Telangiectasias may also be visible. The flushed appearance is often more prominent in those with lighter colored skin. The flushed appearance is thought to occur secondary to small vessel dilation and microangiopathic changes. Complications of diabetes mellitus, such as retinopathy, neuropathy, and nephropathy are associated with rubeosis faciei (90). Facial erythema may improve with better glycemic control and reduction of caffeine or alcohol intake.

 

Yellow Skin and Nails

 

It is common for patients with diabetes, particularly elderly patients with type 2 diabetes, to present with asymptomatic yellow discolorations of their skin or fingernails. These benign changes commonly involve the palms, soles, face, or the distal nail of the first toe. The accumulation of various substances (e.g., carotene, glycosylated proteins) in patients with diabetes may be responsible for the changes in complexion; however, the pathogenesis remains controversial (95).

 

Onychocryptosis

 

Onychocryptosis, or ingrown toenails, have been reported in patients with diabetes, specifically type 2 diabetes (95A). The great toes are most affected. It is hypothesized that this nail change can occur in diabetic patients because onychocryptosis is correlated with increased body mass index, trauma, weak vascular supply, nail plate dysfunction, and subungual hyperkeratosis.

 

DERMATOLOGIC DISEASES ASSOCIATED WITH DIABETES

 

Generalized Granuloma Annulare

 

EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Although various forms of granuloma annulare exist, only generalized granuloma annulare (GGA) is thought to be associated with diabetes. It is estimated that between ten and fifteen percent of cases of GGA occur in patients with diabetes (96). Meanwhile, less than one percent of patients with diabetes present with GGA. GGA occurs around the average age of 50 years. It occurs more frequently in women than in men, and in those with type 1 diabetes (97).

 

PRESENTATION

 

GGA initially presents with groups of skin-colored or reddish, firm papules which slowly grow and centrally involute to then form hypo- or hyper-pigmented annular rings with elevated circumferential borders (figure 10). The lesions can range in size from 0.5 cm to 5.0 cm. The trunk and extremities are classically involved in a bilateral distribution. GGA is normally asymptomatic but can present with pruritus. The histology shows dermal granulomatous inflammation surrounding foci of necrotic collagen and mucin. Necrobiosis lipoidica can present similarly to GGA; GGA is distinguished from necrobiosis lipoidica by its red color, the absence of an atrophic epidermis, and on histopathology: the presence of mucin and lack of plasma cells.

 

Figure 10. Generalized granuloma annulare. From Wikipedia.

 

PATHOGENESIS

 

The pathogenesis of GGA is incompletely understood. It is believed to involve an unknown stimulus that leads to the activation of lymphocytes through a delayed- type hypersensitivity reaction, ultimately initiating a proinflammatory cascade and granuloma formation (98). Recent studies have identified Th1, JAK-STAT, and perhaps also Th2 pathway dysregulation in GA lesional skin (97A).

 

TREATMENT

 

GGA has a prolonged often unresolving disease course and multiple treatments have been suggested to better manage GGA. However, much of the information stems from small studies and case reports. Several large retrospective studies suggest the efficacy of intralesional and topical corticosteroids in some patients, with phototherapy being an option for GA refractory to corticosteroids (97A). Antimalarials, retinoids, dapsone, methotrexate, cyclosporine, and calcineurin inhibitors have also been suggested as therapies (97A,98).

 

Psoriasis

 

Psoriasis is a chronic immune-mediated inflammatory disorder that may present with a variety of symptoms, including erythematous, indurated, and scaly areas of skin. Psoriasis has been found to be associated with a variety of risk factors, such as hypertension, obesity, and metabolic syndrome, that increase the likelihood of cardiovascular disease. The development of diabetes mellitus, an additional cardiovascular risk factor, has been strongly associated with psoriasis (99). In particular, younger patients and those with severe psoriasis may be more likely to develop diabetes in the future (99).

 

Lichen Planus

 

Lichen planus is a mucocutaneous inflammatory disorder characterized by firm, erythematous, polygonal, pruritic, papules. These papules classically involve the wrists or ankles, although the trunk, back, and thighs can also be affected. A number of studies have cited an association between lichen planus and abnormalities in glucose tolerance testing. Approximately one in four patients with lichen planus have diabetes mellitus (100). Although the association is contested, it has been reported that patients with diabetes may also be more likely to develop oral lichen planus (101).

 

Vitiligo

 

Vitiligo is an acquired autoimmune disorder involving melanocyte destruction. Patients with vitiligo present with scattered well-demarcated areas of depigmentation that can occur anywhere on the body but frequently involves the acral surfaces and the face (figure 11). Whereas about 1% of the general population is affected by vitiligo, vitiligo is much more prevalent in those with diabetes mellitus. Vitiligo occurs more frequently in women and is also more common in type 1 than in type 2 diabetes mellitus (96,98). Coinciding vitiligo and type 1 diabetes mellitus may be associated with endocrine autoimmune abnormalities of the gastric parietal cells, adrenal, or thyroid (102). A more comprehensive review of polyglandular autoimmune disorders can be found in the Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes section of Endotext (102A).

 

Figure 11. Vitiligo. From Wikipedia.

 

Hidradenitis Suppurativa

 

Hidradenitis suppurativa (HS) is a chronic inflammatory condition characterized by inflamed nodules and abscesses located in intertriginous areas such as the axilla or groin (figure 12). These lesions are often painful and malodorous. HS is frequently complicated by sinus formation and the development of disfiguring scars. HS occurs more often in women than men and usually presents in patients beginning in their twenties (103). The prevalence of HS is 0.095% in White populations, increasing more than 3-fold in Black populations (103A). Compared to the general population, diabetes mellitus is three times more common in patients with HS; HS has also been associated with cigarette smoking, diabetes, and low socioeconomic status (103A,104). It is recommended that patients with HS be screened for diabetes mellitus. Although there is no standardized approach to the treatment of HS, a multimodal approach may address underlying follicular occlusion, inflammation, bacterial overgrowth, hormonal and metabolic dysregulation and lifestyle modifications (103A). Some benefits have been reported with the use of antibiotics, retinoids, antiandrogens, or immunomodulators such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF) inhibitors (105).

 

Figure 12. Hidradenitis suppurativa. From Wikipedia.

 

Glucagonoma

 

Glucagonoma is a rare neuroendocrine tumor that most frequently affects patients in their sixth decade of life (106). Patients with glucagonoma may present with a variety of non-specific symptoms. However, necrolytic migratory erythema (NME) is classically associated with glucagonoma and presents in 70% to 83% of patients (106) (107). NME is characterized by erythematous erosive crusted or vesicular eruptions of papules or plaques with irregular borders (figure 13). The lesions may become bullous or blistered and may be painful or pruritic. The abdomen, groin, genitals, or buttocks are frequently involved, although cheilitis or glossitis may also be present. Biopsy at the edge of the lesion may demonstrate epidermal pallor, necrolytic edema, and a perivascular inflammatory infiltrate (108). Patients with glucagonoma may also present with diabetes mellitus. In patients with glucagonoma, diabetes mellitus frequently presents prior to NME (107). Approximately 20% to 40% of patients will present with diabetes mellitus before the diagnosis of glucagonoma (107,109). Of those patients diagnosed with glucagonoma but not diabetes mellitus, 76% to 94% will eventually develop diabetes mellitus (110). A more comprehensive review of glucagonoma can be found in the Glucagonoma section of Endotext (110A).

 

Figure 13. Necrolytic migratory erythema. From Endotext chapter entitled Glucagon & Glucagonoma Syndrome.

 

Melanoma

 

Type 2 diabetes mellitus does not increase the risk of melanoma, but it is associated with more advanced melanoma stages at the time of diagnosis as well as the presence of ulceration (110B). Furthermore, type 2 diabetes mellitus may promote more aggressive melanoma, but further research is needed to better understand the mechanisms involved (110C).

 

Skin Infections

 

The prevalence of cutaneous infections in patients with diabetes is about one in every five patients (111). Compared with the general population, patients with diabetes mellitus are more susceptible to infections and more prone to repeated infections. A variety of factors are believed to be involved in the vulnerability to infection in patients with uncontrolled diabetes, some of these factors include angiopathy, neuropathy, hindrance of the antioxidant system, abnormalities in leukocyte adherence, chemotaxis, and phagocytosis, as well as a glucose-rich environment facilitates the growth of pathogens. Host risk factors associated with skin and soft tissue in patients with DM are uncontrolled hyperglycemia, disruption of skin barrier,  elevated skin pH sensory or autonomic neuropathy, trauma/pressure, venous or arterial insufficiency, and immune system dysfunction (111A).

 

BACTERIAL

 

Erysipelas and Cellulitis

 

Erysipelas and cellulitis are cutaneous infections that occur frequently in patients with diabetes. Erysipelas presents with pain and well-demarcated superficial erythema. Cellulitis is a deeper cutaneous infection that presents with pain and poorly demarcated erythema. Folliculitis is common among patients with diabetes, and is characterized by inflamed, perifollicular, papules and pustules. Treatment for the aforementioned conditions depends on the severity of the infection. Uncomplicated cellulitis and erysipelas are typically treated empirically with oral antibiotics, whereas uncomplicated folliculitis may be managed with topical antibiotics. Colonization with methicillin- resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) is not uncommon among patients with diabetes (112); however, it is debated as to whether colonized patients are predisposed to increased complications (113) such as bullous erysipelas, carbuncles, or perifollicular abscesses. Regardless, it is important that appropriate precautions are taken in these patients and that antibiotics are selected that account for antimicrobial resistance.

 

Diabetic Foot Infection

 

Infection of the foot is the most common type of soft tissue infection in patients with diabetes. If not managed properly, diabetic foot infections can become severe, possibly leading to osteomyelitis, sepsis, amputation, or even death. Although less severe, the areas between the toes and the toenails are also frequently infected in patients with diabetes. Infections can stem from monomicrobial or polymicrobial etiologies. Staphylococcal infections are the most common (114), although complications with infection by Pseudomonas aeruginosa are also common (115). Pseudomonal infection of the toenail may present with a green discoloration, which may become more pronounced with the use of a Wood’s light. Treatment frequently requires coordination of care from multiple medical providers. Topical or oral antibiotics and surgical debridement may be indicated depending on the severity of the infection.

 

Necrotizing Fasciitis

 

Necrotizing fasciitis is an acute life-threatening infection of the skin and the underlying tissue. Those with poorly controlled diabetes are at an increased risk for necrotizing fasciitis. Necrotizing fasciitis presents early with erythema, induration, and tenderness which may then progress within days to hemorrhagic bullous. Patients will classically present with severe pain out of proportion to their presentation on physical exam. Palpation of the affected area often illicit crepitus. Involvement can occur on any part of the body but normally occurs in a single area, most commonly affecting the lower extremities. Fournier’s gangrene refers to necrotizing fasciitis of the perineum or genitals, often involving the scrotum and spreading rapidly to adjacent tissues. The infection in patients with diabetes is most often polymicrobial. Complications of necrotizing fasciitis include thrombosis, gangrenous necrosis, sepsis, and organ failure. Necrotizing fasciitis has a mortality rate of around twenty percent (116). In addition, those patients with diabetes and necrotizing fasciitis are more likely to require amputation during their treatment (117). Treatment is emergent and includes extensive surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotics.

 

Erythrasma

 

Erythrasma is a chronic asymptomatic cutaneous infection, most often attributed to Corynebacterium minutissimum. Diabetes mellitus, as well as obesity and older age are  associated with erythrasma. Erythrasma presents with non-pruritic non-tender clearly demarcated red brown finely scaled patches or plaques. These lesions are commonly located in intertriginous areas such as the axilla or groin. Given the appearance and location, erythrasma can be easily mistaken for tinea or Candida infection; in such cases, the presence of coral-red fluorescence under a Wood’s light can confirm the diagnosis of erythrasma. Treatment options include topical erythromycin or clindamycin, Whitfield’s ointment, and sodium fusidate ointment. More generalized erythrasma may respond better to oral erythromycin.

 

Malignant Otitis Externa

 

Malignant otitis externa is a rare but serious infection of the external auditory canal that occurs most often in those with a suppressed immune system, diabetes mellitus, or older age. Malignant otitis externa develops as a complication of otitis externa and is associated with infection by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Patients with malignant otitis externa present with severe otalgia and purulent otorrhea. The infection can spread to nearby structures and cause complications such as chondritis, osteomyelitis, meningitis, or cerebritis. If untreated, malignant otitis externa has a mortality rate of about 50%; however, with aggressive treatment the mortality rate can been reduced to 10% to 20% (118). Treatment involves long-term systemic antibiotics with appropriate pseudomonal coverage, hyperbaric oxygen, and possibly surgical debridement.

 

FUNGAL

 

Candida

 

Candidiasis is a frequent presentation in patients with diabetes. Moreover, asymptomatic patients presenting with recurrent candidiasis should be evaluated for diabetes mellitus. Elevated salivary glucose concentrations (119) and elevated skin surface pH in the intertriginous regions of patients with diabetes (120) may promote an environment in which candida can thrive. Candida infection can involve the mucosa (e.g., thrush, vulvovaginitis), intertriginous areas (e.g., intertrigo, erosion interdigital, balanitis), or nails (e.g., paronychia). Mucosal involvement presents with pruritus, erythema, and white plaques which can be removed when scraped. Intertriginous Candida infections may be pruritic or painful and present with red macerated, fissured plaques with satellite vesciulopustules. Involvement of the nails may present with periungual inflammation or superficial white spots. Onychomycosis may be due to dermatophytes (discussed below) or Candidal infection. Onychomycosis, characterized by subungual hyperkeratosis and onycholysis, is present in nearly one in two patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Candidiasis is treated with topical or oral antifungal agents. Patients also benefit from improved glycemic control and by keeping the affected areas dry.

 

Dermatophytes

 

Although it remains controversial, dermatophyte infections appear to be more prevalent among patients with diabetes (121-123). Various regions of the body may be affected but tinea pedis (foot) is the most common dermatophyte infection affecting patients; it presents with pruritus or pain and erythematous keratotic or bullous lesions. Relatively benign dermatophyte infections like tinea pedis can lead to serious sequela, such as secondary bacterial infection, fungemia, or sepsis, in patients with diabetes if not treated hastily. Patients with diabetic neuropathy may be especially vulnerable (124). Treatment may include topical or systemic antifungal medications depending on the severity.

 

Mucormycosis

 

Mucormycosis is a serious infection that is associated with type 1 diabetes mellitus, particularly common in those who develop diabetic ketoacidosis. A variety of factors including hyperglycemia and a lower pH, create an environment in which Rhizopus oryzae, a common pathogen responsible for mucormycosis, can prosper. Mucormycosis may present in different ways. Rhino-orbital-cerebral mucormycosis is the most common  presentation;  it  develops  quickly  and presents with acute sinusitis, headache, facial edema, and tissue necrosis. The infection may worsen and cause extensive necrosis and thrombosis of nearby structures such as the eye. Mucormycosis should be treated urgently with surgical debridement and intravenous amphotericin B. When it is not suitable to administer amphotericin B in patients, the alternative use of new triazoles, posaconazole and isavuconazole, may be beneficial (124A).

 

Toe Web Findings

 

Lastly, abnormal toe web findings (e.g., maceration, scale, or erythema) may be an early marker of irregularities in glucose metabolism and of undiagnosed diabetes mellitus (125). Additionally, such findings may be a sign of epidermal barrier disruption, a precursor of infection (125).

 

CUTANEOUS CHANGES ASSOCIATED WITH DIABETES MEDICATIONS

 

Insulin

 

A number of localized changes are associated with the subcutaneous injection of insulin. The most common local adverse effect is lipohypertrophy, which affects less than thirty percent of patients with diabetes that use insulin (126,127). Lipohypertrophy is characterized by localized adipocyte hypertrophy and presents with soft dermal nodules at injection sites. Continued injection of insulin at sites of lipohypertrophy can result in delayed systemic insulin absorption and capricious glycemic control. With avoidance of subcutaneous insulin at affected sites, lipohypertrophy normally improves over the course of a few months.

 

Furthermore, lipoatrophy is an uncommon cutaneous finding which occurred more frequently prior to the introduction of modern purified forms of insulin. Lipoatrophy presents at insulin injection sites over a period of months with round concave areas of adipose tissue atrophy. Allergic reactions to the injection of insulin may be immediate (within one hour) or delayed (within one day) and can present with localized or systemic symptoms. These reactions may be due to a type one hypersensitivity reaction to insulin or certain additives. However, allergic reactions to subcutaneous insulin are rare, with systemic allergic reactions occurring in only 0.01% of patients (126). Other cutaneous changes at areas of injection include the development of pruritus, induration, erythema, nodular amyloidosis, or calcification.

 

Oral Medications

 

Oral hypoglycemic agents may cause a number of different cutaneous adverse effects such as erythema multiforme or urticaria. DPP-4 inhibitors, such as vildagliptin, can be associated with inflamed blistering skin lesions, including bullous pemphigoid and Stevens-Johnson syndrome, as well as angioedema (128,129). Allergic skin and photosensitivity reactions may occur with sulfonylureas (130). The sulfonylureas, particularly the first-generation drugs chlorpropamide and tolbutamide, are associated with the development of a maculopapular rash during the initial two months of treatment; the rash quickly improves with stoppage of the medication (131,132). In certain patients with genetic predispositions, chlorpropamide may also cause acute facial flushing following alcohol consumption (133). SGLT-2 inhibitors have been associated with an increased risk of genital fungal infections and Fournier’s gangrene (134) (for details see Endotext chapter Oral and Injectable (Non-Insulin) Pharmacological Agents for the Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes) (135). Fixed drug eruptions, drug-induced pruritus, and Sweet syndrome/acute febrile neutrophilic dermatosis have also been observed in patients with type 2 diabetes using SGLT2 inhibitors, among other skin lesions (135A). 

 

Glucagon-like Peptide-1 Receptor Agonists

 

Glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonists, such as semaglutide, liraglutide, exenatide, and dulaglutide, are primarily used to manage type 2 diabetes and support weight loss. They can be administered via subcutaneous or oral routes. Dermatologists should be prepared to counsel patients about the possibility of rapid weight loss leading to facial fat loss; this can manifest as the “development of wrinkles, sunken eyes, a hollowed appearance, sagging jowls around the neck and jaw, and alterations in the cheeks, lips, and chin,” with effects also often noticed in the buttocks (135C). This phenomenon is thought to be due to a natural consequence of rapid weight loss combined with slow elastin turnover, rather than a direct effect of these drugs on adipocytes of the face or buttocks and may resolve with weight gain upon drug cessation (135B). While the common drug-related side effects of GLP-1 receptor agonists are gastrointestinal, there have been reports of dermatologic reactions, though these are relatively rare (136,137). Altered skin sensation (including dysesthesia, hyperesthesia, allodynia, and paresthesia) and alopecia were found to be significantly associated with a 50mg weekly dose of oral semaglutide, though the mechanisms and risk factors for these events remain to be characterized (136). Among the few case reports of severe cutaneous adverse events in patients taking GLP-1 agonists, exenatide was the most mentioned drug (136,137). Cases included angioedema, bullous pemphigoid, dermal hypersensitivity, eosinophilic fasciitis, and leukocytoclastic vasculitis, with >90% recovering within days to months of discontinuing the drug (136,137). Despite the side effects, GLP-1 agonists have been used off label in several cases to effectively manage diabetes-associated cutaneous conditions including psoriasis, hidradenitis suppurativa, and acanthosis nigricans (138).

 

Diabetes Devices

 

Continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) and continuous subcutaneous insulin infusions (CSIIs) are devices used in the treatment of type 1 diabetes. Contact dermatitis is associated with both CGMs and CSIIs, while CSIIs inject insulin subcutaneously and thus carry the risk of insulin-associated skin changes (139).

 

CONCLUSION

 

Diabetes mellitus is associated with a broad array of dermatologic conditions (Table 1). Many of the sources describing dermatologic changes associated with diabetes mellitus are antiquated; larger research studies utilizing modern analytic tools are needed to better understand the underlying pathophysiology and treatment efficacy. Although each condition may respond to a variety of specific treatments, many will improve with improved glycemic control. Hence, patient education and lifestyle changes are key in improving the health and quality of life of patients with diabetes mellitus.

 

Table 1. Frequent Skin Manifestations of Diabetes Mellitus

DISEASE

APPEARANCE

COMMON

LOCATIONS

SYMPTOMS

TREATMENT

Acanthosis Nigricans

Multiple poorly- demarcated plaques with grey to dark-brown hyperpigmentation, and a thickened velvety to verrucoustexture

Back of the neck, axilla, elbows, palmar hands, inframammary creases, umbilicus, groin

Typically, asymptomatic

Improved glycemic control, oral retinoids, ammonium lactate, retinoic acid, salicylic acid

Diabetic Dermopathy

Rounded, dull, red papules that progressively

evolve over one- to-two weeks into well-circumscribed, atrophic, brown macules with a fine scale; lesions present in different stages ofevolution at the sametime

Pretibial area, lateral malleoli, thighs

Typically, asymptomatic

Self-resolving

Diabetic Foot Syndrome

Chronic ulcers, secondary infection,diabetic neuro- osteoarthropathy, clawing deformity

Feet

Typically, asymptomatic but may have abnormal gait

Interdisciplinary team-based approach involving daily surveillance, appropriate foot hygiene, proper footwear/walker, wound care,antibiotics, wound debridement, surgery

Scleroderma- like Skin Changes

Slowly developing painless, indurated, occasionally waxy appearing, thickened skin

Acral areas: dorsum of the fingers, proximal interphalangeal areas, metacarpophalangeal joints

Typically, asymptomatic but may have reduced range of motion

Improved glycemic control, aldose reductase inhibitors, physical therapy

Ichthyosiform Skin Changes

Large bilateral areas of dryness andscaling (may be described as “fishscale” skin)

Anterior shins, hands, feet

Typically, asymptomatic

Emollients, Keratolytics

Xerosis

Abnormally dry skinthat may also present with

scaling or fissures

Most common on thefeet

Typically, asymptomatic

Emollients

Pruritus

Normal or excoriatedskin

Often localized to the scalp, ankles, feet, trunk, or genitalia; however, it may be generalized

Pruritus

Topical capsaicin,topical ketamine-

amitriptyline-lidocaine, oral anticonvulsants, antifungals

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Meurer M, Stumvoll M, Szeimies R-M. Hautveränderungen bei Diabetes mellitus. Der Hautarzt 2004;55(5):428-35
  2. Stuart CA, Gilkison CR, Smith MM, Bosma AM, Keenan BS, Nagamani M. Acanthosis nigricans as a risk factor for non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. Clinical Pediatrics 1998;37(2):73-79
  3. Stuart CA, Driscoll MS, Lundquist KF, Gilkison CR, Shaheb S, Smith MM. Acanthosis nigricans. Journal of basic and clinical physiology and pharmacology 1998;9(2-4):407-18
  4. Yeh JS, Munn SE, Plunkett TA, Harper PG, Hopster DJ, du Vivier AW. Coexistence of acanthosis nigricans and the sign of Leser-Trelat in a patient with gastric adenocarcinoma: a case report and literature review. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2000;42(2):357-62

4A.    Kondo Y, Umegaki N, Terao M, Murota H, Kimura T, Katayama I. A case of generalized acanthosis nigricans with positive lupus erythematosus-related autoantibodies and antimicrosomal antibody: autoimmune acanthosis nigricans? Case Rep Dermatol. 2012 Jan;4(1):85-91.

4B.    Yu Q, Li XL, Ji G, Wang Y, Gong Y, Xu H, Shi YL. Malignant acanthosis nigricans: an early diagnostic clue for gastric adenocarcinoma. World J Surg Oncol. 2017 Nov 25;15(1):208.

4C.    Stals H, Vercammen C, Peeters C, Morren MA. Acanthosis nigricans caused by nicotinic acid: case report and review of the literature. Dermatology. 1994;189(2):203-6

4D.    Mellor-Pita S, Yebra-Bango M, Alfaro-Martínez J, Suárez E. Acanthosis nigricans: a new manifestation of insulin resistance in patients receiving treatment with protease inhibitors. Clin Infect Dis. 2002 Mar 01;34(5):716-7.

4E.    Fleming MG, Simon SI. Cutaneous insulin reaction resembling acanthosis nigricans. Arch Dermatol. 1986 Sep;122(9):1054-6.

4F.    Fukuchi K, Tatsuno K, Matsushita K, Kubo A, Ito T, Tokura Y. Familial acanthosis nigricans with p.K650T FGFR3 mutation. J Dermatol. 2018 Feb;45(2):207-210.

  1. Bhagyanathan M, Dhayanithy D, Parambath VA, Bijayraj R. Acanthosis nigricans: A screening test for insulin resistance–An important risk factor for diabetes mellitus type-2. Journal of family medicine and primary care 2017;6(1):43
  2. Hermanns-Lê T, Scheen A, Piérard GE. Acanthosis nigricans associated with insulin resistance. American journal of clinical dermatology 2004;5(3):199-203

6A.    Das A, Datta D, Kassir M, et al. Acanthosis nigricans: A review. J Cosmet Dermatol. 2020;19(8):1857-1865. doi:10.1111/jocd.13544

  1. Higgins SP, Freemark M, Prose NS. Acanthosis nigricans: a practical approach to evaluation and management. Dermatology online journal 2008;14(9)

7A.    Malisiewicz B, Boehncke S, Lang V, Boehncke WH, Buerger C. Epidermal insulin resistance as a therapeutic target in acanthosis nigricans?. Acta Derm Venereol. 2014;94(5):607-608. doi:10.2340/00015555-1778

  1. Blobstein SH. Topical therapy with tretinoin and ammonium lactate for acanthosis nigricans associated with obesity. Cutis 2003;71(1):33-34
  2. Ehsani A, Noormohammadpour P, Goodarzi A, et al. Comparison of long-pulsed alexandrite laser and topical tretinoin-ammonium lactate in axillary acanthosis nigricans: A case series of patients in a before-after trial. Caspian journal of internal medicine 2016;7(4):290
  3. Sinha S, Schwartz RA. Juvenile acanthosis nigricans. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2007;57(3):502-08

10A.  Walling HW, Messingham M, Myers LM, Mason CL, Strauss JS. Improvement of acanthosis nigricans on isotretinoin and metformin. J Drugs Dermatol. 2003 Dec;2(6):677-81. PMID: 14711151.

  1. Bustan RS, Wasim D, Yderstræde KB, Bygum A. Specific skin signs as a cutaneous marker of diabetes mellitus and the prediabetic state-a systematic review. Danish medical journal 2017;64(1)
  2. Morgan AJ, Schwartz RA. Diabetic dermopathy: A subtle sign with grave implications. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2008;58(3):447-51

12A.  Naik PP, Farrukh SN. Clinical Significance of Diabetic Dermatopathy. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2020;13:4823-4827. Published 2020 Dec 8. doi:10.2147/DMSO.S286887

  1. Romano G, Moretti G, Di Benedetto A, et al. Skin lesions in diabetes mellitus: prevalence and clinical correlations. Diabetes research and clinical practice 1998;39(2):101-06
  2. Huntley AC. The cutaneous manifestations of diabetes mellitus. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 1982;7(4):427-55
  3. Houck GM, Morgan MB. A reappraisal of the histologic findings of pigmented pretibial patches of diabetes mellitus. Journal of cutaneous pathology 2004;31(2):141-44
  4. McCASH S, Emanuel PO. Defining diabetic dermopathy. The Journal of dermatology 2011;38(10):988-92
  5. Kaňková K, Záhejský J, Márová I, et al. Polymorphisms in the RAGE gene influence susceptibility to diabetes- associated microvascular dermatoses in NIDDM. Journal of Diabetes and its Complications 2001;15(4):185-92
  6. Kiziltan M, Benbir G. Clinical and nerve conduction studies in female patients with diabetic dermopathy. Acta diabetologica 2008;45(2):97-105

18A.  Naik PP, Farrukh SN. Clinical Significance of Diabetic Dermatopathy. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2020;13:4823-4827. Published 2020 Dec 8. doi:10.2147/DMSO.S286887

  1. Amin N, Doupis J. Diabetic foot disease: from the evaluation of the “foot at risk” to the novel diabetic ulcer treatment modalities. World journal of diabetes 2016;7(7):153
  2. Sämann A, Tajiyeva O, Müller N, et al. Prevalence of the diabetic foot syndrome at the primary care level in Germany: a cross‐sectional study. Diabetic Medicine 2008;25(5):557-63

20A.  Boulton AJM, Whitehouse RW. The Diabetic Foot. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2023

  1. Singh N, Armstrong DG, Lipsky BA. Preventing foot ulcers in patients with diabetes. Jama 2005;293(2):217-28
  2. Boulton AJ, Vileikyte L, Ragnarson-Tennvall G, Apelqvist J. The global burden of diabetic foot disease. The Lancet 2005;366(9498):1719-24
  3. Mlinarić-Missoni E, Kalenić S, Važić-Babić V. Species distribution and frequency of isolation of yeasts and dermatophytes from toe webs of diabetic patients. Acta dermatovenerologica Croatica 2005;13(2):0-0
  4. Davis MD, O'fallon WM, Rogers III RS, Rooke TW. Natural history of erythromelalgia: presentation and outcome in 168 patients. Archives of Dermatology 2000;136(3):330-36
  5. Jeffcoate WJ, Harding KG. Diabetic foot ulcers. The lancet 2003;361(9368):1545-51
  6. Lobmann R, Schultz G, Lehnert H. Proteases and the diabetic foot syndrome: mechanisms and therapeutic implications. Diabetes care 2005;28(2):461-71
  7. Volmer-Thole M, Lobmann R. Neuropathy and diabetic foot syndrome. International journal of molecular sciences 2016;17(6):917
  8. Sandireddy R, Yerra VG, Areti A, Komirishetty P, Kumar A. Neuroinflammation and oxidative stress in diabetic neuropathy: futuristic strategies based on these targets. International journal of endocrinology 2014;2014

28A.  Theocharidis G, Thomas BE, Sarkar D, Mumme HL, Pilcher WJR, Dwivedi B, Sandoval-Schaefer T, Sîrbulescu RF, Kafanas A, Mezghani I, Wang P, Lobao A, Vlachos IS, Dash B, Hsia HC, Horsley V, Bhasin SS, Veves A, Bhasin M. Single cell transcriptomic landscape of diabetic foot ulcers. Nat Commun. 2022 Jan 10;13(1):181. doi: 10.1038/s41467-021-27801-8. PMID: 35013299; PMCID: PMC8748704.

  1. Vinik AI, Erbas T. Recognizing and treating diabetic autonomic neuropathy. Cleve Clin J Med 2001;68(11):928- 30, 32, 34-44
  2. Peripheral Arterial Disease in People With Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2003;26(12):3333-4

30A.  Lanting SM, Chan TL, Casey SL, Peterson BJ, Chuter VH. Cutaneous microvascular reactivity in Charcot neuroarthropathy: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Foot Ankle Res. 2022 Mar 1;15(1):17. doi: 10.1186/s13047-022-00522-x. PMID: 35232466; PMCID: PMC8886937.

  1. Khanna S, Biswas S, Shang Y, et al. Macrophage dysfunction impairs resolution of inflammation in the wounds of diabetic mice. PloS one 2010;5(3):e9539
  2. Ahn C, Yosipovitch G, Huang W. Diabetes and the Skin. In: Callen J, Jorizzo J, Zone J, Piette W, Rosenbach M, Vleugels RA, eds. Dermatological Signs of Systemic Disease. Edinburgh: Elsevier, 2017:205-14.
  3. Yosipovitch G, Hodak E, Vardi P, et al. The prevalence of cutaneous manifestations in IDDM patients and their association with diabetes risk factors and microvascular complications. Diabetes care 1998;21(4):506-09
  4. Brik R, Berant M, Vardi P. The scleroderma‐like syndrome of insulin‐dependent diabetes mellitus. Diabetes/Metabolism Research and Reviews 1991;7(2):121-28
  5. Yosipovitch G, Yosipovitch Z, Karp M, Mukamel M. Trigger finger in young patients with insulin dependent diabetes. The Journal of rheumatology 1990;17(7):951-52
  6. Kim RP, Edelman SV, Kim DD. Musculoskeletal complications of diabetes mellitus. Clinical Diabetes 2001;19(3):132-35
  7. Haustein UF. Scleroderma‐like lesions in insulin‐ dependent diabetes mellitus. Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology 1999;13(1):50- 53
  8. Yosipovitch G, Loh KC, Hock OB. Medical pearl: Scleroderma-like skin changes in patients with diabetes mellitus. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2003;49(1):109-11
  9. Rho YW, Suhr KB, Lee JH, Park JK. A clinical observation of scleredema adultorum and its relationship to diabetes. The Journal of dermatology 1998;25(2):103-07
  10. Sawatkar G, Kanwar A, Dogra S, Bhadada S, Dayal D. Spectrum of cutaneous manifestations of type 1 diabetes mellitus in 500 south Asian patients. British Journal of Dermatology 2014;171(6):1402-06
  11. Gerrits EG, Landman GW, Nijenhuis-Rosien L, Bilo HJ. Limited joint mobility syndrome in diabetes mellitus: A minireview. World journal of diabetes 2015;6(9):1108
  12. Fitzgibbons PG, Weiss A-PC. Hand manifestations of diabetes mellitus. The Journal of hand surgery 2008;33(5):771-75
  13. Abate M, Schiavone C, Pelotti P, Salini V. Limited joint mobility in diabetes and ageing: recent advances in pathogenesis and therapy: SAGE Publications Sage UK: London, England, 2010.
  14. Frost D, Beischer W. Limited joint mobility in type 1 diabetic patients. Diabetes care 2001;24(1):95-99
  15. Lopez-Martin I, Benito Ortiz L, Rodriguez-Borlado B, Cano Langreo M, Garcia-Martinez FJ, Martin Rodriguez MF. (Association between limited joint mobility syndrome and risk of accidental falls in diabetic patients). Semergen 2015;41(2):70-5
  16. Lindsay JR, Kennedy L, Atkinson AB, et al. Reduced prevalence of limited joint mobility in type 1 diabetes in a UK clinic population over a 20-year period. Diabetes Care 2005;28(3):658-61
  17. Rongioletti F, Kaiser F, Cinotti E, et al. Scleredema. A multicentre study of characteristics, comorbidities, course and therapy in 44 patients. Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology 2015;29(12):2399-404

47A.  Hines A, Alavi A, Davis MDP. Cutaneous Manifestations of Diabetes. Med Clin North Am. 2021;105(4):681-697. doi:10.1016/j.mcna.2021.04.008

  1. Cole GW, Headley J, Skowsky R. Scleredema Diabeticorum: A Common and Distinct Cutaneous Manifestation of Diabetes Mellitus. Diabetes Care 1983;6(2):189-92.
  2. Carrington PR, Sanusi I, Winder PR, Turk LL, Jones C, Millikan LE. Scleredema adultorum. International journal of dermatology 1984;23(8):514-22
  3. Martin C, Requena L, Manrique K, Manzarbeitia F, Rovira A. Scleredema diabeticorum in a patient with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Case reports in endocrinology 2011;2011
  4. Varga J, Gotta S, Li L, Sollberg S, Leonardo M. Scleredema adultorum: case report and demonstration of abnormal expression of extracellular matrix genes in skin fibroblasts in vivo and in vitro. British Journal of Dermatology 1995;132(6):992-99

51A.  Knobler R, Geroldinger-Simić M, Kreuter A, et al. Consensus statement on the diagnosis and treatment of sclerosing diseases of the skin, Part 2: Scleromyxoedema and scleroedema. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2024;38(7):1281-1299. doi:10.1111/jdv.19937

  1. Ferreli C, Gasparini G, Parodi A, Cozzani E, Rongioletti F, Atzori L. Cutaneous Manifestations of Scleroderma and Scleroderma-Like Disorders: a Comprehensive Review. Clinical Reviews in Allergy & Immunology 2017:1-31
  2. Bray SM, Varghese S, English JC. Ultrasonic massage and physical therapy for scleredema: improving activities of daily living. Archives of dermatology 2010;146(4):453-54
  3. Reid SD, Ladizinski B, Lee K, Baibergenova A, Alavi A. Update on necrobiosis lipoidica: a review of etiology, diagnosis, and treatment options. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2013;69(5):783-91
  4. O’toole E, Kennedy U, Nolan J, Young M, Rogers S, Barnes L. Necrobiosis lipoidica: only a minority of patients have diabetes mellitus. Br J Dermatol 1999;140(2):283-6
  5. Muller SA, Winkelmann R. Necrobiosis lipoidica diabeticorum: a clinical and pathological investigation of 171 cases. Archives of dermatology 1966;93(3):272-81

56A.  Severson KJ, Patel MH, Brumfiel CM, Breen I, Butterfield RJ, Nelson SA, Sekulic A, Pittelkow MR, Mangold AR. Comorbidities and diabetic complications in patients with necrobiosis lipoidica. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022 Apr;86(4):891-894. doi: 10.1016/j.jaad.2021.03.026. Epub 2021 Mar 17. PMID: 33722550.

  1. Kota SK, Jammula S, Kota SK, Meher LK, Modi KD. Necrobiosis lipoidica diabeticorum: A case-based review of literature. Indian journal of endocrinology and metabolism 2012;16(4):614
  2. Lopez PR, Leicht S, Sigmon JR, Stigall L. Bullosis diabeticorum associated with a prediabetic state. Southern medical journal 2009;102(6):643-44

58A.  Chouk C, Litaiem N. Bullosis Diabeticorum. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; January 10, 2024.

  1. Larsen K, Jensen T, Karlsmark T, Holstein PE. Incidence of bullosis diabeticorum–a controversial cause of chronic foot ulceration. International wound journal 2008;5(4):591- 96
  2. Lipsky BA, Baker PD, Ahroni JH. Diabetic bullae: 12 cases of a purportedly rare cutaneous disorder. International journal of dermatology 2000;39(3):196-200
  3. Patel N, Spencer LA, English JC, Zirwas MJ. Acquired ichthyosis. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2006;55(4):647-56
  4. Pavlović MD, Milenković T, Dinić M, et al. The prevalence of cutaneous manifestations in young patients with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes care 2007;30(8):1964-67
  5. Goyal A, Raina S, Kaushal SS, Mahajan V, Sharma NL. Pattern of cutaneous manifestations in diabetes mellitus. Indian journal of dermatology 2010;55(1):39

63A.  Iacopi E, Riitano N, Dini V, Berta R, Pieruzzi L, Janowska A, Anselmino M, Piaggesi A, Romanelli M. Using Skin Bioengineering to Highlight How Weight and Diabetes Mellitus Modify the Skin in the Lower Limbs of Super- Obese Patients. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2020 Mar 16;13:729-738.  doi:  10.2147/DMSO.S229042.  PMID: 32214836; PMCID: PMC7083633.

  1. Pavicic T, Korting HC. Xerosis and callus formation as a key to the diabetic foot syndrome: dermatologic view of the problem and its management. JDDG: Journal der Deutschen Dermatologischen Gesellschaft 2006;4(11):935-41
  2. Saray Y, Seçkin D, Bilezikçi B. Acquired perforating dermatosis: clinicopathological features in twenty‐two cases. Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology 2006;20(6):679-88
  3. Karpouzis A, Giatromanolaki A, Sivridis E, Kouskoukis C. Acquired reactive perforating collagenosis: current status. The Journal of dermatology 2010;37(7):585-92
  4. Poliak SC, Lebwohl MG, Parris A, Prioleau PG. Reactive perforating collagenosis associated with diabetes mellitus. New England Journal of Medicine 1982;306(2):81-84
  5. Abdelbaqi‐Salhab M, Shalhub S, Morgan MB. A current review of the cutaneous manifestations of renal disease. Journal of cutaneous pathology 2003;30(9):527-38
  6. Robles-Mendez J, Vazquez-Martinez O, Ocampo-Candiani J. Skin manifestations of chronic kidney disease. Actas Dermo-Sifiliográficas 2015;106(8):609-22
  7. Morton C, Henderson I, Jones M, Lowe J. Acquired perforating dermatosis in a British dialysis population. British Journal of Dermatology 1996;135(5):671-77

70A.  Forouzandeh M, Stratman S, Yosipovitch G. The treatment of Kyrle's disease: a systematic review. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2020 Jul;34(7):1457-1463. doi: 10.1111/jdv.16182. Epub 2020 Feb 5. PMID: 31919924.

  1. Van Hattem S, Bootsma AH, Thio HB. Skin manifestations of diabetes. Cleve Clin J Med 2008;75(11):772-74
  2. Wagner G, Sachse MM. Acquired reactive perforating dermatosis. JDDG: Journal der Deutschen Dermatologischen Gesellschaft 2013;11(8):723-29 doi: 10.1111/ddg.12131(published Online First: Epub Date)|.

72A.  Ying Y, Shuang C, Zhen-Ying Z. Dupilumab may be an alternative option in the treatment of acquired reactive perforating collagenosis combined with AD. Immun Inflamm Dis. 2022 Mar;10(3):e574. doi: 10.1002/iid3.574. Epub 2021 Dec 24. PMID: 34953055; PMCID: PMC8926492.

  1. Sugandhan S, Khandpur S, Sharma VK. Familial chylomicronemia syndrome. Pediatric dermatology 2007;24(3):323-25
  2. Mahajan S, Koranne R, Sharma S. Cutaneous manifestation of diabetes melitus. Indian Journal of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology 2003;69(2):105
  3. Ahmed K, Muhammad Z, Qayum I. Prevalence of cutaneous manifestations of diabetes mellitus. J Ayub Med Coll Abbottabad 2009;21(2):76-9
  4. Vergès B. Pathophysiology of diabetic dyslipidaemia: where are we? Diabetologia 2015;58(5):886-99

76A.  Feingold KR. Dyslipidemia in Patients with Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2023

  1. Naik NS. Eruptive xanthomas. Dermatology online journal 2001;7(2)
  2. Zaremba J, Zaczkiewicz A, Placek W. Eruptive xanthomas. Advances in Dermatology and Allergology/Postȩpy Dermatologii i Alergologii 2013;30(6):399
  3. Parker F. Xanthomas and hyperlipidemias. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 1985;13(1):1-30
  4. Ales Z, Zeman M, Slaby A, Vecka M. Xanthomas: clinical and pathophysiological relations. Biomedical Papers 2014;158(2):181-88

80A.  Feingold KR. Triglyceride Lowering Drugs. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2024

  1. Margolis J. Letter: Skin tags in diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 1976;295:172-3
  2. Levy L, Zeichner JA. Dermatologic manifestation of diabetes. Journal of diabetes 2012;4(1):68-76
  3. Yamaoka H, Sasaki H, Yamasaki H, et al. Truncal pruritus of unknown origin may be a symptom of diabetic polyneuropathy. Diabetes care 2010;33(1):150-55
  4. Valdes-Rodriguez R, Mollanazar NK, González-Muro J, et al. Itch prevalence and characteristics in a Hispanic geriatric population: a comprehensive study using a standardized itch questionnaire. Acta dermato- venereologica 2015;95(4):417-21

84A. Ju T, Does AV, G. Yosipovitch. Scalp dysesthesia: a neuropathic phenomenon. Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology. 2022;36(6):790-796. doi:https://doi.org/10.1111/jdv.17985

84B.  Parisi TJ, Mandrekar J, Dyck PJB, Klein CJ. Meralgia paresthetica: Relation to obesity, advanced age, and diabetes mellitus. Neurology. 2011;77(16):1538-1542. doi:https://doi.org/10.1212/wnl.0b013e318233b356

84C.  Yang QP, Chen YY, Li Z, Xu M. Major Risk Factors Analysis of Pruritus Complicated by Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and the Effect of Comprehensive Nursing Intervention. Front Surg. 2022 Feb 15;9:842884. doi: 10.3389/fsurg.2022.842884. PMID: 35242808; PMCID: PMC8887712.

84D.  Merdin FA, Aydemir AT, Korkmaz FN, et al. Evaluation of chronic pruritus and associated skin findings in patients with diabetes mellitus. Turkish Journal of Medical Sciences. 2023;53(5):1489-1497. doi:https://doi.org/10.55730/1300-0144.5716

84E.  Yang QP, Chen YY, Li Z, Xu M. Major Risk Factors Analysis of Pruritus Complicated by Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and the Effect of Comprehensive Nursing Intervention. Front Surg. 2022 Feb 15;9:842884. doi: 10.3389/fsurg.2022.842884. PMID: 35242808; PMCID: PMC8887712.

  1. Guarneri C, Guarneri F, Borgia F, Vaccaro M. Finger pebbles in a diabetic patient: Huntley's papules. International journal of dermatology 2005;44(9):755-56
  2. Tabor CA, Parlette EC. Cutaneous manifestations of diabetes: signs of poor glycemic control or new-onset disease. Postgraduate medicine 2006;119(3):38-44
  3. Murphy-Chutorian B, Han G, Cohen SR. Dermatologic manifestations of diabetes mellitus. Endocrinology and Metabolism Clinics 2013;42(4):869-98
  4. Liau M, Long V, Yang S, Tan K, Aw D. Pigmented purpuric dermatosis  in  Singapore:  a  clinic-epidemiological characterisation. Hong Kong Journal of Dermatology & Venereology 2016;24(2):65-69
  5. Lithner F. Purpura, pigmentation and yellow nails of the lower extremities in diabetics. Journal of Internal Medicine 1976;199(1‐6):203-08
  6. Demirseren DD, Emre S, Akoglu G, et al. Relationship between skin diseases and extracutaneous complications of diabetes mellitus: clinical analysis of 750 patients. American journal of clinical dermatology 2014;15(1):65-70
  7. Serrao R, Zirwas M, English JC. Palmar erythema. American journal of clinical dermatology 2007;8(6):347-56
  8. Landau J, Davis E. The small blood-vessels of the conjunctiva and nailbed in diabetes mellitus. The Lancet 1960;276(7153):731-34
  9. Oumeish OY. Skin disorders in patients with diabetes. Clinics in dermatology 2008;26(3):235-42
  10. Duff M, Demidova O, Blackburn S, Shubrook J. Cutaneous manifestations of diabetes mellitus. Clinical Diabetes 2015;33(1):40-48
  11. Bristow I. Non‐ulcerative skin pathologies of the diabetic foot. Diabetes/metabolism research and reviews 2008;24(S1)

95A.  Yesudian PD, Nwabudike LC, de Berker D. Nail changes in diabetes. Clin Exp Dermatol. 2022 Jan;47(1):9-15. doi: 10.1111/ced.14859. Epub 2021 Sep 21. PMID: 34293827.

  1. Mendes AL, Miot HA, Haddad Junior V. Diabetes mellitus and the skin. Anais brasileiros de dermatologia 2017;92(1):8-20
  2. Yun JH, Lee JY, Kim MK, et al. Clinical and pathological features of generalized granuloma annulare with their correlation: a retrospective multicenter study in Korea. Annals of dermatology 2009;21(2):113-19

97A.  Joshi TP, Duvic M. Granuloma Annulare: An Updated Review of Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, and Treatment Options. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2022;23(1):37-50. doi:10.1007/s40257-021-00636-1

  1. Cyr PR. Diagnosis and management of granuloma annulare. American family physician 2006;74(10)
  2. Armstrong AW, Harskamp CT, Armstrong EJ. Psoriasis and the risk of diabetes mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Dermatology 2013;149(1):84-91
  3. Seyhan M, Özcan H, Sahin I, Bayram N, Karincaoğlu Y. High prevalence of glucose metabolism disturbance in patients with lichen planus. Diabetes research and clinical practice 2007;77(2):198-202
  4. Guggenheimer J, Moore PA, Rossie K, et al. Insulin- dependent diabetes mellitus and oral soft tissue pathologies: I. Prevalence and characteristics of non- candidal lesions. Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology, and Endodontology 2000;89(5):563-69
  5. Van den Driessche A, Eenkhoorn V, Van Gaal L, De Block C. Type 1 diabetes and autoimmune polyglandular syndrome: a clinical review. Neth J Med 2009;67(11):376- 87

102A. Sperling MA, Angelousi A, Yau M. Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2024

  1. Von der Werth J, Williams H. The natural history of hidradenitis suppurativa. Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology 2000;14(5):389-92

103A. Jenkins T, Isaac J, Edwards A, Okoye GA. Hidradenitis Suppurativa. Dermatol Clin. 2023;41(3):471-479. doi:10.1016/j.det.2023.02.001

  1. Bui T-L, Silva-Hirschberg C, Torres J, Armstrong AW. Hidradenitissuppurativa  and  diabetes  mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2017
  2. Alikhan A, Lynch PJ, Eisen DB. Hidradenitis suppurativa: a comprehensive review. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2009;60(4):539-61
  3. Eldor R, Glaser B, Fraenkel M, Doviner V, Salmon A, Gross DJ. Glucagonoma and the glucagonoma syndrome–cumulative experience with an elusive endocrine tumour. Clinical endocrinology 2011;74(5):593-98
  4. Wermers RA, Fatourechi V, Wynne AG, Kvols LK, Lloyd RV. The Glucagonoma Syndrome Clinical and Pathologic Features in 21 Patients. Medicine 1996;75(2):53-63
  5. Kovács RK, Korom I, Dobozy A, Farkas G, Ormos J, Kemény L. Necrolytic migratory erythema. Journal of cutaneous pathology 2006;33(3):242-45
  6. Kindmark H, Sundin A, Granberg D, et al. Endocrine pancreatictumors  with  glucagon  hypersecretion:  a retrospective study of 23 cases during 20 years. Medical Oncology 2007;24(3):330-37
  7. Halvorson SA, Gilbert E, Hopkins RS, et al. Putting the pieces together: necrolytic migratory erythema and the glucagonoma syndrome. Journal of general internal medicine 2013;28(11):1525-29

110A de Herder WW, Hofland J. Glucagon & Glucagonoma Syndrome. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrère B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Muzumdar R, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2023

110B. Tønder JE, Bønnelykke-Behrndtz ML, Laurberg T, Røssell EL, Sollie M. Melanoma risk, tumour stage, and melanoma-specific mortality in individuals with diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Cancer. 2024;24(1). doi:https://doi.org/10.1186/s12885-024-12598-8

110C. Kaneko A, Hisashi Kanemaru, Satoru Mizuhashi, et al. Relationship between Type 2 diabetes mellitus and aggressiveness of melanoma. Journal of Dermatological Science. 2022;106(1):65-67. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdermsci.2022.03.006

  1. Macedo GMC, Nunes S, Barreto T. Skin disorders in diabetes mellitus: an epidemiology and physiopathology review. Diabetology & metabolic syndrome 2016;8(1):63

111A. Polk C, Sampson MM, Roshdy D, Davidson LE. Skin and Soft Tissue Infections in Patients with Diabetes Mellitus. Infect Dis Clin North Am. 2021 Mar;35(1):183-197. doi: 10.1016/j.idc.2020.10.007. Epub 2020 Dec 7. PMID: 33303332.

  1. Kutlu SS, Cevahir N, Akalin S, et al. Prevalence and risk factors for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus colonizationin  a  diabetic  outpatient  population:  a prospective cohort study. American journal of infection control 2012;40(4):365-68
  2. Hartemann‐Heurtier A, Robert J, Jacqueminet S, et al. Diabetic foot ulcer and multidrug‐resistant organisms: risk factors and impact. Diabetic Medicine 2004;21(7):710-15
  3. Casqueiro J, Casqueiro J, Alves C. Infections in patients with diabetes mellitus: A review of pathogenesis. Indian journal of endocrinology and metabolism 2012;16(Suppl1):S27
  4. Driscoll JA, Brody SL, Kollef MH. The epidemiology, pathogenesis and treatment of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections. Drugs 2007;67(3):351-68
  5. Bonne SL, Kadri SS. Evaluation and management of necrotizing soft tissue infections. Infectious Disease Clinics 2017;31(3):497-511
  6. Dworkin M, Westercamp M, Park L, McIntyre A. The epidemiology of necrotizing fasciitis including factors associated with death and amputation. Epidemiology & Infection 2009;137(11):1609-14
  7. Bhandary S, Karki P, Sinha B. Malignant otitis externa: a review. Pacific health dialog 2002;9(1):64-67
  8. Sashikumar R, Kannan R. Salivary glucose levels and oral candidal carriage in type II diabetics. Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology, and Endodontology 2010;109(5):706-11
  9. Yosipovitch G, Tur E, Cohen O, Rusecki Y. Skin surface pH in intertriginous areas in NIDDM patients: possible correlation to candidal intertrigo. Diabetes Care 1993;16(4):560-63
  10. SaunteDML, Holgersen  JB, Hædersdal M, et al. Prevalence of toe nail onychomycosis in diabetic patients. Acta dermato-venereologica 2006;86(5):425-28
  11. Alteras I, Saryt E. Prevalence of pathogenic fungi in the toe-webs and toe-nails of diabetic patients. Mycopathologia 1979;67(3):157-59
  12. Romano C, Massai L, Asta F, Signorini A. Prevalence of dermatophytic skin and nail infections in diabetic patients. Mycoses 2001;44(3‐4):83-86
  13. Rich P. Onychomycosis and tinea pedis in patients with diabetes. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology 2000;43(5):S130-S34

124A. Sharma A, Goel A. Mucormycosis: risk factors, diagnosis, treatments, and challenges during COVID-19 pandemic. Folia Microbiol (Praha). 2022 Feb 26:1–25. doi: 10.1007/s12223-021-00934-5. Epub ahead of print. PMID: 35220559; PMCID: PMC8881997.

  1. Sinikumpu S-P, Auvinen J, Jokelainen J, et al. Abnormal skin in toe webs is a marker for abnormal glucose metabolism. A cross-sectional survey among 1,849 adults in Finland. Scientific reports 2017;7:9125
  2. Richardson T, Kerr D. Skin-related complications of insulin therapy.American  journal of  clinical   dermatology 2003;4(10):661-67
  3. Lima AL, Illing T, Schliemann S, Elsner P. Cutaneous Manifestations of Diabetes Mellitus: A Review. American Journal of Clinical Dermatology 2017:1-13
  4. Attaway A, Mersfelder TL, Vaishnav S, Baker JK. Bullous pemphigoidassociated  with  dipeptidyl  peptidase  IV inhibitors. A case report and review of literature. Journal of dermatological case reports 2014;8(1):24
  5. Byrd JS, Minor DS, Elsayed R, Marshall GD. DPP-4 inhibitors and angioedema: a cause for concern? Annals of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology 2011;106(5):436-38
  6. Hitselberger JF, Fosnaugh RP. Photosensitivity due to chlorpropamide. JAMA 1962;180(1):62-63
  7. Walker G, Kinsell LW. Clinical experience with chlorpropamide. California medicine 1961;94(6):344
  8. Walker G, Slater J, Westlake E, Nabarro J. Clinical experience with tolbutamide. British medical journal 1957;2(5040):323
  9. Leslie R, Pyke D. Chlorpropamide-alcohol flushing: a dominantly inherited trait associated with diabetes. Br med J 1978;2(6151):1519-21
  10. Nyirjesy P, Sobel JD, Fung A, et al. Genital mycotic infections with canagliflozin, a sodium glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitor, in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: a pooled analysis of clinical studies. Current medical research and opinion 2014;30(6):1109-19
  11. Feingold KR. Oral and Injectable (Non-Insulin) Pharmacological Agents for the Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, et al editors. Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2024

135A. Mederle AL, Dumitrescu P, Borza C, Nilima Rajpal Kundnani. Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions Associated with SGLT2 Inhibitors. Journal of Clinical Medicine. 2024;14(1):188-188. doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm14010188

135B. Carboni A, Woessner S, Martini O, Marroquin NA, Waller J. Natural Weight Loss or "Ozempic Face": Demystifying A Social Media Phenomenon. J Drugs Dermatol. 2024;23(1):1367-1368. doi:10.36849/JDD.7613

135C. Mansour MR, Hannawa OM, Yaldo MM, Nageeb EM, Chaiyasate K. The rise of "Ozempic Face": Analyzing trends and treatment challenges associated with rapid facial weight loss induced by GLP-1 agonists. J Plast Reconstr Aesthet Surg. 2024;96:225-227. doi:10.1016/j.bjps.2024.07.051‌

  1. Tran MM, Mirza FN, Lee AC, Goldbach HS, Libby TJ, Wisco OJ. Dermatologic findings associated with semaglutide use: A scoping review. Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology. 2024;91(1):166-168. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaad.2024.03.021
  2. Salazar CE, Patil MK, Osaigbokan Aihie, Cruz N, Nambudiri VE. Rare cutaneous adverse reactions associated with GLP-1 agonists: a review of the published literature. Archives of Dermatological Research. 2024;316(6). doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00403-024-02969-3
  3. Lal K, Herringshaw E. The Use of GLP-1 Agonists in the Management of Cutaneous Disease. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2024;17(9):34-37.
  4. Podwojniak A, Flemming J, Tan IJ, Ghani H, Neubauer Z, Jones A. Cutaneous adverse effects from diabetes devices in pediatric patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus: Systematic review. JMIR Dermatology. 2024;7. doi:10.2196/59824

 

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

ABSTRACT

 

While most patients with diabetes have Type 1 diabetes (T1D) or Type 2 diabetes (T2D) there are other etiologies of diabetes that occur less frequently. In this chapter we will discuss a number of these less common causes of diabetes. It is clinically very important to recognize these uncommon causes of diabetes as treatment directed towards the underlying etiology can at times result in the remission of diabetes (for example Cushing’s Syndrome) or be required to avoid other complications of the underlying disorder (for example hemochromatosis, which in addition to causing diabetes can lead to severe liver disease and congestive heart failure). In this chapter the following disorders that are associated with diabetes are discussed: 1) genetic disorders of insulin action (Type A insulin resistance, Donohue Syndrome/Leprechaunism, Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome); 2) maternally inherited diabetes mellitus and deafness syndrome; 3) disorders of the exocrine pancreas (pancreatitis, trauma/pancreatectomy, neoplasia, cystic fibrosis, hemochromatosis); 4) endocrinopathies (acromegaly, Cushing’s syndrome, glucagonoma, pheochromocytoma, hyperthyroidism, somatostatinoma, primary hyperaldosteronism); 5) drug induced; 6) infections; 7) immune mediated (stiff-man syndrome, anti-insulin receptor antibodies); 8) ketosis prone diabetes (Flatbush diabetes); and 9) genetic disorders sometimes associated with diabetes (Down syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Turner syndrome, Wilsons syndrome, Wolfram syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Bardet-Biedl syndrome [Laurence-Moon-Biedl syndrome], myotonic dystrophy, Prader-Willi syndrome, Alström syndrome, and Werner syndrome). Gestational diabetes, monogenic diabetes (maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY) and neonatal diabetes), lipodystrophy, fibrocalculous pancreatic disease, diabetes associated with HIV infection, diabetes due to the autoimmune polyglandular syndromes, and post-transplant diabetes are not discussed in this chapter as they are discussed in other Endotext chapters.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

While most patients with diabetes have Type 1 diabetes (T1D) or Type 2 diabetes (T2D) there are other etiologies of diabetes that occur less frequently. In this chapter we will discuss a number of these less common causes of diabetes (see table 1). Note that gestational diabetes, monogenic diabetes (maturity onset diabetes of the young (MODY) and neonatal diabetes), lipodystrophy, fibrocalculous pancreatic disease, malnutrition related diabetes (being written), diabetes associated with HIV infection, diabetes due to the autoimmune polyglandular syndromes, and post-transplant diabetes are discussed in separate Endotext chapters (1-7). It is clinically very important to recognize these uncommon causes of diabetes as treatment directed towards the underlying etiology can at times result in the remission of diabetes (for example Cushing’s Syndrome) or be required to avoid other complications of the underlying disorder (for example hemochromatosis, which in addition to causing diabetes can lead to severe liver disease and congestive heart failure). Additionally, recognizing the type of diabetes can allow for the appropriate treatment. For example, recognizing ketosis prone diabetes facilitates discontinuing insulin therapy.

 

Table 1. Non-Type 1 Non-T2D Classification       

Genetic defects of beta-cell development and function

MODY (common causes- GCK, HNF1A, HNF4A, HNF1B) 

Neonatal Diabetes (common causes- KCNJ11, ABCC8, INS, 6q24)

1.     Mitochondrial DNA

Genetic defects in insulin action

1.     Type A insulin resistance

2.     Donohue Syndrome (Leprechaunism)

3.     Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome

4.     Lipoatrophic diabetes

Diseases of the exocrine pancreas

1.     Pancreatitis

2.     Fibrocalculous pancreatic disease

3.     Trauma/pancreatectomy

4.     Neoplasia

5.     Cystic fibrosis

6.     Hemochromatosis (iron overload)

Thalassemia (iron overload)

Endocrinopathies

1.     Acromegaly

2.     Cushing’s syndrome

3.     Glucagonoma

4.     Pheochromocytoma

5.     Hyperthyroidism

6.     Somatostatinoma

7.     Primary hyperaldosteronism

Drug- or chemical-induced hyperglycemia

1.     Vacor

2.     Pentamidine

3.     Nicotinic acid

4.     Glucocorticoids

5.     Diazoxide

6.     Check point inhibitors

7.     Phenytoin (Dilantin)

8.     Interferon alpha

9.     Immune suppressants

10.  Others (statins, psychotropic drugs, b-Adrenergic agonists, thiazides, fluoroquinolones, beta-adrenergic drugs, teprotumumab, etc.)

Infections

1.     Congenital rubella

2.     Hepatitis C virus

3.     HIV

COVID-19

Immune-mediated diabetes

1.     Stiff-man syndrome

2.     Anti-insulin receptor antibodies

3.     Autoimmune polyglandular syndromes

Diabetes of unknown cause

1.     Ketosis-prone diabetes (Flatbush diabetes)

Other genetic syndromes sometimes associated with diabetes

1.     Down syndrome

2.     Klinefelter syndrome

3.     Turner syndrome

4.     Wilsons syndrome

5.     Wolfram syndrome

6.     Friedreich ataxia

7.     Bardet-Biedl syndrome (Laurence-Moon-Biedl syndrome)

8.     Myotonic dystrophy

9.     Prader-Willi syndrome

10.  Alström syndrome

 

MATERNALLY INHERITED DIABETES MELLITUS AND DEAFNESS (MIDD)

 

Maternally inherited diabetes mellitus and deafness (MIDD) is a mitochondrial disorder characterized by diabetes and progressive sensorineural hearing loss (8-10). Mitochondrial DNA is only transmitted from the mother as the sperm lacks mitochondrial DNA (8). Therefore, over 50% of affected individuals with MIDD have a mother with diabetes. A mother with this disorder transmits the mutation to almost all of her offspring (11). However, the proportion of somatic cells with the mutation can vary considerably, a condition called heteroplasmy (9). The higher the number of somatic cells with a mutation the greater is the penetrance of symptoms and disease severity. Additionally, the proportion of somatic cells with a mutation can vary from tissue to tissue and may explain the variability in the manifestations of this disorder (9). The prevalence of mitochondrial diabetes in the diabetes population depends on ethnic background and ranges between 0.2% and 2%, with the highest prevalence in Japan (11).

 

MIDD is associated with a point mutation in a transfer ribonucleic acid (tRNA) gene at position 3243 with an A to G transition (8-10). In addition to diabetes and auditory impairment, the m.3243A>G mutation can cause other clinical manifestations including central neurological and psychiatric disorders, eye disease, myopathy, cardiac disorders, renal disease, endocrine disease, and gastrointestinal disease (8,9). Other point mutations in mitochondrial DNA can also result in diabetes and deafness but these mutations are rare in comparison to m.3243A>G (8,9,11).

 

It is thought that defects in mitochondrial function result in the decreased production of ATP following glucose uptake by beta cells resulting in decreased insulin secretion in response to elevated glucose levels (8,9). Additionally, mitochondrial dysfunction in the highly metabolically active pancreatic islets ultimately results in the loss of B‐cell mass further compromising insulin secretion (9). Insulin sensitivity is usually normal (11). Other tissues that are metabolically active may also be adversely effected by the inability of the mitochondria to produce ATP including the cells in the cochlea (9).

 

The clinical syndrome of MIDD can phenotypically resemble either T1D or T2D (9,11). The age of onset varies between childhood and mid-adulthood. Approximately 20% of patients present acutely with high glucose levels and even ketoacidosis (9). Most patients do not have islet cell antibodies but they are present in a small number of patients (9). This could be due to concomitant T1D or to the development of antibodies secondary to beta cell destruction due to mitochondria dysfunction. Patients tend to be thin rather than obese (9). This disorder can be distinguished from MODY by the presence of multi-organ involvement, particularly sensorineural hearing loss, and maternal rather than autosomal dominant transmission. Initially patients may be treated with diet and/or oral agents but overtime most patients with MIDD progress to requiring insulin therapy (8,9,11).

 

As the name implies, this disorder is recognized by the presence of diabetes and deafness and a family history of these conditions in maternal relatives (9,11). Hearing loss is present in approximately 75% of patients and typically precedes the development of diabetes (9). Hearing loss is more common and severe in males (9). Approximately 10-15% of patients, in addition to having diabetes and deafness, also have the syndrome of mitochondrial encephalomyopathy, lactic acidosis, and stroke‐like episodes (9). The m.3243A>G mutation can cause a wide spectrum of abnormalities that include neurological abnormalities (strokes, dementia, seizures), psychiatric disorders including recurrent major depression, schizophrenia and a variety of phobias, macular retinal dystrophy with pigmentation, proximal myopathy, cardiomyopathy, renal failure, short stature, endocrine dysfunction, and gastrointestinal complaints (9). The finding of classical retinal dystrophy and hyperpigmentation on routine eye exam should suggest the diagnosis of maternally inherited diabetes mellitus and deafness. Once suspected the diagnosis of MIDD should be confirmed by genetic testing for the mitochondrial DNA point mutation at position 3243 (A>G). This is usually initially carried out on blood cells but if negative, urinary cells or skeletal muscle can be tested and if necessary one can test for other mutations that cause similar phenotypes (12). Once a diagnosis is confirmed first-degree family members at risk should be screened for the mutation and provided with genetic counseling. For those carrying the mutation without clinical manifestations, screening for diabetes and monitoring of kidney function, hearing, and cardiac function should be carried out.

 

GENETIC DEFECTS IN INSULIN ACTION

 

Overview of Insulin Receptor Defects

 

Mutations in the insulin receptor can cause different degrees of insulin resistance but do not need to be associated with diabetes per se (13). A large number of different mutations have been described and they can be classified as mutations that prevent synthesis of the receptor, inhibit transport of the receptor to the plasma membrane, decrease insulin binding to the receptor, impair transmembrane signaling, or increase receptor degradation (14). Pancreatic beta cell hyperplasia and hyperinsulinemia can compensate for the insulin resistance preventing hyperglycemia. Fasting hypoglycemia and postprandial hyperglycemia may be observed. Over time the beta cells’ ability to secrete insulin diminishes and frank diabetes usually develops. Treatment of the diabetes may require very high doses of insulin (15). Unfortunately, insulin sensitizers have not been very effective in patients with insulin receptor defects. In contrast to the typical patients with insulin resistance, obesity, dyslipidemia, hypertension, and fatty liver are not usually present (15,16). Acanthosis nigricans, pigmentation in the neck or axillae, is a visible sign of severe insulin resistance (13,15). In females, severe insulin resistance is usually associated with hyperandrogenism, oligomenorrhea or amenorrhea, anovulation, hirsutism, acne, and masculinization (13,15). It is hypothesized that ovarian dysfunction and acanthosis nigricans are due to high levels of insulin acting via the IGF1 receptors (16). The amount of residual insulin receptor function determines the specific syndrome in patients with insulin receptor mutations (Figure 1).

 

 

Type A Insulin Resistance

 

This autosomal dominant disorder includes patients with severe insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans (13,15). Patients have normal growth and females show ovarian hyperandrogenism that typically presents in the peripubertal period (15). In females, hyperglycemia develops after ovarian hyperandrogenism and acanthosis nigricans. Males display only acanthosis nigricans and they often remain undiagnosed even after the development of symptomatic diabetes, which may not occur until the patients are adults. These patients have mutations in the insulin receptor gene that decreases the activity of the insulin receptor (14,15). In addition, mutations in transcription factors that stimulate the expression of insulin receptors can lead to a similar phenotype as mutations in the insulin receptor (13,16). Inherited defects in pathways downstream of the insulin receptor can also lead to clinical abnormalities similar to mutations in the insulin receptor (13,16).

 

Donohue Syndrome (Leprechaunism)

 

Donohue syndrome is a rare congenital (1:1,000,000), autosomal recessive syndrome characterized by very severe insulin resistance due to mutations in the insulin receptor gene, dysmorphic features such as protuberant and low-set ears, flaring nostrils and thick lips, growth retardation, failure to thrive, and early death (14). The name leprechaunism relates to the elfin features of those affected. Clinical features include in addition to acanthosis nigricans, hypertrichosis, hirsutism, dysmorphic facies, breast enlargement, abdominal distension, and lipoatrophy. Patients have extremely high levels of insulin and can develop impaired glucose tolerance or overt diabetes. The prognosis for infants with this condition is very poor and most will die in the first year of life. When parents, who are heterozygous for mutations in the insulin receptor are studied, many of these individuals are insulin resistant (14).

 

Rabson-Mendenhall Syndrome

 

The Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome represents another disorder of extreme insulin resistance (15). This autosomal recessive syndrome is associated with mutations in the insulin receptor gene (13). Initially fasting hypoglycemia, postprandial hyperglycemia, and marked hyperinsulinemia may be observed (13). When beta-cells decompensate, hyperglycemia may become very difficult to treat. Clinical features include in addition to acanthosis nigricans, phallic enlargement, precocious pseudopuberty, short stature, and abnormal teeth, hair, and nails (14,15). Hyperplasia of the pineal gland is an unusual feature (14). Prognosis is poor as diabetes is difficult to control even with high insulin doses (14). Hyperglycemia leads to microvascular disease and/or diabetic ketoacidosis resulting in death in the second and third decades of life (13). Leptin administration has resulted in an improvement in this syndrome (17,18).

 

DISEASES OF THE EXOCRINE PANCREAS

 

Diseases that destroy the pancreas can cause diabetes even in individuals who do not have risk factors for diabetes (19). In the medical literature this is often referred to as Type 3C diabetes. Acquired causes of damage to the pancreas include pancreatitis, trauma, infection, pancreatic carcinoma, and pancreatectomy. Inherited disorders that affect the endocrine pancreas, such as hemochromatosis, thalassemia, and cystic fibrosis, can also cause insulin deficiency and diabetes. The distribution of causes for diabetes secondary to pancreatic disorders in one study was chronic pancreatitis (79%), pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma (8%), hemochromatosis (7%), cystic fibrosis (4%), and previous pancreatic surgery (2%) (20). The prevalence of diabetes secondary to pancreatic disease is estimated to range from 1% to 9% and likely will depend on the patient population studied (21). In a population study carried out in New Zealand the prevalence of diabetes secondary to pancreatic disorders was close to that of T1D (22).

 

Pancreatitis

 

Pancreatitis may lead to the destruction of the beta cells due to inflammation and irreversible fibrotic damage (23). In addition to destroying the beta cells, pancreatitis also leads to the destruction of glucagon secreting alpha-cells and pancreatic polypeptide secreting cells (23). The decrease in insulin secretion is the primary mechanism leading to hyperglycemia. In addition, the decrease in secretion of pancreatic polypeptide leads to a decrease in hepatic insulin sensitivity resulting in increased hepatic glucose production (21,23,24). Nutrient malabsorption that occurs secondary to pancreatitis leads to impaired incretin secretion that can result in diminished insulin release by the remaining beta-cells (25). Acute pancreatitis can induce transient hyperglycemia (stress hyperglycemia) that can last for several weeks or permanent hyperglycemia (21,26,27). The risk of developing diabetes after acute pancreatitis is increased after severe pancreatitis, hypertriglyceridemia or alcohol as the etiology of pancreatitis, and the occurrence of pancreatic necrosis (28). Other predictors of the development of diabetes include obesity, a family history of diabetes, exocrine pancreatic insufficiency, history of pancreatic surgery, pancreatic calcifications, and long duration of pancreatitis (29).

 

The prevalence of diabetes secondary to pancreatitis varies greatly with studies in North America estimating a prevalence of 0.5%-1.15% whereas in Southeast Asia, where tropical or fibrocalcific pancreatitis is endemic, a prevalence of approximately 15%-20% has been reported (23) (see chapter in Tropical Endocrinology Section of Endotext entitled “Fibrocalculous Pancreatic Diabetes” for an in depth discussion of this entity (7). Recently, data from the UK Royal College of General Practitioners Research and Surveillance Centre found 559 cases of diabetes following pancreatic disease in 31,789 cases of adults newly diagnosed with diabetes (1.8%) (30). Most cases of diabetes following pancreatic disease were classified as T2D (30). In another study approximately 50% of the patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis were not recognized and were incorrectly thought to have T2D. It is very likely that many cases of diabetes secondary to pancreatitis are not recognized to be due to pancreatic disease.

 

The prevalence of diabetes in patients with diagnosed pancreatitis has ranged between 26-80%, depending on the cohort and duration of follow up (21,23,31). The prevalence of diabetes increases with the duration of pancreatitis and early onset of calcific disease (23). Because of the high risk of diabetes in patients with pancreatitis these patients should be periodically screened for the presence of diabetes with measurement of fasting glucose and/or A1c levels.

 

At times it can be difficult to distinguish diabetes secondary to pancreatitis from T1D or T2D. The following diagnostic criteria have been proposed (Table 2) (23).

 

Table 2. Proposed Diagnostic Criteria for Diabetes Secondary to Pancreatitis

Major Criteria (must be present)

Presence of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency (monoclonal fecal elastase-1 test or direct function tests)    

Pathological pancreatic imaging (endoscopic ultrasound, MRI, CT)    

Absence of T1D associated autoimmune markers

Minor Criteria

Absent pancreatic polypeptide secretion    

Impaired incretin secretion (e.g., GLP-1)    

No excessive insulin resistance (e.g., HOMA-IR)    

Impaired beta cell function (e.g., HOMA-B, C-Peptide/glucose-ratio)    

Low serum levels of lipid soluble vitamins (A, D, E and K)

 

It should be recognized that these proposed criteria have not been rigorously tested nor are all criteria available in routine clinical practice. In addition, there are a number of key considerations. First, long-standing T1D and T2D are associated with exocrine pancreatic failure (32). It has been estimated that 26% to 74% of patients with T1D and 28% to 36% of patients with T2D have evidence of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency (19). Second, patients with diabetes are at a higher risk for developing acute and/or chronic pancreatitis (33). Lastly, patients with previous episodes of pancreatitis may also develop T1D or T2D independently of their exocrine pancreatic disease. When diabetes occurs in patients with a pre-existing diagnosis of chronic pancreatitis it is likely that pancreatitis is an important contributor to the development of diabetes.

 

Testing for T1D associated autoimmune markers can be helpful in separating T1D from diabetes secondary to pancreatic disease. The presence of islet cell antibodies supports the diagnosis of T1D. The pancreatic polypeptide response to insulin-induced hypoglycemia, secretin-infusion, or a mixed nutrient ingestion can be helpful in separating T2D from diabetes secondary to pancreatic disease. Patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis have an absent or reduced pancreatic polypeptide response while patients with T2D have an elevated pancreatic polypeptide response (23,31). Studies have shown that pancreatic polypeptide regulates hepatic insulin sensitivity and the absence of pancreatic polypeptide leads to hepatic insulin resistance and enhances hepatic glucose production, which could contribute to the abnormal glucose metabolism that occurs with pancreatic disease (21).

 

In patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis hyperglycemia can be mild to very severe depending upon the degree of pancreatic destruction leading to impaired insulin production and secretion (19,21,23). Glycemic control may be unstable due to the loss of glucagon secretion in response to hypoglycemia, carbohydrate malabsorption, and inconsistent food intake due to pain and/or nausea secondary to pancreatitis (i.e., “brittle diabetes”) (19,21,23). Whether glycemic control is worse in patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis is uncertain as older studies reported worse glycemic control and more recent studies have reported that glycemic control was similar to other patients with diabetes (19). The ability to obtain good glycemic control is likely to be related to the degree of pancreatic insufficiency with patients with a total absence of pancreatic function being more difficult to control.

 

In patients with relatively mild diabetes treatment with metformin is indicated. A nationwide cohort study in New Zealand and Denmark reported that metformin increased survival in patients with post pancreatitis diabetes (34,35). The GI side effects (nausea, abdominal complaints, diarrhea) of metformin may not be tolerable in some patients with pancreatitis. In observational studies metformin therapy has been associated with a reduction in the development of pancreatic cancer in patients with diabetes (36). Given the increased risk of pancreatic cancer in patients with diabetes and/or pancreatitis, a reduction in the development of pancreatic cancer would be a potential added benefit of metformin therapy (37-39). There are conflicting data on whether treatment with DPP4-inhibitors or GLP1-analogues can cause pancreatitis, but until this issue has been unequivocally settled, it is wise to refrain from using these drugs in patients who have had pancreatitis without a clear reversible etiology (for example, gallstone pancreatitis status post cholecystectomy). Note that two meta-analyses have demonstrated an 80% increased risk of acute pancreatitis in patients using DPP-4 inhibitors compared with those receiving standard care (40,41). In contrast, meta-analyses of large cardiovascular outcome studies have not demonstrated an increase in pancreatitis in patients treated with GLP-1 receptor agonists, but these studies typically excluded patients with a history of pancreatitis (42,43). Thiazolidinediones should probably be avoided as patients with pancreatitis and malabsorption are at increased risk for osteoporosis and thiazolidinediones may potentiate this problem.

 

Chronic pancreatitis is a progressive disease and therefore it is likely that glycemic control will worsen overtime and most patients will eventually require insulin therapy (23). Many patients will have severe insulin deficiency and will need to be treated with insulin therapy using regimens employed in patients with T1D. Because of the absence of glucagon secretion patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis are more susceptible to severe hypoglycemia with insulin therapy but diabetic ketoacidosis is not commonly observed due to the absence of glucagon.

 

Patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis are at risk for microvascular complications and lower extremity arterial disease and therefore routine testing for eye disease, kidney disease, foot ulcers, and neuropathy should be instituted (44-47).

 

Finally, it should be recognized that patients with diabetes secondary to pancreatitis will almost always have exocrine pancreatic insufficiency (31). Many patients with chronic pancreatitis manifest fat malabsorption without symptoms and therefore a thorough evaluation is required. Oral pancreatic enzyme replacement is beneficial for these patients. Of note, pancreatic enzyme supplementation can improve incretin secretion and thereby may benefit glycemic control (21,25,48). Fat soluble vitamin deficiency commonly occurs (Vitamin A, D, and K) and many patients require supplementation with fat-soluble vitamins.

 

Pancreatectomy

 

The metabolic abnormalities that occur after pancreatic surgery depend on the amount and area of the pancreas removed and whether the remaining pancreas is normal or diseased (24). The basis for this variability is due to the distribution of β and non-β islet cell types in the pancreas. Islet density is relatively low in the head of the pancreas and gradually increases through the body toward the tail region by greater than 2-fold and thus α- and β-cells predominate in the tail. In contrast, the cells that secrete pancreatic polypeptide are mainly localized in the head of the pancreas. Distal pancreatectomy usually causes little change in the metabolic status unless more than 50% of parenchyma is excised in patients with diffuse disease or more than 80% in patients with normal pancreatic function (24). The risk of a patient developing diabetes after a distal pancreatectomy varies greatly (24,49). The risk of new diabetes is reduced with central pancreatectomy compared to distal pancreatectomy (50). Resection of the head of the pancreas results in a decrease in pancreatic polypeptide, hepatic insulin resistance, and fasting hyperglycemia. Approximately 20% of patients develop diabetes after resection of the head of the pancreas (24). It should also be recognized that removal of pancreatic tissue can accelerate the development of T2D by decreasing insulin secretion in patients with impaired glucose metabolism (51).

 

Patients who have undergone total surgical pancreatectomy have a deficiency of insulin, glucagon, and pancreatic polypeptide and require insulin treatment. In general, there are several differences from typical T1D, including exocrine deficiency, low insulin requirements, and a higher risk of hypoglycemia due to the decrease in glucagon, which stimulates hepatic glucose production (glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis). Pancreatectomized patients are prone to hypoglycemia and a delayed recovery from hypoglycemia. In an evaluation of 180 patients post total pancreatectomy 42% experienced one or more hypoglycemic events on a monthly basis (52). In addition to treatment with insulin, pancreatic enzyme supplements are always needed. SGLT2 inhibitors and GLP-1 receptor agonists have been shown to improve glycemic control in patients with diabetes post pancreatectomy (53,54). GLP-1 receptor agonists improve postprandial glycemia by decreasing gastric emptying and reducing postprandial responses of gut-derived glucagon (54). Intraportal islet auto transplantation has been used to prevent the development of diabetes with total pancreatectomy and/or reduce the risk of developing difficult to control diabetes (55-57).

 

Pancreatic Cancer

 

A high percentage of patients with pancreatic carcinoma have diabetes (21,58). In one study 68% of patients with pancreatic cancer also had diabetes (59). The prevalence of diabetes in patients with pancreatic cancer is much higher than in other common malignancies (58,59). In patients with pancreatic cancer who also have diabetes, the diagnosis of diabetes occurred less than 2 years prior to the diagnosis of pancreatic cancer in 74% of patients (60). In a population-based study less than 1% of patients over the age of 50 with newly diagnosed diabetes were diagnosed with pancreatic cancer within 3 years (61). In a study of 115 patients over 50 years of age who were hospitalized for new-onset diabetes 5.6% were found to have a pancreatic cancer (62). Many patients with pancreatic cancer lose weight and therefore deteriorating glycemic control in conjunction with weight loss and anorexia should raise the possibility of an occult pancreatic cancer (58,63). Other clues to the presence of pancreatic cancer in a patient with new onset diabetes are the lack of a family history of diabetes, a BMI < 25, recent thromboembolism, history of pancreatitis, GI symptoms, and the absence of features of the metabolic syndrome such as dyslipidemia and hypertension. Given the high incidence of diabetes relative to the incidence of pancreatic cancer the routine screening of all patients who develop diabetes is not cost effective. However, in selected patients with the features described above screening is appropriate.

 

Conversely, long standing T2D increases the risk of developing pancreatic cancer by approximately 1.5 to 2-fold indicating a bidirectional relationship (24,58,64). This risk may persist even after adjustment for obesity and smoking, risk factors for pancreatic cancer. Diabetes is both a risk factor for the development of pancreatic cancer and a complication of pancreatic cancer.

 

As discussed above diabetes may develop secondary to chronic pancreatitis. Chronic pancreatitis increases the risk of pancreatic cancer. Thus, patients with diabetes secondary to chronic pancreatitis are at a higher risk of developing pancreatic cancer (65).  

 

The strongest evidence linking pancreatic cancer with incident diabetes is the beneficial effects of cancer resection on glycemic control (58). In a small study in 7 patients, Permert and colleagues reported an improvement in diabetes status and glucose metabolism after subtotal pancreatectomy (66). Similarly, Pannala and colleagues in a larger study reported that after pancreaticoduodenectomy, diabetes resolved in 17 of 30 patients (57%) with new-onset diabetes but was unaffected in patients with longstanding diabetes (60). Litwin and colleagues noted similar improvements in glucose metabolism after surgery in patients with pancreatic cancer but a deterioration in patients with chronic pancreatitis (67). Finally, studies have also shown that a good response to chemotherapy in patients with pancreatic cancer can also improve glucose levels (68). Taken together these results demonstrate a benefit from tumor removal and suggest that new-onset diabetes associated with pancreatic cancer may be a paraneoplastic phenomenon.

 

The mechanism accounting for the development of new onset diabetes by pancreatic cancers is unknown (58). In contrast to other pancreatic disorders the etiology of diabetes is not due to destruction of the pancreas as patients with new onset diabetes and pancreatic cancer have hyperinsulinemia rather than low insulin levels and as noted above the diabetes improves after resection (21). Additionally, pancreatic cancers may be very small and thus unlikely to cause pancreatic insufficiency. Pancreatic cancer is associated with insulin resistance but the factors leading to insulin resistance are unknown (21).

 

In patients with pancreatic cancer the main goal of the treatment of diabetes is to prevent the short- term metabolic complications and facilitate the ability of the patient to tolerate treatment of the pancreatic cancer (surgery and chemotherapy). Given the poor survival of patients with pancreatic cancer, prevention of the long-term sequelae of diabetes is not a major focus. Metformin is a preferred hypoglycemic agent because there are observational studies suggesting that metformin may improve survival in patients with pancreatic cancer (69-71). However, randomized trials have failed to demonstrate the benefit of metformin therapy in patients with pancreatic cancer (72,73).

 

Hemochromatosis

 

Hemochromatosis is an autosomal recessive disorder characterized by increased iron absorption by the GI tract and increased total body iron stores (74). The excess iron is sequestered in many different tissues including the liver, skin, heart, and pancreas. The classic triad of hemochromatosis is diabetes mellitus, hepatomegaly, and increased skin pigmentation (“bronze diabetes”), but clinical features also include gonadal failure, arthropathy, and cardiomyopathy (74).

 

In early studies diabetes was present in over 50% of patients with hemochromatosis (75,76). More recently the prevalence of diabetes in patients with hemochromatosis has decreased to approximately 20% of patients, presumably due to the early diagnosis and treatment of hemochromatosis due to genetic testing (75-78). In patients with hemochromatosis screening for the presence of diabetes should be periodically carried out.

 

Diabetes was typically observed in persons who also had severe iron overload and cirrhosis (76). It should be noted that iron overload from any cause can result in diabetes (79). For example, patients with thalassemia develop iron overload due to the need for frequent transfusions (80,81). The prevalence of diabetes in patients with thalassemia has been declining since the more aggressive and widespread use of iron chelation therapy (81).

 

There are two abnormalities that lead to abnormal glucose metabolism in patients with hemochromatosis and iron overload (75). First, iron overload leads to beta cell damage with decreased insulin production and secretion. Pathologic examination revealed hemosiderin deposition and iron-induced fibrosis of the islets (76). The decrease in insulin secretion is the primary defect leading to the development of diabetes (75,76,78). Of note glucagon secretion does not appear to be deficient in patients with diabetes and hemochromatosis suggesting that the iron overload has a preferential toxicity for beta cells compared to alpha cells (76,82,83). Similarly, basal and stimulated pancreatic polypeptide levels are also not decreased in diabetic patients with hemochromatosis (84). Thus, the hormonal abnormalities differ in patients with iron overload induced diabetes compared to patients with pancreatitis induced diabetes. The second abnormality is insulin resistance that occurs due to iron overload hepatic damage and/or secondary to obesity (75,76). In addition, a genetic predisposition to diabetes potentiates the development of metabolic dysfunction. Many patients with hemochromatosis and diabetes have a relative with diabetes (85).

 

The typical micro and macrovascular complications of diabetes occur in patients with hemochromatosis (76,85). In a study by Griffiths and colleagues, 11 of 49 patients with hemochromatosis and diabetes had diabetic retinopathy (86). Sixty percent of the patients with hemochromatosis who had diabetes for greater than 10 years had retinopathy. The incidence of retinopathy is similar to that observed in the general diabetes population (85,86). Similarly, Becker and Miller observed that 7 of 22 patients with diabetes and hemochromatosis had pathologic evidence of diabetic glomerulopathy (87).

 

The treatment of hemochromatosis by phlebotomy has a variable impact on glucose metabolism (75). In patients who do not yet have complications or organ damage an improvement of insulin secretory capacity and normalization of glucose tolerance has been observed (75,76). Glucose metabolism often improves in patients with impaired glucose tolerance (75,88). In patients with diabetes improvement in glucose metabolism by phlebotomy may occur but is not as common as in “pre-diabetics” (75,88,89). In one study 28% of patients with diabetes and hemochromatosis on insulin or oral agents showed improved glucose control following phlebotomy therapy (90).

 

Cystic Fibrosis

 

Cystic Fibrosis is an autosomal recessive disorder due to a defect in the chloride transport channel (91). Cystic fibrosis related diabetes is rare in children but is present in approximately 20% of adolescents and 40-50% of adults with cystic fibrosis (92,93). As patients with cystic fibrosis live longer it is likely that the number of patients with cystic fibrosis and diabetes will increase. The development of diabetes is associated with more severe cystic fibrosis gene mutations, increasing age, worse pulmonary function, undernutrition, liver dysfunction, pancreatic insufficiency, a family history of diabetes, female gender, and corticosteroid use (92,93).

 

The primary defect in patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes is decreased insulin production and secretion due to fibrosis and atrophy of the pancreas with a reduction of islet mass (92). In addition, mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator gene may have direct effects on the ability of beta cells to secrete insulin (93,94). Beta cell dysfunction is not complete with residual insulin secretion and thus patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes do not typically develop ketosis (92). Reduced alpha cell mass also occurs so while fasting glucagon levels are normal, glucagon secretion in response to hypoglycemia is impaired (92). Peripheral and hepatic insulin resistance may also occur secondary to infections, inflammation, and cirrhosis (93).

 

Some of the clinical features of cystic fibrosis related diabetes are similar to T1D as patients are young, not obese, insulin deficiency is the primary defect, and features of the metabolic syndrome (hyperlipidemia, hypertension, visceral adiposity) are not usually present (92). However, cystic fibrosis related diabetes is not an autoimmune disease (islet cell antibodies are not present) and ketosis is rare because endogenous insulin is still produced (92). Fasting glucose levels are often normal initially with elevated postprandial glucose levels due to a reduced and delayed insulin response to carbohydrates while basal insulin is often adequate to maintain normal fasting glucose levels (95). Patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes are not at high risk of developing atherosclerosis and heart disease is not a major issue (92-94). This is likely due to malabsorption leading to low life-long plasma cholesterol levels and the shortened length of life (92,93). As life expectancy increases and medical therapy with Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Regulator (CFTR) modulators improves, the risk of macrovascular disease may increase. Microvascular complications do occur in cystic fibrosis related diabetes and are related to the duration of diabetes and glycemic control (92,93,95). The American Diabetes Association recommends screening for complications of diabetes beginning 5 years after the diagnosis of cystic fibrosis related diabetes (96)

 

Lung disease is a major cause of morbidity and mortality in patients with cystic fibrosis and both insulin insufficiency and hyperglycemia negatively affect cystic fibrosis lung disease (97). Numerous studies have shown that the occurrence of diabetes in patients with cystic fibrosis is associated with more severe lung disease and increased mortality and this adverse effect disproportionately affects women (92,95,97). In patients with cystic fibrosis lung function is critically dependent on maintaining normal weight and lean body mass. Insulin deficiency leads to a catabolic state with the loss of protein and fat (92). Multiple studies have shown that insulin replacement therapy improves nutritional status and pulmonary function in patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes (92). In addition, elevated blood glucose levels result in elevated blood glucose levels in the airways, which promotes the growth of pathogenic microorganisms and increases pulmonary infections (92,95). Of note recent studies have shown that the marked increase in mortality in patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes compared to patients with cystic fibrosis only has decreased (98). It is likely that early diagnosis and aggressive treatment have improved survival in patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes.

 

Because of the adverse effects of diabetes on lung function in patients with cystic fibrosis routine screening for diabetes is recommended (97). It is recommended that annual screening begin at age 10 (97). While fasting glucose and A1c levels are routine screening tests for diabetes, in patients with cystic fibrosis these tests are not sensitive enough (97). Fasting glucose and A1c testing will fail to diagnose approximately 50% of patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes (94,97). However, recent studies have suggested that a screening A1c >5.5% would detect more than 90% of patients with diabetes and therefore with further confirming studies measuring A1c levels could become an initial screening approach (96).  As noted above, abnormalities in postprandial glucose characterizes cystic fibrosis related diabetes and it is therefore recommended that an oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) be utilized for the diagnosis of diabetes in patients with cystic fibrosis (97). Studies have shown that the diagnosis of diabetes by OGTT correlates with clinically important cystic fibrosis outcomes including the rate of lung function decline, the risk of microvascular complications, and the risk of early death (97). Moreover, the OGTT identified patients who benefited from insulin therapy (97). Additional screening recommendations are shown in Table 3 and the interpretation of these tests are shown in Table 4.

 

Table 3. ADA and Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Recommendations for Screening for Cystic Fibrosis Related Diabetes (CFRD) (97)

1) The use of A1C as a screening test for CFRD is not recommended.

2) Screening for CFRD should be performed using a 2-h 75-g OGTT. 

3) Annual screening for CFRD should begin by age 10 years in all CF patients who do not have CFRD.

4) CF patients with acute pulmonary exacerbation requiring intravenous antibiotics and/or systemic glucocorticoids should be screened for CFRD by monitoring fasting and 2-h postprandial plasma glucose levels for the first 48 h. If elevated blood glucose levels are found by SMBG, the results must be confirmed by a certified laboratory.

5) Screening for CFRD by measuring mid- and immediate post-feeding plasma glucose levels is recommended for CF patients on continuous enteral feedings, at the time of gastrostomy feeding initiation, and then monthly by SMBG. Elevated glucose levels detected by SMBG must be confirmed by a certified laboratory.

6) Women with CF who are planning a pregnancy or confirmed pregnant should be screened for preexisting CFRD with a 2-h 75-g fasting OGTT if they have not had a normal CFRD screen in the last 6 months. 

7) Screening for gestational diabetes mellitus is recommended at both 12–16 weeks’ and 24–28 weeks’ gestation in pregnant women with CF not known to have CFRD, using a 2-h 75-g OGTT with blood glucose measures at 0, 1, and 2 h. 

8) Screening for CFRD using a 2-h 75-g fasting OGTT is recommended 6–12 weeks after the end of the pregnancy in women with gestational diabetes mellitus (diabetes first diagnosed during pregnancy). 

9) CF patients not known to have diabetes who are undergoing any transplantation procedure should be screened preoperatively by OGTT if they have not had CFRD screening in the last 6 months. Plasma glucose levels should be monitored closely in the perioperative critical care period and until hospital discharge. Screening guidelines for patients who do not meet diagnostic criteria for CFRD at the time of hospital discharge are the same as for other CF patients.

CF= cystic fibrosis; CRFD= cystic fibrosis related diabetes; OGTT= oral glucose tolerance test, SMBG= self-monitored blood glucose

 

Table 4. Criteria for the Diagnosis of Cystic Fibrosis Related Diabetes (97)

1) During a period of stable baseline health the diagnosis of CFRD can be made in CF patients according to standard ADA criteria. Testing should be done on 2 separate days to rule out laboratory error unless there are unequivocal symptoms of hyperglycemia (polyuria and polydipsia); a positive FPG or A1C can be used as a confirmatory test, but if it is normal the OGTT should be performed or repeated. If the diagnosis of diabetes is not confirmed, the patient resumes routine annual testing.

·       2-h OGTT plasma glucose >200 mg/dl (11.1 mmol/l)

·       FPG >126 mg/dl (7.0 mmol/l)

·       A1C > 6.5% (A1C <6.5% does not rule out CFRD because this value is often spuriously low in CF.)

·       Classical symptoms of diabetes (polyuria and polydipsia) in the presence of a casual glucose level >200 mg/dl (11.1 mmol/l)

2) The diagnosis of CFRD can be made in CF patients with acute illness (intravenous antibiotics in the hospital or at home, systemic glucocorticoid therapy) when FPG levels >126 mg/dl (7.0 mmol/l) or 2-h postprandial plasma glucose levels >200 mg/dl (11.1 mmol/ l) persist for more than 48 h.

3) The diagnosis of CFRD can be made in CF patients on enteral continuous drip feedings when mid- or post-feeding plasma glucose levels exceed 200 mg/dl (11.1 mmol/l) on 2 separate days.

4) Diagnosis of gestational diabetes mellitus is diagnosed based on 0-, 1-, and 2-h glucose levels with a 75-g OGTT if any one of the following is present:

·       FPG >92 mg/dl (5.1 mmol/l)

·       1-h plasma glucose >180 mg/dl (10.0 mmol/l)

·       2-h plasma glucose >153 mg/dl (8.5 mmol/l)

CF patients with gestational diabetes mellitus are not considered to have CFRD, but require CFRD screening 6–12 weeks after the end of the pregnancy.

5) The onset of CFRD should be defined as the date a person with CF first meets diagnostic criteria, even if hyperglycemia subsequently abates.

CF= cystic fibrosis; CRFD= cystic fibrosis related diabetes; OGTT= oral glucose tolerance test

 

There is evidence that elevations in glucose below the levels typically used to diagnose diabetes result in adverse effects on the lungs (95). Thus, some experts recommend that treatment should be considered for individuals with abnormal glucose levels which do not meet the criteria for diabetes if there is evidence of declining lung function or weight loss (95).

 

A unique feature in the treatment of patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes is that insulin is the treatment of choice in all patients (97). Studies have shown that cystic fibrosis patients on insulin therapy who achieve good glycemic control demonstrate improvement in weight, protein anabolism, pulmonary function, and survival (97). No specific insulin treatment regimen is recommended, and the regimen should be individualized for the patient. For example, a patient with elevated postprandial glucose levels will benefit from mealtime rapid acting insulin. It should be noted that patients with cystic fibrosis induced diabetes still have endogenous insulin production, which allows for the achievement of good glycemic control. Oral diabetes agents are not as effective as insulin in improving nutritional and metabolic outcomes and therefore are not recommended (97). However, in patients who do not tolerate insulin (for example frequent hypoglycemia), oral agents, such as DPP4 inhibitors, may be beneficial (99). For most patients with cystic fibrosis related diabetes an A1c < 7% is recommended but the A1c goal can be higher or lower for certain patients based on clinical judgement. Also of note is that cystic fibrosis patients require a high-calorie, high-salt, high-fat diet.

 

Ivacaftor, a Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator modulator, is a relatively new agent to treat cystic fibrosis and has been shown to partially reverse the disease. Interestingly in case reports ivacaftor has been shown to markedly improve glycemic control (93,100). In a recent retrospective observation study approximately 1/3 of patients with CFRD had either a resolution of their diabetes or marked improvement with ivacaftor therapy (101). Additionally, the risk of developing CFRD is decreased in patients treated with ivacaftor (102). Studies using three Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Regulator (CFTR) modulators (elexacaftor /tezacaftor/ ivacaftor) improved glycemic control and reduced insulin requirements (103-105). These beneficial effects are likely to be due to an improvement in insulin secretion and/or insulin sensitivity (93,106,107). Note the response to these Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Regulator (CFTR) modulators depends on the specific mutation causing cystic fibrosis (107).

 

INFECTIONS

 

Viral Infections

 

Viral infections, particularly enterovirus and herpes virus infections, have been postulated to play a role in triggering the autoimmune reaction that leads to the development of T1D (108-111). This phenomenon is discussed in detail in the Endotext chapter on changing the course of the disease in T1D (112). A phase 2 study with the anti-viral agents, pleconaril and ribavirin, demonstrated preservation of residual insulin production in children and adolescents with new-onset T1D (113). In rare instances a viral infection has been associated with the fulminant development of diabetes due to the destruction of beta cells (114). For a review of the link of viral infections with the development of diabetes see a review by Jeremiah and colleagues (111).

 

Congenital Rubella

 

Congenital rubella infection has been shown to predispose to the development of T1D that usually presents before five years of age (115). It has been estimated that approximately 1-6% of individuals with the rubella syndrome will develop diabetes in childhood or adolescence (115,116). The mechanism for this association is unknown. In addition, studies have also shown that patients with congenital rubella also develop T2D (116). In one series 22% of individuals with congenital rubella developed diabetes later in life (116). Fortunately, with increased vaccinations, congenital rubella has become a disease of the past in developed countries.

 

Hepatitis C Virus (HCV)

 

Meta-analyses and large database studies have demonstrated that hepatitis V virus (HCV) infection is associated with an increased risk of T2D (117-122). In a meta-analysis of 34 studies the risk of diabetes in patients with HCV infection was increased by approximately 70% (117). Moreover, HCV infection is associated with an increased risk of T2D independent of the severity of the associated liver disease (i.e. occurs in patients without liver disease) but the risk of T2D was higher in HCV patients with cirrhosis (118). As expected, the risk of diabetes is increased in HCV patients if the BMI is increased, there is a family history of diabetes, older age, more severe liver disease, and male sex. Conversely, the prevalence of HCV infection in patients with T2D is higher than in non-diabetic controls (118,122,123). In a meta-analysis of 22 studies with 78,051 individuals it was found that patients with T2D were at a higher risk of HCV infection than non-diabetic patients (OR = 3.50; CI = 2.54-4.82) (123). Finally, diabetes is a significant risk factor for the development of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma in HCV infected patients (122,124-127).

 

Given the increased risk of diabetes in HCV infected patients it seems prudent to routinely screen HCV positive patients for diabetes. Conversely, screening patients with diabetes for HCV infection seems reasonable given the availability of drugs that can effectively treat HCV infections.

 

Patients with diabetes and HCV infection are insulin resistant in the liver and peripheral tissues (122,127,128). Insulin resistance is present in HCV infection in the absence of significant liver dysfunction and prior to the development of diabetes (128). Treatment that reduces viral load decreases insulin resistance and the risk of developing diabetes in HCV (122,128,129). The insulin resistance in individuals with HCV infections may be due to inflammation induced by cytokines such as TNF-alpha or monocyte chemoattractant protein-1, released from HCV-induced liver inflammation (122,127). Additionally, HCV may directly activate the mTOR/S6K1 signaling pathway, inhibiting IRS-1 protein function and thereby down-regulating GLUT-4 and up-regulating the gluconeogenic enzyme phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase-2 (122,127). Beta cell dysfunction may also contribute to the development of diabetes during HCV infection (111,130).

 

Studies have shown that direct-acting antiviral agents that eradicate HCV infection are associated with improved glycemic control in patients with diabetes indicated by decreased A1c levels and decreased insulin use (127,131). Additionally, in a database study of anti-viral treatment for HCV infection, a decrease in end-stage renal disease, ischemic stroke, and acute coronary syndrome was reported in  patients with diabetes (132). These beneficial results on key outcomes need to be confirmed in randomized trials (this may be impossible as withholding treatment of HCV is not appropriate). Treatment of diabetes with metformin or thiazolidinediones is preferred as studies have suggested that these drugs may lower the risk of hepatocellular carcinoma, liver-related death, or liver transplantation in patients infected with HCV (133,134).

 

COVID-19

 

There is a bidirectional relationship between diabetes and COVID-19. Both T1D and T2D are important risk factors for morbidity and mortality with COVID-19 infections, which is discussed in the Endotext chapter entitled “Diabetes Mellitus and Infections” (135). Studies have also shown that COVID-19 infections are associated with hyperglycemia and new onset diabetes (136,137). In a large meta-analysis of 20 studies the risk of new incident type 1 diabetes was increased (HR1.44; 95% CI: 1.13-1.82) and the risk of new incident type 2 diabetes was also increased (HR 1.47; 95% CI: 1.36-1.59) (138). Other meta-analyses have reported similar results (139-142). A meta-analysis observed that the risk of diabetes increased 1.17-fold (1.02-1.34) after COVID-19 infection compared to patients with general upper respiratory tract infections (140). The risk of new diabetes in patients with COVID-19 was highest for patients in intensive care (HR 2.88) and hospitalized patients (HR 2.15) (138). For non-hospitalized patients the risk of developing new diabetes was much lower (HR=1.16; 95% CI: 1.07-1.26; p = 0.002) (138).

 

A very large data-based study with millions of patients found that the risk of developing T2D prior to the availability of COVID-19 vaccination was increased and that this increased risk was still elevated by approximately 30% 1 year after the COVID-19 infection (143). The risk of developing T2D is highest soon after COVID-19 infection (four times higher during the first 4 weeks) and 60% of those diagnosed with T2D after COVID-19 still had evidence of diabetes 4 months after infection (i.e. persistent T2D) (143). The risk of developing T1D was elevated but this increase was no longer seen one year after the COVID-19 infection (143). The increased risk of developing both T1D and T2D was greater in people who were hospitalized with COVID-19 and therefore the risk of developing diabetes was reduced, but not entirely ameliorated, in vaccinated individuals compared with unvaccinated people (143). The absolute risk of developing diabetes was greatest in patients at increased risk for diabetes (obesity, certain ethnic groups, individuals with “prediabetes”, etc. (143).

 

The mechanisms that account for an increased risk of diabetes following COVID-19 infections are unresolved. There are a number of suggested mechanisms.

 

  • Diabetes could be secondary to acute illness and stress induced hyperglycemia. Stress induced hyperglycemia has been observed after other acute conditions including other infections (137,144).
  • Pre-existing diabetes could first be recognized during a COVID-19 infection or during follow-up. This could account for some of the patients that appear to develop new T2D as many patients with T2D are unaware that they have diabetes (145).
  • COVID-19 infection could trigger beta cell autoimmunity. This is particularly relevant to the development of T1D as viral infections have been hypothesized to initiate beta cell autoimmunity (112,137).
  • The SARS-CoV-2 virus could directly damage the beta cells leading to decreased insulin secretion and hyperglycemia (137).
  • SARS-CoV-2 virus could lead to pancreatitis indirectly affecting beta cell function.
  • The strong immune response that is seen in COVID-19 infections (cytokine storm) could indirectly lead to beta cell dysfunction and insulin resistance. Additionally, elevated cytokines could persist for an extended period leading to insulin resistance and abnormal glucose metabolism (146)
  • SARS-CoV-2 virus infects adipose tissue and may cause adipose dysfunction (decreased adiponectin and increased insulin resistance) (147,148). Persistent adipose tissue infection could result in inflammation and alteration of adipokines and cytokines leading to diabetes.
  • The use of high dose glucocorticoids in patients with severe COVID-19 could lead to hyperglycemia and diabetes.
  • Changes in environment that occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic, such as decreased exercise, increased food intake, increased weight gain, etc., could enhance the risk of developing diabetes (149).

 

Hopefully, future studies will better characterize the mechanisms leading to new onset diabetes in patients with COVID-19 infections and determine whether there are unique mechanisms for this association.

 

ENDOCRINOPATHIES

 

A number of endocrine disorders are associated with an increased occurrence of diabetes (Table 1). Increased levels of growth hormone, glucocorticoids, catecholamines, and glucagon cause insulin resistance while increased levels of catecholamines, somatostatin, and aldosterone (by producing hypokalemia) decrease insulin secretion and hence can adversely affect glucose homeostasis. The disturbance in glucose metabolism occurring secondary to endocrine disorders may vary from a moderate degree of glucose intolerance to overt diabetes with symptomatic hyperglycemia. Additionally, endocrine disorders can worsen glycemic control in patients with pre-existing diabetes.

 

Acromegaly

 

This condition is caused by excessive production of growth hormone (GH) from the pituitary (150). The prevalence of DM in patients with acromegaly is between 10-40%; the prevalence of diabetes and glucose intolerance effects more than 50% of patients (150-153). As expected, there is an increased prevalence of diabetes with age, elevated BMI, a family history of diabetes, and longer duration of acromegaly (151). Diabetes may be present at the time of the diagnosis of acromegaly (154). Higher plasma IGF-1 concentrations correlate with an increased risk of diabetes, suggesting that the biochemical severity of acromegaly influences the risk of developing abnormalities of glucose metabolism (155). Patients with acromegaly should be screened for abnormalities in glucose metabolism (152). The prevalence of acromegaly in patients with diabetes is unknown but is likely to be very low given that acromegaly is an uncommon disorder (60 per million) and diabetes is very common (150).

 

GH is a counter regulatory hormone to insulin and is secreted during hypoglycemia (156,157). In patients with acromegaly insulin resistance is the major abnormality leading to disturbances in glucose metabolism (151,153,154,158). The insulin resistance is driven primarily through GH induced lipolysis, which results in glucose-fatty acid substrate competition leading to decreased glucose utilization in muscle (151,154,158). Additionally, inhibition of post receptor signaling pathway of the insulin receptor also likely plays a role in the insulin resistance (158). Increased hepatic gluconeogenesis also contributes to the hyperglycemia (151,158). Lipolysis increases the delivery of glycerol and fatty acids to the liver, which serves as a substrate and energy source for gluconeogenesis. In some patients with acromegaly increased insulin secretion compensates for the insulin resistance and glucose metabolism remains normal (151). If insulin secretion cannot increase sufficiently to compensate for the insulin resistance glucose intolerance or diabetes develops (151).

 

Treatment is directed at the cause of the acromegaly (150). Successful surgical removal of the pituitary adenoma improves hyperglycemia and glucose metabolism has been reported to normalize in 23–58% of people with pre-operative diabetes after surgical cure of acromegaly (151,152,154). Lower IGF-1 and growth hormone levels post operatively correlate with remission of diabetes (159). A meta-analysis of 31 studies with 619 patients treated with somatostatin analogues for acromegaly reported a decrease in insulin levels and glucose levels during a glucose tolerance test but no change in fasting glucose or A1c levels (160). Another meta-analysis of 47 studies with 1297 participants reported that somatostatin analogues also did not affect fasting plasma glucose but worsened 2 hour oral glucose tolerance test and resulted in a mild but significant increase in HbA1c (161) The absence of greater benefit in glucose homeostasis with somatostatin analogues could be secondary to somatostatin analogues inhibiting insulin secretion (150). Of note, while first generation somatostatin analogues appear to have mild or neutral effects on glucose metabolism in patients with acromegaly, treatment with pasireotide, a second-generation somatostatin analogue, aggravated glucose metabolism leading to the development of diabetes in some instances (162-164). The adverse effect of pasireotide is due to inhibiting insulin secretion and decreasing the incretin effect. There is little data on the impact of cabergoline on glucose homeostasis in patients with acromegaly, but the available studies suggest that it modestly improves glucose metabolism or has no effect (152,165). Studies have shown that bromocriptine can improve glucose homeostasis (151,152,166).  Finally, treatment with the growth hormone receptor antagonist, pegvisomant, has beneficial effects on glucose homeostasis (164,167,168).

 

The treatment of diabetes in patients with acromegaly is similar to the treatment in other patients with diabetes (151,153). Patients with acromegaly are often lean with low body fat and therefore dietary recommendations may need to be modified. Additionally, since insulin resistance is the primary defect in patients with acromegaly the use of insulin sensitizers may be especially effective but there are no studies comparing the efficacy of various hypoglycemic agents in patients with acromegaly (151). Data suggests that active acromegaly with elevated GH levels enhances the development of microvascular disease (154). The effect of acromegaly on the development of macrovascular disease is unclear (154). Ketoacidosis is uncommon in patients with diabetes and acromegaly.   

 

Cushing’s Syndrome

 

Cushing’s syndrome is due to elevated glucocorticoids that can be caused by the overproduction of ACTH by pituitary adenomas or ectopic ACTH producing tumors, overproduction of glucocorticoids by the adrenal glands due to adenomas or hyperplasia, or the exogenous administration of glucocorticoids (169). In patients with Cushing’s syndrome diabetes is present in 20-47% of the patients, while impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) is present in 21-64% of cases (170). Risk factors for the development of diabetes in patients with Cushing syndrome include age, obesity, and a family history of diabetes (170). The prevalence of diabetes varies depending on the etiology of Cushing’s syndrome (pituitary 33%, ectopic 74%, adrenal 34%) (171). In patients with endogenous Cushing’s syndrome the relationship of the degree of hypercortisolism and abnormalities in glucose metabolism has been inconsistent with some studies showing a correlation and other studies no relationship (172). For example, in one study, in patients with endogenous Cushing’s syndrome the prevalence of abnormalities in glucose metabolism and diabetes did not differ in patients with slightly elevated (not greater than 2x the upper limit of normal), moderately elevated (2-5X the ULN), and severely elevated (>5x the ULN) levels of urinary free cortisol (173). In patients with exogenous Cushing’s syndrome high doses of glucocorticoids and longer duration of treatment are more likely to cause diabetes (152,172). Elevated glucocorticoids are more likely to cause high glucose levels in the afternoon or evening and in the postprandial state (152). Hyperglycemia resulting from exogenous steroids occurs in concert with the time-action profile of the steroid regimen employed, such that once daily morning administration of an intermediate acting steroid (prednisone or methylprednisone) causes peak hyperglycemia within 12 hours (post-prandial) while long-acting or frequently administered steroids cause both fasting and postprandial hyperglycemia.

 

Patients with Cushing’s syndrome should be screened for the presence of abnormalities in glucose metabolism (172). It should be noted that fasting glucose levels are often normal with abnormalities present during an oral glucose tolerance test (170,172). Screening with A1c levels or with an oral glucose tolerance test are therefore preferred. The abnormalities in glucose metabolism may contribute to the increased risk of atherosclerosis in patients with Cushing’s syndrome.

 

The prevalence of Cushing’s syndrome in patients with diabetes is uncertain with studies reporting very different results ranging from 0 to 9% (172). The selection process used, and the criteria used to determine the presence of Cushing’s syndrome likely greatly influences the results with studies that select patients with marked obesity, poor glycemic control, and poorly controlled hypertension finding a higher percentage of patients with diabetes having Cushing’s syndrome. A recent meta-analysis of 14 studies with a total of 2827 patients with T2D reported that 1.4% had Cushing’s syndrome based on biochemical analysis (174). In a multicenter study carried out in Italy between 2006 and 2008, 813 patients with known T2D without clinically overt hypercortisolism were evaluated for Cushing’s syndrome (175). After extensive evaluation 6 patients (0.7%) were diagnosed with Cushing’s syndrome. Four patients had an adrenal adenoma and their diabetes was markedly improved with the disappearance of diabetes in three patients and discontinuation of insulin therapy in the remaining patient. One patient had bilateral macronodular adrenal hyperplasia and one patient had ACTH dependent Cushing’s syndrome with a normal pituitary MRI.

 

In approximately 15-35% of patients with an incidental adrenal nodule mild autonomous cortisol secretion with T2D is present (176,177). After surgical removal of the adenoma in patients with autonomous cortisol secretion diabetes normalized or improved in 62.5% of patients (5 of 8) (178). However, not all studies have seen such dramatic improvements in diabetes after adenoma removal (179). Clearly additional studies (preferably large, randomized trials) are required to better define the prevalence of mild subclinical Cushing’s syndrome in patients with diabetes and whether treating the subclinical Cushing’s syndrome in these patients will improve their glycemic control. For a detailed discussion of autonomous cortisol secretion see the chapter on Adrenal Incidentalomas in the Adrenal section of Endotext (180).

 

Currently, routinely screening patients with T2D for Cushing’s syndrome is not recommended (172). Nevertheless, clinicians should be aware of the possibility of Cushing’s syndrome and screen appropriate patients with T2D (young patients, negative family history of diabetes, patients with physical findings suggestive of Cushing’s syndrome, patients with difficult to control diabetes or hypertension) (172).    

 

Glucocorticoids function as a counter regulatory hormone to insulin and increase in response to hypoglycemia (181). Glucocorticoids disrupt glucose metabolism primarily by inducing insulin resistance in liver and muscle and by stimulating hepatic gluconeogenesis (170,172). The increase in hepatic gluconeogenesis is mediated by several mechanisms including a) directly stimulating the expression of gluconeogenic enzymes b) stimulating proteolysis and lipolysis leading to an increase delivery of amino acids, glycerol, and fatty acids to the liver that provides substrates and energy sources for gluconeogenesis c) inducing insulin resistance and d) enhancing the action of glucagon (170,172). The glucocorticoid induced increase in insulin resistance is due to inhibition of the post-receptor signaling pathway of the insulin receptor, which will result in a decrease in the uptake of glucose by skeletal muscle and adipose tissue (170). In addition to the above glucocorticoids can accelerate the degradation of Glut4 in beta cells, which impairs the ability of beta cells to secrete insulin in response to glucose (182).

 

Treatment of Cushing’s syndrome by removal of a pituitary tumor, an ectopic ACTH producing tumor, or an adrenal lesion result in a marked improvement in glucose metabolism and in many patients a remission of the diabetes (170,172). In patients with persistent Cushing’s syndrome drug therapy may be needed to normalize cortisol levels. Studies have shown that ketoconazole (200–1200 mg/day), levoketoconazole (150-600 mg twice daily), metyrapone (250–4500 mg/day), mifepristone (300–2000 mg/day) (approved to treat diabetes in patients with Cushing’s syndrome),osilodrostat (1-30 mg twice daily), or cabergoline (1-7mg/day) improves glucose metabolism in patients with Cushing’s syndrome (152,172,183).  In contrast, pasireotide has been shown to significantly worsen glucose tolerance, despite control of hypercortisolism, in patients with Cushing’s syndrome (152,172,183). In patients with exogenous Cushing’s syndrome it is important to use as low a dose as possible of glucocorticoids for the shortest period of time to avoid complications of therapy including disrupting glucose homeostasis (184).

 

The management of diabetes in patients with Cushing’s syndrome is similar to the treatment of other patients with diabetes (152,183). Since insulin resistance is a key defect in patients with Cushing’s syndrome the use of insulin sensitizers may be especially effective but there are no studies comparing the efficacy of various hypoglycemic agents in patients with Cushing’s syndrome (152). Pioglitazone and rosiglitazone can increase the risk of osteoporosis, and it should be noted that patients with Cushing’s syndrome also have a high risk of osteoporosis. As noted above, postprandial glucose levels are preferentially increased in Cushing’s syndrome and therefore drugs that lower postprandial glucose levels, such as DPP4 inhibitors, GLP1 receptor agonists, alpha glucosidase inhibitors, and rapid acting insulin may be very useful (152). In glucocorticoid-treated patients requiring a basal-bolus insulin regimen, a higher requirement of short-acting insulin than basal insulin is frequently required (usually approximately 70% of total insulin dose as prandial and 30% as basal) (152). Because of the insulin resistance in patients with Cushing’s syndrome higher doses of insulin are often required to achieve glycemic control. Patients with Cushing’s syndrome are at higher risk for developing macrovascular disease and therefore aggressive treatment of dyslipidemia and hypertension is required (185,186).  

 

Pheochromocytoma

 

Pheochromocytomas are rare neuroendocrine tumors that secrete norepinephrine, epinephrine, and dopamine (187). In pheochromocytomas the prevalence of diabetes has been estimated to be between 15-40% and impaired glucose tolerance as high as 50% (188-191). Patients with diabetes were older, had a longer known duration of hypertension, higher plasma epinephrine and norepinephrine levels, increased urinary metanephrine excretion, and larger tumors (189-191). Surprisingly the BMI did not differ between patients with and without diabetes perhaps because more active tumors with higher catecholamine levels lead to weight loss (189,190). In most instances the diabetes is relatively mild but in rare instances can be severe with ketoacidosis (192). The association of hypertension with diabetes in a young patient who is not overweight is a clue to the presence of a pheochromocytoma (189).

 

Catecholamines, acting primarily by the beta-adrenergic receptors, stimulate glucose production in the liver by increasing glycogenolysis and increase insulin resistance leading to a decrease in tissue disposal of glucose, which together result in elevations in glucose levels (193,194). In addition, catecholamines acting via the alpha-adrenergic receptors, inhibit insulin secretion by the beta cells and acting via the beta-adrenergic receptors, increase glucagon secretion by the alpha cells (195). A decrease in insulin secretion and an increase in glucagon secretion would facilitate the development of hyperglycemia.

 

With tumor resection diabetes resolves or markedly improves in the majority of patients (>50-90%) with a pheochromocytoma (189,190,196). A duration of diabetes of less than 3 years is associated with a remission of diabetes (197). It should be noted that post-surgical removal of a pheochromocytoma, hypoglycemia can occur in approximately 5% of patients (198). Most of these hypoglycemic episodes occur in the first 24 hours and are more likely to occur in patients with large tumors and high urinary metanephrine levels (198). If surgery is unsuccessful the use of alpha and beta blockers may improve insulin resistance and glucose homeostasis (199).

 

Hyperthyroidism 

 

Hyperthyroidism induces insulin resistance and hyperglycemia, by increasing intestinal glucose absorption and hepatic glucose production (200,201).  Thyroid hormones increase hepatic glucose production by stimulating endogenous glucose production by increasing gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis (201). Hyperthyroidism in patients without diabetes may increase glucose intolerance (202). Whether hyperthyroidism causes frank diabetes is unclear because much of the older literature that purports that hyperthyroidism causes diabetes used criteria for diabetes that differs greatly from current guidelines. For example, the study of Kreines and colleagues reported that 57% of patients with hyperthyroidism had diabetes but the criteria for diabetes was a 1 hour glucose >160mg/dL plus a 2 hour value >120 mg/dL during an oral glucose tolerance test (203). A study from China using oral glucose tolerance tests did not find a major difference in the prevalence of diabetes in patients with Grave’s disease (11.3%) vs controls (10.0%) (204). In a careful review of the literature Roa Dueñas et al found that hyperthyroidism was not related to type 2 diabetes except for one study in which hyperthyroidism had a positive association with the risk of T2D (5 studies, with a total of 148,684 participants and 11,154 incident cases of type 2 diabetes) (200). In a meta-analysis of these studies the results showed a non-significant association with the risk of T2D (HR 1.16; 95% CI 0.90-1.49). A meta-analysis of 12 cohorts with 32,747 participants also failed to demonstrate that subclinical hyperthyroidism was associated with the development of T2D (205). In contrast, a large retrospective cohort study found that after 10 years of follow-up T2D was increased (HR 1.30; 95% CI 1.21-1.39) (206). Thus, the effect of hyperthyroidism on the development of T2D if present is likely to be modest with most studies demonstrating no relationship. The duration of hyperthyroidism may be a key variable and health care systems where hyperthyroidism is promptly treated may fail to demonstrate that hyperthyroidism leads to incident T2D.

 

It should be noted that hyperthyroidism may worsen glycemic control in patients with diabetes by increasing intestinal glucose absorption, decreasing insulin sensitivity, and increasing glucose production (207). Teprotumumab, which is used to treat thyroid eye disease, may worsen glycemic control in patients with diabetes and induce hyperglycemia in patients without diabetes (208,209) (discussed in drug induced diabetes section below).

 

Additionally, T1D and Grave’s disease can occur together as part of the autoimmune polyglandular syndrome (210).

 

Glucagonoma

 

Glucagonomas are extremely rare and are associated with a characteristic rash termed necrolytic migratory erythema (82% of patients), painful glossitis, cheilitis, angular stomatitis, normochromic normocytic anemia (50-60%), weight loss (60-90%), mild diabetes mellitus (68-80%), hypoaminoacidemia, low zinc levels, deep vein thrombosis (50%), and depression (50%) (211,212). Glucagon stimulates hepatic glucose production by increasing gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis leading to an increase in plasma glucose levels (213). Removal of the tumor results in the remission of diabetes.

 

Somatostatinoma

 

Somatostatinomas are extremely rare tumors that may present with a triad of diabetes mellitus, diarrhea/steatorrhea, and gallstones, but weight loss and hypochlorhydria also occur (214). Approximately seventy-five percent of patients with pancreatic somatostatinomas have diabetes  while diabetes occurs in only approximately 10% of patients with intestinal tumors. Typically, the diabetes is relatively mild and can be controlled with diet, oral hypoglycemic agents, or small doses of insulin (214). Somatostatin inhibits insulin secretion which can result in elevations in plasma glucose levels (214). Increased secretion of somatostatin by cells in the pancreas may be in closer proximity to beta cells and more effective in inhibiting insulin secretion than somatostatin secreted by intestinal cells. Somatostatin also inhibits glucagon secretion and therefore diabetic ketoacidosis is very unusual but has been reported (214,215). Additionally, replacement of functional islet cell tissue by the pancreatic tumor may also contribute to the development of diabetes in patients with a pancreatic somatostatinoma (214). Removal of the tumor results in remission of diabetes.

 

Primary Hyperaldosteronism  

 

Hypokalemia secondary to hyperaldosteronism can impair insulin secretion and result in diabetes. Potassium replacement will improve glucose homeostasis. Additionally, aldosterone induces insulin resistance in adipocytes, skeletal muscle, and liver and decreases insulin secretion independent of potassium levels (216).

 

In a large meta-analysis the risk of diabetes (OR 1.33, 95% CI 1.01–1.74) and the metabolic syndrome (OR 1.53, 95% CI 1.22–1.91) was modestly increased in patients with primary hyperaldosteronism (217). Hyperaldosteronism increases the risk of cardiovascular disease and renal disease (216,218,219).

 

DRUG-INDUCED DIABETES

 

A large number of different drugs have been shown to adversely affect glucose homeostasis (Table 1). Most of these drug’s act in conjunction with other risk factors for T2D and are usually not the sole cause of diabetes. Drug-induced hyperglycemia is often mild and may be clinically asymptomatic, but in some instances can result in the development of severe hyperglycemia manifesting as diabetic ketoacidosis. There are a number of mechanisms by which drugs induce alterations in glucose metabolism including inducing insulin resistance or inhibiting insulin secretion. In most cases diabetes remits when the drug is stopped but in some instances diabetes can be permanent. Use of a rodenticide (N-3 pyridylmethyl-N’4 nitrophenylurea, VacorÒ), structurally related to streptozotocin, was removed from the market in the 1980s because the ingestion of this compound resulted in insulin-dependent diabetes due to beta cell destruction (220). In this section we will focus on drugs that cause major changes in glucose homeostasis or drugs that are commonly used in clinical practice.

 

Antihypertensive Drugs

 

In a meta-analysis the risk of developing diabetes varied between different classes of antihypertensive drugs (221).  The odds ratios were: angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB) 0.57; angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor 0.67; calcium channel blocker (CCB); 0.75; placebo; 0.77; beta blocker; 0.90 with the thiazide group set at 1.00. Similarly, in the ALLHAT study the risk of developing diabetes was greater in the thiazide group than in patients treated with an ACE inhibitor or a CCB (222). In a meta-analysis of 10 studies of beta-blockers and 12 studies of diuretics in patients without diabetes it was found that beta-blockers increased fasting blood glucose concentrations by 11.5 mg/dL and diuretics by 13.9 mg/dl (223). As one would expect, lower doses of thiazides (hydrochlorothiazide or chlorthalidone ≤25 mg daily) had less effect on glucose levels (224). In a meta-analysis of twelve studies with 94,492 patients beta-blocker therapy resulted in a 22% increased risk for new-onset diabetes compared with nondiuretic antihypertensive agents (225). Thus, both thiazide diuretics and beta blockers increase the risk of developing diabetes while ARBs and ACE inhibitors reduce the risk (226). CCB, alpha receptor blockers (prazosin and doxazosin), and clonidine do not increase the risk of developing of diabetes (227).

 

The hyperglycemia secondary to thiazide diuretics may in some instances be due to decreased insulin secretion secondary to potassium loss, which can be improved with potassium replacement (228). Studies have suggested that combining thiazides with potassium-sparing diuretics reduces the development of hyperglycemia (229). In addition, thiazides may directly affect insulin secretion similar to diazoxide (see below). Finally, thiazides also increase insulin resistance and enhance hepatic glucose production (228).

 

The effect on glucose metabolism differs between different beta-blockers and carvedilol, a third-generation beta-blocker, has beneficial effects on glucose metabolism (226,228). A greater inhibition of insulin secretion occurs with non-selective beta-blocking agents (228). Beta blockers decrease insulin secretion and increase insulin resistance (226,228). In addition, beta-blockers increase weight, which also could adversely affect glucose homeostasis (230). Finally, beta-blockers increase the risk of severe hypoglycemia by decreasing the recovery from hypoglycemia and masking the symptoms of hypoglycemia (231).

 

Diazoxide

 

Diazoxide is a non-diuretic benzothiadiazine derivative, which increases plasma glucose levels by inhibiting insulin secretion through opening the potassium/ATP channels in beta cells (232). Diazoxide is used to control hypoglycemia in patients with insulinomas (233).

 

Statins

 

In a meta-analysis of 13 trials with over 90,000 subjects, there was a 9% increase in the incidence of diabetes during follow-up among subjects receiving statin therapy (234). All statins appear to increase the risk of developing diabetes. A more recent meta-analysis comparing low or moderate intensity statin therapy vs. placebo found that there was a 10% increase in the incidence of new diabetes whereas with high intensity statin therapy there was a 36% increase (235). In patients on intensive vs. moderate statin therapy, Preiss et al observed that patients treated with intensive statin therapy had a 12% greater risk of developing diabetes compared to subjects treated with moderate dose statin therapy (236). Older subjects, obese subjects, and subjects with high glucose levels were at a higher risk of developing diabetes while on statin therapy (235,237). Thus, statins may be unmasking and accelerating the development of diabetes that would have occurred naturally in these subjects at some point in time. In patients without risk factors for developing diabetes, treatment with statins does not appear to increase the risk of developing diabetes.

 

The mechanism by which statins increase the risk of developing diabetes is unknown (237). Studies suggest that the inhibition of HMG-CoA reductase per se may be leading to the statin induced increased risk of diabetes via weight gain (237). However, a large number of studies have now shown that polymorphisms in a variety of different genes that lead to a decrease in LDL cholesterol levels are also associated with an increase in diabetes suggesting that decreases in LDL cholesterol levels per se alter glucose metabolism and increase the risk of diabetes (237). How decreased LDL cholesterol levels effect glucose metabolism is unknown.

 

In some studies statins have been shown to increase insulin resistance (238) and in some studies to decrease insulin secretion (239,240). Clearly further studies are required to understand the mechanisms by which statins increase the risk of developing diabetes.

 

Niacin

 

A meta-analysis examined the effect of niacin therapy on the development of new onset diabetes (241). In 11 trials with 26,340 non-diabetic participants, niacin therapy was associated with a 34% increased risk of developing diabetes. This increased risk results in one additional case of diabetes per 43 initially non-diabetic individuals who are treated with niacin for 5 years. Results were similar in patients who were receiving niacin therapy in combination with statin therapy. It has been recognized for many years that niacin induces insulin resistance (242). The mechanisms by which niacin induces insulin resistance are unknown but possible mechanisms include a rebound increase in free fatty acids with niacin therapy or the accumulation of diacylglycerol (242).

 

Pentamidine

 

Pentamidine is an antiprotozoal agent known to cause hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia (228). Pentamidine induces a direct cytolytic effect on pancreatic beta cells leading to insulin release and hypoglycemia, which is then followed by beta cell destruction and insulin deficiency resulting in diabetes (243,244).

 

Phenytoin (Dilantin)

 

Phenytoin can cause hyperglycemia and there have been cases of diabetic ketoacidosis (245,246). The adverse effect of phenytoin on glucose metabolism is mediated primarily by an inhibition of insulin secretion (228).

 

Alpha Interferon

 

Treatment with alpha interferon in rare instances can cause T1D. Of 987 patients treated with alpha interferon for chronic hepatitis C, 5 patients developed T1D (247). The clinical course is characterized by the abrupt development of severe hyperglycemia at times with ketoacidosis (248). High titers of anti-islet autoantibodies are present and almost all patients require permanent insulin therapy (248). Treatment with interferon alpha facilitates the development of autoimmune disorders including T1D (249). Other autoimmune disorders frequently occur, particularly thyroid dysfunction.

 

Checkpoint Inhibitors

 

There are several checkpoint inhibitors; ipilimumab a cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4 inhibitor (CTLA-4 inhibitor); nivolumab and pembrolizumab, programmed cell death protein 1 inhibitors (PD-1 inhibitors); atezolizumab, avelumab, and durvalumab. programmed cell death 1 ligand inhibitors (PD-L1 inhibitors) (250). Both CTLA-4 and PD-1 play a key role in the maintenance of immunological tolerance to self-antigens thereby preventing autoimmune disorders (250). Immune mediated hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypophysitis, primary adrenal insufficiency, hypoparathyroidism, and insulin-deficient diabetes have been reported as a complication of the use of these drugs (250,251). In a meta-analysis of 38 randomized clinical trials with 7551 patients, autoimmune diabetes occurred in only 0.2% of the patients and was primarily seen with the use of PD-1 inhibitors (250). In another meta-analysis of 101 studies with 19,922 patients the incidence of autoimmune diabetes was 2.0% (95% CI, 0.7–5.8) for nivolumab and 0.4% (95% CI, 0.2–1.3) for pembrolizumab (251). The occurrence of autoimmune diabetes with other checkpoint inhibitors was rare (251).

 

The onset of diabetes ranges from a few weeks up to one year after initiating therapy and typically presents with polyuria, polydipsia, weight loss, and dehydration (251,252). Severe hyperglycemia and ketoacidosis are commonly observed (252). Because of the acute occurrence, A1c levels may not be elevated. C-peptide levels are very low and approximately 50% of patients have islet cell antibodies (GAD, ICA, IAA or IA-2; GAD antibodies are the most commonly observed) (251,252). Insulin treatment is required, and it is likely that the diabetes will be irreversible (251,252).

 

For additional information on the checkpoint inhibitor associated diabetes see the Endotext chapter “Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors Related Endocrine Adverse Events” in the Disorders that Affect Multiple Organs section (253).

 

Antipsychotic Drugs

 

Many studies have linked second generation antipsychotic medications with the development of T2D (Table 5) (254,255). In a meta-analysis of a large number of studies it was reported that olanzapine and clozapine treatment resulted in a greater increase in glucose abnormalities than aripiprazole, quetiapine, risperidone and ziprasidone (256). Another meta-analysis has further shown that aripiprazole has a reduced risk of T2D compared to other antipsychotic agents (257). With regards to first generation antipsychotic drugs, chlorpromazine has a high risk of disrupting glucose metabolism while haloperidol, fluphenazine, and perphenazine have a low risk (254). It is thought that antipsychotic drugs induce diabetes by multiple mechanisms: (1) they inhibit insulin signalling in muscle cells, hepatocytes, and adipocytes thereby causing insulin resistance; (2) they induce obesity, which can also cause insulin resistance; and (3) they can cause direct damage to β-cells, leading to dysfunction and apoptosis of β-cells (255,258).

 

Table 5. Risk of Diabetes of Selected First- and Second-Generation Antipsychotics

 

Risk of diabetes*

First-generation antipsychotic

  Chlorpromazine

  Fluphenazine

  Perphenazine          

  Haloperidol  

 

+++

+

+

+

Second-generation antipsychotic

  Clozapine     

  Olanzapine  

  Quetiapine   

  Risperidone 

  Ziprasidone  

  Aripiprazole  

  Paliperidone 

  Lurasidone   

 

+++

+++

++

++

+

+

+

+

*Relative to other antipsychotics. Not all the risk of diabetes or weight gain are related to the antipsychotics. Table modified from (255)

 

Androgen Deprivation Therapy

 

A number of studies have shown that androgen deprivation therapy increases the risk of developing diabetes (259). For example, a study by Tsai reported that androgen deprivation therapy was associated with a 1.61-fold increased diabetes risk and the number needed to harm was 29 (260). The androgen deprivation induced diabetes typically develops after a year of treatment (259). Androgen deprivation therapy induces insulin resistance (259). The increase in insulin resistance may be due to an increase in visceral fat mass and/or an increase in pro-inflammatory adipokines such as TNF-a, IL-6, and resistin (259).

 

Immunosuppressive Drugs

 

Immunosuppressive drugs used after organ transplantations increase the risk of diabetes (261). In general, tacrolimus has been associated with a greater risk of developing diabetes compared to cyclosporine (261,262). The calcineurin inhibitors, tacrolimus and cyclosporine, decrease insulin secretion and synthesis (261,262). Additionally, tacrolimus and cyclosporine inhibit glucose uptake in human subcutaneous and omental adipocytes (262).

 

Mechanistic Target of Rapamycin Inhibitors (mTOR inhibitors)

 

mTOR inhibitors, sirolimus and everolimus, can induce diabetes (263). The adverse effect of mTOR inhibitors on glucose metabolism is due to insulin resistance secondary to a reduction of the post receptor insulin signalling pathway and a reduction of insulin secretion via a direct effect on the pancreatic beta cells (261,263).

 

Asparaginase

 

Hyperglycemia is common with the use of asparaginase treatment ranging from 2.5% to 23% in the pediatric population and as high as 76% in adults with PEG-asparaginase use (264,265). Hyperglycemia usually resolves within 12 days after the last dose (264). Risk factors predisposing to hyperglycemia with asparaginase treatment include a history of impaired glucose tolerance, age >10 years, obesity, family history of diabetes mellitus, and history of Down syndrome (264,265). Diabetic ketoacidosis has been described with asparaginase treatment but is not a common occurrence (264). Decreased insulin secretion, increased insulin resistance, and increased glucagon secretion may contribute to the hyperglycemia observed with asparaginase. Additionally, asparaginase can induce pancreatitis, which can also lead to hyperglycemia (264).

 

Antibiotics

 

Fluoroquinolones have been associated with an increased risk of hyperglycemia, particularly in the elderly (228). The risk of developing hyperglycemia is greatest with gatifloxacin (228).

 

Beta-Adrenergic Drugs

 

High doses of beta-adrenergic drugs can lead to hyperglycemia likely due to the stimulation of hepatic gluconeogenesis (228).

 

Teprotumumab

 

Teprotumumab blocks the activation of the insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor (IGF-1 receptor). Initial studies in patients with thyroid eye disease found that approximately 10% of patients had hyperglycemia and one-third of these individuals with hyperglycemia did not have pre-existing diabetes or impaired glucose tolerance but the study by Amarikwa et al found a higher risk of hyperglycemia (209,266,267). Older age, prediabetes/diabetes, and Asian and Hispanic ethnicity may increase the risk of hyperglycemia. Case reports of diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar state have been reported (268,269). In some but not all patients glycemia returns towards normal when teprotumumab treatment is completed. Blocking the activation of the IGF-1 receptor may lead to an increase in growth hormone secretion leading to hyperglycemia (270). Additionally, adverse effects on insulin receptors that interact with the IGF-1 receptor may lead to insulin resistance (270).

 

Glucocorticoids, Somatostatin, Growth Hormone, and Glucagon

 

The effects of these hormones on glucose metabolism were discussed in the section on Endocrinopathies.

 

HIV Antiretroviral Therapy

 

The effect of the drugs used to treat patients living with HIV on the development of diabetes is discussed in the Endotext chapter “Diabetes in People Living with HIV” in the Diabetes section (6).

 

IMMUNE-MEDIATED

 

Latent Autoimmune Diabetes in Adults (LADA)

 

LADA is an autoimmune disorder that resembles T1D but shows a later onset and slower progression towards requiring insulin therapy (271-273). The ADA includes LADA as T1D whereas WHO classifies LADA as a hybrid form of diabetes (T1D and T2D) (96) (https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/classification-of-diabetes-mellitus). Epidemiological studies suggest that LADA may account for 2–12% of all cases of diabetes in the adult population (271,272,274). To differentiate LADA from T1D and T2D, the Immunology of Diabetes Society has proposed three criteria: (a) adult age of onset (> 30 years of age); (b) presence of at least one circulating autoantibody (GAD, ICA, IAA or IA-2) and; (c) insulin independence for the first 6 months after the time of diagnosis (271,272). Of the various antibodies associated with autoimmune diabetes, GAD antibodies are present in most patients with LADA (271,272,274). Patients with high titers of GAD antibodies progress to requiring insulin more rapidly (273). LADA subjects appear to have a faster decline in C-peptide levels compared to autoantibody negative patients with T2D (274). It should be noted that classic T1D can occur in adults and this is defined as those adult patients with antibodies (GAD, ICA, IAA or IA-2) that require insulin therapy at diagnosis or soon after diagnosis (272,274). In contrast, patients with LADA can often go many years before requiring insulin therapy (272). Whether LADA is just a slowly progressing form of T1D or a hybrid T1D and T2D is unclear (Table 6).

 

Table 6. Comparison of T1D, LADA, and T2D

 

T1D

LADA

T2D

Age of onset

Tend to be young

>age 25

Tend to be adult

Family history

Occasional

Occasional

Usually

C-peptide

Low, often undetectable

Varies

Normal or high

Auto-ab

+

+

-

Weight

Tend to be lean

Tend to be lean

Usually overweight

Metabolic syndrome

No

Varies

Usually

Insulin requirement

Yes

Varies

Varies

Genetic risk

HLA

PTPN22

INS

SH283

PFKFB3

Intermediate between T1D & T2D

TCF7L2

FTO

SLC30A8

 

In a retrospective study, Fourlanos and colleagues pointed out several features that increase the likelihood of a patient with “T2D” having LADA (275). These features include age of onset <50 years of age,  acute symptoms (polyuria, polydipsia, weight loss), BMI <25 kg/m2, personal history of autoimmune disease, and family history of autoimmune disease (275). The presence of at least two of these clinical features indicated a 90% sensitivity and 71% specificity for identifying a patient with LADA (275). As compared to patients with T2D, LADA patients have a lower rate of hypertension, lower total cholesterol levels, higher HDL cholesterol levels, and a decreased frequency of the metabolic syndrome (272,274). HLA-DQB1 risk genotypes have been consistently positively associated and protective genotypes have been negatively associated with LADA (273). However, in addition to genotypes that are associated with T1D, patients with LADA also have an increased frequency of genotypes that are associated with T2D (TCF7L2, FTO, and SLC30A8) (273). Having a healthy lifestyle and a BMI<25 is associated with a reduced risk of LADA including in individuals with a genetic susceptibility (276). Individuals with other autoimmune diseases are more likely to develop LADA (277).

 

Some have proposed GAD antibody testing all patients with T2D (278) to diagnose LADA but given the given the increased costs and the relatively frequent occurrence of false positive tests compared to true positives in a low-risk population this strategy is not widely accepted (279). The ADA suggests selective testing in adults without traditional risk factors for T2D and/or younger age (96). 

 

In LADA patients glycemic control can initially be achieved with hypoglycemic agents other than insulin but overtime patients progress to requiring insulin therapy. Sulfonylureas seem to accelerate the progress to requiring insulin therapy and therefore should be avoided (280). Because of the progressive loss of beta cell function there is an increased risk of diabetic ketoacidosis with SGLT2 inhibitors and therefore these drugs should be used with caution. Monitoring ketone levels in patients with LADA treated with SGLT2 inhibitors would be prudent. Novel therapies to preserve beta cell function would be ideal for patients with LADA but at this time there are no proven strategies to preserve beta cell function. However, there are several studies from China that suggest that vitamin D may slow the loss of beta cell function (281-283)

 

In a long- term follow-up (median 17.3 years) comparing microvascular outcomes in patients with LADA or T2D it was observed that the risk of renal failure/death, blindness, vitreous hemorrhage, or retinal photocoagulation was decreased in the patients with LADA during the first 9 years (adjusted HR 0.45; p<0.0001), whereas in subsequent years their risk was higher (HR 1·25; p=0.047) (284). This difference was attributed to higher A1c levels in the LADA patients. The prevalence of coronary heart disease and cardiovascular mortality is similar in patients with LADA and T2D (285,286). Mortality is increased in patients with LADA (HR 1.44), compared to controls (287).

 

Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes

 

T1D can occur as part of the autoimmune polyglandular syndromes. These disorders are discussed in the Endotext chapter “Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes” in the Disorders that Affect Multiple Organs section (4).

 

Stiff-Person syndrome

 

Stiff-person syndrome is a rare autoimmune disorder of the nervous system with fluctuating stiffness and spasm of the skeletal muscles that occurs more frequently in females than males (approximately 2/3 women) (288). Rigidity is caused by simultaneous contracture of agonist and antagonist muscles. Muscle involvement is symmetrical, and the lower extremities are affected more commonly than the upper extremities and proximal limb and axial muscles are affected more severely than distal muscles (288). Most patients have very high levels of anti-glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD) antibodies (288). 30-65% of these individuals also develop beta cell destruction and T1D (289). Diabetes may occur several years prior to the development of the stiff-person syndrome (60%) or after the development of the stiff-person syndrome (288,289). The stiff person syndrome without GAD antibodies is not associated with diabetes (289). The GAD antibodies in patients with T1D and stiff-person syndrome recognize a different set of epitopes and have distinct biological effects (290). Other autoimmune manifestations are also common, particularly thyroid disorders and pernicious anemia (288,289). It should be noted that a variety of neurological disorders (cerebellar ataxia, limbic and extra-limbic encephalitis, nystagmus/oculomotor dysfunction, drug-resistant epilepsy, etc.) are associated with GAD antibodies (290).

 

Autoimmune Insulin Resistance Type B Syndrome

 

Insulin resistance can result from autoantibodies directed against the insulin receptor, which either inhibit insulin from binding to the receptor or stimulate the receptor (291). Thus, they can cause either hyperglycemia or hypoglycemia, even alternating in the same patient. Low titers of insulin receptor antibodies typically lead to hypoglycemia while high titers result in hyperglycemia but the possibility of epitope switching may also determine if hyperglycemia or hypoglycemia is manifest (292,293). The patients usually present with very high glucose levels with high fasting insulin levels  and significant weight loss (291,293). Serum triglyceride levels are typically low and HDL cholesterol levels normal, which contrasts with typical patients with insulin resistance who usually have high triglyceride levels and low HDL cholesterol levels. This difference is explained by post receptor insulin resistance stimulating lipogenesis whereas insulin resistance localized to the receptor does not (294). The diagnosis can be confirmed by demonstrating the presence of autoantibodies to the insulin receptor. The prevalence of type B insulin resistance syndrome is unknown but is quite rare (291). Middle-aged women are most often affected and often have other manifestations of autoimmune disease such as SLE or Sjogren’s. However, this disorder can also affect males and younger patients. In some instances, the type B insulin resistance syndrome occurs as a paraneoplastic manifestation of lymphoma or multiple myeloma. Patients may have signs of insulin resistance including acanthosis nigricans and ovarian hyperandrogenism. Of note the acanthosis nigricans may involve the lips and the periocular region resulted in a typical facial appearance (291). Serum testosterone levels are often elevated in females (291). Patients often need excessive amounts of insulin (1,000 U or more per day). One can add insulin sensitizers such as metformin and/or thiazolidinediones to try to reduce the insulin dose, which can in some patients be greater than 10,000U per day (291). Treatment includes immunosuppression and/or plasmapheresis to halt the autoantibody production and decrease antibody levels (295). Treatment with rituximab, high-dose steroids, and cyclophosphamide until remission, followed by maintenance therapy with azathioprine is very effective in inducing and maintaining remissions. Approximately 1/3 of patients will undergo a spontaneous remission with reversal of the hyperglycemia/hypoglycemia and the clinical manifestations (291).

 

DIABETES OF UNKNOWN CAUSE

 

Ketosis-Prone Diabetes in Adults (Flatbush Diabetes)

 

This syndrome is characterized by the acute onset of severe hyperglycemia with or without ketoacidosis, which after several weeks to months no longer requires insulin therapy and can be treated with diet or oral hypoglycemic agents (296,297). These patients typically have a history of polyuria, polydipsia, and weight loss for less than 4 to 6 weeks indicating an abrupt onset of the disorder in glucose metabolism and no history of an event that could have precipitated the hyperglycemia (297). The initial presentation is suggestive of T1D. While in most patients insulin therapy can be stopped there are some patients who continue to require insulin treatment (296). This syndrome occurs in black populations (African American, African-Caribbean, sub-Saharan African), Hispanic populations, and Asian (Chinese, Indian, and Japanese) populations but is not typically seen in Caucasians (296,297).  The typical patient is male, middle-aged, overweight or modestly obese with a strong family history of diabetes (296,297). Patients are negative when tested for islet cell antibodies (GAD, ICA, IAA or IA-2) (296). Recurrent episodes of ketoacidosis can occur, but the clinical course is typical of patients with T2D (296,297). Treatment with hypoglycemic agents reduces the risk of recurrence (297,298). SGLT2 inhibitors should be used with caution given the risk of recurrent ketoacidosis. With long-term follow-up many patients eventually require insulin therapy similar to what is observed in patients with T2D (298).

 

During the episode of severe hyperglycemia patients with ketosis-prone diabetes have lost the ability of glucose to stimulate beta cell insulin secretion but nonglycemic pharmacologic agents (glucagon and arginine) can stimulate insulin secretion (296). After restoration of normal glycemia the ability of glucose to stimulate insulin secretion returns towards normal and by 8-12 weeks has maximally improved (296). Usually patients with this syndrome have a modest reduction in stimulated insulin secretion (296). Why these patients temporarily lose the ability for glucose to stimulate insulin secretion is unknown. Additionally, during the acute episode of hyperglycemia the patients are severely insulin resistant, which improves during a period of euglycemia (297,298).

 

Clinically, it is important to recognize this syndrome as some patients presenting with diabetic ketoacidosis, particularly if they are non-Caucasians, may not have T1D but rather have ketosis-prone diabetes. It is estimated that between 20% and 50% of African-American and Hispanic patients with a new diagnosis of diabetic ketoacidosis have ketosis-prone diabetes (297). After restoration of euglycemia the management of these patients is similar to the management of patients with T2D, and they frequently do not require permanent insulin treatment.

 

OTHER GENETIC SYNDROMES SOMETIMES ASSOCIATED WITH DIABETES

 

There are a number of inherited monogenic disorders that secondarily can be associated with diabetes. The mechanisms linking these disorders with diabetes are often not clear.

 

Chromosomal Abnormalities

 

DOWN SYNDROME

 

Down syndrome is due to trisomy of chromosome 21 and occurs in 1 in every 787 liveborn babies (299). Down syndrome is often associated with autoimmune disorders like T1D and thyroiditis (299,300). The prevalence rate of T1D in patients with Down syndrome has been estimated to be between 1.4 and 10.6%, which is higher than in the general population (301). In another study there was a 4-fold increased prevalence of diabetes in patients with Down syndrome (302). Diabetes in patients with Down syndrome often presents earlier in life with 22% of participants developing diabetes by 2 years of age (303). The presence of diabetes is often associated with other autoimmune disorders, particularly hypothyroidism and celiac disease (300). Anti-glutamic acid decarboxylase antibodies (GAD antibodies) are very frequently present in Down syndrome subjects who develop diabetes (300). Downs syndrome patients with diabetes have similar HLA genotypes as non-Down syndrome patients with T1D (300). Interestingly, while patients with Down syndrome and diabetes are typically treated with simpler regimens their glycemic control tends to be as good or better than the usual patient with T1D, perhaps related to a simpler lifestyle and acceptance of routine (300). The cause of the increased autoimmunity in patients with Down syndrome may be due to the abnormal expression of the AIRE gene, which regulates T-cell function and self-recognition and is located on chromosome 21 (21q22.3 region) (299,300).

 

While the incidence of T2D is similar between patients with Down syndrome and controls, the onset of T2D occurs at a much earlier age (304). The incidence for T2D is >10 times higher in patients aged 5–14 years with Down syndrome compared to controls. In individuals under the age of 45, Down syndrome is associated with an increased incidence of diabetes while over the age of 45, the incidence of diabetes is increased in controls.  Notable the BMI in increased in younger patients with Down syndrome compared to controls and could contribute to the increase in T2D.

 

KLINEFELTER SYNDROME

 

Klinefelter syndrome is due to an extra X chromosome in men (XXY) resulting in hypergonadotropic hypogonadism, low testosterone levels, gynecomastia, and reduced intelligence (305,306). The prevalence of Klinefelter syndrome is approximately 1 in 500 to 1 in 1000 males (305,306). Patients with Klinefelter syndrome are frequently obese, insulin resistant, and at increased risk to develop T2D (50% have the metabolic syndrome) (307,308). The decreased muscle mass and increased fat mass that often occur in patients with Klinefelter syndrome contribute to the high prevalence of insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome. The prevalence of overt diabetes in Klinefelter syndrome is estimated to be between 10-39% (307,309). Additionally, the prevalence of diabetes is even higher (up to 57%) in patients with more severe karyotypes (48, or 49 chromosomes) (307). Klinefelter syndrome patients develop diabetes earlier in life (onset around 30 years) and their BMI is lower than what is usually observed in patients with T2D (307). Hypogonadism is associated with insulin resistance and an increased risk of diabetes and whether testosterone therapy will be of benefit in preventing or treating diabetes in patients with Klinefelter syndrome is uncertain (309). Given the increased risk of developing T2D, patients with Klinefelter syndrome should be periodically screened for diabetes.

 

Interestingly, one study reported an increased prevalence of T1D in patients with Klinefelter syndrome (310). Furthermore, a study reported that 8.2% of patients with Klinefelter syndrome had autoantibodies specific to T1D (Insulin Abs, GAD Abs, IA-2 Abs, Znt8 Abs) (311). Additional studies are required to better elucidate whether Klinefelter syndrome increases the risk of developing T1D.

 

TURNER SYNDROME

 

Turner syndrome is the most common chromosomal abnormality in girls, affecting approximately 1:2,500 female live births (312). The condition is caused by complete or partial deletion of an X chromosome (312). The incidence of both T1D and T2D has been reported to be increased in patients with Turner syndrome (313). However, the link between T1D and Turner syndrome is not well characterized while the link with T2D is clearly established (314,315). For example, in a study of 224 patients with Turner syndrome 56 (25%) had T2D whereas only 1 patient (<0.5%) had T1D (316). Patients with Turner syndrome have an increased risk of autoimmune disorders, particularly hypothyroidism and celiac disease, but the prevalence of autoimmune T1D is much less (315,317). Four percent of patients with Turner syndrome have been shown to have GAD antibodies, which is greater than the 1% prevalence seen in the general population (317).

 

The prevalence of glucose intolerance is estimated to be from 15-50% while the prevalence of T2D is estimated to be approximately 10-25% (315,316). T2D occurs at a relatively young age in patients with Turner syndrome. A 25%-70% lifetime risk for diabetes has been described (318). Decreased beta cell function and decreased insulin sensitivity was observed in teenagers with Turner syndrome and was accompanied by an increased prevalence of impaired fasting glucose and impaired glucose tolerance compared to controls (319). Increased obesity is common in patients with Turner syndrome, which likely contributes to the abnormalities in glucose metabolism (314). Both insulin resistance and decreased insulin secretion are present in patients with Turner syndrome but the development of hyperglycemia in patients with T2D appears to be driven by decreased insulin secretion (314,315). Because of the high prevalence of diabetes, it is recommended to screen A1c with or without fasting glucose levels annually beginning at 10-12 years of age or sooner with symptoms of diabetes and then every 1-2 years (315,318). When diabetes is diagnosed,measuring diabetes auto-antibodies is helpful in differentiating T1D vs, T2D in patients with Turner syndrome (318). Growth hormone therapy does not appear to increase the risk or worsen diabetes (314,315). Growth hormone therapy may lead to a decrease in adiposity and impaired glucose tolerance, which suggests it may actually improve glucose homeostasis (315). Similarly, sex steroid hormone replacement therapy also does not appear to have major adverse effects on glucose metabolism in patients with Turner syndrome (314).

 

WILLIAMS SYNDROME

 

Williams syndrome (Williams-Beuren syndrome) is a multisystem disorder characterized by transient infantile hypercalcemia, distinctive facial dysmorphism, and supravalvular aortic stenosis (320,321). In addition, gastrointestinal problems, dental anomalies, developmental delay/intellectual disability, anxiety disorders, and attention deficit disorder may occur as well as a variety of endocrine abnormalities including reduced statural growth, obesity, dyslipidemia, early pubertal development, hypothyroidism, and decreased bone density (320,322). Williams syndrome is due to a deletion on chromosome 7q, leading to the loss of 25–27 contiguous genes and thus individuals with Williams syndrome have only a single copy of these genes (321). This deletion almost always arises de novo in the affected individual. The estimated prevalence of Williams syndrome is ~1/7,500 and effects both males and females (321).

 

Numerous studies have shown a high prevalence of T2D and impaired glucose tolerance in patients with Williams syndrome (320). The abnormalities in glucose metabolism occur during adolescence and are not necessarily associated with obesity (320). Of note insulin resistance is observed initially followed by a loss of insulin secretion (320). Markers of islet autoimmunity are not observed (320). In a review of 7 studies with 154 participants with Williams syndrome and an average age ranging from 13 to 35 years of age it was observed that 18% had diabetes and 42% impaired glucose tolerance (320). Because of this high risk for diabetes, it is recommended that patients with Williams syndrome be screened for diabetes beginning in adolescence (320). Note-worthy is that A1c was frequently not abnormal and therefore screening should be with fasting glucose levels or an oral glucose tolerance test (320).

 

Diseases of the Endoplasmic Reticulum

 

The endoplasmic reticulum folds and modifies newly formed proteins to make them function properly. Therefore, diseases affecting the endoplasmic reticulum usually affect many organs. Wolfram syndrome is the best known but there are other genetic syndromes that affect the endoplasmic reticulum and cause diabetes (323).

 

WOLFRAM SYNDROME 

 

Wolfram syndrome is a rare autosomal recessive genetic disorder characterized by T1D, diabetes insipidus, optic nerve atrophy, hearing loss, and neurodegeneration (324,325). There are also rare autosomal dominant forms of this disorder (325). This syndrome is sometimes called DIDMOAD (diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, optic atrophy, and deafness). The prevalence is approximately one per 770,000 but varies depending upon the specific population (324,325). The onset of the clinical picture is highly variable in both severity and clinical manifestations (325). This disorder typically has a very poor prognosis with the median age at death being 30 years (324). Diabetes mellitus is usually the first manifestation, typically diagnosed around age 6 (324). The diabetes is not immune mediated but is characterized by insulin deficiency (325). Almost all patients require insulin therapy (325). Residual beta cell function persists and therefore good glycemic control tends to be easier to achieve in Wolfram syndrome than immune mediated T1D (325). However, over time C-peptide levels decrease (326). The development of optic atrophy and hearing loss in children with diabetes are clues to the presence of this syndrome. Until the onset of optic atrophy and hearing loss these patients are usually thought to have typical T1D with an absence of antibodies (325). Confirmation of the diagnosis can be made by identifying mutations in the WFS1 gene (Wolfram syndrome type 1) (324). The WFS1 gene encodes a transmembrane protein (wolframin) localized to the ER (endoplasmic reticulum) and mutations result in ER stress leading to beta cell dysfunction and death (324).

 

Mutations in CISD2 gene cause a similar recessive type of Wolfram syndrome (Wolfram syndrome type 2) with patients exhibiting bleeding from upper intestinal ulcers and defective platelet aggregation without diabetes insipidus and psychiatric disorders (325). CISD2 encodes for a protein that moves between the ER and mitochondrial outer membrane (325).  

 

Unfortunately, there are currently no specific treatments to restore ER function and prevent the complications of this disorder.

 

Base Pair Repeat Syndromes     

 

FRIEDRICHS ATAXIA

 

Friedreich ataxia is a rare recessive disorder caused by triplet repeats (GAA) in the mitochondrial frataxin gene characterized by slowly progressive ataxia associated with dysarthria, muscle weakness, spasticity particularly in the lower limbs, scoliosis, bladder dysfunction, absent lower limb reflexes, and loss of position and vibration sense (327). The onset usually occurs before 25 years of age (327). Cardiomyopathy occurs in 2/3 of patients and up to 30% of patients have diabetes (327). The disorder affects approximately 1 in 30,000 Caucasians.

 

Diabetes occurs in 8-32% of patients with Friedrichs ataxia, and an even higher percentage have impaired glucose tolerance (328,329). Hyperglycemia commonly develops approximately 15 years after the manifestation of neurological symptoms often presenting acutely with patients requiring insulin therapy (328,329). In a number of instances patients present with ketoacidosis (329). Both insulin deficiency and insulin resistance have been reported in patients with Friedreich ataxia (329). It is hypothesized that mutations in frataxin result in alterations in mitochondria function that impair the ability of beta cells to secrete insulin in response to glucose and increase the risk of beta cell death (329). Diabetes is an independent predictor of reduced survival in Friedrichs ataxia (330).

 

There are no controlled studies comparing different diabetes therapies in patients with Friedreich ataxia. Metformin and thiazolidinediones inhibit the mitochondrial respiratory chain and therefore they should probably be used with caution in patients with mitochondrial disease (329). Additionally, thiazolidinediones increase the risk of congestive heart failure and patients with Friedreich ataxia have a high risk of cardiomyopathies and therefore should be avoided. Insulin is often required to achieve glycemic control.

 

HUNTINGTON’S DISEASE

 

Huntington’s disease is an autosomal dominant disorder that begins in adulthood (usually 30-50 years of age) and has distinctive motor defects (chorea, dystonia, and dyskinesia), psychiatric symptoms (depression and anxiety), and cognitive decline (331). This disorder is due to an unstable expansion of CAG repeats in the first exon of the gene that encodes the protein huntingtin (331). The prevalence of this disorder is approximately 5-12 per 100,000 (331,332). While an early study reported that approximately 10% of patients with Huntington’s disease have diabetes a careful review of recent studies reached the conclusion that the prevalence of diabetes in patients with Huntington’s disease is not increased and might actually be decreased (332,333).

 

MYOTONIC DYSTROPHY

 

Myotonic dystrophy type 1 is an autosomal-dominantly inherited disease characterized by myotonia, distal muscular dystrophy, cataracts, hypogonadism, and frontal hair loss that occurs in middle age (334). The disease is due to a CTG triplet repeat expansion in the myotonic dystrophy protein kinase gene (334). In genetic new-born screening the estimated prevalence is  approximately 1:2100 individuals (335). Diabetes is not a characteristic finding in myotonic dystrophy type 1, but the prevalence is increased 2-4-fold in patients with this disorder compared to the general population (334,336,337). A large study in Korea with 387 patients with myotonic dystrophy type 1 found that 27% had diabetes (338). Patients with myotonic dystrophy type 1 and diabetes have elevated insulin levels suggesting insulin resistance (334,336). Pioglitazone alone and in combination with metformin has been reported to improve glycemic control in patients with myotonic dystrophy and diabetes (339,340).

 

Obesity Syndromes

 

BARDET-BIEDLE SYNDROME (BBS)

 

Bardet-Biedl syndrome (BBS), also earlier referred to as Laurence Moon Biedl syndrome, is a rare autosomal recessive disease with a prevalence of about 1/125,000 (341,342). BBS belongs to the group of ciliopathies characterized by obesity, retinal degeneration, finger anomalies, hypogonadism, renal abnormalities, and intellectual impairment (341,342). It can result from autosomal recessive mutations in at least 26 genes (BBS), which play a key role in the structure and function of cilia (341-343). In a study of 152 patients with BBS it was reported that approximately 75% were obese and the average BMI was 35.7kg/m2 (342). Twenty-five of these patients with BBS had diabetes (16.4%) with 24 having T2D and 1 having T1D (342). Of the 24 patients with T2D six patients were diet controlled, eight were taking metformin, and 10 were on insulin therapy. The mean A1c of subjects with T2D was 7.8 (342). The risk of developing diabetes increases with age. In the BBS patients without diabetes fasting glucose, insulin levels, and HOMA-IR were significantly increased in the BBS group compared with an age and BMI matched control group (342). The metabolic syndrome was present in 54% of the patients with BBS (342). There is evidence that BBS genes affect cilia that alter leptin trafficking and signaling thereby impacting the melanocortin 4 receptor (MC4R) pathway (344). In a small trial setmelanotide reduced body weight (16.3% decrease at 12 months) and hunger in individuals with BBS (345). Other trials also observed a decrease in body weight and hunger in individuals with BBS treated with setmelanotide (346,347). One would anticipate that weight loss will reduce the risk of diabetes on patients with BBS. Setmelanotide is approved by the FDA for the treatment of BBS.

 

PRADER WILLI SYNDROME (PWS)

 

PWS is a rare autosomal dominant disorder, affecting 1 in 15,000 newborns, due to a mutation or deletion of several genes in an imprinting region on chromosome 15 (344,348). PWS in children is associated with excessive eating and morbid obesity, hypogonadism, low muscle tone, growth hormone deficiency, and short stature (344,348). The hyperphagia that occurs in PWS is believed to be due to a hypothalamic abnormality resulting in lack of satiety. This leads to excessive obesity in children, which is often associated with T2D due to severe insulin resistance (348). Approximately 20- 25% of adults with PWS have T2D with a mean age of onset of 20 years (348,349). Individuals with PWS who develop early diabetes have severe obesity, a high prevalence of psychiatric and metabolic disorders, and a family history of overweight and T2D (349). Screening for diabetes is recommended annually if obese or beginning in adolescence or with rapid significant weight gain or other symptoms. In recent years the earlier diagnosis and education of parents, use of growth hormone therapy, and the frequency of group homes specific for PWS have led to a reduction in the development of morbid obesity resulting in a decrease in the development of T2D among individuals with PWS (348). Metformin has been shown to be effective in the treatment of PWS patients with diabetes (350). Studies of GLP1 receptor agonists demonstrated lowering of A1c levels and weight loss is some patients (351,352).

 

ALSTROM SYNDROME

 

Alstrom syndrome is a rare autosomal recessive disorder with a prevalence of less than one per million characterized by retinal dystrophy, hearing loss, childhood truncal obesity, insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia, T2D, hypertriglyceridemia, short stature in adulthood, cardiomyopathy, and progressive pulmonary, hepatic, and renal dysfunction (353-355). Symptoms appear in infancy and multi-organ pathology lead to a decreased life expectancy (353,354). The syndrome is caused by mutations in ALMS1, which is a ciliary protein and hence many of the features of Alstrom syndrome resemble those seen in the Bardet-Biedl syndrome (353-355). Diagnosis is confirmed by finding biallelic pathogenic variants in ALMS1 gene.

 

Severe insulin resistance secondary to abnormalities in GLUT4 trafficking, hyperinsulinemia, and impaired glucose tolerance frequently present in early childhood and are often accompanied by acanthosis nigricans (353,355). T2D develops early in life with a mean age of onset at 16 years (353). In one study 82% of patients with Alstrom syndrome older than 16 years of age had T2D (356). Weight loss with diet, exercise, and medications is indicated (357). Therapy with oral agents, particularly insulin sensitizing agents, may be effective but insulin therapy may be required (353,357). GLP-1 receptor agonists induced weight loss and improved glycemic control (358).

 

Miscellaneous

 

WERNER SYNDROME (WS)

 

Werner syndrome (WS) is an autosomal recessive progeroid syndrome due to biallelic WRN pathogenic variants (359). Clinical features include accelerated aging, short stature, skin atrophy, decreased skeletal muscle mass, hair graying and baldness, partial loss of subcutaneous fat, and cataracts (359). Clinical problems include hypogonadism, osteoporosis, dyslipidemia, atherosclerosis, and cancer (359). Diabetes occurs in 50-75% of patients with WS (360). It is recommended that patients with WS be screened yearly for diabetes (359). The mean age of onset of diabetes is 30-40 years (360). The BMI of most patients with WS is low to normal but patients with diabetes have a higher BMI that is still in the normal range and increased visceral fat (360). It is thought that a decrease in subcutaneous fat leads to visceral fat and insulin resistance ultimately resulting in diabetes. Treatment with thiazolidines (TZDs) or metformin is felt to be beneficial but one needs to balance the beneficial effects of TZDs on glucose metabolism with the risk of osteoporosis associated with TZDs in WS patients who are increased risk for osteoporosis (360). In a case report metreleptin improved glycemia and reduced triglyceride and cholesterol levels (361).

 

PORPHYRIA

 

Porphyria cutanea tarda has been associated with diabetes (362), but given that many patients with this disorder also have iron overload, genes for hemochromatosis, and HCV and HIV infection it is very difficult to tell if porphyria cutanea tarda per se is responsible for the association with diabetes (363,364).

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

 

This work was supported by grants from the Northern California Institute for Research and Education.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Akinci B, Sahinoz M, Oral E. Lipodystrophy Syndromes: Presentation and Treatment. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  2. Naylor RN, Philipson LH. Diagnosis and Clinical Management of Monogenic Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2020.
  3. Pham PT, Sidhu HS, Pham PM, Pham PC. Diabetes Mellitus After Solid Organ Transplantation. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2022.
  4. Sperling MA, Angelousi A, Yau M. Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, Chrousos G, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hershman JM, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, Morley JE, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  5. Wang XY, Cleary EM, Thung SF, KK V, Buschur EO. Gestational Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  6. Sarkar S, Brown TT. Lipid Disorders in People with HIV. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2023.
  7. Unnikrishnan AG, R.C. B, Kumaran S, Kalra S. Fibrocalculous Pancreatic Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  8. Li HZ, Li RY, Li M. A review of maternally inherited diabetes and deafness. Front Biosci (Landmark Ed) 2014; 19:777-782
  9. Murphy R, Turnbull DM, Walker M, Hattersley AT. Clinical features, diagnosis and management of maternally inherited diabetes and deafness (MIDD) associated with the 3243A>G mitochondrial point mutation. Diabet Med2008; 25:383-399
  10. Chanoine JP, Thompson DM, Lehman A. Diabetes Mellitus Associated with Maternally Inherited Diabetes and Deafness (MIDD): From Pathogenic Variant to Phenotype. Diabetes 2025; 74:153-163
  11. Maassen JA, Jahangir Tafrechi RS, Janssen GM, Raap AK, Lemkes HH, t Hart LM. New insights in the molecular pathogenesis of the maternally inherited diabetes and deafness syndrome. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am2006; 35:385-396, x-xi
  12. Parikh S, Goldstein A, Koenig MK, Scaglia F, Enns GM, Saneto R, Anselm I, Cohen BH, Falk MJ, Greene C, Gropman AL, Haas R, Hirano M, Morgan P, Sims K, Tarnopolsky M, Van Hove JL, Wolfe L, DiMauro S. Diagnosis and management of mitochondrial disease: a consensus statement from the Mitochondrial Medicine Society. Genet Med 2015; 17:689-701
  13. Semple RK, Savage DB, Cochran EK, Gorden P, O'Rahilly S. Genetic syndromes of severe insulin resistance. Endocr Rev 2011; 32:498-514
  14. Taylor SI. Lilly Lecture: molecular mechanisms of insulin resistance. Lessons from patients with mutations in the insulin-receptor gene. Diabetes 1992; 41:1473-1490
  15. Musso C, Cochran E, Moran SA, Skarulis MC, Oral EA, Taylor S, Gorden P. Clinical course of genetic diseases of the insulin receptor (type A and Rabson-Mendenhall syndromes): a 30-year prospective. Medicine (Baltimore)2004; 83:209-222
  16. Stears A, O'Rahilly S, Semple RK, Savage DB. Metabolic insights from extreme human insulin resistance phenotypes. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2012; 26:145-157
  17. Cochran E, Young JR, Sebring N, DePaoli A, Oral EA, Gorden P. Efficacy of recombinant methionyl human leptin therapy for the extreme insulin resistance of the Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2004; 89:1548-1554
  18. Okawa MC, Cochran E, Lightbourne M, Brown RJ. Long-term effects of metreleptin in Rabson-Mendenhall Syndrome on glycemia, growth, and kidney function. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2021;
  19. Ewald N, Bretzel RG. Diabetes mellitus secondary to pancreatic diseases (Type 3c)--are we neglecting an important disease? Eur J Intern Med 2013; 24:203-206
  20. Ewald N, Kaufmann C, Raspe A, Kloer HU, Bretzel RG, Hardt PD. Prevalence of diabetes mellitus secondary to pancreatic diseases (type 3c). Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2012; 28:338-342
  21. Hart PA, Bellin MD, Andersen DK, Bradley D, Cruz-Monserrate Z, Forsmark CE, Goodarzi MO, Habtezion A, Korc M, Kudva YC, Pandol SJ, Yadav D, Chari ST, Consortium for the Study of Chronic Pancreatitis D, Pancreatic C. Type 3c (pancreatogenic) diabetes mellitus secondary to chronic pancreatitis and pancreatic cancer. Lancet Gastroenterol Hepatol 2016; 1:226-237
  22. Pendharkar SA, Mathew J, Petrov MS. Age- and sex-specific prevalence of diabetes associated with diseases of the exocrine pancreas: A population-based study. Dig Liver Dis 2017; 49:540-544
  23. Ewald N, Hardt PD. Diagnosis and treatment of diabetes mellitus in chronic pancreatitis. World J Gastroenterol2013; 19:7276-7281
  24. Salvatore T, Marfella R, Rizzo MR, Sasso FC. Pancreatic cancer and diabetes: A two-way relationship in the perspective of diabetologist. Int J Surg 2015; 21 Suppl 1:S72-77
  25. Ebert R, Creutzfeldt W. Reversal of impaired GIP and insulin secretion in patients with pancreatogenic steatorrhea following enzyme substitution. Diabetologia 1980; 19:198-204
  26. Petrov MS. DIAGNOSIS OF ENDOCRINE DISEASE: Post-pancreatitis diabetes mellitus: prime time for secondary disease. Eur J Endocrinol 2021; 184:R137-R149
  27. Hart PA, Bradley D, Conwell DL, Dungan K, Krishna SG, Wyne K, Bellin MD, Yadav D, Andersen DK, Serrano J, Papachristou GI. Diabetes following acute pancreatitis. Lancet Gastroenterol Hepatol 2021; 6:668-675
  28. Zahariev OJ, Bunduc S, Kovacs A, Demeter D, Havelda L, Budai BC, Veres DS, Hosszufalusi N, Eross BM, Teutsch B, Juhasz MF, Hegyi P. Risk factors for diabetes mellitus after acute pancreatitis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Front Med (Lausanne) 2023; 10:1257222
  29. Goodarzi MO, Petrov MS, Andersen DK, Hart PA. Diabetes in chronic pancreatitis: risk factors and natural history. Curr Opin Gastroenterol 2021; 37:526-531
  30. Woodmansey C, McGovern AP, McCullough KA, Whyte MB, Munro NM, Correa AC, Gatenby PAC, Jones SA, de Lusignan S. Incidence, Demographics, and Clinical Characteristics of Diabetes of the Exocrine Pancreas (Type 3c): A Retrospective Cohort Study. Diabetes Care 2017; 40:1486-1493
  31. Rickels MR, Bellin M, Toledo FG, Robertson RP, Andersen DK, Chari ST, Brand R, Frulloni L, Anderson MA, Whitcomb DC. Detection, evaluation and treatment of diabetes mellitus in chronic pancreatitis: recommendations from PancreasFest 2012. Pancreatology 2013; 13:336-342
  32. Hardt PD, Krauss A, Bretz L, Porsch-Ozcurumez M, Schnell-Kretschmer H, Maser E, Bretzel RG, Zekhorn T, Klor HU. Pancreatic exocrine function in patients with type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus. Acta Diabetol 2000; 37:105-110
  33. Noel RA, Braun DK, Patterson RE, Bloomgren GL. Increased risk of acute pancreatitis and biliary disease observed in patients with type 2 diabetes: a retrospective cohort study. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:834-838
  34. Cho J, Scragg R, Pandol SJ, Goodarzi MO, Petrov MS. Antidiabetic Medications and Mortality Risk in Individuals With Pancreatic Cancer-Related Diabetes and Postpancreatitis Diabetes: A Nationwide Cohort Study. Diabetes Care 2019; 42:1675-1683
  35. Davidsen L, Jensen MH, Cook ME, Vestergaard P, Knop FK, Drewes AM, Olesen SS. Metformin treatment is associated with reduced risk of hypoglycaemia, major adverse cardiovascular events, and all-cause mortality in patients with post-pancreatitis diabetes mellitus: a nationwide cohort study. Eur J Endocrinol 2024; 190:44-53
  36. Wang Z, Lai ST, Xie L, Zhao JD, Ma NY, Zhu J, Ren ZG, Jiang GL. Metformin is associated with reduced risk of pancreatic cancer in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2014; 106:19-26
  37. Lowenfels AB, Maisonneuve P, Cavallini G, Ammann RW, Lankisch PG, Andersen JR, Dimagno EP, Andren-Sandberg A, Domellof L. Pancreatitis and the risk of pancreatic cancer. International Pancreatitis Study Group. N Engl J Med 1993; 328:1433-1437
  38. Magruder JT, Elahi D, Andersen DK. Diabetes and pancreatic cancer: chicken or egg? Pancreas 2011; 40:339-351
  39. Cho J, Scragg R, Petrov MS. Postpancreatitis Diabetes Confers Higher Risk for Pancreatic Cancer Than Type 2 Diabetes: Results From a Nationwide Cancer Registry. Diabetes Care 2020; 43:2106-2112
  40. Roshanov PS, Dennis BB. Incretin-based therapies are associated with acute pancreatitis: Meta-analysis of large randomized controlled trials. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2015; 110:e13-17
  41. Tkac I, Raz I. Combined Analysis of Three Large Interventional Trials With Gliptins Indicates Increased Incidence of Acute Pancreatitis in Patients With Type 2 Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2017; 40:284-286
  42. Bethel MA, Patel RA, Merrill P, Lokhnygina Y, Buse JB, Mentz RJ, Pagidipati NJ, Chan JC, Gustavson SM, Iqbal N, Maggioni AP, Ohman P, Poulter NR, Ramachandran A, Zinman B, Hernandez AF, Holman RR. Cardiovascular outcomes with glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists in patients with type 2 diabetes: a meta-analysis. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2018; 6:105-113
  43. Liu Y, Tian Q, Yang J, Wang H, Hong T. No pancreatic safety concern following glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist therapies: A pooled analysis of cardiovascular outcome trials. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2018; 34:e3061
  44. Couet C, Genton P, Pointel JP, Louis J, Gross P, Saudax E, Debry G, Drouin P. The prevalence of retinopathy is similar in diabetes mellitus secondary to chronic pancreatitis with or without pancreatectomy and in idiopathic diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care 1985; 8:323-328
  45. Tiengo A, Segato T, Briani G, Setti A, Del Prato S, Devide A, Padovan D, Virgili F, Crepaldi G. The presence of retinopathy in patients with secondary diabetes following pancreatectomy or chronic pancreatitis. Diabetes Care1983; 6:570-574
  46. Briani G, Riva F, Midena E, Trevisan R, Sgnaolin E, Jori E, Munari R, Bruttomesso D, Segato T, Tiengo A. Prevalence of microangiopathic complications in hyperglycemia secondary to pancreatic disease. J Diabet Complications 1988; 2:50-52
  47. Ziegler O, Candiloros H, Guerci B, Got I, Crea T, Drouin P. Lower-extremity arterial disease in diabetes mellitus due to chronic pancreatitis. Diabete Metab 1994; 20:540-545
  48. Kuo P, Stevens JE, Russo A, Maddox A, Wishart JM, Jones KL, Greville H, Hetzel D, Chapman I, Horowitz M, Rayner CK. Gastric emptying, incretin hormone secretion, and postprandial glycemia in cystic fibrosis--effects of pancreatic enzyme supplementation. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:E851-855
  49. Imamura S, Niwano F, Babaya N, Hiromine Y, Matsumoto I, Kamei K, Yoshida Y, Taketomo Y, Yoshida S, Takeyama Y, Noso S, Maeda N, Ikegami H. High Incidence of Diabetes Mellitus After Distal Pancreatectomy and Its Predictors: A Long-term Follow-up Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2024; 109:619-630
  50. Klotz R, Schilling C, Kuner C, Hinz U, Klaiber U, Holze M, Tjaden C, Loos M, Buchler MW, Hackert T. Central pancreatectomy prevents postoperative diabetes. J Hepatobiliary Pancreat Sci 2023; 30:951-961
  51. Mezza T, Cefalo CMA, Cinti F, Quero G, Pontecorvi A, Alfieri S, Holst JJ, Giaccari A. Endocrine and Metabolic Insights from Pancreatic Surgery. Trends Endocrinol Metab 2020; 31:760-772
  52. Suto H, Kamei K, Kato H, Misawa T, Unno M, Nitta H, Satoi S, Kawabata Y, Ohtsuka M, Rikiyama T, Sudo T, Matsumoto I, Hirao T, Okano K, Suzuki Y, Sata N, Isaji S, Sugiyama M, Takeyama Y. Diabetic control and nutritional status up to 1 year after total pancreatectomy: a nationwide multicentre prospective study. Br J Surg2021; 108:e237-e238
  53. Baekdal M, Nielsen SW, Hansen CP, Storkholm JH, van Hall G, Hartmann B, Holst JJ, Vilsboll T, Lund A, Knop FK. Empagliflozin Normalizes Fasting Hyperglycemia and Improves Postprandial Glucose Tolerance in Totally Pancreatectomized Patients: A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Crossover Study. Diabetes Care2024; 47:71-80
  54. Juel CTB, Lund A, Andersen MM, Hansen CP, Storkholm JH, Rehfeld JF, van Hall G, Hartmann B, Wewer Albrechtsen NJ, Holst JJ, Vilsboll T, Knop FK. The GLP-1 receptor agonist lixisenatide reduces postprandial glucose in patients with diabetes secondary to total pancreatectomy: a randomised, placebo-controlled, double-blinded crossover trial. Diabetologia 2020; 63:1285-1298
  55. Chaouch MA, Leon P, Cassese G, Aguilhon C, Khayat S, Panaro F. Total pancreatectomy with intraportal islet autotransplantation for pancreatic malignancies: a literature overview. Expert Opin Biol Ther 2021:1-7
  56. Robertson GS, Dennison AR, Johnson PR, London NJ. A review of pancreatic islet autotransplantation. Hepatogastroenterology 1998; 45:226-235
  57. Jablonska B, Mrowiec S. Total Pancreatectomy with Autologous Islet Cell Transplantation-The Current Indications. J Clin Med 2021; 10
  58. Andersen DK, Korc M, Petersen GM, Eibl G, Li D, Rickels MR, Chari ST, Abbruzzese JL. Diabetes, Pancreatogenic Diabetes, and Pancreatic Cancer. Diabetes 2017; 66:1103-1110
  59. Aggarwal G, Kamada P, Chari ST. Prevalence of diabetes mellitus in pancreatic cancer compared to common cancers. Pancreas 2013; 42:198-201
  60. Pannala R, Leirness JB, Bamlet WR, Basu A, Petersen GM, Chari ST. Prevalence and clinical profile of pancreatic cancer-associated diabetes mellitus. Gastroenterology 2008; 134:981-987
  61. Chari ST, Leibson CL, Rabe KG, Ransom J, de Andrade M, Petersen GM. Probability of pancreatic cancer following diabetes: a population-based study. Gastroenterology 2005; 129:504-511
  62. Damiano J, Bordier L, Le Berre JP, Margery J, Dupuy O, Mayaudon H, Bauduceau B. Should pancreas imaging be recommanded in patients over 50 years when diabetes is discovered because of acute symptoms? Diabetes Metab 2004; 30:203-207
  63. Hart PA, Kamada P, Rabe KG, Srinivasan S, Basu A, Aggarwal G, Chari ST. Weight loss precedes cancer-specific symptoms in pancreatic cancer-associated diabetes mellitus. Pancreas 2011; 40:768-772
  64. Song S, Wang B, Zhang X, Hao L, Hu X, Li Z, Sun S. Long-Term Diabetes Mellitus Is Associated with an Increased Risk of Pancreatic Cancer: A Meta-Analysis. PLoS One 2015; 10:e0134321
  65. Roy A, Sahoo J, Kamalanathan S, Naik D, Mohan P, Kalayarasan R. Diabetes and pancreatic cancer: Exploring the two-way traffic. World J Gastroenterol 2021; 27:4939-4962
  66. Permert J, Ihse I, Jorfeldt L, von Schenck H, Arnquist HJ, Larsson J. Improved glucose metabolism after subtotal pancreatectomy for pancreatic cancer. Br J Surg 1993; 80:1047-1050
  67. Litwin J, Dobrowolski S, Orlowska-Kunikowska E, Sledzinski Z. Changes in glucose metabolism after Kausch-Whipple pancreatectomy in pancreatic cancer and chronic pancreatitis patients. Pancreas 2008; 36:26-30
  68. Gardner TB, Hessami N, Smith KD, Ripple GH, Barth RJ, Klibansky DA, Colacchio TA, Zaki B, Tsapakos MJ, Suriawinata AA, Putra J, Tsongalis GJ, Mody K, Gordon SR, Pipas JM. The effect of neoadjuvant chemoradiation on pancreatic cancer-associated diabetes mellitus. Pancreas 2014; 43:1018-1021
  69. Zhou PT, Li B, Liu FR, Zhang MC, Wang Q, Li YY, Xu C, Liu YH, Yao Y, Li D. Metformin is associated with survival benefit in pancreatic cancer patients with diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Oncotarget2017; 8:25242-25250
  70. Jian-Yu E, Graber JM, Lu SE, Lin Y, Lu-Yao G, Tan XL. Effect of Metformin and Statin Use on Survival in Pancreatic Cancer Patients: a Systematic Literature Review and Meta-analysis. Curr Med Chem 2018; 25:2595-2607
  71. Wan G, Sun X, Li F, Wang X, Li C, Li H, Yu X, Cao F. Survival Benefit of Metformin Adjuvant Treatment For Pancreatic Cancer Patients: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Cell Physiol Biochem 2018; 49:837-847
  72. Reni M, Dugnani E, Cereda S, Belli C, Balzano G, Nicoletti R, Liberati D, Pasquale V, Scavini M, Maggiora P, Sordi V, Lampasona V, Ceraulo D, Di Terlizzi G, Doglioni C, Falconi M, Piemonti L. (Ir)relevance of Metformin Treatment in Patients with Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer: An Open-Label, Randomized Phase II Trial. Clin Cancer Res 2016; 22:1076-1085
  73. Kordes S, Pollak MN, Zwinderman AH, Mathot RA, Weterman MJ, Beeker A, Punt CJ, Richel DJ, Wilmink JW. Metformin in patients with advanced pancreatic cancer: a double-blind, randomised, placebo-controlled phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol 2015; 16:839-847
  74. Kawabata H. The mechanisms of systemic iron homeostasis and etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of hereditary hemochromatosis. Int J Hematol 2018; 107:31-43
  75. Pelusi C, Gasparini DI, Bianchi N, Pasquali R. Endocrine dysfunction in hereditary hemochromatosis. J Endocrinol Invest 2016; 39:837-847
  76. Barton JC, Acton RT. Diabetes in HFE Hemochromatosis. J Diabetes Res 2017; 2017:9826930
  77. O'Sullivan EP, McDermott JH, Murphy MS, Sen S, Walsh CH. Declining prevalence of diabetes mellitus in hereditary haemochromatosis--the result of earlier diagnosis. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2008; 81:316-320
  78. McClain DA, Abraham D, Rogers J, Brady R, Gault P, Ajioka R, Kushner JP. High prevalence of abnormal glucose homeostasis secondary to decreased insulin secretion in individuals with hereditary haemochromatosis. Diabetologia 2006; 49:1661-1669
  79. Simcox JA, McClain DA. Iron and diabetes risk. Cell Metab 2013; 17:329-341
  80. Toumba M, Sergis A, Kanaris C, Skordis N. Endocrine complications in patients with Thalassaemia Major. Pediatr Endocrinol Rev 2007; 5:642-648
  81. Gamberini MR, De Sanctis V, Gilli G. Hypogonadism, diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism, hypoparathyroidism: incidence and prevalence related to iron overload and chelation therapy in patients with thalassaemia major followed from 1980 to 2007 in the Ferrara Centre. Pediatr Endocrinol Rev 2008; 6 Suppl 1:158-169
  82. Nelson RL, Baldus WP, Rubenstein AH, Go VL, Service FJ. Pancreatic alpha-cell function in diabetic hemochromatotic subjects. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1979; 49:412-416
  83. Passa P, Luyckx AS, Carpentier JL, Lefebvre PJ, Canivet J. Glucagon secretion in diabetic patients with idiopathic haemochromatosis. Diabetologia 1977; 13:509-513
  84. Lassmann V, Passa P, Vague P, Vialettes B. Pancreatic polypeptide secretion in diabetic patients with idiopathic haemochromatosis. Diabete Metab 1987; 13:106-109
  85. Dymock IW, Cassar J, Pyke DA, Oakley WG, Williams R. Observations on the pathogenesis, complications and treatment of diabetes in 115 cases of haemochromatosis. Am J Med 1972; 52:203-210
  86. Griffiths JD, Dymock IW, Davies EW, Hill DW, Williams R. Occurrence and prevalence of diabetic retinopathy in hemochromatosis. Diabetes 1971; 20:766-770
  87. Becker D, Miller M. Presence of diabetic glomerulosclerosis in patients with hemochromatosis. N Engl J Med1960; 263:367-373
  88. Hatunic M, Finucane FM, Norris S, Pacini G, Nolan JJ. Glucose metabolism after normalization of markers of iron overload by venesection in subjects with hereditary hemochromatosis. Metabolism 2010; 59:1811-1815
  89. Buysschaert M, Paris I, Selvais P, Hermans MP. Clinical aspects of diabetes secondary to idiopathic haemochromatosis in French-speaking Belgium. Diabetes Metab 1997; 23:308-313
  90. Bomford A, Williams R. Long term results of venesection therapy in idiopathic haemochromatosis. Q J Med 1976; 45:611-623
  91. Sferra TJ, Collins FS. The molecular biology of cystic fibrosis. Annu Rev Med 1993; 44:133-144
  92. Moran A, Becker D, Casella SJ, Gottlieb PA, Kirkman MS, Marshall BC, Slovis B, Committee CCC. Epidemiology, pathophysiology, and prognostic implications of cystic fibrosis-related diabetes: a technical review. Diabetes Care2010; 33:2677-2683
  93. Yoon JC. Evolving Mechanistic Views and Emerging Therapeutic Strategies for Cystic Fibrosis-Related Diabetes. J Endocr Soc 2017; 1:1386-1400
  94. Kayani K, Mohammed R, Mohiaddin H. Cystic Fibrosis-Related Diabetes. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 2018; 9:20
  95. Bridges N, Rowe R, Holt RIG. Unique challenges of cystic fibrosis-related diabetes. Diabet Med 2018;
  96. Draznin B, Aroda VR, Bakris G, Benson G, Brown FM, Freeman R, Green J, Huang E, Isaacs D, Kahan S, Leon J, Lyons SK, Peters AL, Prahalad P, Reusch JEB, Young-Hyman D, Das S, Kosiborod M. 2. Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care 2022; 45:S17-S38
  97. Moran A, Brunzell C, Cohen RC, Katz M, Marshall BC, Onady G, Robinson KA, Sabadosa KA, Stecenko A, Slovis B. Clinical care guidelines for cystic fibrosis-related diabetes: a position statement of the American Diabetes Association and a clinical practice guideline of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, endorsed by the Pediatric Endocrine Society. Diabetes Care 2010; 33:2697-2708
  98. Moran A, Dunitz J, Nathan B, Saeed A, Holme B, Thomas W. Cystic fibrosis-related diabetes: current trends in prevalence, incidence, and mortality. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:1626-1631
  99. Santhakumar A, Lewis F, Pickles J, Winterbottom H, Punt S, Beynon J, Tofeec K, Barry P, Brennan A. Role for DPP4 inhibitor therapy in cystic fibrosis related diabetes: A single centre experience. J Cyst Fibros 2024; 23:853-856
  100. Hayes D, Jr., McCoy KS, Sheikh SI. Resolution of cystic fibrosis-related diabetes with ivacaftor therapy. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2014; 190:590-591
  101. Gaines H, Jones KR, Lim J, Medhi NF, Chen S, Scofield RH. Effect of CFTR modulator therapy on cystic fibrosis-related diabetes. J Diabetes Complications 2021; 35:107845
  102. Volkova N, Moy K, Evans J, Campbell D, Tian S, Simard C, Higgins M, Konstan MW, Sawicki GS, Elbert A, Charman SC, Marshall BC, Bilton D. Disease progression in patients with cystic fibrosis treated with ivacaftor: Data from national US and UK registries. J Cyst Fibros 2020; 19:68-79
  103. Aguilera Garcia I, Garcia Moreno RM, Lopez Plaza B, Barquiel Alcala B, Vazquez Perez P, Barreda Bonis AC, Zamarron de Lucas E, Palma Milla S, Prados Sanchez MC, Gonzalez Perez de Villar N. Impact of triple transmembrane regulator therapy on glucose metabolism in cystic fibrosis related diabetes during clinical practice. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2024; 216:111839
  104. Taelman V, Declercq D, Van Biervliet S, Weygaerde YV, Lapauw B, Van Braeckel E. Effect of 18 months elexacaftor-tezacaftor-ivacaftor on body mass index and glycemic control in adults with cystic fibrosis. Clin Nutr ESPEN 2023; 58:73-78
  105. Nielsen BU, Olsen MF, Mabuza Mathiesen IH, Pressler T, Ritz C, Katzenstein TL, Olesen HV, Skov M, Jensen-Fangel S, Almdal TP, Faurholt-Jepsen D. Decline in HbA1c during the first year of elexacaftor/tezacaftor/ivacaftor treatment in the Danish cystic fibrosis cohort: Short title: Decline in HbA1c after elexacaftor/tezacaftor/ivacaftor treatment. J Cyst Fibros 2024; 23:103-108
  106. Bellin MD, Laguna T, Leschyshyn J, Regelmann W, Dunitz J, Billings J, Moran A. Insulin secretion improves in cystic fibrosis following ivacaftor correction of CFTR: a small pilot study. Pediatr Diabetes 2013; 14:417-421
  107. Lurquin F, Buysschaert M, Preumont V. Advances in cystic fibrosis-related diabetes: Current status and future directions. Diabetes Metab Syndr 2023; 17:102899
  108. Richardson SJ, Morgan NG. Enteroviral infections in the pathogenesis of type 1 diabetes: new insights for therapeutic intervention. Curr Opin Pharmacol 2018; 43:11-19
  109. Principi N, Berioli MG, Bianchini S, Esposito S. Type 1 diabetes and viral infections: What is the relationship? J Clin Virol 2017; 96:26-31
  110. Rodriguez-Calvo T, Sabouri S, Anquetil F, von Herrath MG. The viral paradigm in type 1 diabetes: Who are the main suspects? Autoimmun Rev 2016; 15:964-969
  111. Jeremiah SS, Moin ASM, Butler AE. Virus-induced diabetes mellitus: revisiting infection etiology in light of SARS-CoV-2. Metabolism 2024; 156:155917
  112. VanBuecken D, Lord S, Greenbaum CJ. Changing the Course of Disease in Type 1 Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2022.
  113. Krogvold L, Mynarek IM, Ponzi E, Mork FB, Hessel TW, Roald T, Lindblom N, Westman J, Barker P, Hyoty H, Ludvigsson J, Hanssen KF, Johannesen J, Dahl-Jorgensen K. Pleconaril and ribavirin in new-onset type 1 diabetes: a phase 2 randomized trial. Nat Med 2023; 29:2902-2908
  114. Yoon JW, Austin M, Onodera T, Notkins AL. Isolation of a virus from the pancreas of a child with diabetic ketoacidosis. N Engl J Med 1979; 300:1173-1179
  115. Gale EA. Congenital rubella: citation virus or viral cause of type 1 diabetes? Diabetologia 2008; 51:1559-1566
  116. Burgess MA, Forrest JM. Congenital rubella and diabetes mellitus. Diabetologia 2009; 52:369-370; author reply 373
  117. White DL, Ratziu V, El-Serag HB. Hepatitis C infection and risk of diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Hepatol 2008; 49:831-844
  118. Fabiani S, Fallahi P, Ferrari SM, Miccoli M, Antonelli A. Hepatitis C virus infection and development of type 2 diabetes mellitus: Systematic review and meta-analysis of the literature. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2018; 19:405-420
  119. Choi HY, Kim Y, Cho H, Kim BH, Ki M. Risk of diabetes in viral hepatitis B or C patients compared to that in noninfected individuals in Korea, 2002-2013: A population-based cohort study. J Viral Hepat 2018; 25:272-280
  120. Naing C, Mak JW, Ahmed SI, Maung M. Relationship between hepatitis C virus infection and type 2 diabetes mellitus: meta-analysis. World J Gastroenterol 2012; 18:1642-1651
  121. Lin YJ, Shaw TG, Yang HI, Lu SN, Jen CL, Wang LY, Wong KH, Chan SY, Yuan Y, L'Italien G, Chen CJ, Lee MH, Group REVEALHS. Chronic hepatitis C virus infection and the risk for diabetes: a community-based prospective study. Liver Int 2017; 37:179-186
  122. Gastaldi G, Goossens N, Clement S, Negro F. Current level of evidence on causal association between hepatitis C virus and type 2 diabetes: A review. J Adv Res 2017; 8:149-159
  123. Guo X, Jin M, Yang M, Liu K, Li JW. Type 2 diabetes mellitus and the risk of hepatitis C virus infection: a systematic review. Sci Rep 2013; 3:2981
  124. Li X, Gao Y, Xu H, Hou J, Gao P. Diabetes mellitus is a significant risk factor for the development of liver cirrhosis in chronic hepatitis C patients. Sci Rep 2017; 7:9087
  125. Li X, Xu H, Gao Y, Pan M, Wang L, Gao P. Diabetes mellitus increases the risk of hepatocellular carcinoma in treatment-naive chronic hepatitis C patients in China. Medicine (Baltimore) 2017; 96:e6508
  126. Cao LH, Lu FM, Lu XJ, Zhu LY. Study on the relationship between insulin growth factor 1 and liver fibrosis in patients with chronic hepatitis C with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Cell Biochem 2018; 119:9513-9518
  127. Colaci M, Malatino L, Antonelli A, Fallahi P, Giuggioli D, Ferri C. Endocrine disorders associated with hepatitis C virus chronic infection. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2018; 19:397-403
  128. Vanni E, Bugianesi E, Saracco G. Treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus by viral eradication in chronic hepatitis C: Myth or reality? Dig Liver Dis 2016; 48:105-111
  129. Delgado-Borrego A, Jordan SH, Negre B, Healey D, Lin W, Kamegaya Y, Christofi M, Ludwig DA, Lok AS, Chung RT. Reduction of insulin resistance with effective clearance of hepatitis C infection: results from the HALT-C trial. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2010; 8:458-462
  130. Narita R, Abe S, Kihara Y, Akiyama T, Tabaru A, Otsuki M. Insulin resistance and insulin secretion in chronic hepatitis C virus infection. J Hepatol 2004; 41:132-138
  131. Hum J, Jou JH, Green PK, Berry K, Lundblad J, Hettinger BD, Chang M, Ioannou GN. Improvement in Glycemic Control of Type 2 Diabetes After Successful Treatment of Hepatitis C Virus. Diabetes Care 2017; 40:1173-1180
  132. Hsu YC, Lin JT, Ho HJ, Kao YH, Huang YT, Hsiao NW, Wu MS, Liu YY, Wu CY. Antiviral treatment for hepatitis C virus infection is associated with improved renal and cardiovascular outcomes in diabetic patients. Hepatology2014; 59:1293-1302
  133. Lai SW, Chen PC, Liao KF, Muo CH, Lin CC, Sung FC. Risk of hepatocellular carcinoma in diabetic patients and risk reduction associated with anti-diabetic therapy: a population-based cohort study. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:46-52
  134. Nkontchou G, Cosson E, Aout M, Mahmoudi A, Bourcier V, Charif I, Ganne-Carrie N, Grando-Lemaire V, Vicaut E, Trinchet JC, Beaugrand M. Impact of metformin on the prognosis of cirrhosis induced by viral hepatitis C in diabetic patients. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2601-2608
  135. Zhou K, Lansang MC. Diabetes Mellitus and Infection. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  136. Khunti K, Del Prato S, Mathieu C, Kahn SE, Gabbay RA, Buse JB. COVID-19, Hyperglycemia, and New-Onset Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2021; 44:2645-2655
  137. Hirani D, Salem V, Khunti K, Misra S. Newly detected diabetes during the COVID-19 pandemic: What have we learnt? Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2023; 37:101793
  138. Zhou J, Wang Y, Xu R. Association of COVID-19 infection and the risk of new incident diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 2024; 15:1429848
  139. Sathish T, Kapoor N, Cao Y, Tapp RJ, Zimmet P. Proportion of newly diagnosed diabetes in COVID-19 patients: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Diabetes Obes Metab 2021; 23:870-874
  140. Zhang T, Mei Q, Zhang Z, Walline JH, Liu Y, Zhu H, Zhang S. Risk for newly diagnosed diabetes after COVID-19: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Med 2022; 20:444
  141. Lai H, Yang M, Sun M, Pan B, Wang Q, Wang J, Tian J, Ding G, Yang K, Song X, Ge L. Risk of incident diabetes after COVID-19 infection: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Metabolism 2022; 137:155330
  142. Wong R, Lam E, Bramante CT, Johnson SG, Reusch J, Wilkins KJ, Yeh HC. Does COVID-19 Infection Increase the Risk of Diabetes? Current Evidence. Curr Diab Rep 2023; 23:207-216
  143. Taylor K, Eastwood S, Walker V, Cezard G, Knight R, Al Arab M, Wei Y, Horne EMF, Teece L, Forbes H, Walker A, Fisher L, Massey J, Hopcroft LEM, Palmer T, Cuitun Coronado J, Ip S, Davy S, Dillingham I, Morton C, Greaves F, Macleod J, Goldacre B, Wood A, Chaturvedi N, Sterne JAC, Denholm R. Incidence of diabetes after SARS-CoV-2 infection in England and the implications of COVID-19 vaccination: a retrospective cohort study of 16 million people. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2024; 12:558-568
  144. Dungan KM, Braithwaite SS, Preiser JC. Stress hyperglycaemia. Lancet 2009; 373:1798-1807
  145. Harris MI. Undiagnosed NIDDM: clinical and public health issues. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:642-652
  146. Montefusco L, Ben Nasr M, D'Addio F, Loretelli C, Rossi A, Pastore I, Daniele G, Abdelsalam A, Maestroni A, Dell'Acqua M, Ippolito E, Assi E, Usuelli V, Seelam AJ, Fiorina RM, Chebat E, Morpurgo P, Lunati ME, Bolla AM, Finzi G, Abdi R, Bonventre JV, Rusconi S, Riva A, Corradi D, Santus P, Nebuloni M, Folli F, Zuccotti GV, Galli M, Fiorina P. Acute and long-term disruption of glycometabolic control after SARS-CoV-2 infection. Nat Metab 2021; 3:774-785
  147. Martinez-Colon GJ, Ratnasiri K, Chen H, Jiang S, Zanley E, Rustagi A, Verma R, Chen H, Andrews JR, Mertz KD, Tzankov A, Azagury D, Boyd J, Nolan GP, Schurch CM, Matter MS, Blish CA, McLaughlin TL. SARS-CoV-2 infection drives an inflammatory response in human adipose tissue through infection of adipocytes and macrophages. Sci Transl Med 2022; 14:eabm9151
  148. Reiterer M, Rajan M, Gomez-Banoy N, Lau JD, Gomez-Escobar LG, Ma L, Gilani A, Alvarez-Mulett S, Sholle ET, Chandar V, Bram Y, Hoffman K, Bhardwaj P, Piloco P, Rubio-Navarro A, Uhl S, Carrau L, Houhgton S, Redmond D, Shukla AP, Goyal P, Brown KA, tenOever BR, Alonso LC, Schwartz RE, Schenck EJ, Safford MM, Lo JC. Hyperglycemia in acute COVID-19 is characterized by insulin resistance and adipose tissue infectivity by SARS-CoV-2. Cell Metab 2021; 33:2174-2188 e2175
  149. Valabhji J, Barron E, Bradley D, Bakhai C, Khunti K, Jebb S. Effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on body weight in people at high risk of type 2 diabetes referred to the English NHS Diabetes Prevention Programme. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2021; 9:649-651
  150. Carroll PV, MN J. Acromegaly. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2022.
  151. Hannon AM, Thompson CJ, Sherlock M. Diabetes in Patients With Acromegaly. Curr Diab Rep 2017; 17:8
  152. Baroni MG, Giorgino F, Pezzino V, Scaroni C, Avogaro A. Italian Society for the Study of Diabetes (SID)/Italian Endocrinological Society (SIE) guidelines on the treatment of hyperglycemia in Cushing's syndrome and acromegaly. J Endocrinol Invest 2016; 39:235-255
  153. Esposito D, Boguszewski CL, Colao A, Fleseriu M, Gatto F, Jorgensen JOL, Ragnarsson O, Ferone D, Johannsson G. Diabetes mellitus in patients with acromegaly: pathophysiology, clinical challenges and management. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2024; 20:541-552
  154. Frara S, Maffezzoni F, Mazziotti G, Giustina A. Current and Emerging Aspects of Diabetes Mellitus in Acromegaly. Trends Endocrinol Metab 2016; 27:470-483
  155. Alexopoulou O, Bex M, Kamenicky P, Mvoula AB, Chanson P, Maiter D. Prevalence and risk factors of impaired glucose tolerance and diabetes mellitus at diagnosis of acromegaly: a study in 148 patients. Pituitary 2014; 17:81-89
  156. Lim CT, Khoo B. Normal Physiology of ACTH and GH Release in the Hypothalamus and Anterior Pituitary in Man. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2025.
  157. Yuen KCJ. Growth hormone Stimulation Tests in Assessing Adult Growth Hormone Deficiency. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2019.
  158. Olarescu N, Gunawardane K, Hansen T, Møller N, Jørgensen J. Normal Physiology of Growth Hormone in Adults. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2019.
  159. Dutta P, Hajela A, Gupta P, Rai A, Sachdeva N, Mukherjee KK, Pathak A, Dhandapani S. The predictors of recovery from diabetes mellitus following neurosurgical treatment of acromegaly: A prospective study over a decade. Neurol India 2019; 67:757-762
  160. Mazziotti G, Floriani I, Bonadonna S, Torri V, Chanson P, Giustina A. Effects of somatostatin analogs on glucose homeostasis: a metaanalysis of acromegaly studies. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:1500-1508
  161. Cozzolino A, Feola T, Simonelli I, Puliani G, Pozza C, Giannetta E, Gianfrilli D, Pasqualetti P, Lenzi A, Isidori AM. Somatostatin Analogs and Glucose Metabolism in Acromegaly: A Meta-analysis of Prospective Interventional Studies. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2018;
  162. Gadelha MR, Bronstein MD, Brue T, Coculescu M, Fleseriu M, Guitelman M, Pronin V, Raverot G, Shimon I, Lievre KK, Fleck J, Aout M, Pedroncelli AM, Colao A. Pasireotide versus continued treatment with octreotide or lanreotide in patients with inadequately controlled acromegaly (PAOLA): a randomised, phase 3 trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2014; 2:875-884
  163. Schmid HA, Brue T, Colao A, Gadelha MR, Shimon I, Kapur K, Pedroncelli AM, Fleseriu M. Effect of pasireotide on glucose- and growth hormone-related biomarkers in patients with inadequately controlled acromegaly. Endocrine 2016; 53:210-219
  164. Gatto F, Arecco A, Amaru J, Arvigo M, Campana C, Milioto A, Esposito D, Johannsson G, Cocchiara F, Maggi DC, Ferone D, Puddu A. Differential Impact of Medical Therapies for Acromegaly on Glucose Metabolism. Int J Mol Sci 2025; 26
  165. Varaldo E, Prencipe N, Bona C, Cuboni D, Aversa LS, Sibilla M, Bioletto F, Berton AM, Gramaglia C, Gasco V, Ghigo E, Grottoli S. Effect of Cabergoline on weight and glucose metabolism in patients with acromegaly. J Endocrinol Invest 2024; 47:3019-3028
  166. Wass JA, Cudworth AG, Bottazzo GF, Woodrow JC, Besser GM. An assessment of glucose intolerance in acromegaly and its response to medical treatment. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1980; 12:53-59
  167. Urbani C, Sardella C, Calevro A, Rossi G, Scattina I, Lombardi M, Lupi I, Manetti L, Martino E, Bogazzi F. Effects of medical therapies for acromegaly on glucose metabolism. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 169:99-108
  168. Brue T, Lindberg A, Jan van der Lely A, Akerblad AC, Koltowska-Haggstrom M, Gomez R, Droste M, Hey-Hadavi J, Strasburger CJ, Camacho-Hubner C. Diabetes in patients with acromegaly treated with pegvisomant: observations from acrostudy. Endocrine 2019; 63:563-572
  169. Juszczak A, Morris D, Grossman A. Cushing's Syndrome. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  170. Ferrau F, Korbonits M. Metabolic Syndrome in Cushing's Syndrome Patients. Front Horm Res 2018; 49:85-103
  171. Valassi E, Santos A, Yaneva M, Toth M, Strasburger CJ, Chanson P, Wass JA, Chabre O, Pfeifer M, Feelders RA, Tsagarakis S, Trainer PJ, Franz H, Zopf K, Zacharieva S, Lamberts SW, Tabarin A, Webb SM. The European Registry on Cushing's syndrome: 2-year experience. Baseline demographic and clinical characteristics. Eur J Endocrinol 2011; 165:383-392
  172. Scaroni C, Zilio M, Foti M, Boscaro M. Glucose Metabolism Abnormalities in Cushing Syndrome: From Molecular Basis to Clinical Management. Endocr Rev 2017; 38:189-219
  173. Guarnotta V, Amato MC, Pivonello R, Arnaldi G, Ciresi A, Trementino L, Citarrella R, Iacuaniello D, Michetti G, Simeoli C, Colao A, Giordano C. The degree of urinary hypercortisolism is not correlated with the severity of cushing's syndrome. Endocrine 2017; 55:564-572
  174. Steffensen C, Pereira AM, Dekkers OM, Jorgensen JO. DIAGNOSIS OF ENDOCRINE DISEASE: Prevalence of hypercortisolism in type 2 diabetes patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur J Endocrinol 2016; 175:R247-R253
  175. Terzolo M, Reimondo G, Chiodini I, Castello R, Giordano R, Ciccarelli E, Limone P, Crivellaro C, Martinelli I, Montini M, Disoteo O, Ambrosi B, Lanzi R, Arosio M, Senni S, Balestrieri A, Solaroli E, Madeo B, De Giovanni R, Strollo F, Battista R, Scorsone A, Giagulli VA, Collura D, Scillitani A, Cozzi R, Faustini-Fustini M, Pia A, Rinaldi R, Allasino B, Peraga G, Tassone F, Garofalo P, Papini E, Borretta G. Screening of Cushing's syndrome in outpatients with type 2 diabetes: results of a prospective multicentric study in Italy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2012; 97:3467-3475
  176. Aresta C, Favero V, Morelli V, Giovanelli L, Parazzoli C, Falchetti A, Pugliese F, Gennari L, Vescini F, Salcuni A, Scillitani A, Persani L, Chiodini I. Cardiovascular complications of mild autonomous cortisol secretion. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2021; 35:101494
  177. Elhassan YS, Alahdab F, Prete A, Delivanis DA, Khanna A, Prokop L, Murad MH, O'Reilly MW, Arlt W, Bancos I. Natural History of Adrenal Incidentalomas With and Without Mild Autonomous Cortisol Excess: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med 2019; 171:107-116
  178. Toniato A, Merante-Boschin I, Opocher G, Pelizzo MR, Schiavi F, Ballotta E. Surgical versus conservative management for subclinical Cushing syndrome in adrenal incidentalomas: a prospective randomized study. Ann Surg 2009; 249:388-391
  179. Sereg M, Szappanos A, Toke J, Karlinger K, Feldman K, Kaszper E, Varga I, Glaz E, Racz K, Toth M. Atherosclerotic risk factors and complications in patients with non-functioning adrenal adenomas treated with or without adrenalectomy: a long-term follow-up study. Eur J Endocrinol 2009; 160:647-655
  180. Chatzellis E, Kaltsas G. Adrenal Incidentalomas. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  181. Babic N, Yeo K, Hannoush Z, Weiss R. Endocrine Testing Protocols: Hypothalamic Pituitary Adrenal Axis. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2023.
  182. Gremlich S, Roduit R, Thorens B. Dexamethasone induces posttranslational degradation of GLUT2 and inhibition of insulin secretion in isolated pancreatic beta cells. Comparison with the effects of fatty acids. J Biol Chem 1997; 272:3216-3222
  183. Mehlich A, Bolanowski M, Mehlich D, Witek P. Medical treatment of Cushing's disease with concurrent diabetes mellitus. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 2023; 14:1174119
  184. Nicolaides NC, Pavlaki AN, Maria Alexandra MA, Chrousos GP. Glucocorticoid Therapy and Adrenal Suppression. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2018.
  185. Juszczak A, Sulentic P, Grossman A. Cushing's Syndrome. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2004.
  186. Feingold K. The Effect of Endocrine Disorders on Lipids and Lipoproteins. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  187. Pacak K, Tella SH. Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2018.
  188. Adlan MA, Bondugulapati LN, Premawardhana LD. Glucose intolerance and diabetes mellitus in endocrine disorders - two case reports and a review. Curr Diabetes Rev 2010; 6:266-273
  189. La Batide-Alanore A, Chatellier G, Plouin PF. Diabetes as a marker of pheochromocytoma in hypertensive patients. J Hypertens 2003; 21:1703-1707
  190. Beninato T, Kluijfhout WP, Drake FT, Lim J, Kwon JS, Xiong M, Shen WT, Gosnell JE, Liu C, Suh I, Duh QY. Resection of Pheochromocytoma Improves Diabetes Mellitus in the Majority of Patients. Ann Surg Oncol 2017; 24:1208-1213
  191. Zhang W, Yu J, Chen Y, Zhou Y, Cui Y, Li T, Wang Y, Ren W, Tong A, Li Y. Glucose Disorders in Patients With Pheochromocytoma/Paraganglioma: Profile and Influence Effects in a Large Cohort With 705 Patients. Endocr Pract 2024;
  192. Douma S, Petidis K, Kartali N, Mahera K, Sabanis C, Zamboulis C. Pheochromocytoma presenting as diabetic ketoacidosis. J Diabetes Complications 2008; 22:295-296
  193. Deibert DC, DeFronzo RA. Epinephrine-induced insulin resistance in man. J Clin Invest 1980; 65:717-721
  194. Rizza RA, Cryer PE, Haymond MW, Gerich JE. Adrenergic mechanisms for the effects of epinephrine on glucose production and clearance in man. J Clin Invest 1980; 65:682-689
  195. Halter JB, Beard JC, Porte D, Jr. Islet function and stress hyperglycemia: plasma glucose and epinephrine interaction. Am J Physiol 1984; 247:E47-52
  196. Araujo-Castro M, Minguez Ojeda C, Garcia Centeno R, Lopez-Garcia MC, Lamas C, Hanzu FA, Mora M, Del Castillo Tous M, Rodriguez de Vera Gomez P, Parra Ramirez P, Alvarez-Escola C, Blanco Carrera C, Barahona San Millan R, Recasens M, Valdes N, Gracia Gimeno P, de Miguel Novoa P, Vicente A, Manjon L, Garcia Sanz I, Michalopoulou T, Calatayud M. Glycemic disorders in patients with pheochromocytomas and sympathetic paragangliomas. Endocr Relat Cancer 2022; 29:645-655
  197. Khatiwada S, Agarwal S, Kandasamy D, Jyotsna VP, Kumar R, Kumar Bansal V, Pandey RM, Gupta N, Tandon N. Diabetes mellitus in pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma: Prevalence, dynamics of insulin secretion / sensitivity and predictors of remission. Diabetes Metab Syndr 2020; 14:2169-2175
  198. Chen Y, Hodin RA, Pandolfi C, Ruan DT, McKenzie TJ. Hypoglycemia after resection of pheochromocytoma. Surgery 2014; 156:1404-1408; discussion 1408-1409
  199. Diamanti-Kandarakis E, Zapanti E, Peridis MH, Ntavos P, Mastorakos G. Insulin resistance in pheochromocytoma improves more by surgical rather than by medical treatment. Hormones (Athens) 2003; 2:61-66
  200. Roa Duenas OH, Van der Burgh AC, Ittermann T, Ligthart S, Ikram MA, Peeters R, Chaker L. Thyroid Function and the Risk of Prediabetes and Type 2 Diabetes. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2022; 107:1789-1798
  201. Nishi M. Diabetes mellitus and thyroid diseases. Diabetol Int 2018; 9:108-112
  202. Andersen OO, Friis T, Ottesen B. Glucose tolerance and insulin secretion in hyperthyroidism. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh) 1977; 84:576-587
  203. Kreines K, Jett M, Knowles HC, Jr. Observations in hyperthyroidism of abnormal glucose tolerance and other traits related to diabetes mellitus. Diabetes 1965; 14:740-744
  204. Yang L, Shen X, Yan S, Yuan X, Lu J, Wei W. HbA1c in the diagnosis of diabetes and abnormal glucose tolerance in patients with Graves' hyperthyroidism. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2013; 101:28-34
  205. Alwan H, Villoz F, Feller M, Dullaart RPF, Bakker SJL, Peeters RP, Kavousi M, Bauer DC, Cappola AR, Yeap BB, Walsh JP, Brown SJ, Ceresini G, Ferrucci L, Gussekloo J, Trompet S, Iacoviello M, Moon JH, Razvi S, Bensenor IM, Azizi F, Amouzegar A, Valdes S, Colomo N, Wareham NJ, Jukema JW, Westendorp RGJ, Kim KW, Rodondi N, Del Giovane C. Subclinical thyroid dysfunction and incident diabetes: a systematic review and an individual participant data analysis of prospective cohort studies. Eur J Endocrinol 2022; 187:S35-S46
  206. Sarabhai T, Kostev K. Thyroid disorders and the incidence of type 2 diabetes: insights from a 10-year cohort study in Germany. Endocr Connect 2025; 14
  207. Mouradian M, Abourizk N. Diabetes mellitus and thyroid disease. Diabetes Care 1983; 6:512-520
  208. Smith TJ, Kahaly GJ, Ezra DG, Fleming JC, Dailey RA, Tang RA, Harris GJ, Antonelli A, Salvi M, Goldberg RA, Gigantelli JW, Couch SM, Shriver EM, Hayek BR, Hink EM, Woodward RM, Gabriel K, Magni G, Douglas RS. Teprotumumab for Thyroid-Associated Ophthalmopathy. N Engl J Med 2017; 376:1748-1761
  209. Douglas RS, Kahaly GJ, Patel A, Sile S, Thompson EHZ, Perdok R, Fleming JC, Fowler BT, Marcocci C, Marino M, Antonelli A, Dailey R, Harris GJ, Eckstein A, Schiffman J, Tang R, Nelson C, Salvi M, Wester S, Sherman JW, Vescio T, Holt RJ, Smith TJ. Teprotumumab for the Treatment of Active Thyroid Eye Disease. N Engl J Med 2020; 382:341-352
  210. Sperling M, A. A, Yau M. Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  211. de Herder WW, Hofland J. Glucagon & Glucagonoma Syndrome. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2023.
  212. Song X, Zheng S, Yang G, Xiong G, Cao Z, Feng M, Zhang T, Zhao Y. Glucagonoma and the glucagonoma syndrome. Oncol Lett 2018; 15:2749-2755
  213. Wewer Albrechtsen NJ, Kuhre RE, Pedersen J, Knop FK, Holst JJ. The biology of glucagon and the consequences of hyperglucagonemia. Biomark Med 2016; 10:1141-1151
  214. de Herder WW, Hofland J. Somatostatinoma. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2023.
  215. Theodoraki A, Khoo B, Hamda A, Grillo F, Meyer T, Bouloux PM. Malignant somatostatinoma presenting with diabetic ketoacidosis and inhibitory syndrome: pathophysiologic considerations. Endocr Pract 2010; 16:835-837
  216. Sowers JR, Whaley-Connell A, Epstein M. Narrative review: the emerging clinical implications of the role of aldosterone in the metabolic syndrome and resistant hypertension. Ann Intern Med 2009; 150:776-783
  217. Monticone S, D'Ascenzo F, Moretti C, Williams TA, Veglio F, Gaita F, Mulatero P. Cardiovascular events and target organ damage in primary aldosteronism compared with essential hypertension: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2018; 6:41-50
  218. Katsuragawa S, Tsurutani Y, Takiguchi T, Saito J, Nishikawa T. Impact of primary aldosteronism on renal function in patients with type 2 diabetes. J Diabetes Investig 2021; 12:217-225
  219. Papadopoulou-Marketou N, Vaidya A, Dluhy R, Chrousos GP. Hyperaldosteronism. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2020.
  220. Feingold KR, Lee TH, Chung MY, Siperstein MD. Muscle capillary basement membrane width in patients with vacor-induced diabetes mellitus. J Clin Invest 1986; 78:102-107
  221. Elliott WJ, Meyer PM. Incident diabetes in clinical trials of antihypertensive drugs: a network meta-analysis. Lancet 2007; 369:201-207
  222. Allhat Officers Coordinators for the Allhat Collaborative Research Group The Antihypertensive Lipid-Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial. Major outcomes in high-risk hypertensive patients randomized to angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or calcium channel blocker vs diuretic: The Antihypertensive and Lipid-Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT). JAMA 2002; 288:2981-2997
  223. Hirst JA, Farmer AJ, Feakins BG, Aronson JK, Stevens RJ. Quantifying the effects of diuretics and beta-adrenoceptor blockers on glycaemic control in diabetes mellitus - a systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2015; 79:733-743
  224. Zhang X, Zhao Q. Association of Thiazide-Type Diuretics With Glycemic Changes in Hypertensive Patients: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Clinical Trials. J Clin Hypertens (Greenwich)2016; 18:342-351
  225. Bangalore S, Parkar S, Grossman E, Messerli FH. A meta-analysis of 94,492 patients with hypertension treated with beta blockers to determine the risk of new-onset diabetes mellitus. Am J Cardiol 2007; 100:1254-1262
  226. Rizos CV, Elisaf MS. Antihypertensive drugs and glucose metabolism. World J Cardiol 2014; 6:517-530
  227. Li Z, Wei H, Li R, Wu B, Xu M, Yang X, Zhang Y, Liu Y. The effects of antihypertensive drugs on glucose metabolism. Diabetes Obes Metab 2024; 26:4820-4829
  228. Fathallah N, Slim R, Larif S, Hmouda H, Ben Salem C. Drug-Induced Hyperglycaemia and Diabetes. Drug Saf2015; 38:1153-1168
  229. Martins VM, Ziegelmann PK, Ferrari F, Bottino LG, Lucca MB, Correa HLR, Blum GB, Helal L, Fuchs SC, Fuchs FD. Thiazide diuretics alone or combined with potassium-sparing diuretics to treat hypertension: a systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Hypertens 2023; 41:1108-1116
  230. Verhaegen AA, Van Gaal LF. Drugs That Affect Body Weight, Body Fat Distribution, and Metabolism. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2019.
  231. Davis H, Spanakis E, Cryer P, Siamashvili M, Davis S. Hypoglycemia During Therapy of Diabetes. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  232. Koch-Weser J. Diazoxide. N Engl J Med 1976; 294:1271-1273
  233. de Herder WW, Hofland J. Insulinomas. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2023.
  234. Sattar N, Preiss D, Murray HM, Welsh P, Buckley BM, de Craen AJ, Seshasai SR, McMurray JJ, Freeman DJ, Jukema JW, Macfarlane PW, Packard CJ, Stott DJ, Westendorp RG, Shepherd J, Davis BR, Pressel SL, Marchioli R, Marfisi RM, Maggioni AP, Tavazzi L, Tognoni G, Kjekshus J, Pedersen TR, Cook TJ, Gotto AM, Clearfield MB, Downs JR, Nakamura H, Ohashi Y, Mizuno K, Ray KK, Ford I. Statins and risk of incident diabetes: a collaborative meta-analysis of randomised statin trials. Lancet 2010; 375:735-742
  235. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists Collaboration. Effects of statin therapy on diagnoses of new-onset diabetes and worsening glycaemia in large-scale randomised blinded statin trials: an individual participant data meta-analysis. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2024; 12:306-319
  236. Preiss D, Seshasai SR, Welsh P, Murphy SA, Ho JE, Waters DD, DeMicco DA, Barter P, Cannon CP, Sabatine MS, Braunwald E, Kastelein JJ, de Lemos JA, Blazing MA, Pedersen TR, Tikkanen MJ, Sattar N, Ray KK. Risk of incident diabetes with intensive-dose compared with moderate-dose statin therapy: a meta-analysis. JAMA 2011; 305:2556-2564
  237. Feingold KR. Cholesterol Lowering Drugs. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  238. Abbasi F, Lamendola C, Harris CS, Harris V, Tsai MS, Tripathi P, Abbas F, Reaven GM, Reaven PD, Snyder MP, Kim SH, Knowles JW. Statins Are Associated With Increased Insulin Resistance and Secretion. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol 2021; 41:2786-2797
  239. Cederberg H, Stancakova A, Yaluri N, Modi S, Kuusisto J, Laakso M. Increased risk of diabetes with statin treatment is associated with impaired insulin sensitivity and insulin secretion: a 6 year follow-up study of the METSIM cohort. Diabetologia 2015; 58:1109-1117
  240. Carmena R, Betteridge DJ. Diabetogenic Action of Statins: Mechanisms. Curr Atheroscler Rep 2019; 21:23
  241. Goldie C, Taylor AJ, Nguyen P, McCoy C, Zhao XQ, Preiss D. Niacin therapy and the risk of new-onset diabetes: a meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Heart 2016; 102:198-203
  242. Feingold KR, Grunfeld C. Triglyceride Lowering Drugs. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2024.
  243. Shen M, Orwoll ES, Conte JE, Jr., Prince MJ. Pentamidine-induced pancreatic beta-cell dysfunction. Am J Med1989; 86:726-728
  244. Bouchard P, Sai P, Reach G, Caubarrere I, Ganeval D, Assan R. Diabetes mellitus following pentamidine-induced hypoglycemia in humans. Diabetes 1982; 31:40-45
  245. Carter BL, Small RE, Mandel MD, Starkman MT. Phenytoin-induced hyperglycemia. Am J Hosp Pharm 1981; 38:1508-1512
  246. Gharib H, Munoz JM. Endocrine manifestations of diphenylhydantoin therapy. Metabolism 1974; 23:515-524
  247. Okanoue T, Sakamoto S, Itoh Y, Minami M, Yasui K, Sakamoto M, Nishioji K, Katagishi T, Nakagawa Y, Tada H, Sawa Y, Mizuno M, Kagawa K, Kashima K. Side effects of high-dose interferon therapy for chronic hepatitis C. J Hepatol 1996; 25:283-291
  248. Zornitzki T, Malnick S, Lysyy L, Knobler H. Interferon therapy in hepatitis C leading to chronic type 1 diabetes. World J Gastroenterol 2015; 21:233-239
  249. Lombardi A, Tsomos E, Hammerstad SS, Tomer Y. Interferon alpha: The key trigger of type 1 diabetes. J Autoimmun 2018; 94:7-15
  250. Barroso-Sousa R, Barry WT, Garrido-Castro AC, Hodi FS, Min L, Krop IE, Tolaney SM. Incidence of Endocrine Dysfunction Following the Use of Different Immune Checkpoint Inhibitor Regimens: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. JAMA Oncol 2018; 4:173-182
  251. de Filette J, Andreescu CE, Cools F, Bravenboer B, Velkeniers B. A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Endocrine-Related Adverse Events Associated with Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors. Horm Metab Res 2019; 51:145-156
  252. Venetsanaki V, Boutis A, Chrisoulidou A, Papakotoulas P. Diabetes mellitus secondary to treatment with immune checkpoint inhibitors. Curr Oncol 2019; 26:e111-e114
  253. Elshimy G, Raj R, Akturk HK, Schriber A, Sisterna N, Ahmad I, Jacob A, Michels AW, Correa R. Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors Related Endocrine Adverse Events. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2022.
  254. Whicher CA, Price HC, Holt RIG. Mechanisms in endocrinology: Antipsychotic medication and type 2 diabetes and impaired glucose regulation. Eur J Endocrinol 2018; 178:R245-R258
  255. Holt RIG. Association Between Antipsychotic Medication Use and Diabetes. Curr Diab Rep 2019; 19:96
  256. Rummel-Kluge C, Komossa K, Schwarz S, Hunger H, Schmid F, Lobos CA, Kissling W, Davis JM, Leucht S. Head-to-head comparisons of metabolic side effects of second generation antipsychotics in the treatment of schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Schizophr Res 2010; 123:225-233
  257. Citrome L, Kalsekar I, Baker RA, Hebden T. A review of real-world data on the effects of aripiprazole on weight and metabolic outcomes in adults. Curr Med Res Opin 2014; 30:1629-1641
  258. Chen J, Huang XF, Shao R, Chen C, Deng C. Molecular Mechanisms of Antipsychotic Drug-Induced Diabetes. Front Neurosci 2017; 11:643
  259. Tzortzis V, Samarinas M, Zachos I, Oeconomou A, Pisters LL, Bargiota A. Adverse effects of androgen deprivation therapy in patients with prostate cancer: focus on metabolic complications. Hormones (Athens) 2017; 16:115-123
  260. Tsai HT, Keating NL, Van Den Eeden SK, Haque R, Cassidy-Bushrow AE, Ulcickas Yood M, Smith MR, Potosky AL. Risk of diabetes among patients receiving primary androgen deprivation therapy for clinically localized prostate cancer. J Urol 2015; 193:1956-1962
  261. Pham P, Sarkar M, Pham P, Pham P. Diabetes Mellitus After Solid Organ Transplantation. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2022.
  262. Chakkera HA, Kudva Y, Kaplan B. Calcineurin Inhibitors: Pharmacologic Mechanisms Impacting Both Insulin Resistance and Insulin Secretion Leading to Glucose Dysregulation and Diabetes Mellitus. Clin Pharmacol Ther2017; 101:114-120
  263. Verges B. mTOR and Cardiovascular Diseases: Diabetes Mellitus. Transplantation 2018; 102:S47-S49
  264. Ahmad MH, Shafiq I. Diabetic ketoacidosis following PEG-asparaginase therapy. Endocrinol Diabetes Metab Case Rep 2018; 2018:18-0064
  265. Pui CH, Burghen GA, Bowman WP, Aur RJ. Risk factors for hyperglycemia in children with leukemia receiving L-asparaginase and prednisone. J Pediatr 1981; 99:46-50
  266. Kahaly GJ, Douglas RS, Holt RJ, Sile S, Smith TJ. Teprotumumab for patients with active thyroid eye disease: a pooled data analysis, subgroup analyses, and off-treatment follow-up results from two randomised, double-masked, placebo-controlled, multicentre trials. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2021; 9:360-372
  267. Amarikwa L, Mohamed A, Kim SH, Kossler AL, Dosiou C. Teprotumumab-Related Hyperglycemia. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2023; 108:858-864
  268. Carter C, Marks M, Bundeff AW, Adewodu T, Alderman L. A case of rapidly declining glycemic control and diabetic ketoacidosis in a newly diagnosed diabetes patient after starting teprotumumab for thyroid eye disease. Endocrine 2024; 83:65-68
  269. Shah K, Charitou M. A Novel Case of Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar State After the Use of Teprotumumab in a Patient With Thyroid Eye Disease. AACE Clin Case Rep 2022; 8:148-149
  270. Stan MN, Krieger CC. The Adverse Effects Profile of Teprotumumab. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2023; 108:e654-e662
  271. Guglielmi C, Palermo A, Pozzilli P. Latent autoimmune diabetes in the adults (LADA) in Asia: from pathogenesis and epidemiology to therapy. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2012; 28 Suppl 2:40-46
  272. Kumar A, de Leiva A. Latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LADA) in Asian and European populations. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2017; 33
  273. Tuomi T, Santoro N, Caprio S, Cai M, Weng J, Groop L. The many faces of diabetes: a disease with increasing heterogeneity. Lancet 2014; 383:1084-1094
  274. Naik RG, Brooks-Worrell BM, Palmer JP. Latent autoimmune diabetes in adults. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:4635-4644
  275. Fourlanos S, Perry C, Stein MS, Stankovich J, Harrison LC, Colman PG. A clinical screening tool identifies autoimmune diabetes in adults. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:970-975
  276. Herzog K, Ahlqvist E, Alfredsson L, Groop L, Hjort R, Lofvenborg JE, Tuomi T, Carlsson S. Combined lifestyle factors and the risk of LADA and type 2 diabetes - Results from a Swedish population-based case-control study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2021; 174:108760
  277. Santoso C, Wei Y, Ahlqvist E, Tuomi T, Carlsson S. Autoimmune diseases and the risk and prognosis of latent autoimmune diabetes in adults. Diabetologia 2025; 68:331-341
  278. Buzzetti R, Tuomi T, Mauricio D, Pietropaolo M, Zhou Z, Pozzilli P, Leslie RD. Management of Latent Autoimmune Diabetes in Adults: A Consensus Statement From an International Expert Panel. Diabetes 2020; 69:2037-2047
  279. Jones AG, McDonald TJ, Shields BM, Hagopian W, Hattersley AT. Latent Autoimmune Diabetes of Adults (LADA) Is Likely to Represent a Mixed Population of Autoimmune (Type 1) and Nonautoimmune (Type 2) Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2021; 44:1243-1251
  280. Brophy S, Davies H, Mannan S, Brunt H, Williams R. Interventions for latent autoimmune diabetes (LADA) in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011:CD006165
  281. Li X, Liao L, Yan X, Huang G, Lin J, Lei M, Wang X, Zhou Z. Protective effects of 1-alpha-hydroxyvitamin D3 on residual beta-cell function in patients with adult-onset latent autoimmune diabetes (LADA). Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2009; 25:411-416
  282. Zhang Z, Yan X, Wu C, Pei X, Li X, Wang X, Niu X, Jiang H, Zeng X, Zhou Z. Adding vitamin D3 to the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor saxagliptin has the potential to protect beta-cell function in LADA patients: A 1-year pilot study. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2020; 36:e3298
  283. Yan X, Li X, Liu B, Huang J, Xiang Y, Hu Y, Tang X, Zhang Z, Huang G, Xie Z, Zhou H, Liu Z, Wang X, Leslie RD, Zhou Z. Combination therapy with saxagliptin and vitamin D for the preservation of beta-cell function in adult-onset type 1 diabetes: a multi-center, randomized, controlled trial. Signal Transduct Target Ther 2023; 8:158
  284. Maddaloni E, Coleman RL, Agbaje O, Buzzetti R, Holman RR. Time-varying risk of microvascular complications in latent autoimmune diabetes of adulthood compared with type 2 diabetes in adults: a post-hoc analysis of the UK Prospective Diabetes Study 30-year follow-up data (UKPDS 86). Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2020; 8:206-215
  285. Isomaa B, Almgren P, Henricsson M, Taskinen MR, Tuomi T, Groop L, Sarelin L. Chronic complications in patients with slowly progressing autoimmune type 1 diabetes (LADA). Diabetes Care 1999; 22:1347-1353
  286. Maddaloni E, Coleman RL, Pozzilli P, Holman RR. Long-term risk of cardiovascular disease in individuals with latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (UKPDS 85). Diabetes Obes Metab 2019; 21:2115-2122
  287. Wei Y, Herzog K, Ahlqvist E, Andersson T, Nystrom T, Zhan Y, Tuomi T, Carlsson S. All-Cause Mortality and Cardiovascular and Microvascular Diseases in Latent Autoimmune Diabetes in Adults. Diabetes Care 2023; 46:1857-1865
  288. McKeon A, Robinson MT, McEvoy KM, Matsumoto JY, Lennon VA, Ahlskog JE, Pittock SJ. Stiff-man syndrome and variants: clinical course, treatments, and outcomes. Arch Neurol 2012; 69:230-238
  289. Rathbun JT, Imber J. Stiff Person Syndrome and Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus: a Case of the Chicken or the Egg? J Gen Intern Med 2019;
  290. Baizabal-Carvallo JF. The neurological syndromes associated with glutamic acid decarboxylase antibodies. J Autoimmun 2019; 101:35-47
  291. Arioglu E, Andewelt A, Diabo C, Bell M, Taylor SI, Gorden P. Clinical course of the syndrome of autoantibodies to the insulin receptor (type B insulin resistance): a 28-year perspective. Medicine (Baltimore) 2002; 81:87-100
  292. Taylor SI, Shahidzadeh Yazdi Z, Oral EA. Letter to the Editor From Taylor et al "Type B Insulin Resistance Syndrome: A Rare Cause of Hypoglycemia". JCEM Case Rep 2024; 2:luae001
  293. Brown N, Elston MS. Systematic Review-Type B Insulin Resistance With Isolated Hypoglycemia and Suppressed Insulin. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2024; 109:936-943
  294. Semple RK, Sleigh A, Murgatroyd PR, Adams CA, Bluck L, Jackson S, Vottero A, Kanabar D, Charlton-Menys V, Durrington P, Soos MA, Carpenter TA, Lomas DJ, Cochran EK, Gorden P, O'Rahilly S, Savage DB. Postreceptor insulin resistance contributes to human dyslipidemia and hepatic steatosis. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:315-322
  295. Klubo-Gwiezdzinska J, Lange M, Cochran E, Semple RK, Gewert C, Brown RJ, Gorden P. Combined Immunosuppressive Therapy Induces Remission in Patients With Severe Type B Insulin Resistance: A Prospective Cohort Study. Diabetes Care 2018; 41:2353-2360
  296. Lebovitz HE, Banerji MA. Ketosis-Prone Diabetes (Flatbush Diabetes): an Emerging Worldwide Clinically Important Entity. Curr Diab Rep 2018; 18:120
  297. Umpierrez GE, Smiley D, Kitabchi AE. Narrative review: ketosis-prone type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med2006; 144:350-357
  298. Smiley D, Chandra P, Umpierrez GE. Update on diagnosis, pathogenesis and management of ketosis-prone Type 2 diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Manag (Lond) 2011; 1:589-600
  299. Whooten R, Schmitt J, Schwartz A. Endocrine manifestations of Down syndrome. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes 2018; 25:61-66
  300. Guaraldi F, Rossetto Giaccherino R, Lanfranco F, Motta G, Gori D, Arvat E, Ghigo E, Giordano R. Endocrine Autoimmunity in Down's Syndrome. Front Horm Res 2017; 48:133-146
  301. Anwar AJ, Walker JD, Frier BM. Type 1 diabetes mellitus and Down's syndrome: prevalence, management and diabetic complications. Diabet Med 1998; 15:160-163
  302. Bergholdt R, Eising S, Nerup J, Pociot F. Increased prevalence of Down's syndrome in individuals with type 1 diabetes in Denmark: A nationwide population-based study. Diabetologia 2006; 49:1179-1182
  303. Aitken RJ, Mehers KL, Williams AJ, Brown J, Bingley PJ, Holl RW, Rohrer TR, Schober E, Abdul-Rasoul MM, Shield JP, Gillespie KM. Early-onset, coexisting autoimmunity and decreased HLA-mediated susceptibility are the characteristics of diabetes in Down syndrome. Diabetes Care 2013; 36:1181-1185
  304. Aslam AA, Baksh RA, Pape SE, Strydom A, Gulliford MC, Chan LF, Consortium G-D. Diabetes and Obesity in Down Syndrome Across the Lifespan: A Retrospective Cohort Study Using U.K. Electronic Health Records. Diabetes Care 2022; 45:2892-2899
  305. Behre HM, Bergmann M, Simoni M, Tuttelmann F. Primary Testicular Failure. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Blackman MR, Boyce A, Chrousos G, Corpas E, de Herder WW, Dhatariya K, Dungan K, Hofland J, Kalra S, Kaltsas G, Kapoor N, Koch C, Kopp P, Korbonits M, Kovacs CS, Kuohung W, Laferrere B, Levy M, McGee EA, McLachlan R, New M, Purnell J, Sahay R, Shah AS, Singer F, Sperling MA, Stratakis CA, Trence DL, Wilson DP, eds. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA)2015.
  306. Blackburn J, Ramakrishnan A, Graham C, Bambang K, Sriranglingam U, Senniappan S. Klinefelter Syndrome: A Review. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2025;
  307. Salzano A, D'Assante R, Heaney LM, Monaco F, Rengo G, Valente P, Pasquali D, Bossone E, Gianfrilli D, Lenzi A, Cittadini A, Marra AM, Napoli R. Klinefelter syndrome, insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome, and diabetes: review of literature and clinical perspectives. Endocrine 2018; 61:194-203
  308. Groth KA, Skakkebaek A, Host C, Gravholt CH, Bojesen A. Clinical review: Klinefelter syndrome--a clinical update. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013; 98:20-30
  309. Gravholt CH, Chang S, Wallentin M, Fedder J, Moore P, Skakkebaek A. Klinefelter Syndrome: Integrating Genetics, Neuropsychology, and Endocrinology. Endocr Rev 2018; 39:389-423
  310. Bojesen A, Juul S, Birkebaek NH, Gravholt CH. Morbidity in Klinefelter syndrome: a Danish register study based on hospital discharge diagnoses. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2006; 91:1254-1260
  311. Panimolle F, Tiberti C, Granato S, Semeraro A, Gianfrilli D, Anzuini A, Lenzi A, Radicioni A. Screening of endocrine organ-specific humoral autoimmunity in 47,XXY Klinefelter's syndrome reveals a significant increase in diabetes-specific immunoreactivity in comparison with healthy control men. Endocrine 2016; 52:157-164
  312. Sybert VP, McCauley E. Turner's syndrome. N Engl J Med 2004; 351:1227-1238
  313. Gravholt CH, Juul S, Naeraa RW, Hansen J. Morbidity in Turner syndrome. J Clin Epidemiol 1998; 51:147-158
  314. Sun L, Wang Y, Zhou T, Zhao X, Wang Y, Wang G, Gang X. Glucose Metabolism in Turner Syndrome. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 2019; 10:49
  315. Gravholt CH, Andersen NH, Conway GS, Dekkers OM, Geffner ME, Klein KO, Lin AE, Mauras N, Quigley CA, Rubin K, Sandberg DE, Sas TCJ, Silberbach M, Soderstrom-Anttila V, Stochholm K, van Alfen-van derVelden JA, Woelfle J, Backeljauw PF, International Turner Syndrome Consensus G. Clinical practice guidelines for the care of girls and women with Turner syndrome: proceedings from the 2016 Cincinnati International Turner Syndrome Meeting. Eur J Endocrinol 2017; 177:G1-G70
  316. Bakalov VK, Cheng C, Zhou J, Bondy CA. X-chromosome gene dosage and the risk of diabetes in Turner syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2009; 94:3289-3296
  317. Mortensen KH, Cleemann L, Hjerrild BE, Nexo E, Locht H, Jeppesen EM, Gravholt CH. Increased prevalence of autoimmunity in Turner syndrome--influence of age. Clin Exp Immunol 2009; 156:205-210
  318. Gravholt CH, Andersen NH, Christin-Maitre S, Davis SM, Duijnhouwer A, Gawlik A, Maciel-Guerra AT, Gutmark-Little I, Fleischer K, Hong D, Klein KO, Prakash SK, Shankar RK, Sandberg DE, Sas TCJ, Skakkebaek A, Stochholm K, van der Velden JA, International Turner Syndrome Consensus G, Backeljauw PF. Clinical practice guidelines for the care of girls and women with Turner syndrome. Eur J Endocrinol 2024; 190:G53-G151
  319. Sheanon N, Elder D, Khoury J, Casnellie L, Gutmark-Little I, Cernich J, Backeljauw PF. Increased Prevalence of Beta-Cell Dysfunction despite Normal HbA1c in Youth and Young Adults with Turner Syndrome. Horm Res Paediatr 2021; 94:297-306
  320. Stanley TL, Leong A, Pober BR. Growth, body composition, and endocrine issues in Williams syndrome. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes 2021; 28:64-74
  321. Kozel BA, Barak B, Kim CA, Mervis CB, Osborne LR, Porter M, Pober BR. Williams syndrome. Nat Rev Dis Primers 2021; 7:42
  322. Morris CA. Williams Syndrome. In: Adam MP, Ardinger HH, Pagon RA, Wallace SE, Bean LJH, Gripp KW, Mirzaa GM, Amemiya A, eds. GeneReviews((R)). Seattle (WA)2017.
  323. Stone SI, Abreu D, McGill JB, Urano F. Monogenic and syndromic diabetes due to endoplasmic reticulum stress. J Diabetes Complications 2021; 35:107618
  324. Urano F. Wolfram Syndrome: Diagnosis, Management, and Treatment. Curr Diab Rep 2016; 16:6
  325. Rigoli L, Bramanti P, Di Bella C, De Luca F. Genetic and clinical aspects of Wolfram syndrome 1, a severe neurodegenerative disease. Pediatr Res 2018; 83:921-929
  326. Ray MK, Chen L, White NH, Ni R, Hershey T, Marshall BA. Longitudinal progression of diabetes mellitus in Wolfram syndrome: The Washington University Wolfram Research Clinic experience. Pediatr Diabetes 2022; 23:212-218
  327. Bidichandani SI, Delatycki MB. Friedreich Ataxia. In: Adam MP, Ardinger HH, Pagon RA, Wallace SE, Bean LJH, Stephens K, Amemiya A, eds. GeneReviews((R)). Seattle (WA)1993.
  328. Pappa A, Hausler MG, Veigel A, Tzamouranis K, Pfeifer MW, Schmidt A, Bokamp M, Haberland H, Wagner S, Bruckel J, de Sousa G, Hackl L, Bollow E, Holl RW. Diabetes mellitus in Friedreich Ataxia: A case series of 19 patients from the German-Austrian diabetes mellitus registry. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2018; 141:229-236
  329. Cnop M, Mulder H, Igoillo-Esteve M. Diabetes in Friedreich ataxia. J Neurochem 2013; 126 Suppl 1:94-102
  330. Bidichandani SI, Delatycki MB, Napierala M, Duquette A. Friedreich Ataxia. In: Adam MP, Feldman J, Mirzaa GM, Pagon RA, Wallace SE, Amemiya A, eds. GeneReviews((R)). Seattle (WA)1993.
  331. Pandey M, Rajamma U. Huntington's disease: the coming of age. J Genet 2018; 97:649-664
  332. Montojo MT, Aganzo M, Gonzalez N. Huntington's Disease and Diabetes: Chronological Sequence of its Association. J Huntingtons Dis 2017; 6:179-188
  333. Farrer LA. Diabetes mellitus in Huntington disease. Clin Genet 1985; 27:62-67
  334. Ristow M. Neurodegenerative disorders associated with diabetes mellitus. J Mol Med (Berl) 2004; 82:510-529
  335. Hartman J, Patki T, Johnson NE. Diagnosis and Management of Myotonic Dystrophy Type 1. JAMA 2024; 331:1227-1228
  336. Winters SJ. Endocrine Dysfunction in Patients With Myotonic Dystrophy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2021; 106:2819-2827
  337. Alsaggaf R, Pfeiffer RM, Wang Y, St George DMM, Zhan M, Wagner KR, Amr S, Greene MH, Gadalla SM. Diabetes, metformin and cancer risk in myotonic dystrophy type I. Int J Cancer 2020; 147:785-792
  338. Lee JY, Jeong HN. Nationwide incidence of myotonic dystrophy type 1 and the status of multi-organ involvement. J Neurol 2021;
  339. Abe H, Mita T, Kudo K, Funayama T, Tokoro M, Kaga H, Ikeda F, Kanazawa A, Hirose T, Kawamori R, Watada H. Dramatic improvement of blood glucose control after pioglitazone treatment in poorly controlled over-weight diabetic patients with myotonic dystrophy. Endocr J 2009; 56:911-913
  340. Takeshima K, Ariyasu H, Ishibashi T, Kawai S, Uraki S, Koh J, Ito H, Akamizu T. Myotonic dystrophy type 1 with diabetes mellitus, mixed hypogonadism and adrenal insufficiency. Endocrinol Diabetes Metab Case Rep 2018; 2018
  341. Tsang SH, Aycinena ARP, Sharma T. Ciliopathy: Bardet-Biedl Syndrome. Adv Exp Med Biol 2018; 1085:171-174
  342. Mujahid S, Hunt KF, Cheah YS, Forsythe E, Hazlehurst JM, Sparks K, Mohammed S, Tomlinson JW, Amiel SA, Carroll PV, Beales PL, Huda MSB, McGowan BM. The Endocrine and Metabolic Characteristics of a Large Bardet-Biedl Syndrome Clinic Population. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2018; 103:1834-1841
  343. Dollfus H, Lilien MR, Maffei P, Verloes A, Muller J, Bacci GM, Cetiner M, van den Akker ELT, Grudzinska Pechhacker M, Testa F, Lacombe D, Stokman MF, Simonelli F, Gouronc A, Gavard A, van Haelst MM, Koenig J, Rossignol S, Bergmann C, Zacchia M, Leroy BP, Mosbah H, Van Eerde AM, Mekahli D, Servais A, Poitou C, Valverde D. Bardet-Biedl syndrome improved diagnosis criteria and management: Inter European Reference Networks consensus statement and recommendations. Eur J Hum Genet 2024; 32:1347-1360
  344. Esbati R, Yazdani O, Simonetti J. Management of Obesity-Related Genetic Disorders. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 2025; 54:17-38
  345. Haws R, Brady S, Davis E, Fletty K, Yuan G, Gordon G, Stewart M, Yanovski J. Effect of setmelanotide, a melanocortin-4 receptor agonist, on obesity in Bardet-Biedl syndrome. Diabetes Obes Metab 2020; 22:2133-2140
  346. Haqq AM, Chung WK, Dollfus H, Haws RM, Martos-Moreno GA, Poitou C, Yanovski JA, Mittleman RS, Yuan G, Forsythe E, Clement K, Argente J. Efficacy and safety of setmelanotide, a melanocortin-4 receptor agonist, in patients with Bardet-Biedl syndrome and Alstrom syndrome: a multicentre, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 3 trial with an open-label period. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2022; 10:859-868
  347. Argente J, Verge CF, Okorie U, Fennoy I, Kelsey MM, Cokkinias C, Scimia C, Lee HM, Farooqi IS. Setmelanotide in patients aged 2-5 years with rare MC4R pathway-associated obesity (VENTURE): a 1 year, open-label, multicenter, phase 3 trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2025; 13:29-37
  348. Driscoll DJ, Miller JL, Schwartz S, Cassidy SB. Prader-Willi Syndrome. In: Adam MP, Ardinger HH, Pagon RA, Wallace SE, Bean LJH, Stephens K, Amemiya A, eds. GeneReviews((R)). Seattle (WA)1993.
  349. Clerc A, Coupaye M, Mosbah H, Pinto G, Laurier V, Mourre F, Merrien C, Diene G, Poitou C, Tauber M. Diabetes Mellitus in Prader-Willi Syndrome: Natural History during the Transition from Childhood to Adulthood in a Cohort of 39 Patients. J Clin Med 2021; 10
  350. Chan NN, Feher MD, Bridges NA. Metformin therapy for diabetes in Prader-Willi syndrome. J R Soc Med 1998; 91:598
  351. Ng NBH, Low YW, Rajgor DD, Low JM, Lim YY, Loke KY, Lee YS. The effects of glucagon-like peptide (GLP)-1 receptor agonists on weight and glycaemic control in Prader-Willi syndrome: A systematic review. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2022; 96:144-154
  352. Gimenez-Palop O, Romero A, Casamitjana L, Pareja R, Rigla M, Caixas A. Effect of semaglutide on weight loss and glycaemic control in patients with Prader-Willi Syndrome and type 2 diabetes. Endocrinol Diabetes Nutr (Engl Ed) 2024; 71:83-87
  353. Marshall JD, Maffei P, Collin GB, Naggert JK. Alstrom syndrome: genetics and clinical overview. Curr Genomics2011; 12:225-235
  354. Hearn T. ALMS1 and Alstrom syndrome: a recessive form of metabolic, neurosensory and cardiac deficits. J Mol Med (Berl) 2019; 97:1-17
  355. Dassie F, Favaretto F, Bettini S, Parolin M, Valenti M, Reschke F, Danne T, Vettor R, Milan G, Maffei P. Alstrom syndrome: an ultra-rare monogenic disorder as a model for insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes mellitus and obesity. Endocrine 2021; 71:618-625
  356. Marshall JD, Bronson RT, Collin GB, Nordstrom AD, Maffei P, Paisey RB, Carey C, Macdermott S, Russell-Eggitt I, Shea SE, Davis J, Beck S, Shatirishvili G, Mihai CM, Hoeltzenbein M, Pozzan GB, Hopkinson I, Sicolo N, Naggert JK, Nishina PM. New Alstrom syndrome phenotypes based on the evaluation of 182 cases. Arch Intern Med 2005; 165:675-683
  357. Tahani N, Maffei P, Dollfus H, Paisey R, Valverde D, Milan G, Han JC, Favaretto F, Madathil SC, Dawson C, Armstrong MJ, Warfield AT, Duzenli S, Francomano CA, Gunay-Aygun M, Dassie F, Marion V, Valenti M, Leeson-Beevers K, Chivers A, Steeds R, Barrett T, Geberhiwot T. Consensus clinical management guidelines for Alstrom syndrome. Orphanet J Rare Dis 2020; 15:253
  358. Ali S, Baig S, Wanninayake S, da Silva Xavier G, Dawson C, Paisey R, Geberhiwot T. Glucagon-like peptide-1 analogues in monogenic syndromic obesity: Real-world data from a large cohort of Alstrom syndrome patients. Diabetes Obes Metab 2024; 26:989-996
  359. Oshima J, Martin GM, Hisama FM. Werner Syndrome. In: Adam MP, Feldman J, Mirzaa GM, Pagon RA, Wallace SE, Amemiya A, eds. GeneReviews((R)). Seattle (WA)1993.
  360. Takemoto M, Kubota Y, Taniguchi T, Motegi SI, Taniguchi A, Nakagami H, Maezawa Y, Koshizaka M, Kato H, Tsukamoto K, Mori S, Kuzuya M, Yokote K. Management guideline for Werner syndrome 2020. 3. Diabetes associated with Werner syndrome. Geriatr Gerontol Int 2021; 21:142-145
  361. Atallah I, McCormick D, Good JM, Barigou M, Fraga M, Sempoux C, Superti-Furga A, Semple RK, Tran C. Partial lipodystrophy, severe dyslipidaemia and insulin resistant diabetes as early signs of Werner syndrome. J Clin Lipidol 2022; 16:583-590
  362. Christiansen AL, Bygum A, Hother-Nielsen O, Rasmussen LM. Diagnosing diabetes mellitus in patients with porphyria cutanea tarda. Int J Dermatol 2018; 57:763-769
  363. Bissell DM, Anderson KE, Bonkovsky HL. Porphyria. N Engl J Med 2017; 377:862-872
  364. Singal AK. Porphyria cutanea tarda: Recent update. Mol Genet Metab 2019;

Sexual Dysfunction in Female Patients with Diabetes

ABSTRACT

 

Female sexual dysfunction (FSD) is a significant complication of diabetes mellitus, affecting 20-80% of women with type 2 diabetes. The condition stems from multiple factors including vascular damage, neuropathy, hormonal imbalances, and psychological aspects. Sustained hyperglycemia leads to blood vessel damage and reduces nitric oxide bioavailability, affecting vaginal blood flow and lubrication. Management requires a comprehensive approach focusing on glycemic control, lifestyle modifications, and specific interventions including lubricants, medications, and psychological support. Treatment outcomes vary based on factors such as age, diabetes duration, and complication severity. Early intervention and regular screening are essential for improved outcomes.

 

INTRODUCTION AND EPIDEMIOLOGY

 

Female sexual dysfunction (FSD) represents a significant yet often overlooked complication of diabetes mellitus that substantially impacts quality of life and relationship satisfaction. Studies indicate that women with diabetes have a markedly higher prevalence of sexual dysfunction compared to normal women. In women with type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM), the prevalence of FSD is about 20–80%, compared to the general female population where it is about 40% (1). However, a recent study by Derosa et al. showed that the prevalence of FSD is about 87% (2). T2DM is a bigger burden in developed regions (Europe, North America), with approximately equal gender distribution (3). The relationship between diabetes and FSD is complex and multifactorial, involving physiological, psychological, and social components. Diabetes can affect sexual function through multiple pathways including vascular complications, neurological damage, hormonal imbalances, and psychological factors associated with a chronic disease. The duration of diabetes, glycemic control, and the presence of other diabetes-related complications all play crucial roles in the development and severity of FSD. Understanding these relationships is essential for healthcare providers to effectively address this important aspect of women's health in the context of diabetes care.

 

DEFINITION

 

The definition of female sexual dysfunction (FSD) includes female sexual interest/arousal disorder (FSIAD), female orgasmic disorder, and genitopelvic pain/penetration disorder. To be considered dysfunctional, these symptoms must cause distress and must occur at least 75% of the time over a 6-month period. This definition has been in place since the development of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5) in 2013. Thus, incidence and prevalence data based on this definition are developing (4) Prevalence of FSD is seen in women of reproductive age, which also include perimenopausal women although menopausal and postmenopausal women are also affected by FSD. Female Sexual Dysfunction is classified as Primary (occurring independently without medical or psychiatric causes) or Secondary (resulting from medical conditions, psychiatric disorders, or medications/ substances) (5).

 

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

 

The World Health Organization (WHO) declared human sexuality to be part of health quality and well-being in 1974 (WHO meeting on education and treatment in human sexuality) (6). In women, sexual function depends on different physiological circumstances such as vaginal hemodynamics and neurologic innervation, and the activity of genital and pelvic structures (7). Female sexual dysfunction in women with diabetes stems from decreased clitoral blood flow due to vascular damage and peripheral neuropathy affecting the hypo gastric- vaginal/clitoral arterial bed. Despite these known mechanisms, research remains limited, with most studies having small sample sizes and focusing on specific factors rather than comprehensive analysis (8). Blood vessel damage from diabetes is a major cause of sexual problems in both men and women. Underlying atherosclerosis may be suggested by measuring two enzymes called paraoxonase-1 (PON-1) and arylesterase (ARE), which are usually lower in diabetic patients with blood vessel problems (9). PON is an enzyme that helps break down harmful substances, particularly one called paraoxon. PON comes in three forms (PON-1, PON-2, and PON-3). Low levels of PON-1 signal various health problems, including diabetes, heart disease, kidney problems, arthritis, metabolic issues, or thyroid dysfunction (10). PON-1 and ARE contribute to the protective effect of HDL against atherosclerosis. A study by Ciftci and colleagues observed a negative correlation between PON-1 activity and erectile dysfunction (ED), along with a correlation between PON-1 activity and HDL levels, while LDL levels were higher in the ED group compared with the control group (11).

 

When blood glucose levels stay high for a long time, it damages cells in two main ways: by creating advanced glycation end products (AGEs), and by causing oxidative stress. This damages blood vessels and nerves that are important for the sexual response. High blood glucose also makes the vagina dry and more prone to infections, which can make sex uncomfortable. Research shows that keeping blood glucose levels steady and well-controlled can help prevent or reduce these sexual problems (12). There are some studies that correlate better glycemic control with lower incidence of FSD and better outcomes (13).

 

In diabetes, endothelial damage makes it harder for blood vessels to relax and allow proper blood flow during sexual arousal. This happens because nitric oxide causes vasodilation and in patients with diabetes reduced nitric oxide bioavailability and reduced endothelial signaling hinder normal blood vessel relaxation during sexual excitation, resulting in decreased vaginal blood flow and lubrication. At the same time, diabetes harms nerves in the genital area, reducing sensation and natural sexual responses. Both issues together make sexual function more difficult (14).

 

Dyspareunia in postmenopausal women primarily stems from genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM), characterized by progressive vulvovaginal atrophy due to estrogen deficiency. The decline in estrogen leads to thinning of vaginal epithelium, reduced elasticity, decreased lubrication, and increased vaginal pH. These changes result in symptoms including vaginal dryness, burning, irritation, and pain during intercourse. This condition affects postmenopausal women and often goes underreported and undertreated. Unlike vasomotor symptoms, GSM is progressive and doesn't resolve without intervention. The impact on sexual function can be significant, leading to reduced sexual activity, relationship strain, and decreased quality of life.

 

T2DM frequently causes hormonal abnormalities, which might contribute to sexual dysfunction. Insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia affect the hypothalamic–pituitary–ovarian axis, altering sex hormone levels (mainly estrogen) and to lessor degree progesterone and testosterone. Women with androgen excess and males with androgen insufficiency have the same cardiometabolic characteristics. The proper balance of estrogens and androgens is critical for maintaining energy metabolism, body composition, and sexual function. These changes can lead to diminished sexual desire, vaginal dryness, and poor genital responsiveness. (15)

 

Many women report a combination of symptoms that may worsen with poor glycemic control and duration of diabetes. The interaction between physiological changes and psychological factors, such as diabetes-related stress, body image concerns, and relationship dynamics, creates a complex clinical picture that requires comprehensive evaluation and management (figure 1).

 

Figure 1. Proposed mechanisms of FSD in patients with Type 2 DM.

 

DIAGNOSIS AND ASSESSMENT

 

A systematic approach to diagnosing FSD in women is essential for effective management. The diagnostic process should begin with a detailed medical history, including diabetes control, complications, medications, and comorbidities. Sexual history should be obtained sensitively, addressing the nature and timeline of sexual concerns, relationship factors, and impact on quality of life. Validated assessment tools such as the Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI) (16), the Sexual Function Questionnaire (16), female Orgasm Scale (17), and Multidimensional Vaginal Penetration Disorder Questionnaire (18) can provide objective measures of sexual dysfunction and help monitor treatment outcomes. Physical examination should include evaluation of vaginal health, signs of neuropathy, and vascular status. Laboratory assessments should include glycemic control markers (HbA1c), hormonal status (especially in perimenopausal women), and screening for other endocrine disorders that may contribute to sexual dysfunction. Psychological assessment is crucial, as depression, anxiety, and diabetes-related distress frequently co-exist with FSD. The diagnostic process should also consider cultural and social factors that may influence sexual function and help-seeking behavior. Healthcare providers should maintain a non- judgmental, culturally sensitive approach while conducting these assessments to ensure accurate diagnosis and appropriate treatment planning.

 

DIFFERENT DOMAINS OF FEMALE SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION

 

Sexual dysfunction (SD) is classified by two main medical systems (19):

 

  1. DSM (The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders)
  2. ICD (International Classification of Diseases), version 11

 

Both systems organize sexual problems based on the natural stages of sexual activity, from initial arousal through to orgasm. The conditions are divided into four main groups of sexual disorders (20).

 

DOMAIN 1: DESIRE PROBLEMS

 

  • Definition: Persistent lack of sexual thoughts/fantasies
  • Types:
    • Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder (HSDD)
    • Sexual Aversion Disorder (SAD)
  • Assessment Tool: Sexual Function Questionnaire (SFQ-V1) (16)

 

DOMAIN 2: AROUSAL ISSUES

 

  • Definition: Problems with physical/mental sexual excitement
  • Symptoms: Poor genital response, lack of interest
  • Assessment Tool: Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI) (16)

 

DOMAIN 3: ORGASM DIFFICULTIES

  • Types:
    • Primary: Lifelong inability
    • Secondary: Acquired problem
  • Definition: Absent/delayed/reduced orgasms
  • Assessment Tool: Female Orgasm Scale (17)

 

DOMAIN 4: PAIN CONDITIONS

  • Definition: Pain during sexual activity
  • Symptoms:
    • Pelvic muscle spasms
    • Entry pain
    • Fear of penetration
  • Assessment Tool: Multidimensional Vaginal Penetration Disorder Questionnaire (18)

 

Female sexual dysfunction classifications have evolved significantly. Recent systems (ICSM, ISSWSH, ICD-11) separate desire from arousal issues and emphasize sexual distress as crucial for diagnosis. ICD-11 introduced a new sexual health chapter, while experts have defined new subtypes of arousal disorders (FCAD, FGAD) (19,20) (table 1).

 

Table 1. The Main Classifications of Female Sexual Dysfunction

ICD

DSM

ICSM

ISSWSH

ICD-10

ICD-11(PROPOSED)

DSM-V

Fourth ICSM

ISSWSH-2016

ISSWSH-2018

Lack or loss of sexual desire

Hypoactive sexual desire disorder

Female sexual interest/arousal disorder

Hypoactive sexual desire dysfunction

Hypoactive sexual desire disorder

Hypoactive sexual desire disorder

Sexual aversion

Recommended for deletion

Female orgasmic    disorder

Female sexual arousal dysfunction

Female genital arousal disorder

Female sexual arousal disorder:

-female cognitive arousal disorder

-female genital arousal disorder

Lack of sexual enjoyment

Female sexual arousal dysfunction

Genito-pelvic penetration disorder

Female orgasmic dysfunction

Persistent genital arousal disorder

Persistent genital arousal disorder

Failure of sexual response

Female genital-pelvic pain dysfunction

Female orgasm disorder

Female orgasm disorder

Orgasmic dysfunction

Orgasmic dysfunction

Persistent genital arousal disorder

Female orgasmic illness syndrome

Female orgasmic illness syndrome

Non organic vaginismus

Sexual pain penetration disorder

Postcoital syndrome(post-orgasmic illness syndrome)

 

TREATMENT STRATEGIES AND MANAGEMENT

 

Management of FSD in  women requires a comprehensive, individualized approach addressing the underlying diabetes-related factors and specific sexual concerns. The cornerstone of treatment is optimizing glycemic control through appropriate diabetes management, as improved metabolic control often correlates with better sexual function. Lifestyle modifications, including regular exercise, smoking cessation, and stress reduction, can improve glycemic control and sexual health.

 

Specific treatments for sexual dysfunction may include vaginal moisturizers and lubricants for vaginal dryness, pelvic floor physical therapy for dyspareunia, and medications to address specific sexual concerns where appropriate. Hormonal therapy may be considered in post-menopausal women after careful risk assessment. For female sexual dysfunction in diabetes, treatments include PDE-5 inhibitors. Studies using animal models of female sexual response suggest the physiological effects of PDE5 on vaginal and clitoral tissues are similar to those observed in males (figure 2); therefore, it is unlikely that the lack of effects of PDE5 on women's sexual functioning could be related to gender differences in the physiological effects of PDE5. NO synthase (NOS) is active in the vaginal epithelium, and the PDE5 enzyme has been identified in vaginal smooth muscle tissue and the clitoral shaft (21). The various PDE5 inhibitors that have been evaluated in clinical trials in this population have included sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, udenafil, mirodenafil and avanafil (21,32).

 

Figure 2. Mechanism of PDE-5 in Female Sexual dysfunction.

 

Blood flow for better arousal and orgasm, while topical estrogen treatments address vaginal dryness and tissue health. Sexual aids such as vibrators or other similar devices can be beneficial for some women in enhancing sexual pleasure (21,22). Psychological interventions, including cognitive behavioral therapy, sex therapy, and relationship counseling play vital roles in addressing the psychological aspects of FSD. Management of concurrent conditions such as depression, anxiety, and other diabetes complications is essential. Patient education about the relationship between diabetes and sexual health, along with strategies for maintaining intimate relationships despite chronic illness, should be integrated into the treatment plan. Regular follow-up is necessary to monitor progress and adjust interventions as needed.

 

PREVENTION, PROGNOSIS, AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS

 

Prevention of FSD in  women focuses on maintaining optimal glycemic control, early detection of complications, and addressing modifiable risk factors. Regular screening for sexual concerns should be integrated into routine diabetes care to enable early intervention. The prognosis varies depending on multiple factors including age, duration, severity of diabetes, presence of complications, and effectiveness of interventions. Research suggests that early intervention and comprehensive management can improve sexual function and quality of life for many women (23). Emerging areas of research include novel therapeutic approaches such as growth factors for vaginal health, new drug delivery systems, and innovative psychological interventions.

 

Pharmacological strategies include ospemifene, a selective estrogen receptor modulator, that has been shown to be effective for the treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women with vaginal dryness (24) or flibanserin, a 5-HT1A agonist/5-HT2A antagonist, for women with hypoactive sexual desire (25) Future directions in management may involve personalized medicine approaches based on individual risk factors and response patterns. Additionally, there is a growing recognition of the need for better integration of sexual health care into diabetes management programs and improved training for healthcare providers in addressing these concerns. The development of new assessment tools and treatment modalities specifically tailored for diabetic women with FSD continues to be an active area of research. Understanding the long-term outcomes of various interventions and identifying factors that predict treatment success remain important goals for future studies.

 

Table 2. Recent Advances in Pharmacotherapy  For FSD

Drug name

Flibanserin (26.27)

Bremelanotide (27,28)

Testosterone (Off-label) (27,29,30)

Ospemifene

(31)

PDE5 Inhibitors

(32)

Brand Name

Addyi

Vyleesi

Various

Osphena

Viagra , Cialis

Indication

Premenopausal HSDD

Premenopausal HSDD

Postmenopausal sexual dysfunction

• Low libido

• Used off-label in US

Moderate-severe dyspareunia and VVA in postmenopausal women

• SSRI-induced FSD

• Diabetic FSD

• Arousal disorders

Administration

100mg oral daily at bedtime

1.75mgSC injection 45 min before activity; max 8/month

• Various formulations

• Creams, gels, implants

• 0.5-2% of male doses

60mg oral daily with food

Viagra:

• Start 25mg 1-2 hours before activity

Cialis:

• 2.5-5mg daily

 

Mechanism

• 5-HT1A agonist

• 5-HT2A antagonist

• Modulates serotonin, dopamine, norepinephrine

Melanocortin-4 receptor agonist

Androgenic effects on sexual response and libido

• SERM

• Vaginal estrogen agonist

• Breast estrogen antagonist

FIG 2

Common Side Effects

• Dizziness

• Somnolence

• Nausea

• Hypotension

• Nausea (40%)

• Flushing

• Injection site reactions

• Headache

• Acne

• Hirsutism

• Voice changes

• Clitoral enlargement

• Hot flashes

• Vaginal discharge

• Muscle spasms

• Hyperhidrosis

• Headache

•Flushing

• Nasal congestion

•Dyspepsia

• Visual changes

Contraindications

• Alcohol use

• Hepatic impairment

• Hypotension

• Uncontrolled hypertension

• CVD

• hypersensitivity

• Active breast cancer

• Severe liver disease

• Pregnancy

• Abnormal bleeding

• Estrogen-dependent neoplasia

• Active DVT/PE

• Arterial thromboembolism

• Nitrate use

•Hypotension

• Recent stroke/MI

• High-risk cardiac disease

Drug Interactions

• CYP3A4 modulators

• CNS depressants

• Alcohol (severe)

• Limited

• Caution with antihypertensives

• Anticoagulants

• Insulin

• Corticosteroids

•CYP3A4/2C9/2C19 inhibitors

• Estrogens

• High-fat meals affect absorption

• Nitrates

• Alpha blockers

• Strong CYP3A4 inhibitors

• HIV protease inhibitors

Monitoring Needs

• BP monitoring

• Liver function

• Alcohol use

• BP monitoring

• Nausea management

• Testosterone levels

• Lipids

• Liver function

• CBC

• Breast exams

• Annual gynecologic exam

• Abnormal bleeding

• Thromboembolic symptoms

• BP monitoring

• Nausea monitoring

Best Use Case

Premenopausal women who can abstain from alcohol

Premenopausal women who prefer on-demand treatment

Postmenopausal women with low T and no contraindications

Postmenopausal women with VVA who can't use vaginal estrogen

•SSRI-induced FSD

• Diabetic FSD

• Arousal disorders

FDA approved

In 2015, flibanserin became the first agent to gain approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of HSDD

A newly approved pharmaceutical option for treatment of HSDD in premenopausal women

The off-label use of testosterone to increase sexual desire in postmenopausal women is supported by evidence as well as several professional societies.

Approved by the FDA for the treatment of dyspareunia (painful intercourse) in postmenopausal women

Not FDA approved for FSD

 

ASSOCIATION OF FSD IN TYPE 1 DIABETES MELLITUS

 

Female sexual dysfunction (FSD) in Type 1 diabetes mellitus represents a complex clinical challenge affecting reproductive health, quality of life, and intimate relationships. The condition encompasses multiple sexual health disorders including decreased libido, arousal difficulties, orgasmic dysfunction, and dyspareunia (33).

 

The pathophysiological mechanisms are intricate and interconnected:

 

Vascular Changes: Chronic hyperglycemia causes endothelial dysfunction and reduced nitric oxide production, leading to decreased vaginal and clitoral blood flow. This impairs arousal response and natural lubrication, often resulting in vaginal dryness and discomfort during intercourse.

 

Neurological Impact: Diabetic neuropathy affects both autonomic and peripheral nervous systems. Autonomic neuropathy disrupts sexual response by impairing genital blood flow regulation and vaginal lubrication. Peripheral neuropathy reduces genital sensation, affecting arousal and orgasmic capacity.

 

Hormonal Alterations: Type 1 DM can affect hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis function, potentially leading to irregular menstruation and altered sex hormone levels. This may contribute to reduced libido and vaginal atrophy.

 

Psychological Factors: Women with Type 1 DM often experience higher rates of depression, anxiety, and poor body image, which significantly impact sexual desire and satisfaction. The burden of disease management and fear of complications can create psychological barriers to intimate relationships.

 

Treatment Considerations: Management requires a comprehensive approach including:

  • Optimal glycemic control
  • Regular screening for complications
  • Psychological support
  • Sexual health counseling
  • Treatment of specific symptoms (e.g., lubricants for vaginal dryness)
  • Partner involvement in treatment planning

 

Early recognition and intervention are crucial for preventing progression and maintaining sexual health in women with Type 1 DM.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Pontiroli, A.E.; Cortelazzi, D.; Morabito, A. Female Sexual Dysfunction and Diabetic Review and Meta-Analysis. J. Sex. Med. 2013, 10, 1044–1051.
  2. Derosa, G.; Romano, D.; D’angelo, A.; Maffioli, P. Female Sexual Dysfunction in Subjects with Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. Sex. Disabil. 2023, 41, 221–233.
  3. Ong, K.L.; Stafford, L.K.; McLaughlin, S.A.; Boyko, E.J.; Vollset, S.E.; Smith, A.E.; Dalton, B.E.; Duprey, J.; Cruz, J.A.; Hagins, H.; et al. Global, regional, and national burden of diabetes from 1990 to 2021, with projections of prevalence to 2050: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021. Lancet 2023, 402, 203–234.
  4. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Fifth Edition, Text Revision. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2022.)
  5. Rahmanian, E.; Salari, N.; Mohammadi, M.; Jalali, R. Evaluation of Sexual Dysfunction and Female Sexual Dysfunction Indicators in Women with Type 2 Diabetes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Diabetol. Metab. Syndr. 2019, 11, 1–17.
  6. Education and treatment in human sexuality: the training of health professionals. Geneva: World Health Organization; 1975 (http://apps.who. int/iris/bitstream/10665/38247/1/WHO_TRS_572_eng.pdf, accessed 14 June 2017)).
  7. Cortelazzi D, Marconi A, Guazzi M, Cristina M, Zecchini B, Veronelli A, et al. Sexual dysfunction in pre-menopausal diabetic women: clinical, metabolic, psychological, cardiovascular, and neurophysiologic correlates. Acta Diabetol. 2013;50(6):911-7.
  8. Kaya C, Yilmaz G, Nurkalem Z, Ilktac A, Karaman M. Sexual function in women with coronary artery disease: a preliminary study. Int J Impot Res. 2007;19(3):326-9.
  9. Mackness M, Mackness B. Paraoxonase 1 and atherosclerosis: is the gene or the protein more important?
  10. Ng CJ, Shih DM, Hama SY, Villa N, Navab M, Reddy ST. The paraoxonase gene family and atherosclerosis. Free Radic Biol Med. 2005;38(2):153-63
  11. Ciftci H, Yeni E, Savas M, Verit A, Celik H. Paraoxonase activity in patients with erectile dysfunction. Int J Impot Res. 2007;19(5):517-20.
  12. Faselis, C.; Katsimardou, A.; Imprialos, K.; Deligkaris, P.; Kallistratos, M.; Dimitriadis, K. Microvascular Complications of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. Curr. Vasc. Pharmacol. 2019, 18, 117–
  13. Veronelli, A.; Mauri, C.; Zecchini, B.; Peca, M.G.; Turri, O.; Valitutti, M.T.; Dall’Asta, C.; Pontiroli, E. Sexual Dysfunction Is Frequent in Premenopausal Women with Diabetes, Obesity, and Hypothyroidism, and Correlates with Markers of Increased Cardiovascular Risk. A Preliminary Report. J. Sex. Med. 2009, 6, 1561–1568.
  14. Gardner, D.G.; Shoback, D. Greenspan’ s Basic & Clinical Endocrinology, 10th ed.; McGraw-Hill Education: New York, NY, USA, 2018.
  15. Rogoznica M, Perica D, Borovac B, Belančić A, Matovinović M. Sexual dysfunction in female patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus—sneak peek on an important quality of life determinant. Diabetology (Internet). 2023 (cited 2024 Nov 5);4(4):527–36
  16. Rosen, R.; Brown, C.; Heiman, J.B.; Leiblum, S.; Meston, C.; Shabsigh, R.; Ferguson, D.; D’Agostino, R., Jr. The Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI): A Multidimensional Self-Report Instrument for the Assessment of Female Sexual Function. J. Sex Marital Ther. 2000, 26, 191– 208.
  17. Mcintyre-Smith A, Fisher WA. Female orgasm scale. In: Handbook of Sexuality-Related Measures. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Routledge; 2011
  18. Molaeinezhad M, Roudsari RL, Yousefy A, Salehi M, Khoei EM. Development and validation of the multidimensional vaginal penetration disorder questionnaire (MVPDQ) for assessment of lifelong vaginismus in a sample of Iranian women. J Res Med Sci. 2014; 19:336-348.
  19. Parish, S.J.; Goldstein, A.T.; Goldstein, S.W.; Goldstein, I.; Pfaus, J.; Clayton, A.H.; Giraldi, A.; Simon, J.A.; Althof, S.E.; Bachmann, G.; et al. Toward a more evidence-based nosology and nomenclature for female sexual dysfunctions: Part II. J. Sex. Med. 2016, 13, 1888–1906. (Google Scholar) (CrossRef) (PubMed) (Green Version)
  20. Zamponi, V.; Mazzilli, R.; Bitterman, O.; Olana, S.; Iorio, C.; Festa, C.; Giuliani, C.; Mazzilli, F.; Napoli, A. Association between type 1 diabetes and female sexual dysfunction. BMC Womens Health 2020, 20, 73. (Google Scholar) (CrossRef) (PubMed) (Green Version)
  21. Rosen, R. C., & Kostis, J. B. (2003). Overview of phosphodiesterase 5 inhibition in erectile dysfunction. The American Journal of Cardiology, 92(9), 9–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0002-9149(03)00824-5)
  22. Bhugra, D.; Colombini, G. Sexual Dysfunction: Classification and Assessment. Adv. Psychiatr. Treat. 2013, 19, 48–55.
  23. Vafaeimanesh, J.; Raei, M.; Hosseinzadeh, F.; Parham, M. Evaluation of Sexual Dysfunction in Women with Type 2 Diabetes. Indian J. Endocrinol. Metab. 2014, 18, 175–179.
  24. Portman, D.; Palacios, S.; Nappi, R.E.; Mueck, A.O. Ospemifene, a non-oestrogen selective oestrogen receptor modulator for the treatment of vaginal dryness associated with postmenopausal vulvar and vaginal atrophy: A randomised, placebo-controlled, phase III trial. Maturitas 2014, 78, 91–98.
  25. Katz, M.; DeRogatis, L.R.; Ackerman, R.; Hedges, P.; Lesko, L.; Garcia, M., Jr.; Sand, M. BEGONIA trial investigators. Efficacy of flibanserin in women with hypoactive sexual desire disorder: Results from the BEGONIA trial. J. Sex. Med. 2013, 10, 1807–1815
  26. Invernizzi RW, Sacchetti G, Parini S, Acconcia S, Samanin R. Flibanserin, a potential antidepressant drug, lowers 5-HT and raises dopamine and noradrenaline in the rat prefrontal cortex dialysate: role of 5-HT1A receptors. British Journal of Pharmacology. 2003;139(7):1281– 1288. (PubMed: 12890707)
  27. Pettigrew, J. A., & Novick, A. M. (2021). Hypoactive sexual desire disorder in women: Physiology, assessment, diagnosis, and treatment. Journal of Midwifery & Women’s Health, 66(6), 740–748. https://doi.org/10.1111/jmwh.13283
  28. Vyleesi: Highlights of Prescribing Information. In: Cranbury, NJ: Palatin Technologies, Inc.; 2021.
  29. Davis SR, Worsley R, Miller KK, Parish SJ, Santoro N. Androgens and Female Sexual Function and Dysfunction—Findings From the Fourth International Consultation of Sexual Medicine. The Journal of Sexual Medicine. 2016;13(2):168–178. (PubMed: 26953831)
  30. Davis SR, Baber R, Panay N, et al. Global Consensus Position Statement on the Use of Testosterone Therapy for Women. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism. 2019;104(10):4660–4666. (PubMed: 31498871)
  31. Elliott, W. T. A. D. C. (2013, March). Pharmacology Update: Ospemifene Tablets (OsphenaTM). 35(6)
  32. Balhara, Y. P., Sarkar, S., & Gupta, R. (2015). Phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors for erectile dysfunction in patients with diabetes mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Indian Journal of Endocrinology and Metabolism, 19(4), 451. https://doi.org/10.4103/2230-8210.159023
  33. Zhang, X., Zhu, Z., Tang, G., & Xu, H. (2023). Prevalence and predictors of sexual dysfunction in females with type 1 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The Journal of Sexual Medicine, 20(9), 1161–1171. https://doi.org/10.1093/jsxmed/qdad104

Growth and Growth Disorders

ABSTRACT

 

The process of growth is complex and is influenced by various factors that act centrally and peripherally.  In this chapter, we describe conditions associated with multiple pituitary hormone deficiency, isolated growth hormone deficiency, and abnormal growth without growth hormone deficiency, discuss the genes that are associated with these conditions, and prepare guidelines for the clinicians to evaluate a child with poor growth. In addition, we review treatment modalities, daily vs weekly, for growth hormone deficiency and their side effects.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Human growth starts at conception and proceeds through various identifiable developmental stages. The process of growth depends on both genetic and environmental factors that combine to determine an individual’s eventual height. Genetic control of statural growth is becoming increasingly clear. Many genes have been identified that are required for normal development and function of the pituitary in general, and that control the growth hormone/insulin-like growth factor axis in particular and many more that are involved in numerous cascades of intracellular processes “downstream” of GH/IGF1 action. Mutations of these genes have been shown to be responsible for abnormal growth in humans and animals.

 

Growth hormone (GH) has been used to treat short children since the late 1950’s (1,2). Initially only those children with the most pronounced growth failure due to severe growth hormone deficiency (GHD) were considered appropriate candidates, but with time children with growth failure from a range of conditions have been shown to benefit from GH treatment. GH has also been used to treat several catabolic diseases including cystic fibrosis, inflammatory bowel disease and AIDS wasting (3–7). Here we review the physiology of growth, the diagnosis of GH deficiency, treatment options and genetic growth hormone disorders.

 

GROWTH DISORDERS

 

Growth failure may be due to genetic mutations, acquired disease and/or environmental deficiencies. Growth failure may result from a failure of hypothalamic growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) production or release, from (genetic or sporadic) mal-development of the pituitary somatotropes, secondary to ongoing chronic illness, malnutrition, intrinsic abnormalities of cartilage and/or bone such as osteo-chondrodysplasias, and from genetic disorders affecting growth hormone production and responsiveness. Children without any identifiable cause of their growth failure are commonly labeled as having idiopathic short stature (ISS).

 

Genetic factors affecting growth include pituitary transcription factors (PROP1, POU1F1, HESX1, LHX3, and LHX4), GHRH, the GH secretagogue (GHS), GH, insulin like growth factor-1 (IGF1), insulin like growth factor-2 (IGF2), insulin (INS) and their receptors (GHRHR, GHSR, GHR, IGF1R, IGF2R and INSR) as well as transcription factors controlling GH signaling, including STAT1, STAT3, STAT5a, and STAT5b. Growth is also influenced by other factors such as the Short Stature Homeobox, sex steroids (estrogens and androgens), glucocorticoids and thyroid hormone.

 

Since the replacement of human pituitary-derived GH with recombinant human GH, much experience has been gained with the use of GH therapy. The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had expanded GH use for the following conditions for children (8).

 

  1. GH deficiency/insufficiency
  2. Chronic renal insufficiency (pre-transplantation)
  3. Turner syndrome
  4. SHOX haploinsufficiency
  5. Short stature from Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS)
  6. Children with a history of fetal growth restriction (SGA, IUGR) who have not caught up to a normal height range by age 2 years
  7. Children with idiopathic short stature (ISS): height > 2.25 SD below the mean in height and unlikely to catch up in height.
  8. Noonan Syndrome
  9.  Short Bowel Syndrome

 

FDA approved conditions for GH treatment for adults:

 

  1. Adults with GH deficiency
  2. Adults with AIDS wasting

 

The efficacy of GH treatment has been investigated in children whose height has been compromised due to chronic illnesses such as Crohn’s disease, cystic fibrosis, glucocorticoid-induced suppression of growth in other disorders (asthma and juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA), also known as juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA)), and adrenal steroid disorders such as congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH). Studies have shown both anabolic effects and improvement of growth velocity after GH treatment in children with glucocorticoid dependent Crohn’s disease (3,9,10). Improvement in linear growth has also been observed after GH treatment in children with cystic fibrosis and JIA (4–6). The same studies have shown significant improvement in weight gain and body composition, changes that have been variably correlated with improvement in life expectancy and quality of life.

 

The growth-suppressing effects of glucocorticoids are also seen in children affected with CAH where high androgens both increase short-term growth velocity and limit the height potential. Most patients with CAH complete their growth prematurely and are ultimately short adults. Lin-Su et al, showed that GH in combination with LHRHa significantly improved their final adult height in children with CAH (11).

 

Larger, long-term prospective studies are needed to determine the safety and efficacy of GH treatment in these populations of children.

 

The key mediator of GH action in the periphery for both prenatal and postnatal mammalian growth is IGF system. GH exerts its direct effects at the growth plate and indirect effects via IGF1. Better understanding the role of IGF1 on growth had led to the concept of IGF1 deficiency in addition to GH deficiency. With the introduction of recombinant human (rh) IGF1, today, it is possible to treat conditions due to genetic GH resistance or insensitivity caused by GH receptor defects, and the presence of neutralizing GH antibodies (12). 

 

MULTIPLE PITUITARY HORMONE DEFICIENCY (MPHD)

 

GH deficiency may occur in combination with other pituitary hormone deficiencies and is often referred to as hypopituitarism, panhypopituitarism or multiple pituitary hormone deficiency (MPHD).

 

The anterior portion of pituitary gland forms from Rathke's pouch around the third week of gestation (13). It is influenced by the expression of numerous transcription factors and signaling molecules; some of them required for continued normal function of pituitary gland.  Mutations have been identified in the genes encoding several pituitary transcription factors and signaling molecules, including GLI2, LHX3, LHX4, HESX1, PROP1, POU1F1, SOX2, PITX2, OTX2 and SOX3 (Table 1). The most frequently mutated gene is PROP1 (6.7% in sporadic and 48.5% in familial cases) (14).

 

Most cases of hypopituitarism are idiopathic in origin; however, familial inheritance, which may be either dominant or recessive, accounts for between 5 and 30% of all cases (15).  It may present early in the neonatal period with symptoms of hypoglycemia, micropenis in males, prolonged jaundice, with/without midline defects or later in childhood with poor feeding, growth failure, or delayed puberty.  It can be associated with single or multiple pituitary hormone deficiencies, and endocrinopathy.  It may be associated with several other congenital anomalies such as optic nerve hypoplasia, anophthalmia, microphthalmia, agenesis of the corpus callosum, and absence of the septum pellucidum. 

 

Table 1. Transcription Factors Required for Normal Pituitary Development

Transcription Factors 

Function

GLI2

Essential for the forebrain and early stages of the anterior pituitary development

LHX3

Essential for the early development of the anterior pituitary, including the somatotrope, thyrotrope, lactotrope and the gonadotrope (but not the corticotrope)

LHX4

Essential for the proliferation of the anterior pituitary cell types, including the somatotrope, thyrotrope and the corticotrope

 

HESX1

Essential for the development of the anterior pituitary, including the somatotrope, thyrotrope, lactotrope and the gonadotrope

PROP1

Essential for the development of most cell types of the anterior pituitary, including the somatotrope, the thyrotrope, the lactotrope and the gonadotrope (but not the corticotrope). Also essential for the expression of the PIT1 protein and the extinction of HESX1 in the anterior pituitary

POU1F1 (PIT1)

Necessary for somatotrope, lactotrope and thyrotrope development and for their continued function

SOX2

Essential for the expression of POU1F1 and the development of the gonadotrope

PITX2

Necessary for the development of gonadotrope, somatotrope, lactotrope and thyrotrope

OTX2

Transactivates HESX1 and POU1F1

SOX3

Essential for the early formation of hypothalamic-pituitary axis

 

GLI2

 

GLI2 is a transcription factor, mediating Sonic Hedgehog (SHH) signaling and is necessary for forebrain development as well as for the early stages of pituitary development (16).  It is located on the long arm of chromosome 2 at position q14, (Figure 1). The clinical phenotype of persons with mutations in GLI2 may vary from asymptomatic individuals to isolated GH deficiency to hypopituitarism in combination with a small anterior pituitary, ectopic posterior pituitary, midfacial hypoplasia, anophthalmia, holoprosencephaly, and polydactyly (17–19).

Figure 1. The GLI2 gene.

LHX3

 

LHX3 is a member of the LIM family of HomeoboX transcription factors. The LHX3 gene is located on 9q34.3, comprises 7 exons (including two alternative exon 1's, 1a and 1b) and encodes a protein of 402 amino acids (Figure 2. LHX3 is expressed in the developing Rathke's pouch and is required for the development of most anterior pituitary cell types, including the somatotrope, the thyrotrope, the lactotrope and the gonadotrope (but notably not the corticotrope). LHX3binds as a dimer, synergizing with POU1F1 (PIT1). Two unrelated families with MPHD were identified in 2000 (20) as harboring mutations in LHX3. The affected members of the family manifested severe growth retardation in association with restricted rotation of the cervical spine and a variable degree of sensory neural hearing loss. Inheritance is consistent with an autosomal recessive pattern of inheritance and of note one individual was found to have an enlarged pituitary. Recently, a new mutation in LHX3 was described in a child with hypointense pituitary lesion, focal amyotrophy and mental retardation in addition to neck rigidity and growth retardation (21). These clinical findings expand the phenotype associated with mutations in LHX3.

Figure 2. The LHX3 Gene.

LHX4

 

LHX4 also has a critical role in the development of anterior pituitary cells and is co-expressed with LHX3 in Rathke's pouch in an overlapping but not wholly redundant pattern. Raetzman et al showed overlapping functions with PROP1 in early pituitary development but also observed that their mechanisms of action were not identical (22). While LHX4 is necessary for cell survival, LHX3 expression is required for cell differentiation (23). The pituitary hypoplasia seen in LHX4 mutants results from increased cell death and reduced differentiation due to loss of LHX3 (22). However, PROP1mutants exhibit normal cell proliferation and cell survival but show evidence of defective dorsal-ventral patterning (22). In the absence of both LHX4 and LHX3 genes, no specification of corticotropes, gonadotropes or thyrotropes occurs in the anterior lobe. Although both LHX3 and LHX4 are crucial for the development of pituitary gland, LHX3 is expressed at all stages studied, whereas LHX4 expression is transient at 6 weeks of development (24). LHX4 is located on 1q25 and comprises 6 exons spread over a 45 kb genomic region (Figure 3). An intronic splice site mutation has been described in one family, manifesting GH, TSH and ACTH deficiency, along with cerebellar and skull defects. The mutation is transmitted as an autosomal dominant condition, with complete penetrance. Interestingly, a heterozygous mutant mouse model had no discernable phenotype, while homozygous loss of function in the mouse was fatal (25).

Figure 3. The LHX4 Gene.

HESX1

 

HESX1 (HomeoboX gene expressed in Embryonic Stem cells), also referred to as RPX1 (Rathke's Pouch HomeoboX) is necessary for the development of the anterior pituitary. RPX1 comprises 4 exons and encodes a protein of 185 amino acids that features both a homeodomain as well as a repressor domain and is located on chromosome 3p21.2 (Figure 4). The extinguishing of HESX1 requires the appearance of another pituitary transcription factor, PROP1. A mutation has been described in two children of a consanguineous union who had optic nerve hypoplasia, agenesis of the corpus callosum and panhypopituitarism, with an apparent autosomal recessive mode of inheritance (26).  This Arg → Cys mutation lies between the repressor and homeodomains, but the mutant protein was shown in vitro to be unable to bind to its cognate sequences. A novel homozygous missense mutation (126T) of the critical engrailed homology repressor domain (eh1) of HESX1 was described in a girl born to consanguineous parents (27). Neuroimaging revealed a thin pituitary stalk with anterior pituitary hypoplasia and an ectopic posterior pituitary. Unlike previous cases, she did not have midline or optic nerve abnormalities. Although 126T mutation did not affect the DNA-binding ability of HESX1, it impaired ability of HESX1 to recruit Groucho-related corepressor, thereby leading to partial loss of repression. It appears that HESX1 mutations exhibit a variety of clinical phenotypes with no clear genotype-phenotype correlation

Figure 4. The HESX1 Gene.

PROP1

 

PROP1 (the Prophet of PIT-1) encodes a transcription factor required for the development of most pituitary cell lines, including the somatotrope (GH secretion), lactotrope (prolactin (PRL) secretion), thyrotrope (TSH secretion), and the gonadotrope (FSH and LH secretion). Mutation of PROP1, therefore, results in the deficiency of GH, TSH, PRL, FSH and LH although some individuals with PROP1 mutations have been described with ACTH deficiency (30). Since PROP1 does not appear to be required for the development of the corticotrope cell line, the etiology of ACTH deficiency is unclear. It appears that the ACTH deficiency here is a consequence of the compensatory pituitary hyperplasia that develops over time. Significantly, the degree of TSH deficiency appears to be quite variable, even within mutation-identical individuals, suggesting that the general phenotype associated with PROP1 mutations is also quite variable. PROP1 is encoded by three exons and is located on 5q. Many mutations have been described in PROP1-all inherited in an autosomal recessive manner. Although several studies suggest that mutation of PROP1 is the most common cause of familial MPHD, it is less common in sporadic cases of MPHD (14,31). Two recurrent mutations have been described, both involving exonic runs of GA tandem repeats (Figure 5). In both cases, the loss of a tandem unit at either locus results in a frameshift and premature termination, and a protein incapable of transactivation.

Figure 5. The PROP1 Gene.

POU1F1

 

POU1F1 encodes the POU1F1 transcription factor, also known as PIT1, which is required for the development and function of three major cell lines of anterior pituitary: somatotropes, lactotropes and thyrotropes. Various mutations in the gene encoding POU1F1 have been described, resulting in a syndrome of multiple pituitary hormone deficiency involving GH, PRL and TSH hormones. POU1F1 is located on 3p11 and consists of six exons encoding 291 amino acids (Figure 6). Many mutations of POU1F1 have been described; some are inherited as autosomal recessive and some as autosomal dominant. There is a wide variety of clinical presentations in patients with POUF1 mutations. Generally, GH and prolactin deficiencies are seen early in life. However, TSH deficiency can be highly variable with presentation later in childhood or normal T4 secretion can be preserved into the 3rd decade (32,33). POU1F1 mutations have been described in a total of 46 patients from 34 families originating in 17 different countries (34). Recessive mutations are generally associated with decreased activation, while dominant mutations have been shown to bind but not transactivate - i.e. act as dominant-negative mutations, rather than through haploinsufficiency. One such mutation is the recurrent Arg271Trp (R271W), located in exon 6, which results from a C T transition at a CpG dinucleotide, i.e. a region predisposed to spontaneous mutagenesis. Another interesting mutation is the Lys216Glu mutation of exon 5. This mutation is unique in that the mutant transcription factor activates both the GH and PRL promoters at levels greater than wild-type (i.e. acts as a super-agonist), but down-regulates its own (i.e. the POU1F1) promoter-leading to decreased expression of PIT1. R271W is the most frequent mutation of POU1F1. Another report described a novel mutational hot spot (E230K) in Maltese patients suggests a founder effect (33). The same group reported two additional novel mutations within POU1F1 gene; an insertion of a single base pair (ins778A) and a missense mutation (R172Q) (31).

Figure 6. The POU1F1 gene.

SOX3

 

SOX3 encodes a single-exon gene SOX3, an HMG box protein, located on the X chromosome (Xq26.3) in all mammals(35). It is believed to be the gene from which SRY, testis–determining gene evolved (36). Based on sequence homology, SOX, however, is more closely related to SOX1 and SOX2, together comprising the SOXB1 subfamily and are expressed throughout the developing CNS (37,38). In humans, mutations in the SOX3 gene have been implicated in X-linked hypopituitarism and mental retardation. In a single family, a SOX3 gene mutation was shown in affected males who had mental retardation and short stature due to GH deficiency (39). The mutation was an in-frame duplication of 33 bp encoding for an additional 11-alanine, causing an expansion of a polyalanine tract within SOX3. Other mutations including a submicroscopic duplication of Xq27.1 containing SOX3, a novel 7-alanine expansion within the polyalanine tract, and a novel polymorphism (A43T) in the SOX3 gene were described in males with hypopituitarism (40). Phenotypes of these patients include severe short stature, anterior pituitary hypoplasia, ectopic posterior pituitary, hypoplastic corpus callosum, and infundibular hypoplasia. Although duplications of SOX3 have been implicated in the etiology of X-linked hypopituitarism with mental retardation, in at least one study, none of the affected individuals had mental retardation or learning difficulties (40). Taken together, the data suggests that SOX3 has a critical role in the development of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis in humans, and mutations in SOX3 gene are associated with X-linked hypopituitarism but not necessarily mental retardation (40).

 

ISOLATED GH DEFICIENCY (IGHD)

 

Abnormalities either in the synthesis or the activity of GH can cause a wide variation in the clinical phenotype of the patient. Most frequently, it occurs as a sporadic condition of unknown etiology but severe forms of IGHD may result from mutations or deletions in GH1 or GHRHR gene.  General clinical features of IGHD deficiency include proportionate growth retardation accompanied by a decreased growth velocity, puppet-like facies, mid-facial hypoplasia, frontal bossing, thin hair, a high-pitched voice, microphallus, moderate trunk obesity, acromicria, delayed bone maturation and dentition. Most children with IGHD have normal birth weight and length, however, some newborns may present with hypoglycemia, microphallus, and prolonged jaundice. Patients with IGHD appear younger than their chronological age. Puberty may be delayed until late teens, but usually fertility is preserved.

 

To date, four Mendelian patterns of inheritance for IGHD have been identified based on the type of defect, mode of inheritance, and degree of deficiency.

 

  • Type 1 GH deficiency is an autosomal recessively inherited condition, which exists as either complete, or partial loss of GH expression.

 

  1. a) Type 1a deficiency is characterized by the complete absence of measurable GH. Infants born with a type 1a defect are generally of normal length and weight, suggesting that, in utero, GH is not an essential growth factor (41,42). Growth immediately after birth and during infancy may also be less dependent on circulating GH levels than during other phases of life. Patients with Type 1a deficiency initially respond to rhGH treatment well. However, about 1/3 of patients develop antibodies to GH which leads to markedly decreased final height as adults (34). The exact prevalence of Type 1a deficiency is not known, and most reported families are consanguineous (34). Mutations in Type 1a have been described in GH1 and GHRHR-including nonsense mutations, microdeletions/frameshifts, and missense mutations.
  2. b) Type 1b deficiency represents a state of partial - rather than an absolute - deficiency of GH, with measurable (but insufficient) serum GH. Therefore, Type 1b is milder than Type 1a deficiency. Patients with Type 1b deficiency do not typically present with mid-facial hypoplasia or microphallus. They also have a good response to GH treatment without developing GH antibodies. Most cases of Type 1b GH deficiency are caused by missense and/or splice site mutations in the GH1 and GHRHR genes (43).

 

  • Type 2 GH deficiency is an autosomal dominantly inherited disorder with reduced secretion of GH. Patients with Type 2 GHD usually do not have any pituitary abnormality (44). However, recently, it has been shown that their pituitary may become small over time (45). They have a good response to GH treatment. This type of GH deficiency is intuitively less clear, since autosomal dominant conditions generally occur because of either haploinsufficiency or secondary to dominant-negative activity. Haploinsufficiency, however, has not been demonstrated in the obligate heterozygote carriers of individuals harboring GH1 deletions, and is therefore an unlikely explanation. Dominant-negative activity is usually associated with multimeric proteins, also making this explanation less intuitive. Type 2 GHD appears to be the most common form of IGHD, and many mutations have been identified in GH1 including splicing and missense mutations (46–53). Recent studies suggest that GH1 may not be the only gene involved in Type 2 GHD. Screening 30 families with autosomal dominant IGHD did not show any GH1 mutations, raising the possibility of other gene(s) being involved (54).

 

  • Type 3 growth hormone deficiency is inherited in an X-linked recessive manner. There are no candidate genes and no compelling explanations for this condition. There are no reported mutations of the GH-1 gene in Type 3 GHD. In addition to short stature, patients may also have agammaglobulinemia (34).

 

Table 2 summarizes the phenotypes of mutations involved in human pituitary transcription factors causing IGHD and MPHD and their mode of inheritance.

 

Table 2. Genotype and Phenotype Correlations in Human Pituitary Transcription Factors

Gene

Phenotype

Mode of Inheritance

  IGHD

GH-1

IGHD type 1a/1b

IGHD type 2

IGHD type 3

AR

AD

X-linked

GHRHR

IGHD type 1b

AR

  MPHD

  LHX3 

Deficiencies of GH, TSH, LH, FSH, PRL, rigid neck, small/normal/or enlarged anterior pituitary

AR

  LHX4

Deficiencies of GH, TSH and ACTH, small anterior pituitary, cerebellar and skull defects

AD

  HESX1 

Hypopituitarism, optic nerve hypoplasia, agenesis of the corpus callosum, ectopic posterior pituitary

AR/AD

  PROP1 

Hypopituitarism except ACTH deficiency, small/normal/or enlarged anterior pituitary

AR

  POU1F1   (PIT1)

Deficiencies of GH, TSH, PRL, small or normal anterior pituitary

AR/AD

  SOX3

Hypopituitarism, mental retardation, learning difficulties, small anterior pituitary, ectopic posterior pituitary, 

X-linked recessive

  OTX2

Hypopituitarism, microphthalmia, microcephaly, cleft palate

AD

  GLI2

Hypopituitarism, small anterior pituitary, ectopic posterior pituitary, holoprosencephaly, polydactyly

AD

AR: Autosomal Recessive; AD: Autosomal Dominant.

 

HYPOTHALAMIC GH DEFICIENCY

 

Synthesis and Secretion of GH

 

GH is synthesized within the somatotropes of the anterior pituitary gland and is secreted into circulation in a pulsatile fashion under tripartite control, stimulated by growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH), Growth Hormone Secretagogues (GHS) such as Ghrelin and inhibited by somatostatin (SST) (Figure 7). GHRH, GHS and SST secretion are themselves regulated by numerous central nervous system neurotransmitters (Table 3). GH, via a complex signal transduction, exerts direct metabolic effects on target tissues and exerts many of its growth effects through releasing of IGF1 which is mainly produced by the liver and the target tissues (e.g. growth plates).  Additional regulation of GH secretion is achieved through feedback control by IGF1 and GH at the pituitary and at the hypothalamus.

Figure 7. Hypothalamic-pituitary-peripheral regulation of GH Secretion. SST, somatostatin; GHRH, growth hormone releasing hormone; IGF1, insulin-like growth factor type 1.

 

Table 3. Neurotransmitters and Neuropeptides Regulating GHRH Secretion from Hypothalamus

 Dopamine 

Gastrin

 GABA 

Neurotensin

 Substance-P 

Calcitonin

 TRH 

Neuropeptide-Y

 Acetylcholine 

Vasopressin

 VIP 

CRHs

 

Timing

 

In addition to the absolute GH levels reached, the timing of the GH pulse is also physiologically important. GH is secreted in episodic pulses throughout the day, and the basal levels of GH are often immeasurably low between these peaks (Figure 8). Figure 8 illustrates normal spontaneous daily GH secretion, while figure 9 represents that of a child with GH deficiency.

Figure 8. The characteristic pulsatile pattern of GH secretion in normal children. Note the maximal GH secretion during the night.

Figure 9. GH secretion in a child with GH deficiency. Note the loss (both qualitative and quantitative) of episodic pulses seen in normal children.

 

Approximately 67% or more of the daily production of GH in children and young adults occurs overnight, and most of that during the early nighttime hours that follow the onset of deep sleep. During puberty, there is an increase in GH pulse amplitude and duration, most likely due to estrogens (55). GH secretion is sexually dimorphic, with females having higher secretory burst mass per peak but no difference in the frequency of peaks, or basal GH release (56). In addition, GH secretion is stimulated by multiple physiological factors (Table 4). Overweight children, independent of pubertal status, have reduced GH levels mainly due to reduced GH burst mass with no change in frequency (57).

 

Table 4. Physiological Factors that Affect GH Secretion

Factors that stimulate GH secretion 

Factors that suppress GH secretion

Exercise 

Hypothyroidism

Stress 

Obesity

Hypoglycemia 

Hyperglycemia

Fasting 

High carbohydrate meals

High protein meals 

Excess glucocorticoids

Sleep

 

 

Growth Hormone Releasing Hormone

 

GHRH (also known as Somatocrinin) is the hypothalamic-releasing hormone isolated in 1982 (58) believed to be the chief mediator of GH secretion from the somatotrope. GHRH deficiency is thought to be the most common cause of 'acquired' GHRH deficiency, secondary to (even mild) birth trauma. GHRH includes 5 exons, with transcription of (the non-coding) exon 1 differing on a tissue-specific basis (59). The mature GHRH protein contains 44 amino acids, with an amidated carboxy terminus (Figure 10). Despite this post-translational modification, much of the GH-secreting ability resides in the (original) amino half, allowing the synthesis of shorter peptides retaining efficacy (e.g. 1-29 GHRH). Despite being cloned in 1985 (60), there are no reports of (spontaneous) mutations in humans or in any animal model. Individuals with mutations in GHRH are predicted to have isolated GH deficiency.

Figure 10. The growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH) gene.

Growth Hormone Releasing Hormone Receptor

 

GHRHR was cloned in 1992 (61), described as the cause of isolated GH deficiency (IGHD) in the Little strain of dwarf mouse by 1993 (62,63), mapped in the human by 1994 (64), and demonstrated to be a cause of human GH deficiency in 1996 (43). GHRHR is located on 7p15 (64), comprises 13 exons and encodes a protein of 423 amino acids, belonging to the G-protein coupled, heptahelical transmembrane domain receptors (Figure 10). The initial reports of GHRHRmutations were in geographically isolated (and therefore endogamous) populations in South Asia (43,65,66) and later in Brazil (67). In fact, haplotype analysis of the GHRHR locus in three unrelated families from the Indian subcontinent, carrying the identical E72X nonsense mutation in GHRHR indicated that this represents a common ancient founder mutation (68). An independent analysis of patients with familial isolated GH deficiency from non-consanguineous families revealed that most patients carried the identical E72X mutation, suggesting that E72X mutation can be a reasonable candidate for isolated GH deficiency (69). There are now numerous other reports, making GHRHR one of the most mutated genes in IGHD. Roelfsema et al studied two members of a single family with an inactivating mutation of the GHRHR and noted that the 'normal' pattern of spontaneous GH production was preserved, although the absolute quantity of GH secreted was quite low and the approximate entropy significantly elevated (70); supporting the view that the amplitude of a GH pulse is the result of a GHRH burst, while the timing of GH pulses is the result of a somatostatin trough.

Figure 11. The growth hormone releasing hormone receptor (GHRHR) gene.

Ghrelin

 

In 1977 Bowers et al (71) reported on the ability of enkephalins to secrete GH and it was later demonstrated that this secretion was independent of GHRH. This sentinel finding gave rise to a new field of study, that of the growth hormone releasing peptides (GHRPs) or growth hormone secretagogues (GHSs). Twenty-two years later Kojima et al (72)reported the isolation of the endogenous ligand whose actions were mimicked by the enkephalins. They named the hormone Ghrelin, based on the Proto-Indian word for 'grow'. Ghrelin is located on 3p25-26 (73) (Figure 12), is processed from a ‘preproGhrelin’ precursor, and is primarily produced by the oxyntic cells of the stomach and to a lesser extent in the arcuate ventro-medial and infundibular nuclei of the hypothalamus (74). Ghrelin also plays a role in regulating food intake. In addition to its GH secreting actions, direct intracerebroventricular injection of Ghrelin in mice has potent orexigenic “appetite stimulating” action, and this action is mediated by NPY, which antagonizes the actions of Leptin.

 

Several studies have shown that, on a molar basis, Ghrelin is significantly more potent at inducing GH secretion than GHRH (75). Additionally, many of these studies have shown that Ghrelin and GHRH are synergistic, inducing a substantial GH response when given in combination (76–79). Several studies comparing GHRH and Ghrelin demonstrate that 1 ug/kg GHRH results in a GH peak of approximately 25 ng/ml, 1 ug/kg Ghrelin results in a GH peak of approximately 80 ng/ml GH, but when given together, 1ug/kg of GHRH +     1 ug/kg Ghrelin results in a GH peak of approximately 120 ng/ml (79,80). When short normal children were compared to children with neurosecretory GH deficiency, Ghrelin secretion was similar in both groups during daytime, but higher Ghrelin levels were detected during the night in short children with neurosecretory GH deficiency. The authors therefore suggest that Ghrelin is not involved in nighttime GH secretion (81), although these findings are also consistent with a relative Ghrelin insensitivity at night. In a group of boys with constitutional delay of puberty, testosterone administration caused the expected increase in GH concentrations but did not affect the 24-hour Ghrelin profile, suggesting that the testosterone-induced GH secretion was not mediated by Ghrelin (82). Another study demonstrated a decrease in Ghrelin concentrations following glucagon administration in a group of non-GH-deficient short children, suggesting that Ghrelin does not mediate glucagon-induced GH secretion (83).

 

A second hormone, Obestatin is also known to be produced from preproghrelin. Obestatin has anorexigenic effects, opposite those of Ghrelin (84). Several nucleotide changes have been identified in the preproghrelin locus, and some are associated with body mass index, BMI (85). It is not clear, however, whether these are polymorphisms, or distinct mutations. It is also not clear whether these nucleotide variants exert their effects solely via an altered Ghrelin, a corrupted Obestatin, or a combination of the two. A knockout mouse lacking the preproghrelin locus had no statural or weight phenotype, but this may well be the result of the simultaneous loss of both ghrelin and Obestatin. To this point, a transgenic mouse with abnormal ghrelin but normal Obestatin did indeed have poor weight gain, explained by either ghrelin deficiency, unopposed Obestatin, or both. There are no reports of (spontaneous) mutations in Ghrelin associated with short stature, either in humans or in any animal model, although polymorphisms have been associated with weight/metabolic syndrome. The theoretical phenotype of such an individual would presumably be that of isolated GH deficiency, most likely of post-natal onset and possibly with an abnormally low appetite.

Figure 11. The growth hormone releasing hormone receptor (GHRHR) gene.

Figure 12. The ghrelin (GHS) gene structure.

Ghrelin Receptor

 

The receptor for Ghrelin (GHSR) was identified in 1996 by Howard et al (74), prior to the identification of the ligand, and maps to 3q26-27 (Figure 13).  Mutations of the GHSR gene have been reported in individuals with isolated GH deficiency (86).

 

Combining data from numerous investigators, there appear to be differences in the specific roles of these parallel but independent pathways for GH secretion. Given that:

 

  1. Ghrelin induces a larger release of GH than GHRH,
  2. Both bolus and continuous GHRH infusion results in a chronic release of GH (87),
  3. A bolus of Ghrelin results in GH secretion, but continuous Ghrelin infusion does not; and
  4. Ghrelin administration (bolus or continuous) does not cause an increase in GH mRNA.

 

It is therefore likely that the GHRH/GHRHR arm of the somatotropin pathway serves primarily in the production of de novo GH, and secondarily in the release of (pre-made) GH while Ghrelin/GHSR may serve primarily in the release of stored GH, and only secondarily-if at all-in the production of de novo GH (80,88).

Figure 13. The Ghrelin receptor (GHSR) gene.

Somatostatin

 

The somatostatin gene (SST) is located on 3q28, and contains two exons, encoding a 116 amino acid pre-prosomatostatin molecule that is refined down to a 14 amino acid cyclic peptide (as well as a 28 amino acid precursor/isoform) (89) (see figure 14). Pancreatic somatostatin inhibits the release of both insulin and glucagon, while in the CNS, somatostatin inhibits the actions of several hypothalamic hormones, including GHRH. For this reason, somatostatin is also known as Growth Hormone Release Inhibiting Hormone. Somatostatin's widespread effects are mediated by five different receptors, all encoded by different genes (rather than through alternative splicing of a single gene). The anti-GHRH actions on the pituitary are primarily mediated by somatostatin receptors (SSTR) 2 and 5, which act by inhibiting cAMP as well as other pathways (90) (see figures 15 and 16). There is a single case report of a nucleotide variant in SSTR5, occurring in a subject with acromegaly. (This individual, however, was also reported as having a mutation in the GSP oncogene, placing the pathological nature of the SSTR5 variant in question). Whereas GHRH induces release of growth hormone stored in secretory vesicles by depolarization of the somatotrope, somatostatin inhibits GH release by hyperpolarizing the somatotrope, rendering it unresponsive to GHRH. There are no reports of mutations in the somatostatin gene, or in SSTR2.

 

All three of these hypothalamic modifiers of GH secretion act through cell-membrane receptors of the G-protein coupled receptor (GCPR) class. These receptors are characterized by seven membrane-spanning helical domains, an extracellular region that binds (but does not internalize) the ligand hormone, and an intracellular domain that interacts with a G-protein, which contains a catalytic subunit that generates a second messenger (e.g. cyclic AMP or inositol triphosphate).

Figure 14. The somatostatin (SST) gene.

Figure 15. The somatostatin receptor 2 (SSTR2) gene.

Figure 16. The somatostatin receptor 5 (SSTR5) gene.

PITUITARY GH DEFICIENCY

 

Human Growth Hormone

 

GH is critical for growth through (most of) childhood as well as for optimal metabolic, neurocognitive, cardiac, musculoskeletal and adipose function throughout life. GH acts through GH receptors on cells of a variety of target tissues. Many, but not all, actions of GH are mediated by insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF1), also known as Somatomedin-C. IGF1 is released in response to GH and acts as both a hormone and an autocrine/paracrine factor. GH, directly and indirectly through the actions of IGF1, stimulates tissue growth and proliferation, most notably in the epiphyseal growth plates of children, increases lean muscle mass, decreases fat mass, and increases bone mineral density.

 

Growth hormone is a single-chain polypeptide that contains 191 amino acids with two intramolecular disulfide bonds and the molecular weight of 22,128 Daltons. The GH protein (GHN) is encoded by the GH1 gene located on chromosome 17q22-q24 (Figure 17) in a complex of five genes: two for the growth hormone/growth hormone variant (GH1, GH2), two for chorionic somatomammotropin (CS1, CS2), and one for the somatomammotropin pseudogene (CSL). GH2 encodes the GHV protein that is secreted by the placenta into maternal circulation. GHV has greater lactogenic properties than does GHN and may function to maintain the maternal blood sugar in a desirable range, thus ensuring sufficient nutrition for the fetus.

Figure 17. Growth hormone (GH1) gene.

PERIPHERAL GH RESISTANCE

 

Growth Hormone Receptor

 

Growth failure with normal serum GH levels is well known, both at the genetic and clinical level. Although such cases may be due to defects of GH1 (e.g. bio inactive GH), many such subjects have been shown to have mutations in the GH Receptor (GHR), i.e. Growth Hormone Insensitivity, known as Laron Syndrome. Biochemical hallmarks of this syndrome are increased or normal GH levels with low IGF1 and with absent or decreased response to GH treatment (91).

 

The growth hormone receptor gene (GHR) is located on 5p13-12 and contains 10 exons which span a physical distance of almost 300 kb of genomic DNA (Figure 18). The GHR consists of a ligand-binding extracellular domain, an 'anchoring' transmembrane domain and an intracellular domain with intrinsic tyrosine kinase activity. A monomeric GHR binds a single GH molecule, which then dimerizes a second GHR, and activates the JAK/STAT and MAPK pathways and is internalized. The internalization leads to extinguishing of the GH signal, and the GHR is recycled for further rounds of activity. Two naturally occurring isoforms of the GHR arise from alternative splicing-one with an alternate exon 3, and the other with an alternate exon 9. The alternative exon 9 isoform yields a protein with only amino acids 1-279, and virtually none of the intracellular domain. This isoform cannot transduce the GH signal and yields higher molar quantities of GHBP (than wild-type GHR) and therefore acts as a GH "sink" (92). The GHR isoform lacking exon 3 has a high prevalence, and may be associated with altered GH signaling, although the direction of the alteration is not clear (93–96).

Figure 18. The growth hormone receptor (GHR) gene.

Defects in the GH signaling pathway have been demonstrated to be associated with postnatal growth failure. Mutations of Stat5b were reported in patients with severe growth failure. Several mutations of Stat5b gene have been reported. Although patients had a phenotype similar to that of congenital GH deficiency or GHR dysfunction, clinical and biochemical features (including normal serum GHBP concentrations) and immune deficiency (97) distinguish patients with STAT5b defects from patients with GHR defects.  It also appears that STAT5b mutations are associated with hyperprolactinemia.  It remains unclear whether the hyperprolactinemia is a direct or indirect effect of STAT5b mutations (98).

 

In humans, the extracellular portion of GHR is enzymatically cleaved and functions as the GH-Binding Protein (GHBP)(99). GHBP presumably serves to maintain GH in an inactive form in the circulation and to prolong the half-life of GH. Serum levels of GHBP are therefore used as a surrogate marker for the presence of GHR, and abnormal levels-both elevated and decreased-may indicate abnormality in the GHR (100,101). Of note is that mutations have also been described in individuals with 'normal' GHBP levels. GHI secondary to GHR mutations are mostly autosomal recessive mutations, but dominant negative mutations have also been described. Individuals with heterozygote mutations in GHRmay present with significant short stature (102). Mutations in GHR have also been associated with idiopathic short stature (ISS) (103–105). The original reports of GHR mutation described limited elbow extension and blue sclera, but these findings are not universal.

 

Many genetic abnormalities have been described in GHR, including nonsense mutations, missense mutations, macrodeletions, microdeletions and splice site changes. Of the latter, one of the most interesting is the "E180E" mutation, wherein an exonic adenosine is converted to a guanine, converting GAA to GAG, which would be predicted to not change the amino acid structure of GHR (both GAA and GAG encode glutamic acid). On this basis, this "silent polymorphism" would be expected to have no phenotype, but in reality, causes GH resistance and extreme short stature by activation of a cryptic splice site. This mutation was noted in Loja and El Oro, Ecuador in two large cohorts. This identical mutation has also been identified in Jews of Moroccan descent, suggesting that this mutation dates to at least the 1400’s and that the Ecuadorian cohorts, therefore, likely represent Sephardic Jews who left Spain around the time of the Inquisition at the end of the fifteenth century, CE (106). Another splice site mutation at position 785-3 (C>A in the intron 7) was recently described in a patient and mother with short stature and extremely elevated GHBP (107). The consequence of this novel mutation is a truncated GHR which lacks the transmembrane domain (encoded by exon 8) and the cytoplasmic domain. It was hypothesized by the authors that this GHR variant cannot attach to the cell membrane, and the continual secretion into the circulation results in the elevated levels of serum GHBP detected in the patient and his mother. The presence of the wild-type GHR allele presumably permits some level of normal GH-induced action.

 

Insulin-Like Growth Factor 1 (IGF1)

 

Many of growth hormone's physiological actions are mediated through the insulin-like growth factor, IGF1 (formerly referred to as somatomedin C). Serum IGF1 levels are commonly measured as a surrogate marker of GH status since IGF1 displays minimal circadian fluctuation in serum concentration. IGF1 plays a critical role in both prenatal and postnatal growth, signaling through the IGF1 as well as the insulin receptors (Table 5). IGF1 circulates as a ternary complex consisting of IGF1, IGFBP3, and ALS. IGF bioavailability is regulated by a metalloprotease termed ‘pregnancy-associated plasma protein-A2’ (PAPPA2) (108). PAPPA2 cleaves IGFBP3 or IGFBP5 to free IGF1 from its ternary complex, allowing it to bind to its target tissues.  In addition to PAPPA2, stanniocalcin-2 (STC2) also plays a critical role in IGF1 bioavailability by inhibiting the proteolytic activity of PAPPA2 (109,110).

 

The IGF1 gene is located on 12q22-24.1, consists of six exons and spans over 45 kb of genomic DNA (Figure 19). Alternative splicing produces two distinct IGF1 transcripts, IGF1-A and IGF1-B. Woods et al described a male of a consanguineous union with prenatal (intrauterine) and postnatal growth retardation, sensorineural deafness and mental retardation (111). DNA analysis showed a homozygous partial deletion of the IGF1 gene (111,112). Subsequently, additional cases have been described (113,114).

Figure 19. The IGF1 gene.

Mice engineered to completely lack Igf1 (Igf1 knockouts) are born 40% smaller than their normal littermates (115,116). Recent studies of a hepatic-only Igf1 knockout (KO) mouse, however, demonstrate that IGF1 functions primarily in a paracrine or autocrine role, rather than in an endocrine role (117). Liver specific Igf1 knock-out mice, were found to have a 75% reduction in serum Igf1 levels but were able to grow and develop (nearly) normally (117,118) with a mild phenotype developing only late in life (117). A further decrease in serum IGF1 levels of 85% was observed when double gene KO mice were generated lacking both the acid labile subunit (ALS) and hepatic IGF1. Unlike the single hepatic-only IGF1-KO's, these mice showed significant reduction in linear growth as well as 10% decrease in bone mineral density (119). Thus, as illustrated by the combination liver specific IGF1+ALS knock-out mouse model, there likely exists a threshold concentration of circulating IGF1 that is necessary for normal bone growth and suggests that IGF1, IGFBP3, and ALS may play an important role in bone physiology and the pathophysiology of osteoporosis.

 

In humans, homozygous mutations in ALS result in mild postnatal growth retardation, insulin resistance, pubertal delay, unresponsiveness to GH stimulation tests, elevated basal GH levels, low IGF1 and IGFBP3 levels and undetectable ALS (120–122). Although it is not clear why postnatal growth is mildly affected, it may be due to increased GH secretion due to loss of negative feedback regulation by the low circulating IGF1. Increased GH secretion could then up-regulate the functional GH receptor increasing local IGF1 production, thus partially protecting linear growth (97) (Figure 20). Over a dozen inactivating mutations of the IGFALS gene have been described in patients with ALS deficiency (123). 

Figure 20. The effect of ALS mutations on the GH-IGF1 axis. Savage MO Camacho-Hubner C, David A, et al. 2007” Idiopathic short stature: will genetics influence the choice between GH and IGF1 therapy?” Eu J of Endocrine 157:S33 Society of European Journal of Endocrinology (2007). Reproduced by permission. Reprinted with permission (124).

Elevated IGF1 levels has recently been associated with colon, prostate and breast cancer (125–127) and the association was strongest when an elevated IGF1 was combined with a decreased IGFBP3 level. This combination-expected to yield more bioactive IGF1 may merely reflect the tumorigenic process, rather than demonstrate causality. Importantly, GH treatment induces a rise in both IGF1 as well as IGFBP3 (128) and therefore would not be expected to increase cancer risk in normal individuals.

 

Table 5. Summary of IGF1 Function in Different Systems and its Effects (129)

IGF1 Function 

IGF1 Deficiency

Intrauterine Growth

IUGR

Postnatal Growth

Short Stature

CNS

Neurodegenerative disease

Insulin sensitization/improvement of glucose disposal/beta cell proliferation

Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes

 

IGF1 Excess

Mitosis/Inhibition of apoptosis 

Malignancy

 

IGF1 Deficiency

 

IGF1 deficiency can be classified based on decreased IGF1 synthesis (primary) or decreased IGF1 as a result of decreased or inactive GH (secondary) (130) (see Table 6).

 

Table 6.  IGF1 Deficiency

I.               Primary IGF1 Deficiency (normal or elevated GH levels) 

II.               

1.     Defects in IGF1 Production:

1.     Mutation in IGF1 gene or bio inactive IGF1

2.     GHR receptor signaling defects (JAK/STAT)

3.     Mutations in ALS gene

4.     Factors affecting IGF1 production (malnutrition, liver, inflammatory bowel

disorders, celiac disease)

 

Defects in IGF1 Action:

1.     IGF1 resistance due to receptor or post-receptor defects

2.     Factors inhibiting IGF1 binding to IGF1R (increased IGFBPs and presence of IGF1 antibodies)

3.      

Defects in GH Action:

1.     Factors inhibiting (increased GHBPs and presence of GH antibodies)

2.     GH receptor defects (decreased GH receptors, GHR antibodies, GHR gene defects)

III.            Secondary IGF1 Deficiency (decreased GH levels)

 

Decreased GH production

1.     Defects in GH gene

2.     Defects in GHRH or GHRH receptor

3.     Psychological disorders

 

Defects in hypothalamus and pituitary

 

 

Recombinant Human IGF1 (rhIGF1)

 

rhIGF1 is useful in the treatment of primary IGF1 deficiency resulting from abnormalities of the GH molecule (resulting in a bio inactive GH), the GH receptor (known as Laron syndrome) or GH signaling cascade (131). Studies have shown that rhIGF1 significantly improves height in children unresponsive to rhGH (132,133), and clinical trials clearly demonstrated better response to IGF1 therapy when initiated at an early age (134).

 

FDA approved conditions for rhIGF1 treatment for children with (135):

  1. Severe primary IGF1 deficiency
  2. GH gene deletions who have developed neutralizing antibodies to GH

 

Severe primary IGF1 deficiency is defined by:

  1. Height SD score is less than -3SD
  2. Basal IGF1 level is below -3SD
  3. Normal or elevated GH

 

The recommended starting dose of rhIGF1 is 40-80 microgram/kg twice daily by subcutaneous injection.  If it is tolerated well for at least one week, the dose may be increased by 40 microgram/kg per dose, to the maximum dose of 120 microgram/kg per dose (136).

 

The most common side effects of IGF1 treatment are pain at injection site and headaches which mostly diminish after the first month of treatment (131). Other less common side effects are lipohypertrophy at the injection site, pseudotumor cerebri, facial nerve palsy and hypoglycemia (134). Another effect of IGF1 treatment is a significant increase in fat mass and BMI (137) — in contradistinction to the lipolytic effect of rhGH treatment. Coarsening of facial features, increased hair growth, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, scoliosis, hypersensitivity, and allergic reactions including anaphylaxis are other prominent adverse effects and are most commonly seen during puberty. Growth of lymphoid tissue is a concern which may require tonsillectomy (131).  

 

Insulin-Like Growth Factor 1 Receptor (IGF1R)

 

The receptor for IGF1 is structurally related to the insulin receptor and similarly has tyrosine kinase activity (Figure 21). IGF1R is located on 15q25-26. The mature (human) IGF1 receptor contains 1337 amino acids and has potent anti-apoptotic activity (137). The IGF1 receptor transduces signals from IGF1, IGF2 and insulin. However, murine data suggest that initially (in the embryo) only the IGF2 signal is operational, while later on in development (i.e. the fetus), both IGF1 and IGF2 (and probably insulin) signal through the IGF1R (112). Hemizygosity for IGF1R has been reported in a single patient (and appears likely in others) with IUGR, microcephaly, micrognathia, renal anomalies, lung hypoplasia and delayed growth and development (138). Murine and human studies have shown that mutations in IGF1R result in combined intrauterine and postnatal growth failure (104), confirming the critical role of the IGF system on embryonic, fetal and postnatal growth. A novel heterozygous mutation in the tyrosine kinase domain of the IGF1R gene was recently identified in a family with short stature. The mutation, a heterozygous 19-nucleotide duplication within exon 18 of the IGF1R gene, results in haploinsufficiency of the IGF1R protein due to nonsense mediated mRNA decay (139).

Figure 21. The Insulin-Like Growth Factor 1 Receptor (IGF1R) gene.

In summary, IGF1 and IGF1R mutations should be considered if a child presents with the following:

 

  1. Intrauterine and postnatal growth retardation
  2. Microcephaly
  3. Mental retardation
  4. Developmental delay
  5. Sensorineural deafness
  6. Micrognathia
  7. Very low or very high levels of serum IGF1

 

High serum (total) IGF1 levels are observed in patients with loss-of-function mutations in pregnancy-associated plasma protein A2 (PAPPA2) (140). As noted earlier, PAPPA2 is responsible for cleaving IGFBP3 or IGFBP5 to free bioactive IGF1 from its ternary complex so that IGF1 binds to its target sites (108).  Loss-of-function mutations in PAPPA2 decrease biologically active (i.e. ‘free’) IGF1 levels and cause short stature (140,141). To date, a total of seven patients with PAPPA2 mutations have been reported from three unrelated families (141,142). Patients generally had similar clinical phenotypes with growth failure, microcephaly, micrognathia, delayed dental eruption, thin long bones, and decreased bone mineral density (141).  Their total serum IGF1, IGF2, IGFBP3, IGFBP5, and ALS levels were elevated but the affected individuals had decreased free IGFI levels and IGF1 bioactivity (141). Serum PAPPA2 levels were either undetectable or low (143).

 

Both short-term and long-term treatment with rhIGF1 has been shown to be effective improving linear growth in children with PAPPA2 deficiency with variable height gain results and positive effects on bone mineral density and bone structure (142,144–148). Although the majority of subjects tolerated rhIGF1 treatment with no adverse effects, pseudotumor cerebri was noted to be the most common adverse event (147).

 

A single patient with PAPPA2 deficiency was administered fresh frozen plasma with the goal to restore PAPPA2 activity. Interestingly, the patient responded with significantly increased free IGF1 levels, but her serum PAPPA2 levels did not measurably increase.in vitro addition of rhPAPPA2 to the patients serum similarly demonstrated an increase in free IGF1, as did the serum of patients with ISS, although the increase in ISS patients was less robust (149).  However, authors caution first establishing the normal ranges for PAPPA2 and free IGF1 before developing PAPPA2 as a potential novel treatment for growth.

 

Insulin-Like Growth Factor 2 (IGF2)

 

IGF2 is thought to be a major prenatal growth hormone and to be less critical for statural growth in post-natal life.

 

The human gene, IGF2, is located on 11p15.5 (Figure 22). Chromosome 11p15.5 carries a group of maternally (IGF2) and paternally (H19) imprinted genes that are crucial for embryonic and/or fetal growth. Genetic or epigenetic changes in the 11p15.5 region alter this growth (150). IGF2 is maternally imprinted, meaning that the maternal allele is unexpressed. The close proximity of INS to IGF2-in addition to nearly 50% amino acid identity-suggest that these genes arose through gene duplication events from a common ancestor gene. IGF2 acts via the IGF1 receptor (as well as the insulin receptor). Over-expression of IGF2 results in overgrowth, similar to that seen in Beckwith-Wiedemann Syndrome (which can be due to loss of imprinting, effectively doubling IGF2 expression). A mouse model overexpressing Igf2 demonstrates increased body size, organomegaly, omphalocele, cardiac, adrenal and skeletal abnormalities, suggestive of Beckwith-Wiedemann and Simpson-Golabi-Behmel syndromes (151). Interestingly, IGF2 expression is normally extinguished by the Wilm's Tumor protein (WT1), providing an explanation for the overgrowth (e.g. hemi-hypertrophy) typically seen in subjects with Wilm's Tumor (152). In contrast, mice without a functional Igf2 (Igf2 knockouts) are born 40% smaller than their normal littermates (identical to Igf1 knockouts).

Figure 22.The Insulin-Like Growth Factor 2 (IGF2) gene.

Recent reports on individuals with severe intrauterine growth retardation showed maternal duplication of 11p15 (153). Furthermore, individuals with Silver-Russell-syndrome (SRS, also known as Russell-Silver syndrome) have been found to have an epimutation (demethylation) associated with biallelic expression of H19 and down regulation of IGF2(154,155). Russell-Silver syndrome is a congenital disorder characterized by intrauterine and postnatal growth retardation, typical facial features (triangular face, micrognathia, frontal bossing, downward slanting of corners of the mouth), asymmetry, and clinodactyly. Other chromosomal abnormalities such as maternal uniparental disomy on chromosome 7 also have been shown in 10% of individuals with SRS (156).

 

A paternally derived balanced chromosomal translocation that disrupted the regulatory regions of the predominantly paternally expressed IGF2 gene was described in a woman with short stature, history of severe intrauterine growth retardation (-5.4 SDS), atypical diabetes and lactation failure (157).

 

Insulin-Like Growth Factor 2 Receptor (IGF2R)

 

A receptor for IGF2, the IGF2R, has been identified, but does not appear to be the mediator of IGF2's growth promoting action. IGF2R is located on 6q26 and encodes a receptor unrelated to the IGF1 or insulin receptor (Figure 23). IGF2R is also the mannose-6-phosphate receptor and serves as a negative modulator of growth (for all IGF's and insulin). Its main role in vivo is probably as a tumor suppressor gene. While IGF2 is maternally imprinted, mouse Igf2R is paternally imprinted. There is some evidence that (in a temporally limited fashion) IGF2R is also paternally imprinted in humans. Somatic mutations have been found in hepatocellular carcinoma tissue (heterozygous mutations associated with loss of the other allele), but no germ-line mutations have been identified in individuals with growth abnormalities.

Figure 23. The Insulin-Like Growth Factor 2 Receptor (IGF2R) gene.

Insulin

 

In addition to its glycemic and metabolic roles, insulin functions as a significant growth promoting/anabolic agent. The insulin gene (INS) is located on Chr 11p15.5 and comprises 3 exons (Figure 24). Insulin's role in fetal growth is quite significant, as demonstrated by hyper insulinemic babies (e.g. infants of diabetic mothers (IDM)). Insulin's growth promoting activity is mediated through a combination of insulin and the IGF1 receptors. Mutations in the INS gene have been described in subjects with hyperinsulinemia (and/or hyperproinsulinemia) and diabetes mellitus.

Figure 24. The insulin gene (INS).

Insulin Receptor

 

The insulin receptor is structurally related to the IGF1 receptor. The gene, INSR, is located on Chr 19p13.2 and contains 22 exons that span over 120 kilobases of genomic DNA (Figure 25). INSR encodes a transmembrane protein with tyrosine kinase activity which can transduce the signals of insulin, IGF1 and IGF2.

 

Individuals with a mutation in the insulin receptor have been identified and may be the basis for the mythological 'Leprechauns'. They typically have intrauterine growth retardation; small elfin facies with protuberant ears; distended abdomen; relatively large hands, feet, and genitalia; and abnormal skin with hypertrichosis, acanthosis nigricans, and decreased subcutaneous fat. At autopsy, several subjects have been found to have cystic changes in the membranes of gonads and hyperplasia of pancreatic islet cells. Severe mutations generally lead to death within months, but more mild mutations have been found in individuals with insulin resistance, hypoglycemia, acanthosis nigricans, normal subcutaneous tissue and may even be associated with a normal growth pattern! Individuals with even 'mild mutations' have been shown to have a thickened myocardium, enlarged kidneys and ovarian enlargement.

Figure 25. The insulin receptor gene (INSR).

SHORT STATURE WITH AN ADVANCED BONE AGE

 

Aggrecan

 

Aggrecan has also been shown to be involved in human height and the growth process.  The aggrecan protein is a major constituent of the extracellular matrix of articular cartilage, where it forms large multimeric aggregates.  The gene, ACAN, is located on Chr 15q26.1, comprising 19 exons spread over nearly 72 kilobases of genomic DNA.  Exon 1 is approximately 13 kilobases upstream of exons 2-19, which comprise the coding portion of ACAN (158).  ACANundergoes alternative splicing yielding several isoforms; the predominant isoform being 2132 amino acids long, with three globular domains (G1-3), an ‘interglobular’ (IG) domain, a keratan sulfate (KS) domain and a chondroitin sulfate (CS) domain, largely encoded in a modular fashion (Figure 26).

 

Domains G1 and G2 contain tandem repeat units rich in cysteine, which are necessary for disulfide bridging, the binding of hyaluronic acid and structural integrity, and are separated by the IGD, which provides a level of rigidity.  The KS domain contains 11 copies of a six amino acid motif, while the chondroitin sulfate (CS) domain contains over 100 (non-tandem repeated) copies of the dipeptide Serine-Glycine).  The G3 domain appears to function in maintaining proper protein folding and subsequent aggrecan secretion.  The attachment of hyaluronic acid, keratan and chondroitin sulfate lead to significant water retention, which is largely responsible for the shock-absorbing character of articular cartilage.  Aggrecan is also necessary for proper “chondroskeletal morphogenesis” (159), ensuring the proper organization and sequential maturation of the epiphysis.

 

In 1999, Kawaguchi reported a mutation in ACAN in subjects with lumbar disc herniation (160), then in 2005, both an autosomal dominant form of spondyloephiphyseal dysplasia (SED-Kimberly type) (161) and an autosomal recessive form (SED-Aggrecan type) (162) were shown to arise from mutations in ACAN.

 

In 2010, cases of autosomal dominant short stature with an advanced bone age were found to have mutations in ACAN, either with or without osteochondritis dissecans and/or (early-onset) osteoarthritis (163–167). 

 

Dateki identified a family of four affected where three members had short stature with an advanced bone age, midface hypoplasia, joint problems and brachydactyly, while the fourth had lumbar disc herniation without other findings (168), attesting to phenotypic heterogeneity, even within a family.

Figure 26. The aggrecan gene (ACAN).

The Short Stature Homeobox-Containing Gene (SHOX) Haploinsufficiency

 

The Short Stature Homeobox-containing gene (SHOX) was identified in the pseudo-autosomal region 1 on the distal end of the X and Y chromosomes at Xp22.3 and Yp11.3 (Figure 27) (169). Mutations in SHOX were observed in 60-100% of Léri-Weill dyschondrosteosis and Langer mesomelic dysplasia (170,171).  Turner syndrome is almost always associated with the loss of SHOX gene because of numerical or structural aberration of X chromosome (172).The most common genetic defects leading to growth failure in humans are due to SHOX mutations with the incidence of 1:1,000 (173).

Figure 27. The Short Stature Homeobox-containing gene (SHOX). Reprinted with Permission. www.shox.uni.hd.de.

Genes in pseudoautosomal region 1 do not undergo X inactivation, therefore, healthy individuals express two copies of the SHOX gene, one from each of the sex chromosomes in both 46,XX and 46,XY individuals. The SHOX gene plays an important role in linear growth and is involved in the following:

 

  1. Intrauterine linear skeletal growth
  2. Fetal and childhood growth plate in a developmentally specificpattern and responsible for chondrocytedifferentiation and proliferation (174).
  3. A dose effect: SHOX haploinsufficiency is associated with short stature. In contrast, SHOX overdose as seen in sex chromosome polyploidy is associated with tall stature.

 

A large number of unique mutations (mostly deletions and point mutations) of SHOX have been described (170,172,175). SHOX abnormalities are associated with a broad phenotypic spectrum, ranging from short stature without dysmorphic signs as seen in idiopathic short stature (ISS) to profound Langer’s mesomelic skeletal dysplasia, a form of short stature characterized by disproportionate shortening of the middle segments of the upper arms (ulna) and lower legs (fibula) (176).  In contrast to many other growth disorders such as growth hormone deficiency, SHOX deficiency is more common in girls.

 

Rappold et al developed a scoring system to determine the phenotypic spectrum of SHOX deficiency in children with short stature and identify patients for SHOX molecular testing (175).  The authors recommend a careful examination including measurement of body proportions and X-ray of the lower legs and forearm before making the diagnosis of ISS. The scoring system consists of three anthropometric variables (arm span/height ratio, sitting height/height ratio and BMI), and five clinical variables (cubitus valgus, short forearm, bowing of forearm, muscular hypertrophy and dislocation of the ulna at the elbow). Based on the scoring system, authors recommend testing for SHOX deficiency for the individuals with a score greater than four or seven out of a total score of 24 (Table 7).

 

The recent data show that GH treatment is effective in improving linear growth of patients with SHOX mutations (176).

 

Table 7.  Scoring system for identifying patients that qualify for short-stature homeobox containing gene (SHOX) testing based on clinical criteria. Reprinted with permission (176).

Score item       

Criterion

Score points

Arm span/height ratio

<96.5%

2

Sitting height/height ratio

>55.5%

2

Body–mass index

>50th percentile

4

Cubitus valgus

Yes

2

Short forearm

Yes

3

Bowing of forearm

Yes

3

Appearance of muscular hypertrophy

Yes

3

Dislocation of ulna (at elbow)

Yes

5

Total

24

 

Noonan Syndrome

 

Noonan syndrome (NS) is a relatively common genetic disorder with the incidence of between 1:1000 and 1:4000 (177). NS is inherited in an autosomal dominant manner, and sporadic cases are not uncommon (50-60%) (178). NS is characterized by short stature, cardiac defects (most commonly pulmonary stenosis and hypertrophic cardiomyopathy), facial dysmorphism (down-slanting, antimongoloid palpebral fissures, ptosis, and low-set posteriorly rotated ears), webbed neck, mild mental retardation, cryptorchidism, feeding difficulties in infancy. The phenotype is variable between affected members of the same family and becomes milder with age (179).

 

Nearly 50% of patients with NS have gain-of-function mutations in protein tyrosine phosphatase nonreceptor type 11 (PTPN11), the gene encoding the cytoplasmic tyrosine phosphatase SHP-2, which regulates GH signaling by dephosphorylating STAT5b, resulting in down-regulation of GH activity (180). Mutations in four other genes (KRAS, SOS1, NF1 and RAF1) involved in RAS/MAPK signaling systems have been identified in patients with the NS phenotype and related disorders including LEOPORD, Costello, and cardio-facial-cutaneous syndromes (Figure 28) (181).

Figure 28. The RAS/MAPK signaling pathway. Reprinted with permission (181).

Although identifying these mutations has contributed to better understanding of the pathogenesis of NS, it appears that the genotype does not completely correlate with the phenotype, e.g. short stature in patients with NS. Several studies have shown that the subjects carrying gain of function mutations of PTPN11 had lower IGF1 levels, poor growth response, and resistance to GH therapy compared to subjects without PTPN11 mutations (182,183).  However, data from one large study of individuals with NS did not demonstrate the same correlation between PTPN11 mutations and short stature (177). However, more recent studies showed significant improvement in final adult height in individuals with NS regardless of their mutation type (184,185).

 

DIAGNOSIS

 

Diagnosis of GH deficiency during childhood and adolescence is frequently challenging. Children whose height are below the 3rd percentile or -2 SD and have decreased growth velocity require clinical evaluation. Evaluation should begin with a detailed past medical history, family history, diet history, detailed review of prior growth data (including the initial post-natal period) and a thorough physical examination (186). Together, these should help the clinician identify the pattern and cause of growth failure, such as fetal growth restriction (e.g. SGA and IUGR), chronic illness, malnutrition/malabsorption, hypothyroidism, skeletal abnormalities or other identifiable syndromes, such as Turner syndrome. Once growth hormone deficiency is suspected, further testing of the hypothalamic-pituitary axes (including but not limited to the GH-IGF axis) along with radiological evaluation, should be performed (Table 8). It is important to note that the tests cannot be performed simultaneously, or in random order. Certain conditions (e.g. Hypothyroidism and Celiac disease) may mask the presence of others (e.g. GH deficiency), therefore requiring a stepwise approach with screening tests preceding specific examinations. Since growth failure generally occurs outside of GHD, only those children with signs or symptoms undergo expensive, invasive and non-physiologic GH provocative testing.

 

Table 8. Guidelines for Initial Clinical Evaluation of a Child with Growth Failure

Evaluation 

Key elements

Birth history 

Gestational age, birth weight and length, head circumference, delivery type, birth trauma, hypoglycemia, prolonged jaundice.

Past medical and surgical history 

Head trauma, surgery, cranial radiation, CNS infection.

Review of systems 

Appetite, eating habits, bowel movements, headache, vision change.

Chronic illness 

Anemia, Inflammatory Bowel Disease, cardiovascular disease, renal insufficiency, etc.

Family history 

Consanguinity, parents and siblings’ heights, family history of short stature, delayed puberty.

Physical examination 

Body proportions (upper/lower segment ratios, arm span), head circumference, microphallus, dysmorphism, and midline craniofacial abnormalities.

Growth pattern 

Crossing of percentiles, failure to catch-up.

Screening Tests 

CBC, CMP, ESR/c-reactive protein, Celiac screening, TSH and Free T4, UA, IGF1, IGFBP3, Bone age (and a Karyotype for females)

 

Growth Charts

 

The growth pattern is a key element of growth assessment and is best studied by plotting growth data on an appropriate growth chart. US growth charts were developed from cross-sectional data provided by the National Center for Health Statistics and updated in 2000 (187), with body mass index included in this newest set. The supine length should be plotted for children from birth through age 3 years and standing height plotted when the child is old enough to stand, generally after 2 years of age. Ideally, growth data is determined by evaluating subjects at regular (optimally at 3 month) intervals, with the same stadiometer, and with the same individual obtaining the measurements, whenever possible. Three months is the minimal time interval needed between measurements to calculate a reliable growth velocity, and a six-to-twelve-month interval is optimal. Age and pubertal staging must be considered when evaluating the growth velocity, with the understanding that there is great individual variation in the onset and rate of puberty (188).

 

Deviations across height percentiles should be noted and evaluated further when confirmed, with the understanding that during the first two years of life, the crossing of length and/or weight percentiles may reflect catch-up or catch-down growth. Crossing percentiles during this period is not always physiological, and must be examined in the context of family, prenatal, birth and medical histories. Additionally, between two and three years of age, statural growth measurement changes from supine to erect, and may also introduce variation. Growth below the normal range (e.g.>-2SD) even without further deviation is consistent with (but not pathognomonic of) GH deficiency. Short stature with a low BMI suggests an abnormality of nutrition/GI tract (e.g. malnutrition, Celiac Disease, etc.), while short stature with an elevated BMI suggests hypothyroidism, Cushing’s syndrome or a central eating disorder, such as Prader-Willi syndrome, etc.

 

Figures 29-31 represent growth charts of children studied by the authors who have genetic defects leading to isolated growth hormone deficiency.

Figure 29. Growth pattern in children with isolated GH deficiency (Type 1A).

Growth failure can manifest as severe growth delay (Figure 29), gradual deceleration (“falling off the curve”) (Figure 30), or alternatively, maintaining a growth pattern parallel to the 3rd percentile, but without catch-up growth (Figure 31).

Figure 30. Growth pattern in children with isolated GH deficiency (Type 1B).

Figure 31. Growth pattern in children with isolated GH deficiency (Type 2).

Most children with GH deficiency have normal birth weight and length. However, in most cases, postnatal growth becomes severely compromised. This can be seen even in the first months of life. Although such children may show a normal growth pattern during the first 6 months, growth failure will eventually occur as GH takes on a more physiologically dominant role, and a child’s growth falls below the normal range.

 

Radiological Evaluation

 

The most commonly used system to assess skeletal maturity is to determine the ‘bone age’ of the left hand and wrist, using the method of Greulich and Pyle (189). Children younger than 2 years of age should have their bone age estimated from x-rays of the knee. Tanner and Whitehouse and their colleagues developed a scoring system for each of the hand bones as an alternative method to the method of Greulich and Pyle (190).

 

Adult height prediction methods estimate adult height by evaluating height at presentation relative to normative values for chronological or bone age. Such methods have been utilized for approximately 60 years (191) and are generally considered accurate in evaluating healthy children with a ‘normal’ growth potential (192,193). Several different methods have been produced and are currently in widespread use, including those of Bayley-Pinneau, the Tanner-Whitehouse-Marshall-Carter and Roche-Wainer-Thissen.

 

In 1946, Bayley initially described how final height could be estimated from the present height and the bone age, revising the method in 1952 to use the bone age assessment method of Greulich and Pyle (189). They developed what is commonly known as the predicted adult height (PAH) method of Bayley-Pinneau (BP). Tables have been developed for the BP method, listing the proportion of adult height attained at different bone ages, using longitudinal growth data on 192 healthy white children predominantly from North European ancestry in the US. Three tables – average, advanced and retarded – correct for possible differences between CA and BA of more than one year (194). The Bayley-Pinneau PAH method is applicable from age 8 years onwards.

 

Tanner, Whitehouse, Marshall and Carter developed an adult height prediction model based on current height, the mid-parental height, the age of menarche in girls and the ‘Tanner’ bone age (190). This PAH method (TW2) was developed on the longitudinal data of 211 healthy, British children. TW2 differs from the BP method in that the TW2 lowers the minimal age of prediction to 4 years, and allows for a quantitative effect of BA, while BP gives a semi-quantitative effect of bone age (i.e. delayed, normal or advanced).

 

The PAH method of Roche-Wainer-Thissen (RWT) was derived from longitudinal data on approximately 200 “normal” Caucasian American children in southwestern Ohio, at the Fels Research Institute (195). The RWT PAH method assesses the subject’s height, weight, BA and mid-parental height (MPH) and then applies regression techniques to determine the mathematical weighting to be applied to the four variables. The RWT method was designed to allow final height prediction from a single visit but is only applicable when greater than half of the bones are not fully mature.

 

Since both the bone age assessments and height prediction methods are created from healthy children (and often children from a single ethnic group and region), their use in ‘other’ populations is potentially inappropriate. In fact, Tanner et al state that their method is applicable to both boys and girls with short stature, but caution that “In clearly pathological children, such as those with endocrinopathies, they do not apply”. Similarly, Roche et al suggest caution when applying the RWT PAH method in ‘non-white and pathological populations’ (195). Zachmann et al reported that the RWT and TW2 methods (which are more BA-reliant) are better when growth potential is normal relative to the BA, however, in conditions with “…abnormal and incorrigible growth patterns…”, the BP method was more accurate, stating that with a “non-normal bone maturation to growth potential relationship, the ‘coefficient and regression equations’ (RWT and Tanner) cause an over-prediction of adult height” (196).

 

As stated above, these methods are based on healthy children and assume that the growth potential is directly proportional to the amount of time left prior to epiphyseal fusion as measured by the bone age. While this is correct for some of the children seen by the pediatric endocrinologist (e.g. healthy children, children with GH deficiency), it is not correct for many others with abnormal growth (e.g. children born SGA, children with idiopathic short stature, Turner syndrome and chronic renal failure). It is likely also inappropriate for children with an abnormal tempo of maturation (e.g.children with Russell-Silver syndrome, precocious puberty and congenital adrenal hyperplasia). In such children, standard growth prediction methods should be used only as ‘general guides’, if at all. Table 9 summarizes these 4 methods.

 

Table 9. Summary of Methods Used for PAH

Methods

Parameters

Bayley-Pinneau (BP)

Height, BA, CA

Tanner-Whitehouse- Marshall and Carter (TW2)

Height, BA, CA, MPH, the age of menarche in girls

Roche-Wainer-Thissen (RWT)

Height, weight, BA, MPH

Khamis-Roche

Height, weight, MPH

 

Biochemical Evaluation of GH Deficiency

 

As growth hormone is secreted in a pulsatile manner (usually 6 pulses in 24 hours and mainly during the night) with little serum GH at any given time, several methods have been developed to assess the adequacy of GH secretion:

 

  1. Stimulation testing: GH provocation utilizing arginine, clonidine, glucagon, L-Dopa, insulin, etc. This practice generally measures pituitary reserve-or GH secretory ability-rather than endogenous secretory status. It is labor intensive and trained individuals should perform the GH stimulation test according to a standardized protocol, with special care taken with younger children/infants (186).
  2. GH-dependent biochemical markers: IGF1 and IGFBP3: Values below a cut-off less than -2 SD for IGF1 and/or IGFBP3 strongly suggest an abnormality in the GH axis if other causes of low IGF have been excluded. Age and gender appropriate reference ranges for IGF1 and IGFBP3 are mandatory.
  3. 24-hour or Overnight GH sampling: Blood sampling at frequent intervals designed to quantify physiologic bursts of GH secretion.
  4. IGF generation test: This test is used to assess GH action and for the confirmation of suspected GH insensitivity. GH is given for several days (3-5 days) with serum IGF1 and IGFBP3 levels measured at the start and end of the test. A sufficient rise in IGF1 and IGFBP3 levels would exclude severe forms of GH insensitivity (103,188).

 

Failure to raise the serum GH level to the threshold level in response to provocation suggests the diagnosis of GH deficiency, while a low IGF1 and/or IGFBP3 level is supportive evidence. Although pharmacological GH stimulation tests have known deficiencies such as poor reproducibility, arbitrary cut-off limits, varying GH assays, side effects, and labor intensivity requiring trained staff, they remain the most easily available and accepted tools to evaluate pituitary GH secretory capacity. GH stimulation test results should be interpreted carefully in conjunction with pubertal status and body weight. Puberty and administration of sex steroids increase GH response to stimulation tests (197). To prevent false positive results, some centers use sex steroid priming in prepubertal children prior to GH stimulation testing (198). In obese children, the normal regulation of the GH/IGF1 axis is disturbed and GH secretion is decreased. IGF1 levels are very sensitive to nutritional status, while IGFBP3 are less so. Additionally, the normative range for IGF1 and IGFBP3 values are extremely wide, often with poor discrimination between normal and pathological. Age/pubertal stage and gender-specific threshold values must be utilized for both IGF1 and IGFBP3.

 

Due to the above limitations of current agents, the quest for new, more reliable agents that with fewer side effects and are less labor intensive has been ongoing. One of them is macimorelin acetate, a potent, orally administered growth hormone (GH) secretagogue approved by the FDA and European Medical Agency (EMA) for diagnosing adult growth hormone deficiency (199,200). It functions by increasing GH levels acutely via the ghrelin receptor GHSR1-a (199). Csákváry et al investigated the use of macimorelin as a diagnostic test in children with suspected GH deficiency, finding it to be safe and well-tolerated across different dosing cohorts (200). However, more research is needed to fully understand its efficacy in diagnosing pediatric GH deficiency and its potential therapeutic applications.

 

Growth hormone–releasing peptide-2 (GHRP2) is a potent stimulator of growth hormone secretion (201) and has been investigated its effectiveness diagnosing GH deficiency in children and adolescents (202). It is widely used in Japan for diagnosis of adult GH deficiency (203). GHRP2 also stimulates corticotropes along with somatotropes and maybe useful diagnosis of adrenal insufficiency which is concomitant with GHD in many hypothalamic-pituitary disorders (204).

 

Summary of Diagnosis of GH Deficiency

 

Children with severe GH deficiency can usually be diagnosed easily on clinical grounds and failed GH stimulation tests. Studies have shown that despite clinical evidence of GH deficiency, some children may pass GH stimulation tests (188). In the case of unexplained short stature, if the child meets most of the following criteria, a trial of GH treatment should be initiated (8):

  1. Height >2.25 SD below the mean for age or >2 SD below the mid-parental height percentile,
  2. Growth velocity <25th percentile for bone age,
  3. Bone age >2 SD below the mean for age,
  4. Height prediction is significantly below the mid-parental height,
  5. Low serum insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF1) and/or insulin-like growth factor binding protein 3 (IGFBP3) for bone age and gender
  6. Other clinical features suggestive of GH deficiency.

 

Key elements that may indicate GH deficiency are:

  1. Height more than 2 SD below the mean.
  2. Neonatal hypoglycemia, microphallus, prolonged jaundice, or traumatic delivery.
  3. Although not required, a peak GH concentration after provocative GH testing of less than 10 ng/ml.
  4. Consanguinity and/or a family member with GH deficiency.
  5. Midline CNS defects, pituitary hypo- or aplasia, pituitary stalk agenesis, empty sella, ectopic posterior pituitary (bright spot’) on MRI.
  6. Deficiency of other pituitary hormones: TSH, PRL, LH/FSH and/or ACTH deficiency.

 

Many practitioners consider GH stimulation tests to be optional in the case of clinical evidence of GH deficiency, in patients with a history of surgery or irradiation of the hypothalamus/pituitary region and growth failure accompanied by additional pituitary hormone deficiencies. Similarly, children born SGA, with Turner syndrome, PWS and chronic renal insufficiency do not require GH stimulation testing before initiating GH treatment (8).

 

TREATMENT

 

The principal objective of GH treatment in children with GH deficiency is to improve final adult height. Human pituitary-derived GH was first used in children with hypopituitarism over 60 years ago, and abruptly ceased in 1985, after the first cases of Creutzfeld-Jacob disease were recognized. Since 1986, recombinant human GH (rhGH) has been the exclusive form of growth hormone used to treat GH deficiency in the United States and most of the world.

 

Short stature without overt growth hormone deficiency is very well described, and occurs in Turner Syndrome, renal failure, malnutrition, cardiovascular disease, Prader-Willi syndrome, small for gestational age, inflammatory bowel disease, and osteodystrophies- clearly representing the majority of short/poorly growing children in the world. Although not the focus of this discussion, it is important to realize that - in clinical terms - GH therapy is used to treat growth failure, rather than a biochemical GH deficiency. GH therapy in this setting, in combination with disease-specific treatments, generally improves statural growth and final adult height.

 

The primary goals of the treatment of a child with GH deficiency are to achieve normal height during childhood and to attain normal adult height. Children should be treated with an adequate dose of rhGH, with the dose tailored to that child’s specific condition. FDA guidelines for daily rhGH dose vary according to the indication and are given in Table 10(8).

 

Administration of daily rhGH in the evening is designed to mimic physiologic hGH secretion. Treatment is continued until adult height or epiphyseal closure (or both) has been recorded. GH therapy, however, should be continued throughout adulthood in the case of GHD, to optimize the metabolic effects of GH and to achieve normal peak bone mass-albeit at significantly lower “adult” doses. Adult GH replacement should only be started after retesting the individual and again demonstrating a failure to reach the new age-appropriate GH threshold, if appropriate.

 

Table 10. GH Dosage for Daily rhGH

Indication 

Dose (mg/kg/wk)

GH Deficiency

     Children Pre-pubertal

     Pubertal

     Adults

 

0.16 – 0.35

0.16 – 0.70

0.04 – 0.175

Turner Syndrome

0.375

Chronic renal insufficiency

0.35

Prader-Willi Syndrome

0.24

SGA

0.48

Idiopathic short stature (ISS)

0.3 – 0.37

SHOX Deficiency

0.35

Noonan Syndrome

0.23 – 0.46

 

The growth response to daily GH treatment is typically maximal in the first year of treatment and then gradually decreases over the subsequent years of treatment. First year growth response to rhGH is generally 200% of the pre-treatment velocity, and after several years, averages 150% of the baseline. Height improvements of 1 SD are typically achieved in children with GHD after two years of treatment, and between 2 and 2.5 SD after five or seven years.

 

GH doses are often increased if catch-up growth is inadequate and/or to compensate for the waning effect of rhGH with time. Cohen et al reported a significant improvement in HV when GH dose was adjusted based on IGF1 levels (205). However, GH dose was almost 3 times higher than mean conventional GH dose when IGF1 levels were titrated to the upper limit of normal. The lack of long-term safety data on high doses of GH and high circulating levels of IGF1 levels should be considered. Therefore, weight-based GH dosing is still recommended by many as the standard of care (206).

 

It is critically important to maximize height with GH therapy before the onset of puberty. Several investigators have advocated modifying puberty or the production of estrogens by the use of GnRH analogues (207–209) and aromatase inhibitors (210–213), respectively, in order to expand the therapeutic window for GH treatment, especially in older males.

 

The response to daily rhGH, however, may vary in children (214). Factors may affect the response to GH therapy including

  1. The etiology of short stature
  2. Age at the start of treatment
  3. Height deficit at the start of treatment
  4. GH dose and frequency
  5. Duration of treatment
  6. Genetic factors

 

Several studies have reported the association between response to GH therapy and a GHR gene polymorphism, the deletion of exon 3 (GHRd3).  Although some reports showed better response to GH therapy in GHRd3 carriers with different clinical conditions including GHD, Turner syndrome, SGA, and ISS (93–95,215,216), many others failed to confirm positive effects of GHRd3 on response to GH treatment (96,217,218). 

 

Long-Acting GH Formulations

 

Daily GH injections can be inconvenient and lead to poor adherence over time in children, with a negative impact on their final adult height. To overcome these barriers, long-acting growth hormone (LAGH) formulations have been developed using various technologies including depot formulations, Pegylated formulations, pro-drug formulations, non-covalent albumin binding GH, and GH fusion proteins (219). It was noted that LAGH does not suppress endogenous GH secretion and can be used for treating non-GH deficient short stature, e.g., idiopathic short stature, with similar efficacy and safety compared to daily GH (220). In addition, the timing of LAGH administration does not appear to be a crucial factor in treatment efficacy, as no differences in growth rate or IGF1 concentrations were observed between morning and evening treatment schedules (221), this further improves compliance and ultimately adult height. In contrast, the typical bedtime administration of daily GH formulations may cause conflict during vacation, trip, or physical and social activities. 

 

Currently, several long-acting growth hormones are available worldwide, utilizing pegylation, prodrug formulations, noncovalent transient albumin binding, and GH fusion proteins and only last three of them are FDA approved in the United States (222,223). The goal of these new formulations is to improve patient compliance while maintaining the efficacy and safety of traditional daily GH therapy.

 

PRO-DRUG FORMULATIONS

 

 Long-acting prodrug growth hormone formulations, such as lonapegsomatropin (Skytrofaâ), are designed to release unmodified growth hormone over an extended period, typically one week, while maintaining similar efficacy and safety profiles as daily injections (224,225). It received FDA approval in August 2021 for treating pediatric patients at least 1 year old with GH deficiency (226,227).

 

 Lonapegsomatropin, also known as TransCon GH, consists of unmodified rhGH transiently attached to an inert carrier molecule, methoxypolyethylene glycol (mPEG), via a transient, low-molecular weight TransCon Linker (227). While the carrier molecule, mPEG, is responsible for decreasing GH receptor binding and renal excretion until its release, the linker determines when to release unmodified rhGH from its carrier prodrug, acts as a timer to allow controlled release of GH at body temperature and pH over one week (224,225,227).  Lonapegsomatropin is administered subcutaneously as daily GH. Because it releases unmodified rhGH over one week under physiologic conditions, it has the same actions as endogenous GH. . In a phase 2 trial comparing TransCon GH to daily growth hormone in children with GHD, the mean annualized height velocity for TransCon GH was 12.9 cm/y compared to 11.6 cm/y for daily growth hormone at an equivalent dose (228). The subsequent phase 3 heiGHt Trial investigated the safety, tolerability, and efficacy of weekly lonapegsomatropin versus daily GH over 52 weeks in treatment-naive prepubertal children with GHD (225,229,230).This trial enrolled 161 treatment-naïve, prepubertal children with GHD. Subjects were randomized 2:1 to receive lonapegsomatropin 0.24 mg/kg/week or daily somatropin (0.34 mg/kg/week). At 52 weeks, annualized height velocity was again better in lonapegsomatropin group (11.2 cm/year) compared to daily GH group 10.3 cm/year (p=0.009). This study confirmed noninferiority and further showed statistical superiority of lonapegsomatropin in annualized height velocity compared to daily GH, with similar safety, in treatment-naïve children with GHD (230).

 

Lonapegsomatropin injections were well tolerated and were not associated with increased adverse effects compared to daily GH. None of study subjects had pseudotumor cerebri, slipped capital femoral epiphysis or hyperglycemia; in contrast, these complications have been previously reported in daily GH therapy (231). However, transient hyperglycemia was recently reported in a child with obesity who was on Lonepegsomatropin suggesting the need for careful glucose monitoring while receiving lonepegsomatropin (232). In the lonapegsomatropin group, although study subjects had higher IGF1 SD and reached target IGF1 SD earlier compared to daily GH-treated group, IGF1/IGFBP3 ratios were similar between the lonapegsomatropin- and daily GH-treated groups. There were two children that required dose reduction due to IGF1 SD >2. In both groups, there were no neutralizing antibodies and low-affinity antibodies were observed.

 

While the phase 3 heiGHt Trial in children established non-inferiority and statistical superiority of height velocity compared to daily growth hormone therapy, with no concerning side effects (230), the fliGHt Trial showed that switching from daily somatropin to lonapegsomatropin resulted in a similar adverse event profile and maintained growth outcomes (233). Long-term data from the enliGHten trial showed continued improvement in height standard deviation scores through the third year of therapy (234).

 

NONVALENT TRANSIENT ALBUMIN BINDING FORMULATIONS

 

Somapacitan (Sogroyaâ) was developed using a well-established protraction method which previously has been used to extend half-lives of insulin detemir and glucagon like peptide 1 agonists (liraglutide and semaglutide). It is a novel albumin-binding GH derivative, with a small albumin-binding property attached to the GH molecule (235). Somapacitan consists of a human GH molecule and a single amino acid substitution at position 101 (leucine to cysteine) where a side chain has been attached (235). Amino acid substitution, Leu101Cys does not affect the binding to the GH receptor and the side chain consists of a hydrophilic spacer and an albumin-binding moiety (236). The reversible binding to endogenous albumin delays the elimination of somapacitan, extends its half-life and, therefore, duration of action, allowing once-weekly administration (237). Somapacitan was first approved for adult growth hormone deficiency in August 2020, and later for pediatric growth hormone deficiency in April 2023 by the US Food and Drug Administration.

 

Clinical trials have demonstrated somapacitan’s efficacy and safety compared to daily GH injections (238,239). In children with GHD, somapacitan showed similar height velocity and IGF1 increases as daily GH, with similar safety profiles including neutralizing antibodies, bone maturation, and metabolic profile over 1 year-2 years-and 4 years of treatment (238,240,241).  In addition, authors assessed disease burden and treatment burden on both patients and parents/guardians, at years 2, 3, 4 which showed both groups strongly preferred weekly somapacitan over daily GH injections (241). 

 

For adults with GHD, somapacitan improved body composition and IGF1 levels while being well-tolerated (242).Interestingly, somapacitan may have some advantages over daily GH. It showed neutral effects on glucose metabolism in adults with GHD, with no new cases of diabetes reported in long-term studies (243). In some patients switching from daily GH, somapacitan led to improvements in lipid metabolism and glucose tolerance, suggesting a potentially higher GH replacement effect (244). However, weekly injections may be easier to forget than daily ones for some patients (244).

 

GH FUSION PROTEIN FORMULATIONS

 

Somatrogon (NGENLA®) consists of rhGH combined with three copies of the carboxy terminal peptide (CTP) from human chorionic gonadotropin resulting in a fusion protein of approximately 41 kDa (245). The addition of the CTP moieties extends the half-life of the attached rhGH, allowing for once-weekly subcutaneous administration (246). Somatrogon is the last LAGH that received FDA approval in June 2023 for the treatment of pediatric GH deficiency.

 

Clinical trials have demonstrated the efficacy and safety of somatrogon. In a phase 3 randomized trial, once-weekly somatrogon was non-inferior to once-daily human GH in increasing height velocity in pediatric patients with GHD (247).The mean height velocity at 12 months was 10.12 cm/yr for somatrogon compared to 9.78 cm/yr for daily GH (247).Interestingly, a comparison with published literature and the KIGS database indicated that children treated with once-weekly somatrogon (0.66 mg/kg/week) showed good growth compared to children treated with once-daily human growth hormone (248) and sustained improvement in height SDS and delta height SDS up to 5 years of treatment (249).

 

Similar to other LAGH formulations, somatrogon is generally well-tolerated, with injection site pain being the most frequent treatment-emergent adverse event (246). Furthermore, somatrogon had a lower treatment burden with favorable treatment experience than daily GH (233).

 

SUMMARY

 

In summary, long-acting growth hormone formulations represent a significant advancement in the treatment of growth hormone deficiency. While long-acting growth hormone formulations offer a promising alternative to daily growth hormone injections as well as improving treatment adherence and quality of life due to less frequent injections, there are some concerns regarding their unphysiological profile. Ongoing research and long-term studies are necessary to fully understand their efficacy, safety, and optimal use in clinical practice (250,251). Additionally, cost-effectiveness and the identification of patient groups that may benefit most from weekly injections are areas that require further investigation (250,252). Table 11 summarizes the approved dosage for long-acting growth hormone formulations.

 

Table 11. GH dosage for long-acting growth hormone

Medication

Dose (mg/kg/wk)

Somapacitan (Sogroyaâ)

0.16

Somatrogon (NGENLA®)

0.66

Lonapegsomatropin (Skytrofaâ)

0.24

 

Monitoring GH Treatment

 

Children receiving GH therapy require periodic monitoring. Three-month intervals are commonly chosen to allow for sufficient growth for a meaningful measurement, while minimizing time between dose adjustments/intervention. During follow up visits, height, weight, pubertal status, inspection of injection sites, and a comprehensive clinical exam should be initiated. In clinical practice, there are several parameters to monitor the response to GH treatment; the determination of the growth response (i.e. change in height velocity, ∆HV) being the most important parameter.  These points are summarized in Table 12.

 

Table 12. Summary of Follow-Up Evaluation

Parameters 

Assessment

Bone age 

12-month intervals to assess the predicted height.

Thyroid Function Test 

6-month intervals, or immediately, if growth velocity decreases.

Serum IGF1

Most useful in maintaining GH dose in ‘safe’ region. It does not necessarily correlate with growth velocity.

12-month intervals for daily rhGH.

However, timing to assess IGF-1 varies for each long-acting GH formulations. Monitoring of IGF-1 should be based on the mean IGF-1 over the week, which is on day 4 for somatrogon and somapacitan, and day 4.5 for lonapegsomatropin.

Metabolic panel, HbA1C 

12-month intervals.

Dose adjustment 

Should be based on weight-change, growth response, pubertal stage, comparison to predicted height at each visit, and IGF1/IGFBP3 levels.

Adverse Events 

Every visit.

 

The Safety of GH Treatment

 

To date, multiple studies have demonstrated the safety of GH therapy (6,63,186,187,253–256). While rhGH treatment is generally considered safe, patients, however, should be monitored closely during treatment. Some of the common side effects seen during GH therapy are scoliosis, slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE), pancreatitis, and pseudotumor cerebri (intracranial hypertension).   An analysis of Genentech’s National Cooperative Growth Study (NCGS) identified eleven cases of adrenal insufficiency (AI) resulting in four deaths.  All eleven cases of AI occurred in patients with organic GH deficiency (n=8,351), yielding an incidence of 132 per 100,000 in this subgroup, and an overall incidence of AI in NCGS was 20 per 100,000 (257). 

 

Another concern is the use of GH in patients with Prader-Willi syndrome. Early recognition of the syndrome allows earlier intervention to prevent morbidity. Previous studies and data from KIGS showed that earlier initiation of GH treatment in children with PWS significantly improved body composition, muscle tone, growth, and cognition (258). Fatalities have been reported in patients with Prader-Willi syndrome during or after rhGH therapy (259). Data for children aged 3 years and older showed no statistically significant differences between the GH-treated and untreated groups with respect to cause of death, including respiratory infection or insufficiency (259,260). Although there is no clear evidence that those deaths are related to GH therapy, it was postulated that GH/IGF1 may worsen sleep apnea or hypoventilation via increasing tonsillar/adenoid tissue or worsen pre-existing impaired respiration by increasing volume load (261). However, studies on respiratory function of subjects with Prader-Willi syndrome during rhGH therapy have only demonstrated improved respiratory drive and function (262). In fact, a recent study showed that all subjects tested had abnormal sleep studies/parameters prior to initiating GH treatment, and that GH treatment resulted in an improvement in sleep apnea in the majority of patients with PWS. Importantly, however, a subset had worsening of sleep disturbance shortly after (6 wk) starting GH when also developing a respiratory infection (263). Because it is difficult to predict who will worsen with GH treatment, these authors recommend that patients with Prader-Willi syndrome have polysomnography before and 6 wk after starting rhGH and should be monitored for sleep apnea during upper respiratory tract infections. IGF1 levels should also be monitored.

 

The data on the efficacy and safety of GH treatment in 5220 Turner Syndrome (TS) children during the last 20 years has been reported by NCGS. The incidence of various side effects known to be associated with GH including pseudotumor cerebri, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, and scoliosis was increased in TS patients treated with GH compared with non-TS patients, however, children with TS are known to have a higher incidence of these side effects independent of rhGH treatment (264). Interestingly, type 1 diabetes was increased in GH treated group, most likely unrelated to GH treatment since the predisposition to autoimmune disorders is one of the characteristics of TS. In addition, NCGS data demonstrate a slightly increased incidence of a variety of malignancies in TS, however, this may again be related to the underlying condition, (i.e. not necessarily the rhGH treatment) as girls with TS have been shown to have an increased risk for cancer compared to general population (265). In summary, twenty years of experience in 5220 patients seems reassuring and does not indicate any new rhGH-related safety signals in the TS population (264).

 

There has been ongoing concern about tumorigenicity of chronically elevated IGF1 levels. It would therefore seem prudent to maintain IGF1 levels in the mid-normal range for age/pubertal stage and gender. Although the long-term consequences of elevated IGF1 levels during childhood are not known, some investigators recommend that dose reductions be considered if IGF1 levels are above the normal range (8).  The report from the Safety and Appropriateness of Growth Hormone Treatments in Europe (SAGhE) in 2012, raised many concerns about the long-term safety of rhGH therapy in children.  SAGhE is a large database established by eight European countries to evaluate the long-term safety of childhood GH treatment between 1980s and 1990s in 30,000 patients.  Preliminary analysis of the patients in France revealed that among patients treated with rhGH, there was a 33% increased relative risk of mortality compared with French general population.  They also noted an increased incidence of bone malignancies and cardiovascular disease (266). However, the data from the Belgian, Swedish the Dutch portions of SAGhE did not support or corroborate the findings that were reported from France (267).

 

Real and Theoretical adverse events of GH therapy are summarized in Table13.

 

Table 13.  Real and Theoretical Adverse Events of GH Treatment

Side effects 

Comment

Slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) 

Unclear whether GH causes SCFE or if it is a result of diathesis and rapid growth induced by the GH. In addition, obesity, trauma, and previous radiation exposure increase the risk for SCFE.  At each visit, patients should be evaluated for knee or hip pain/limp.

Pseudotumor cerebri 

The mechanism is unclear, but it may be a result of GH induced salt and water retention within the CNS. Mostly occurs within the first months of treatment.  It is more common in patients with organic GH deficiency, chronic renal insufficiency, and Turner Syndrome (257).  Complaints of headache, nausea, dizziness, ataxia, or visual changes should be evaluated immediately.

Leukemia 

Numerous large studies have not shown any association between rhGH and leukemia in children without predisposing conditions (254,257,268).

Recurrence risk of CNS tumors 

Extensive studies did not support this possible side effect without risk factors (253,257,269–272)

Risk of primary malignancy

Studies have not shown a higher risk of all-site primary malignancy without a history of previous malignancy (273,274)

Insulin resistance 

Insulin resistance is associated with GH therapy, though it is generally transient and/or reversible and rarely leads to overt diabetes.  Patients with a limited insulin reserve may develop glucose intolerance. HbA1C should be monitored.

Pancreatitis

It may occur in patients with Turner syndrome, and associated risk factors (257).

Hypothyroidism 

Almost 25 % of children may develop declines in serum T4 levels, generally reflecting enhanced conversion of T4 to T3, rather than outright hypothyroidism.

Transient gynecomastia 

These are attributed to anabolic and metabolic effects of GH.

Scoliosis 

It is more common in Turner syndrome and PWS.  Patients should be evaluated for scoliosis at each visit and referred as appropriate

Adrenal Insufficiency

GH decreases the conversion of corticosterone to cortisol by a modulating effect on hepatic 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1. Thus, endogenous cortisol levels can decrease in GHD patients after initiation of GH treatment. Furthermore, GH therapy may unmask previously unsuspected central ACTH deficiency.  Whether the patients with hypopituitarism are on GH or not, they have a lifelong risk for adrenal insufficiency.  Therefore, they should be monitored closely for adrenal insufficiency and their cortisol dose should be adjusted when GH therapy is started (257).

Sleep apnea/sleep disturbance

GH treatment might worsen sleep apnea/sleep disturbance in patients with Prader-Willi Syndrome, especially during a concomitant respiratory infection.

 

Transitioning GH Treatment from Childhood to Adulthood

 

Growing data support the need for continuation of GH treatment in individuals with childhood GH deficiency.  GH treatment provides significant benefits in body composition, bone mineralization, lean body mass, lipid metabolism, and quality of life in adults with GH deficiency (275,276). However, identifying appropriate patients for transitioning from childhood to adult GH therapy remains challenging. The majority of children with a diagnosis of GHD and who are treated with GH do not have permanent GHD and will not require treatment during adulthood.  Re-evaluation of GH secretory capacity is recommended after completion of linear growth in adolescents with history of childhood GHD (277). However, such re-evaluation requires cessation of GH treatment for at least one month.  Furthermore, there is no established optimal GH stimulation test identified and validated during this transition period.  The stimulation test results vary by protocol, and only a few secretagogues (insulin, arginine, and glucagon) are available to confirm GHD.  The cut-off values are also stricter; the peak GH level to establish GHD is <6 mcg/L for the insulin tolerance test and ≤ 3 mcg/L for the glucagon test in young adults (278,279).  It is generally agreed that patients with severe GHD secondary to organic defects (hypothalamic-pituitary abnormalities, tumors involving pituitary or hypothalamic area, infiltrative diseases, and cranial irradiation), genetic causes of GHD involving one or more additional pituitary hormone deficiencies and serum IGF-1 level below the normal range at least one month off therapy, are more likely to have permanent GHD and retesting to confirm GHD is unnecessary (275,279). However, children with idiopathic GHD are less likely to have permanent GHD.  In a US study, only one third of patients with idiopathic GHD retested as GHD (280).  In that cohort, authors found age <4 at diagnosis and IGFBP3 below -2.0 SDS were the strongest predictive factors (100% PPV) for permanent GHD.  In contrast to previous studies (277), low IGF-1 (< -2.0 SDS) did not have significant power to identify permanent GHD unless IGF-1 level was extremely low (-5.3 SDS) (280). 

 

In summary, current guidelines recommend the measurement of serum IGF-1 levels and a GH stimulation test after cessation of treatment for at least one month to determine whether the adolescents with childhood-onset GHD will need ongoing treatment unless they have known organic or genetic defects in the hypothalamic-pituitary region (275,276,279).

 

CONCLUSION

 

The control of human growth is becoming increasingly clear and involves both genetic and environmental factors. Many genes have been identified as being involved in normal growth and in the common phenotype of short stature.  Genetic analyses, however, should follow a detailed clinical, biochemical and radiological assessment in order to refine the phenotype and point to the relevant pathophysiology, e.g. genes involved in the development and function of the pituitary gland (e.g. POU1F1), those involved in transducing the GH signal (e.g. STAT5B) or the IGF1 signal (e.g. PAPPA2) and everything further “downstream”, e.g. the growth plate, (e.g. SHOX).  Clinical identification of patterns and unique findings can direct the genetic evaluation and narrow its focus – e.g. short stature with an advanced bone age may suggest mutations in the ACAN gene.

 

Identifying causes of short stature is challenging due to many factors, including the lack of ‘gold standard’ diagnostic criteria and limitations in available diagnostic tests (281). Clinical, biochemical and radiological evaluation continue to be the foundation for diagnosis. IGF1 and IGFBP3 measurements and neuroimaging play especially critical roles in defining the clinical phenotype, and in directing genetic testing to establish the diagnosis in children with abnormal growth and initiating appropriate treatment (281,282).

 

Treatment with rhGH has been shown to be effective and safe, improving linear growth and achieving adult heights in the normal range, as well as improving body composition, bone mineral density, cardiovascular outcomes, and quality of life (283–285). rhIGF1 may be considered for select children, especially those with primary severe IGF1 deficiency. The timing of treatment initiation and dosage are crucial factors in determining treatment outcomes (286). Additionally, continuing GH administration during the transition period between childhood and adulthood may be necessary for proper body composition, bone and muscle health, and metabolic parameters (287). Weekly GH preparations are now approved for the treatment of children with GH deficiency and offer the potential for reduced treatment burden, increased compliance and improved clinical outcomes (219,288). However, long-term safety concerns and non-physiological GH profiles, need to be carefully monitored and addressed in future studies; a growth hormone registry for daily and weekly GH preparations may help resolve these questions (250,289).

 

The understanding of growth remains complex, despite remarkable scientific advances in the last decades. Elucidation of new genetic factors, diagnostic tests and treatment options will provide us with a better understanding of the physiology of growth and should lead to improved diagnosis and treatment options, individualized to each patients’ unique situation.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Knobil E, Greep R. The physiology of growth hormone with particular reference to its action in the rhesus monkey and the’species specificity’problem. Recent Progr Horm Res. 1959;15(1).
  2. Ranke MB, Wit JM. Growth hormone - past, present and future. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2018 May;14(5):285–300.
  3. Slonim AE, Bulone L, Damore MB, Goldberg T, Wingertzahn MA, McKinley MJ. A preliminary study of growth hormone therapy for Crohn’s disease. N Engl J Med. 2000;342(22):1633–7.
  4. Touati G, Prieur AM, Ruiz JC, Noel M, Czernichow P. Beneficial effects of one-year growth hormone administration to children with juvenile chronic arthritis on chronic steroid therapy. I. Effects on growth velocity and body composition. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1998;83(2):403–9.
  5. Hardin DS, Stratton R, Kramer JC, de la Rocha SR, Govaerts K, Wilson DP. Growth hormone improves weight velocity and height velocity in prepubertal children with cystic fibrosis. Horm Metab Res. 1998;30(10):636–41.
  6. Hardin DS, Ellis KJ, Dyson M, Rice J, McConnell R, Seilheimer DK. Growth hormone improves clinical status in prepubertal children with cystic fibrosis: results of a randomized controlled trial. J Pediatr. 2001;139(5):636–42.
  7. Gullett NP, Hebbar G, Ziegler TR. Update on clinical trials of growth factors and anabolic steroids in cachexia andwasting. Am J Clin Nutr. 2010 Apr;91(4):1143S-1147S.
  8. Wilson TA, Rose SR, Cohen P, Rogol AD, Backeljauw P, Brown R, et al. Update of guidelines for the use of growth hormone in children: the Lawson Wilkins Pediatric Endocrinology Society Drug and Therapeutics Committee. J Pediatr. 2003;143(4):415–21.
  9. Savage MO, Simon D, Czernichow PC. Growth hormone treatment in children on chronic glucorticoid therapy. Endocr Dev. 2011;20:194–201.
  10. Mauras N, George D, Evans J, Milov D, Abrams S, Rini A, et al. Growth hormone has anabolic effects in glucocorticosteroid-dependent children with inflammatory bowel disease: A pilot study. Metabolism. 2002;51(1):127–35.
  11. Lin-Su K, Vogiatzi MG, Marshall I, Harbison MD, Macapagal MC, Betensky B, et al. Treatment with growth hormone and LHRH analogue improves final adult height in children with congenital adrenal hyperplasia. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;jc.2004-2128.
  12. Rosenbloom AL. Mecasermin (recombinant human insulin-like growth factor I). Adv Ther. 2009;26(1):40.
  13. Larsen WJ. Human Embryology. Second. Churchhill Livingstone, Inc; 1997.
  14. De Rienzo F, Mellone S, Bellone S, Babu D, Fusco I, Prodam F, et al. Frequency of genetic defects in combined pituitary hormone deficiency: a systematic review and analysis of a multicentre Italian cohort. Clin Endocrinol. 2015;83(6):849–60.
  15. Phillips JA, Cogan JD. Genetic basis of endocrine disease. 6. Molecular basis of familial human growth hormone deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1994;78(1):11–6.
  16. Roessler E, Du Y-Z, Mullor JL, Casas E, Allen WP, Gillessen-Kaesbach G, et al. Loss-of-function mutations in the human GLI2 gene are associated with pituitary anomalies and holoprosencephaly-like features. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2003;100(23):13424–9.
  17. Roessler E, Ermilov AN, Grange DK, Wang A, Grachtchouk M, Dlugosz AA, et al. A previously unidentified amino-terminal domain regulates transcriptional activity of wild-type and disease-associated human GLI2. Hum Mol Genet. 2005;14(15):2181–8.
  18. França MM, Jorge AAL, Carvalho LRS, Costalonga EF, Vasques GA, Leite CC, et al. Novel heterozygous nonsense GLI2 mutations in patients with hypopituitarism and ectopic posterior pituitary lobe without holoprosencephaly. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2010;95(11):E384–91.
  19. Demiral M, Demirbilek H, Unal E, Durmaz CD, Ceylaner S, Ozbek MN. Ectopic posterior pituitary, polydactyly, midfacial hypoplasia and multiple pituitary hormone deficiency due to a novel heterozygous IVS11-2A>C(C.1957-2A>C) mutation in GLI2 gene. J Clin Res Pediatr Endocrinol. 2020;12(3):319-28.
  20. Netchine I, Sobrier ML, Krude H, Schnabel D, Maghnie M, Marcos E, et al. Mutations in LHX3 result in a new syndrome revealed by combined pituitary hormone deficiency. Nat Genet. 2000;25(2):182–6.
  21. Bhangoo APS, Hunter CS, Savage JJ, Anhalt H, Pavlakis S, Walvoord EC, et al. Clinical case seminar: a novel LHX3 mutation presenting as combined pituitary hormonal deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(3):747–53.
  22. Raetzman LT, Ward R, Camper SA. Lhx4 and Prop1 are required for cell survival and expansion of the pituitary primordia. Development. 2002;129(18):4229–39.
  23. Mullen RD, Colvin SC, Hunter CS, Savage JJ, Walvoord EC, Bhangoo APS, et al. Roles of the LHX3 and LHX4 LIM-homeodomain factors in pituitary development. Mol Cell Endocrinol. 2007 Feb;265–266:190–5.
  24. Sobrier ML, Attié-Bitach T, Netchine I, Encha-Razavi F, Vekemans M, Amselem S. Pathophysiology of syndromic combined pituitary hormone deficiency due to a LHX3 defect in light of LHX3 and LHX4 expression during early human development. Gene Expr Patterns. 2004;5(2):279–84.
  25. Machinis K, Pantel J, Netchine I, Leger J, Camand OJ, Sobrier ML, et al. Syndromic short stature in patients with a germline mutation in the LIM homeobox LHX4. Am J Hum Genet. 2001;69(5):961–8.
  26. Dattani MT, Martinez-Barbera JP, Thomas PQ, Brickman JM, Gupta R, Martensson IL, et al. Mutations in the homeobox gene HESX1/Hesx1 associated with septo-optic dysplasia in human and mouse. Nat Genet. 1998;19(2):125–33.
  27. Carvalho LR, Woods KS, Mendonca BB, Marcal N, Zamparini AL, Stifani S, et al. A homozygous mutation in HESX1 is associated with evolving hypopituitarism due to impaired repressor-corepressor interaction. J Clin Invest. 2003;112(8):1192–201.
  28. Parks JS, Brown MR, Hurley DL, Phelps CJ, Wajnrajch MP. Heritable disorders of pituitary development. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1999;84(12):4362–70.
  29. Thomas PQ, Dattani MT, Brickman JM, McNay D, Warne G, Zacharin M, et al. Heterozygous HESX1 mutations associated with isolated congenital pituitary hypoplasia and septo-optic dysplasia. Hum Mol Genet. 2001;10(1):39–45.
  30. Rosenbloom A l., Almonte AS, Brown MR, Fisher DA, Baumbach L, Parks JS. Clinical and biochemical phenotype of familial anterior hypopituitarism from mutation of the PROP1 gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1999;84(1):50–7.
  31. Turton JPG, Mehta A, Raza J, Woods KS, Tiulpakov A, Cassar J, et al. Mutations within the transcription factor PROP1 are rare in a cohort of patients with sporadic combined pituitary hormone deficiency (CPHD). Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2005;63(1):10–8.
  32. Pfäffle RW, DiMattia GE, Parks JS, Brown MR, Wit JM, Jansen M, et al. Mutation of the POU-specific domain of Pit-1 and hypopituitarism without pituitary hypoplasia. Science. 1992;257(5073):1118–21.
  33. Turton JPG, Reynaud R, Mehta A, Torpiano J, Saveanu A, Woods KS, et al. Novel mutations within the POU1F1 gene associated with variable combined pituitary hormone deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(8):4762–70.
  34. Dattani MT. Growth hormone deficiency and combined pituitary hormone deficiency: does the genotype matter? Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2005;63(2):121–30.
  35. Rizzoti K, Brunelli S, Carmignac D, Thomas PQ, Robinson IC, Lovell-Badge R. SOX3 is required during the formation of the hypothalamo-pituitary axis. Nat Genet. 2004;36(3):247–55.
  36. Foster JW, Graves JA. An SRY-related sequence on the marsupial X chromosome: implications for the evolution of the mammalian testis-determining gene. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1994;91(5):1927–31.
  37. Stevanović M, Lovell-Badge R, Collignon J, Goodfellow PN. SOX3 is an X-linked gene related to SRY. Hum Mol Genet. 1993;2(12):2013–8.
  38. Collignon J, Sockanathan S, Hacker A, Cohen-Tannoudji M, Norris D, Rastan S, et al. A comparison of the properties of Sox-3 with Sry and two related genes, Sox-1 and Sox-2. Development. 1996;122(2):509–20.
  39. Laumonnier F, Ronce N, Hamel BCJ, Thomas P, Lespinasse J, Raynaud M, et al. Transcription factor SOX3 is involved in X-Linked mental retardation with growth hormone deficiency. Am J Hum Genet. 2002;71(6):1450–5.
  40. Woods KS, Cundall M, Turton J, Rizotti K, Mehta A, Palmer R, et al. Over- and underdosage of SOX3 is associated with infundibular hypoplasia and hypopituitarism. Am J Hum Genet. 2005;76(5):833–49.
  41. Goosens M, Brauner R, Czernichow P, Duquesnoy P, Rapaport R. Isolated growth hormone (GH) deficiency type 1A associated with a double deletion in the human GH gene cluster. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1986;62(4):712–6.
  42. Wagner JK, Eblé A, Hindmarsh PC, Mullis PE. Prevalence of human GH-1 gene alterations in patients with isolated growth hormone deficiency. Pediatr Res. 1998;43(1):105–10.
  43. Wajnrajch MP, Gertner JM, Harbison MD, Chua SC, Leibel RL. Nonsense mutation in the human growth hormone releasing hormone receptor causes growth failure analogous to the little (lit) mouse. Nat Genet. 1996;12:88–90.
  44. Binder G, Nagel BH, Ranke MB, Mullis PE. Isolated GH deficiency (IGHD) type II: imaging of the pituitary gland by magnetic resonance reveals characteristic differences in comparison with severe IGHD of unknown origin. Eur J Endocrinol. 2002;147(6):755–60.
  45. Mullis PE, Robinson ICAF, Salemi S, Eble A, Besson A, Vuissoz J-M, et al. Isolated autosomal dominant growth hormone deficiency: An evolving pituitary deficit? A multicenter follow-up study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(4):2089–96.
  46. Cogan JD, Ramel B, Lehto M, Phillips J, Prince M, Blizzard RM, et al. A recurring dominant negative mutation causes autosomal dominant growth hormone deficiency--a clinical research center study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1995;80(12):3591–5.
  47. Takahashi Y, Shirono H, Arisaka O, Takahashi K, Yagi T, Koga J, et al. Biologically inactive growth hormone caused by an amino acid substitution. J Clin Invest. 1997;100(5):1159–65.
  48. McCarthy EM, Phillips JA. Characterization of an intron splice enhancer that regulates alternative splicing of human GH pre-mRNA. Hum Mol Genet. 1998;7(9):1491–6.
  49. Cogan JD, Prince MA, Lekhakula S, Bundey S, Futrakul A, McCarthy EM, et al. A novel mechanism of aberrant pre-mRNA splicing in humans. Hum Mol Genet. 1997;6(6):909–12.
  50. Hayashi Y, Yamamoto M, Ohmori S, Kamijo T, Ogawa M, Seo H. Inhibition of growth hormone (GH) secretion by a mutant GH-I gene product in neuroendocrine cells containing secretory granules: An implication for isolated GH deficiency inherited in an autosomal dominant manner. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1999;84(6):2134–9.
  51. Kamijo T, Hayashi Y, Seo H, Ogawa M. Hereditary isolated growth hormone deficiency caused by GH1 gene mutations in Japanese patients. Growth Horm IGF Res. 1999;9(Suppl B):31–4.
  52. Lee MS, Wajnrajch MP, Kim SS, Plotnick LP, Wang J, Gertner JM, et al. Autosomal dominant growth hormone (GH) deficiency type II: the Del32-71-GH deletion mutant suppresses secretion of wild-type GH. Endocrinology. 2000;141(3):883–90.
  53. Vivenza D, Guazzarotti L, Godi M, Frasca D, di Natale B, Momigliano-Richiardi P, et al. A novel deletion in the GH1 gene including the IVS3 branch site responsible for autosomal dominant isolated growth hormone deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(3):980–6.
  54. Fintini D, Salvatori R, Salemi S, Otten B, Ubertini G, Cambiaso P, et al. Autosomal-dominant isolated growth hormone deficiency (IGHD type II) with normal GH-1 gene. Horm Res. 2006;65(2):76–82.
  55. Veldhuis JD, Roemmich JN, Rogol AD. Gender and sexual maturation-dependent contrasts in the neuroregulation of growth hormone secretion in prepubertal and late adolescent males and females--a general clinical research center-based study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2000;85(7):2385–94.
  56. van den Berg G, Veldhuis JD, Frölich M, Roelfsema F. An amplitude-specific divergence in the pulsatile mode of growth hormone (GH) secretion underlies, the gender difference in mean GH concentrations in men and premenapausal women. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1996;81(7):2460–7.
  57. Roemmich JN, Clark PA, Weltman A, Veldhuis JD, Rogol AD. Pubertal alterations in growth and body composition: IX. Altered spontaneous secretion and metabolic clearance of growth hormone in overweight youth. Metabolism. 2005;54(10):1374–83.
  58. Rivier J, Spiess J, Thorner M, Vale W. Characterization of a growth hormone-releasing factor from a human pancreatic islet tumour. Nature. 1982;300(5889):276–8.
  59. Gonzalez-Crespo S, Boronat A. Expression of the rat growth hormone-releasing hormone gene in placenta is directed by an alternative promoter. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1991;88(19):8749-53.
  60. Rogol AD, Blizzard RM, Foley TPJ, Furlanetto R, Selden R, Mayo K, et al. Growth hormone releasing hormone and growth hormone: Genetic studies in familial growth hormone deficiency. Pediatr Res. 1985;19:489–92.
  61. Mayo KE. Molecular cloning and expression of a pituitary-specific receptor for growth hormone-releasing hormone. Mol Endocrinol. 1992;6:1734–44.
  62. Godfrey P, Rahal JO, Beamer WG, Copeland NG, Jenkins NA, Mayo KE. GHRH receptor of little mice contains a missense mutation in the extracellular domain that disrupts receptor function. Nat Genet. 1993;4(3):227-32.
  63. Lin SC, Lin CR, Gukovsky I, Lusis AJ, Sawchenko PE, Rosenfeld MG. Molecular basis of the little mouse phenotype and implications for cell type-specific growth. Nature. 1993;364(6434):208–13.
  64. Wajnrajch MP, Chua SC, Green ED, Leibel RL. Human growth hormone-releasing hormone receptor (GHRHR) maps to a YAC at Chromosome 7p15. Mamm Genome. 1994;5(9):595.
  65. Baumann G, Maheshwari H. The dwarfs of Sindh:severe growth hormone (GH) deficiency caused by a mutation in the GH-releasing hormone receptor gene. Acta Pediatr Suppl. 1997;423:33–8.
  66. Netchine I, Talon P, Dastot F, Vitaux F, Goosens M, Amselem S. Extensive phenotypic analysis of a family with growth hormone (GH) deficiency caused by a mutation in the GH-releasing hormone receptor gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1998;83(2):432–6.
  67. Salvatori R, Hayashida CY, Aguiar-Oliveira MH, Phillips JA, Souza AH, Gondo RG, et al. Familial dwarfism due to a novel mutation of the growth hormone-releasing hormone receptor gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1999;84(3):917–23.
  68. Wajnrajch MP, Gertner JM, Harbison MD, Netchine I, Maheshwari HG, Baumann G, et al. Haplotype analysis of the growth hormone releasing hormone receptor locus in three apparently unrelated kindreds from the Indian subcontinent with the identical mutation in the GHRH receptor. Am J Med Genet. 2003;120A:77–83.
  69. Desai MP, Upadhye PS, Kamijo T, Yamamoto M, Ogawa M, Hayashi Y, et al. Growth hormone releasing hormone receptor (GHRH-r) gene mutation in Indian children with familial isolated growth hormone deficiency: a study from western India. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2005;18(10):955–73.
  70. Roelfsema F, Biermasz NR, Veldman RG, Veldhuis JD, Frolich M, Stovkis-Brantsma WH, et al. Growth hormone (GH) secretion in patients with an inactivating defect of the GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) receptor is pulsatile: evidence for a role for non-GHRH inputs into the generation of GH pulses. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2001;86(6):2459–64.
  71. MacIntyre I, Szelke M, Royal Postgraduate Medical S, Bowers CY, Chang J, Momany FA, et al. Effects of the enkephalins and enkephalin-analog on release of pituitary hormones in vitro. In: Molecular Endocrinology: Proceedings of Endocrinology ’77 held at the Royal College of Physicians, London, England on 11-15 July, 1977. New York: Elsevier/North-Holland Biomedical Press; 1977.
  72. Kojima M, Hosoda H, Date Y, Nakazato M, Matsuo H, Kangawa K. Ghrelin is a growth-hormone-releasing acylated peptide from stomach. Nature. 1999;402(6762):656–60.
  73. Wajnrajch MP, Gertner JM, Mullis PE, Cogan JD, Dannies PS, Kim S, et al. Arg183His, a new mutational hot-spot in the growth hormone gene causing isolated GH deficiency type II. J Endocr Genet. 2000;1(3):124–34.
  74. Howard AD, Feighner SD, Cully DF, Arena JP, Liberator PA, Rosenblum CI, et al. A receptor in pituitary and hypothalamus that functions in growth hormone release. Science. 1996;273:974–7.
  75. Takaya K, Ariyasu H, Kanamoto N, Iwakura H, Yoshimoto A, Harada M, et al. Ghrelin strongly stimulates growth hormone release in humans. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2000;85(12):4908–11.
  76. Bercu B, Walker RF. Novel growth hormone secretagogues: Clinical applications. Endocrinologist. 1997;7(1):51-64.
  77. Giustina A, Bonfanti C, Licini M, Ragni G, Stefana B. Hexarelin, a novel GHRP-6 analog, stimulates growth hormone (GH) release in a GH-secreting rat cell line (GH1) insensitive to GH-releasing hormone. Rugul Pept. 1997;70(1):49–54.
  78. Tolis G, Karydis I, Markousis V, Karagiorga M, Mesimeris T, Lenaerts V, et al. Growth hormone release by the novel GH releasing peptide Hexarelin in patients with homozygous b-Thalassemia. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 1997;10(1):35–40.
  79. Hataya Y, Akamizu T, Takaya K, Kanamoto N, Ariyasu H, Saijo M, et al. A low dose of ghrelin stimulates growth hormone (gh) release synergistically with gh-releasing hormone in humans. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2001;86(9):45524555.
  80. Arvat E, Di Vito L, Broglio F, Papotti M, Muccioli G, Dieguez C, et al. Preliminary evidence that Ghrelin, the natural GH secretagogue (GHS)-receptor ligand, strongly stimulates GH secretion in humans. J Endocrinol Invest. 2000;23(8):493–5.
  81. Ghizzoni L, Mastorakos G, Vottero A, Ziveri M, Ilias I, Bernasconi S. Spontaneous growth hormone (GH) secretion is not directly affected by ghrelin in either short normal prepubertal children or children with GH neurosecretory dysfunction. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2004;89(11):5488–95.
  82. Racine MS, Symons K V, Foster CM, Barkan AL. Augmentation of growth hormone secretion after testosterone treatment in boys with constitutional delay of growth and adolescence: Evidence against an increase in hypothalamic secretion of growth hormone-releasing hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2004;89(7):3326–31.
  83. Hirsh D, Heinrichs C, Leenders B, Wong ACK, Cummings DE, Chanoine J-P. Ghrelin is suppressed by glucagon and does not mediate glucagon-related growth hormone release. Horm Res. 2005;63(3):111–8.
  84. Zhang J V, Ren P-G, Avsian-Kretchmer O, Luo C-W, Rauch R, Klein C, et al. Obestatin, a peptide encoded by the ghrelin gene, opposes ghrelin’s effects on food intake. Science. 2005;310(5750):996–9.
  85. Ukkola O, Ravussin E, Jacobson P, Snyder EE, Chagnon M, Sjöström L, et al. Mutations in the preproghrelin/ghrelin gene associated with obesity in humans. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2001;86(8):3996–9.
  86. Pantel J, Legendre M, Cabrol S, Hilal L, Hajaji Y, Morisset S, et al. Loss of constitutive activity of the growth hormone secretagogue receptor in familial short stature. J Clin Invest. 2006;116:760–8.
  87. Grossman A, Savage MO, Lytras N, Preece MA, Sueiras-Diaz J, Coy DH, et al. Responses to analogues of growth hormone-releasing hormone in normal subjects, and in growth-hormone deficient children and young adults. Clin Endocrinol. 1984;21(3):321–30.
  88. Date Y, Murakami N, Kojima M, Kuroiwa T, Matsukura S, Kangawa K, et al. Central effects of a novel acylated peptide, ghrelin, on growth hormone release in rats. Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 2000;275(2):477–80.
  89. Shen LP, Pictet RL, Rutter WJ. Human somatostatin I: Sequence of the cDNA. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1982;79(15):4575–9.
  90. Rosskopf D, Schurks M, Manthey I, Joisten M, Busch S, Siffert W. Signal transduction of somatostatin in human B lymphoblasts. Am J Physiol Cell Physiol. 2003;284(1):C179-190.
  91. Laron Z. Prismatic cases: Laron syndrome (primary growth hormone resistance) from patient to laboratory to patient. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1995;80(5):1526–31.
  92. Dastot F, Sobrier ML, Duquesnoy P, Duriez B, Goossens M, Amselem S. Alternatively spliced forms in the cytoplasmic domain of the human growth hormone (GH) receptor regulate its ability to generate a soluble GH-binding protein. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1996;93(20):10723–8.
  93. Dos Santos C, Essioux L, Teinturier C, Tauber M, Goffin V, Bougneres P. A common polymorphism of the growth hormone receptor is associated with increased responsiveness to growth hormone. Nat Genet. 2004;36(7):720–4.
  94. Binder G, Baur F, Schweizer R, Ranke MB. The d3-growth hormone (GH) receptor polymorphism is associated with increased responsiveness to GH in Turner syndrome and short small-for-gestational-age children. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(2):659–64.
  95. Jorge AAL, Marchisotti FG, Montenegro LR, Carvalho LR, Mendonca BB, Arnhold IJP. Growth hormone (GH) pharmacogenetics: Influence of GH receptor exon 3 retention or deletion on first-year growth response and final height in patients with severe GH deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(3):1076–80.
  96. Pilotta A, Mella P, Filisetti M, Felappi B, Prandi E, Parrinello G, et al. Common polymorphisms of the Growth Hormone (GH) Receptor do not correlate with the growth response to exogenous recombinant human GH in GH deficient children. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(3):jc.2005-1308.
  97. Rosenfeld RG, Belgorosky A, Camacho-Hubner C, Savage MO, Wit JM, Hwa V. Defects in growth hormone receptor signaling. Trends Endocrinol Metab. 2007;18(4):134–41.
  98. Savage MO, Hwa V, David A, Rosenfeld RG, Metherell LA. Genetic defects in the growth hormone-IGF-I axis causing growth hormone insensitivity and impaired linear growth. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne). 2011;2:95.
  99. Ayling RM, Ross R, Towner P, von Laue S, Finidori J, Moutoussamy S, et al. A dominant-negative mutation of the growth hormone receptor causes familial short stature. Nat Genet. 1997;16:13–4.
  100. Amselem S, Duquesnoy P, Attree O, Novelli G, Bousnina S, Postel-Vinay MC, et al. Laron dwarfism and mutations of the growth hormone-receptor gene. N Engl J Med. 1989;321(15):989–95.
  101. Woods KA, Fraser NC, Postel-Vinay MC, Savage MO, Clark AJ. A homozygous splice site mutation affecting the intracellular domain of the growth hormone (GH) receptor resulting in Laron syndrome with elevated GH-binding protein. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1996;81(5):1686–90.
  102. Woods KA, Dastot F, Preece MA, Clark AJ, Postel-Vinay MC, Chatelain PG, et al. Phenotype: genotype relationships in growth hormone insensitivity syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1997;82(11):3529–35.
  103. Salerno M, Balestrieri B, Matrecano E, Officioso A, Rosenfeld RG, Di Maio S, et al. Abnormal GH receptor signaling in children with idiopathic short stature. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2001;86(8):3882–8.
  104. Abuzzahab MJ, Schneider A, Goddard A, Grigorescu F, Lautier C, Keller E, et al. IGF-I receptor mutations resulting in intrauterine and postnatal growth retardation. N Engl J Med. 2003;349(23):2211–22.
  105. Bonioli E, Tarò M, Rosa C La, Citana A, Bertorelli R, Morcaldi G, et al. Heterozygous mutations of growth hormone receptor gene in children with idiopathic short stature. Growth Horm IGF Res. 2005;15(6):405–10.
  106. Rosenbloom AL, Guevara Aguirre J, Rosenfeld RG. The little women of Loja--growth hormone-receptor deficiency in an inbred population of southern Ecuador. N Engl J Med. 1990;323(20):1367–74.
  107. Aalbers AM, Chin D, Pratt KL, Little BM, Frank SJ, Hwa V, et al. Extreme elevation of serum growth hormone-binding protein concentrations resulting from a novel heterozygous splice site mutation of the growth hormone receptor gene. Horm Res Paediatr. 2009;71(5):276–84.
  108. Overgaard MT, Boldt HB, Laursen LS, Sottrup-Jensen L, Conover CA, Oxvig C. Pregnancy-associated plasma protein-A2 (PAPP-A2), a novel insulin-like growth factor-binding protein-5 proteinase. J Biol Chem. 2001;276(24):21849–53.
  109. Jepsen MR, Kløverpris S, Mikkelsen JH, Pedersen JH, Füchtbauer E-M, Laursen LS, et al. Stanniocalcin-2 inhibits mammalian growth by proteolytic inhibition of the insulin-like growth factor axis. J Biol Chem. 2015;290(6):3430–9.
  110. Fujimoto M, Hwa V, Dauber A. Novel modulators of the growth hormone - insulin-like growth factor axis: Pregnancy-associated plasma protein-A2 and stanniocalcin-2. J Clin Res Pediatr Endocrinol. 2017;9(Suppl 2):1–8.
  111. Woods KA, Camacho-Hübner C, Savage MO, Clark AJ. Intrauterine growth retardation and postnatal growth failure associated with deletion of the insulin-like growth factor I gene. N Engl J Med. 1996;335(18):1363–7.
  112. Baker J, Liu JP, Robertson EJ, Efstratiadis A. Role of insulin-like growth factors in embryonic and postnatal growth. Cell. 1993;75(1):73–82.
  113. Bonapace G, Concolino D, Formicola S, Strisciuglio P. A novel mutation in a patient with insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF1) deficiency. J Med Genet. 2003;40(12):913–7.
  114. Walenkamp MJE, Karperien M, Pereira AM, Hilhorst-Hofstee Y, van Doorn J, Chen JW, et al. Homozygous and heterozygous expression of a novel insulin-like growth factor-I mutation. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(5):2855–64.
  115. Liu JP, Baker J, Perkins AS, Robertson EJ, Efstratiadis A. Mice carrying null mutations of the genes encoding insulin-like growth factor I (Igf-1) and type 1 IGF receptor (Igf1r). Cell. 1993;75(1):59–72.
  116. Morison IM, Reeve AE. Insulin-like growth factor 2 and overgrowth: molecular biology and clinical implications. Mol Med Today. 1998;4(3):110–5.
  117. Yakar S, Liu JL, Stannard B, Butler A, Accili D, Sauer B, et al. Normal growth and development in the absence of hepatic insulin-like growth factor I. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1999;96(13):7324–9.
  118. Sjögren K, Liu JL, Blad K, Skrtic S, Vidal O, Wallenius V, et al. Liver-derived insulin-like growth factor I (IGF-I) is the principal source of IGF-I in blood but is not required for postnatal body growth in mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1999;96(12):7088–92.
  119. Yakar S, Rosen CJ, Beamer WG, Ackert-Bicknell CL, Wu Y, Liu JL, et al. Circulating levels of IGF-1 directly regulate bone growth and density. J Clin Invest. 2002;110(6):771–81.
  120. Domené HM, Bengolea S V, Martínez AS, Ropelato MG, Pennisi P, Scaglia P, et al. Deficiency of the circulating insulin-like growth factor system associated with inactivation of the acid-labile subunit gene. N Engl J Med. 2004;350(6):570–7.
  121. Hwa V, Haeusler G, Pratt KL, Little BM, Frisch H, Koller D, et al. Total absence of functional acid labile subunit, resulting in severe insulin-like growth factor deficiency and moderate growth failure. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(5):1826–31.
  122. Domené HM, Scaglia PA, Lteif A, Mahmud FH, Kirmani S, Frystyk J, et al. Phenotypic effects of null and haploinsufficiency of acid-labile subunit in a family with two novel IGFALS gene mutations. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2007;92(11):4444–50.
  123. Domené HM, Hwa V, Jasper HG, Rosenfeld RG. Acid-labile subunit (ALS) deficiency. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2011;25(1):101–13.
  124. Savage MO, Camacho-Hübner C, David A, Metherell LA, Hwa V, Rosenfeld RG, et al. Idiopathic short stature: will genetics influence the choice between GH and IGF-I therapy? Eur J Endocrinol. 2007;157 Suppl:S33-37.
  125. Chan JM, Stampfer MJ, Giovannucci E, Gann PH, Ma J, Wilkinson P, et al. Plasma insulin-like growth factor-I and prostate cancer risk: A prospective study. Science. 1998;279(5350):563–6.
  126. Pollak M. Insulin-like growth factor physiology and cancer risk. Eur J Cancer. 2000;36(10):1224–8.
  127. Jernstrom H, Chu W, Vesprini D, Tao Y, Majeed N, Deal C, et al. Genetic factors related to racial variation in plasma levels of insulin-like growth factor-1: Implications for premenopausal breast cancer risk. Mol Genet Metab. 2001;72(2):144–54.
  128. Cohen P, Clemmons DR, Rosenfeld RG. Does the GH-IGF axis play a role in cancer pathogenesis? Growth Horm IGF Res. 2000;10(6):297–305.
  129. Cohen P. Overview of the IGF-I system. Horm Res. 2006;65(Suppl 1):3–8.
  130. Ranke MB. Defining insulin-like growth factor-I deficiency. Horm Res. 2006;65(Suppl 1):9–14.
  131. Savage MO, Camacho-Hübner C, Dunger DB. Therapeutic applications of the insulin-like growth factors. Growth Horm IGF Res. 2004;14(4):301–8.
  132. Laron Z, Anin S, Klipper-Aurbach Y, Klinger B. Effects of insulin-like growth factor on linear growth, head circumference, and body fat in patients with Laron-type dwarfism. Lancet. 1992;339(8804):1258–61.
  133. Ranke MB, Savage MO, Chatelain PG, Preece MA, Rosenfeld RG, Blum WF, et al. Insulin-like growth factor I improves height in growth hormone insensitivity: two years’ results. Horm Res. 1995;44(6):253–64.
  134. Ranke MB, Savage MO, Chatelain PG, Preece MA, Rosenfeld RG, Wilton P. Long-term treatment of growth hormone insensitivity syndrome with IGF-I. Results of the European Multicentre Study. The Working Group on Growth Hormone Insensitivity Syndromes. Horm Res. 1999;51(3):128–34.
  135. Collett-Solberg PF, Misra M, Drug and Therapeutics Committee of the Lawson Wilkins Pediatric Endocrine Society. The role of recombinant human insulin-like growth factor-I in treating children with short stature. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008;93(1):10–8.
  136. Laron Z. Insulin-like growth factor-I (lGF-l): safety and efficacy. Pediatr Endocrinol Rev. 2004;2(Suppl 1):78–85.
  137. Backeljauw PF, Underwood LE, GHIS Collaborative Group. Therapy for 6.5-7.5 years with recombinant insulin-like growth factor I in children with growth hormone insensitivity syndrome: A clinical research center study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2001;86(4):1504–10.
  138. Roback EW, Barakat AJ, Dev VG, Mbikay M, Chretien M, Butler MG. An infant with deletion of the distal long arm of chromosome 15 (q26.1----qter) and loss of insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor gene. Am J Med Genet. 1991;38(1):74–9.
  139. Fang P, Schwartz ID, Johnson BD, Derr MA, Roberts CT, Hwa V, et al. Familial short stature caused by haploinsufficiency of the insulin-like growth factor i receptor due to nonsense-mediated messenger ribonucleic acid decay. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2009;94(5):1740–7.
  140. Fujimoto M, Andrew M, Dauber A. Disorders caused by genetic defects associated with GH-dependent genes: PAPPA2 defects. Mol Cell Endocrinol. 2020 Dec;518:110967.
  141. Dauber A, Muñoz-Calvo MT, Barrios V, Domené HM, Kloverpris S, Serra-Juhé C, et al. Mutations in pregnancy-associated plasma protein A2 cause short stature due to low IGF-I availability. EMBO Mol Med. 2016 Apr;8(4):363–74.
  142. Babiker A, Al Noaim K, Al Swaid A, Alfadhel M, Deeb A, Martín-Rivada Á, et al. Short stature with low insulin-like growth factor 1 availability due to pregnancy-associated plasma protein A2 deficiency in a Saudi family. Clin Genet. 2021 Nov;100(5):601–6.
  143. Barrios V, Chowen JA, Martín-Rivada Á, Guerra-Cantera S, Pozo J, Yakar S, et al. Pregnancy-associated plasma protein (PAPP)-A2 in physiology and disease. Cells. 2021;10(12):3576.
  144. Muñoz-Calvo MT, Barrios V, Pozo J, Chowen JA, Martos-Moreno GÁ, Hawkins F, et al. Treatment With recombinant human insulin-like growth factor-1 improves growth inpatients with PAPP-A2 deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2016;101(11):3879–83.
  145. Martín-Rivada Á, Barrios V, Martínez Díaz-Guerra G, Pozo J, Martos-Moreno GÁ, Argente J. Adult height and long-term outcomes after rhIGF-1 therapy in two patients withPAPP-A2 deficiency. Growth Horm IGF Res. 2021;60–61:101419.
  146. Muthuvel G, Dauber A, Alexandrou E, Tyzinski L, Andrew M, Hwa V, et al. Five-year therapy with recombinant human insulin-like growth factor-1 in a patient with PAPP-A2 deficiency. Horm Res Paediatr. 2023;96(5):449–57.
  147. Cabrera-Salcedo C, Mizuno T, Tyzinski L, Andrew M, Vinks AA, Frystyk J, et al. Pharmacokinetics of IGF-1 in PAPP-A2-deficient patients, growth response, and effects on glucose and bone density. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2017;102(12):4568–77.
  148. Hawkins-Carranza FG, Muñoz-Calvo MT, Martos-Moreno GÁ, Allo-Miguel G, Del Río L, Pozo J, et al. rhIGF-1 treatment increases bone mineral density and trabecular bone structure in children with PAPP-A2 deficiency. Horm Res Paediatr. 2018;89(3):200–4.
  149. Andrew M, Liao L, Fujimoto M, Khoury J, Hwa V, Dauber A. PAPPA2 as a therapeutic modulator of IGF-I bioavailability: in vivo and in vitro evidence. J Endocr Soc. 2018;2(7):646–56.
  150. Fitzpatrick GV, Soloway PD, Higgins MJ. Regional loss of imprinting and growth deficiency in mice with a targeted deletion of KvDMR1. Nat Genet. 2002;32(3):426–31.
  151. Eggenschwiler J, Ludwig T, Fisher P, Leighton PA, Tilghman SM, Efstratiadis A. Mouse mutant embryos overexpressing IGF-II exhibit phenotypic features of the Beckwith-Wiedemann and Simpson-Golabi-Behmel syndromes. Genes Dev. 1997;11(23):3128–42.
  152. McElreavey K, Fellous M. Sex-determining genes. Trends Endocrinol Metab. 1997;8(9):342–5.
  153. Fisher AM, Thomas NS, Cockwell A, Stecko O, Kerr B, Temple IK, et al. Duplications of chromosome 11p15 of maternal origin result in a phenotype that includes growth retardation. Hum Genet. 2002;111(3):290–6.
  154. Gicquel C, Rossignol S, Cabrol S, Houang M, Steunou V, Barbu V, et al. Epimutation of the telomeric imprinting center region on chromosome 11p15 in Silver-Russell syndrome. Nat Genet. 2005;37(9):1003–7.
  155. Schönherr N, Meyer E, Eggermann K, Ranke MB, Wollmann HA, Eggermann T. (Epi)mutations in 11p15 significantly contribute to Silver-Russell syndrome: but are they generally involved in growth retardation? Eur J Med Genet. 2006;49(5):414–8.
  156. Hannula K, Lipsanen-Nyman M, Kontiokari T, Kere J. A narrow segment of maternal uniparental disomy of chromosome 7q31-qter in Silver-Russell syndrome delimits a candidate gene region. Am J Hum Genet. 2001;68(1):247–53.
  157. Murphy R, Baptista J, Holly J, Umpleby AM, Ellard S, Harries LW, et al. Severe intrauterine growth retardation and atypical diabetes associated with a translocation breakpoint disrupting regulation of the insulin-like growth factor 2 gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008;93(11):4373–80.
  158. Valhmu WB, Palmer GD, Rivers PA, Ebara S, Cheng JF, Fischer S, et al. Structure of the human aggrecan gene: Exon-intron organization and association with the protein domains. Biochem J. 1995;309(2):535–42.
  159. Kiani C, Chen L, Wu YJ, Yee AJ, Yang BB. Structure and function of aggrecan. Cell Res. 2002;12:19.
  160. Kawaguchi Y, Osada R, Kanamori M, Ishihara H, Ohmori K, Matsui H, et al. Association between an aggrecan gene polymorphism and lumbar disc degeneration. Spine. 1999;24:2456–60.
  161. Gleghorn L, Ramesar R, Beighton P, Wallis G. A mutation in the variable repeat region of the aggrecan gene (AGC1) causes a form of spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia associated with severe, premature osteoarthritis. Am J Hum Genet. 2005;77:484–90.
  162. Tompson SW, Merriman B, Funari VA, Fresquet M, Lachman RS, Rimoin DL, et al. A recessive skeletal dysplasia, SEMD aggrecan type, results from a missense mutation affecting the C-type lectin domain of aggrecan. Am J Hum Genet. 2009;84:72–9.
  163. Stattin E-L, Wiklund F, Lindblom K, Önnerfjord P, Jonsson B-A, Tegner Y, et al. A missense mutation in the aggrecan c-type lectin domain disrupts extracellular matrix interactions and causes dominant familial osteochondritis dissecans. Am J Hum Genet. 2010;86(2):126–37.
  164. Nilsson O, Guo MH, Dunbar N, Popovic J, Flynn D, Jacobsen C, et al. Short stature, accelerated bone maturation, and early growth cessation due to heterozygous aggrecan mutations. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014;99(8):E1510–8.
  165. Quintos JB, Guo. MH, Dauber A. Idiopathic short stature due to novel heterozygous mutation of the aggrecan gene. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2015;28(7-8):927–32.
  166. Gkourogianni A, Andrew M, Tyzinski L, Crocker M, Douglas J, Dunbar N, et al. Clinical characterization of patients with autosomal dominant short stature due to aggrecan mutations. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2017;102(2):460–9.
  167. van der Steen M, Pfundt R, Maas SJWH, Bakker-van Waarde WM, Odink RJ, Hokken-Koelega ACS. ACAN gene mutations in short children born SGA and response to growth hormone treatment. J Clin Endo Metab. 2017;102:1458–67.
  168. Dateki S, Nakatomi A, Watanabe S, Shimizu H, Inoue Y, Baba H, et al. Identification of a novel heterozygous mutation of the aggrecan gene in a family with idiopathic short stature and multiple intervertebral disc herniation. J Hum Genet. 2017;62:717–21.
  169. Rao E, Weiss B, Fukami M, Rump A, Niesler B, Mertz A, et al. Pseudoautosomal deletions encompassing a novel homeobox gene causes growth failure in idiopathic short stature and Turner syndrome. Nat Genet. 1997;16:54–62.
  170. Huber C, Rosilio M, Munnich A, Cormier-Daire V. High incidence of SHOX anomalies in individuals with short stature. J Med Genet. 2006;43(9):735–9.
  171. Jorge AAL, Nishi MY, Funari MFA, Souza SC, Arnhold IJP, Mendonça BB. [Short stature caused by SHOX gene haploinsufficiency: from diagnosis to treatment]. Arq Bras Endocrinol Metabol. 2008;52(5):765–73.
  172. Binder G. Short stature due to SHOX deficiency: genotype, phenotype, and therapy. Horm Res Paediatr. 2011;75(2):81–9.
  173. Marchini A, Rappold G, Schneider KU. SHOX at a glance: From gene to protein. Arch Physiol Biochem. 2007;113(3):116–23.
  174. Munns CJF, Haase HR, Crowther LM, Hayes MT, Blaschke R, Rappold G, et al. Expression of SHOX in human fetal and childhood growth plate. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2004;89(8):4130–5.
  175. Rappold G, Blum WF, Shavrikova EP, Crowe BJ, Roeth R, Quigley CA, et al. Genotypes and phenotypes in children with short stature: Clinical indicators of SHOX haploinsufficiency. J Med Genet. 2007;44(5):306–13.
  176. Blum WF, Crowe BJ, Quigley CA, Jung H, Cao D, Ross JL, et al. Growth hormone is effective in treatment of short stature associated with short stature homeobox-containing gene deficiency: Two-year results of a randomized, controlled, multicenter trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2007;92(1):219–28.
  177. Shaw AC, Kalidas K, Crosby AH, Jeffery S, Patton MA. The natural history of Noonan syndrome: A long-term follow-up study. Arch Dis Child. 2007;92(2):128–32.
  178. Allanson JE. Noonan syndrome. J Med Genet. 1987;24(1):9–13.
  179. Allanson JE, Hall JG, Hughes HE, Preus M, Witt RD. Noonan syndrome: The changing phenotype. Am J Med Genet. 1985;21(3):507–14.
  180. Tartaglia M, Mehler EL, Goldberg R, Zampino G, Brunner HG, Kremer H, et al. Mutations in PTPN11, encoding the protein tyrosine phosphatase SHP-2, cause Noonan syndrome. Nat Genet. 2001;29(4):465–8.
  181. Gelb BD, Tartaglia M. Noonan syndrome and related disorders: dysregulated RAS-mitogen activated protein kinase signal transduction. Hum Mol Genet. 2006;15 Spec No:R220-226.
  182. Ferreira LV, Souza SAL, Arnhold IJP, Mendonca BB, Jorge AAL. PTPN11 (protein tyrosine phosphatase, nonreceptor type 11) mutations and response to growth hormone therapy in children with Noonan syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(9):5156–60.
  183. Limal J-M, Parfait B, Cabrol S, Bonnet D, Leheup B, Lyonnet S, et al. Noonan syndrome: relationships between genotype, growth, and growth factors. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(1):300–6.
  184. Raaijmakers R, Noordam C, Karagiannis G, Gregory JW, Hertel NT, Sipilä I, et al. Response to growth hormone treatment and final height in Noonan syndrome in a large cohort of patients in the KIGS database. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2008;21(3):267–73.
  185. Noordam C, Peer PGM, Francois I, De Schepper J, van den Burgt I, Otten BJ. Long-term GH treatment improves adult height in children with Noonan syndrome with and without mutations in protein tyrosine phosphatase, non-receptor-type 11. Eur J Endocrinol. 2008;159(3):203–8.
  186. Growth Hormone Research Society. Consensus guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of growth hormone (GH) deficiency in childhood and adolescence: summary statement of the GH Research Society. GH Research Society. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2000;85(11):3990–3.
  187. Kuczmarski RJ, Ogden C, Grummer-Strawn LM, Guo SS, Wei R, Mei Z, et al. CDC growth charts: United States. Hyattsville: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics; 2000.
  188. Sizonenko PC, Clayton PE, Cohen P, Hintz RL, Tanaka T, Laron Z. Diagnosis and management of growth hormone deficiency in childhood and adolescence. Part 1: Diagnosis of growth hormone deficiency. Growth Horm IGF Res. 2001;11(3):137–65.
  189. Gruelich WW, Pyle SI. Radiographic atlas of skeletal development of the hand and wrist. Stanford University Press; 1959.
  190. Tanner JM. Assessment of skeletal maturity and prediction of adult height (TW2 method). Tanner JM, editor. London ; New York: Academic Press ; 1983.
  191. Bayley N. Tables for predicting adult height from present height and skeletal age. J Pediat. 1946;28:49.
  192. Rosenfield R, Cutler L, Jameson JL, DeGroot L, Burger H. Somatic growth and maturation. In: Endocrinology. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co.; 2001. p. 477-502.
  193. Underwood LE, Van Wyk JJ. Normal and aberrant growth. In: Williams Textbook Of Endocrinology. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co.; 2003. p. 1079–138.
  194. Bayley N, Pinneau SR. Tables for predicting adult height from skeletal age: Revised for use with the Greulich-Pyle hand standards. J Pediatr. 1952;40(4):423–41.
  195. Roche AF, Wainer H, Thissen D. The RWT method for the prediction of adult stature. Pediatrics. 1975;56(6):1026–33.
  196. Zachmann M, Sobradillo B, Frank M, Frisch H, Prader A. Bayley-Pinneau, Roche-Wainer-Thissen, and Tanner height predictions in normal children and in patients with various pathologic conditions. J Pediatr. 1978;93(5):749–55.
  197. Marin G, Domené HM, Barnes KM, Blackwell BJ, Cassorla FG, Cutler GB. The effects of estrogen priming and puberty on the growth hormone response to standardized treadmill exercise and arginine-insulin in normal girls and boys. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1994;79(2):537–41.
  198. Molina S, Paoli M, Camacho N, Arata-Bellabarba G, Lanes R. Is testosterone and estrogen priming prior to clonidine useful in the evaluation of the growth hormone status of short peripubertal children? J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2008;21(3):257–66.
  199. Agrawal V, Garcia JM. The macimorelin-stimulated growth hormone test for adult growth hormone deficiency diagnosis. Expert Rev Mol Diagn. 2014;14(6):647–54.
  200. Csákváry V, Muzsnai A, Raduk D, Chaychenko T, Damholt BB, Kelepouris N, et al. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of macimorelin acetate (AEZS-130) in paediatric patients with suspected growth hormone deficiency (GHD). J Endocr Soc. 2021;5(Suppl 1):A682–A682.
  201. Roh S-G, Lee H-G, Phung LT, Hidari H. Characterization of growth hormone secretion to growth hormone-releasing peptide-2 in domestic animals - a review. Asian-Australasian J Anim Sci. 2002;15(5):757–66.
  202. Onuki T, Hiroaki T, Sawano K, Shibata N, Nyuzuki H, Ogawa Y, et al. Robust growth hormone responses to GH-releasing peptide 2 in adolescents. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2024;37(8):730–3.
  203. Chihara K, Shimatsu A, Hizuka N, Tanaka T, Seino Y, Katofor Y. A simple diagnostic test using GH-releasing peptide-2 in adult GH deficiency. Eur J Endocrinol. 2007;157(1):19–27.
  204. Suzuki S, Ruike Y, Ishiwata K, Naito K, Igarashi K, Ishida A, et al. LBODP006 clinical usefulness of the growth hormone-releasing peptide-2 test for hypothalamic-pituitary disorder. J Endocr Soc. 2022;6(Suppl 1):A39–40.
  205. Cohen P, Rogol AD, Howard CP, Bright GM, Kappelgaard A-M, Rosenfeld RG, et al. Insulin growth factor-based dosing of growth hormone therapy in children: A randomized, controlled study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2007;92(7):2480–6.
  206. Baron J. Growth hormone therapy in childhood: Titration versus weight-based dosing? J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2007;92(7):2436–8.
  207. Pasquino AM, Pucarelli I, Roggini M, Segni M. Adult height in short normal girls treated with gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs and growth hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2000;85(2):619–22.
  208. Reiter EO. A brief review of the addition of gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists(GnRH-Ag) to growth hormone (GH) treatment of children with idiopathic growth hormone deficiency: Previously published studies from America. Mol Cell Endocrinol. 2006;254–255:221–5.
  209. Li S, Wang X, Zhao Y, Ji W, Mao J, Nie M, et al. Combined therapy with GnRH analogue and growth hormone increases adult height inchildren with short stature and normal pubertal onset. Endocrine. 2020;69(3):615–24.
  210. Faglia G, Arosio M, Porretti S. Delayed closure of epiphyseal cartilages induced by the aromatase inhibitor anastrozole. Would it help short children grow up? J Endocrinol Invest. 2000;23(11):721–3.
  211. Dunkel L, Wickman S. Novel treatment of delayed male puberty with aromatase inhibitors. Horm Res. 2002;57(Suppl 2):44–52.
  212. Zung A, Zadik Z. New approaches in the treatment of short stature. Harefuah. 2002;141(12):1059–65.
  213. Hero M, Norjavaara E, Dunkel L. Inhibition of estrogen biosynthesis with a potent aromatase inhibitor increases predicted adult height in boys with idiopathic short stature: A randomized controlled trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(12):6396–402.
  214. Wassenaar MJ, Dekkers OM, Pereira AM, Wit JM, Smit JW, Biermasz NR, et al. Impact of the exon 3-deleted growth hormone (GH) receptor polymorphism on baseline height and the growth response to recombinant human GH therapy in GH-deficient (GHD) and non-GHD children with short stature: A systematic review and meta-analysis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2009;94(10):3721–30.
  215. Tauber M, Ester W, Auriol F, Molinas C, Fauvel J, Caliebe J, et al. GH responsiveness in a large multinational cohort of SGA children with short stature (NESTEGG) is related to the exon 3 GHR polymorphism. Clin Endocrinol. 2007;67(3):457–61.
  216. Braz AF, Costalonga EF, Montenegro LR, Trarbach EB, Antonini SR, Malaquias AC, et al. The interactive effect of GHR-exon 3 and -202 A/C IGFBP3 polymorphisms on rhGH responsiveness and treatment outcomes in patients with Turner syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012;97(4):E671-7.
  217. Blum WF, Machinis K, Shavrikova EP, Keller A, Stobbe H, Pfaeffle RW, et al. The growth response to growth hormone (GH) treatment in children with isolated GH deficiency is independent of the presence of the exon 3-minus isoform of the GH receptor. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(10):4171–4.
  218. Carrascosa A, Esteban C, Espadero R, Fernández-Cancio M, Andaluz P, Clemente M, et al. The d3/fl-growth hormone (GH) receptor polymorphism does not influence the effect of GH treatment (66 microg/kg per day) or the spontaneous growth in short non-GH-deficient small-for-gestational-age children: Results from a two-year controlled prospective. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(9):3281–6.
  219. Galetaki DM, Merchant N, Dauber A. Novel therapies for growth disorders. Eur J Pediatr. 2024;183(3):1121–8.
  220. Choi HS, Kwon A, Suh J, Song K, Chae HW, Kim H-S. Effect of long-acting growth hormone treatment on endogenous growth hormone secretion in prepubertal patients with idiopathic short stature: A preliminary study. Growth Horm IGF Res. 2022;66:101486.
  221. Matustik MC, Furlanetto RW, Meyer WJ 3rd. Chronobiologic considerations in human growth hormone therapy. J Pediatr. 1983;103(4):543–6.
  222. Lal RA, Hoffman AR. Perspectives on long-acting growth hormone therapy in children and adults. Arch Endocrinol Metab. 2019;63(6):601–7.
  223. Grillo MS, Frank J, Saenger P. Long acting growth hormone (LAGH), an update. Front Pediatr. 2023;11:1254231.
  224. Höybye C, Pfeiffer AFH, Ferone D, Christiansen JS, Gilfoyle D, Christoffersen ED, et al. A phase 2 trial of long-acting TransCon growth hormone in adult GH deficiency. Endocr Connect. 2017;6(3):129–38.
  225. Thornton P, Hofman P, Maniatis A, Aghajanova E, Chertok E, Korpal-Szczyrska M, et al. OR17-4 Transcon growth hormone in the treatment of pediatric growth hormone deficiency: Results of the phase 3 height trial. J Endocr Soc. 2019;3(Suppl 1).
  226. Lamb YN. Lonapegsomatropin: Pediatric first approval. Paediatr Drugs. 2022 Jan;24(1):83–90.
  227. Miller BS, Yuen KCJ. Spotlight on lonapegsomatropin once-weekly injection and its potential in the treatment of growth hormone deficiency in pediatric patients. Drug Des Devel Ther. 2022;16:2055–66.
  228. Chatelain P, Malievskiy O, Radziuk K, Senatorova G, Abdou MO, Vlachopapadopoulou E, et al. A randomized phase 2 study of long-acting TransCon GH vs daily GH in childhood GH deficiency. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2017;102(5):1673–82.
  229. Campbell DL, Walsh KJ, Herz C, Karpf DB, Beckert M, Leff JA, et al. 016–TransCon GH as a long-acting growth hormone for the treatment of pediatric growth hormone deficiency. J Pediatr Nurs. 2019;46:133.
  230. Thornton PS, Maniatis AK, Aghajanova E, Chertok E, Vlachopapadopoulou E, Lin Z, et al. Weekly lonapegsomatropin in treatment-naïve children with growth hormonedeficiency: The Phase 3 heiGHt Trial. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2021;106(11):3184–95.
  231. Stochholm K, Kiess W. Long-term safety of growth hormone-A combined registry analysis. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2018;88(4):515–28.
  232. Alkhatib EH, Dauber A, Estrada DE, Majidi S. Weekly growth hormone (lonapegsomatropin) causes severe transient hyperglycemia in a child with obesity. Vol. 96, Hormone Research in Paediatrics. Switzerland; 2023. p. 542–6.
  233. Maniatis AK, Carakushansky M, Galcheva S, Prakasam G, Fox LA, Dankovcikova A, et al. Treatment burden of weekly somatrogon vs daily somatropin in children with growth hormone deficiency: A randomized study. J Endocr Soc. 2022;6(10):bvac117.
  234. Maniatis AK, Casella SJ, Nadgir UM, Hofman PL, Saenger P, Chertock ED, et al. Safety and efficacy of lonapegsomatropin in children with growth hormone deficiency: enliGHten Trial 2-year results. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2022;107(7):e2680-e2689.
  235. Miller BS, Blair J, Horikawa R, Linglart A, Yuen KCJ. Developments in the management of growth hormone deficiency: Clinical utility of somapacitan. Drug Des Devel Ther. 2024;18:291–306.
  236. Helleberg H, Bjelke M, Damholt BB, Pedersen PJ, Rasmussen MH. Absorption, metabolism and excretion of once-weekly somapacitan, a long-acting growth hormone derivative, after single subcutaneous dosing in human subjects. Eur J Pharm Sci. 2021;167:106030.
  237. Ramírez-Andersen HS, Behrens C, Buchardt J, Fels JJ, Folkesson CG, Jianhe C, et al. Long-acting human growth hormone analogue by noncovalent albumin binding. Bioconjug Chem. 2018;29(9):3129–43.
  238. Savendahl LS, Rasmussen MH. SAT-LB12 Once-weekly somapacitan vs daily growth hormone in growth hormone deficiency: 2-year safety results from REAL 3, a randomized phase 2 trial. J Endocr Soc. 2020 8;4(Suppl 1).
  239. Savendahl L, Højby Rasmussen M, Horikawa R, Khadilkar V, Battelino T, Saenger P. SUN-247 Once-weekly somapacitan in childhood growth hormone deficiency: Efficacy and safety results of a randomized, open-label, controlled phase 2 trial (REAL 3). J Endocr Soc. 2019;3(Suppl 1).
  240. Sävendahl LS, Battelino T, Rasmussen MH, Horikawa R, Saenger P. Once-weekly somapacitan versus daily growth hormone in growth hormone deficiency: 2-year efficacy results from REAL 3, a Randomized Phase 2 Trial. J Endocr Soc. 2021;5(Suppl 1):A680–A680.
  241. Sävendahl L, Battelino T, Højby Rasmussen M, Brod M, Röhrich S, Saenger P, et al. Weekly somapacitan in GH deficiency: 4-year efficacy, safety, andtreatment/disease burden results from REAL 3. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2023;108(10):2569–78.
  242. Yuen KCJ. Utilizing somapacitan, a long-acting growth hormone formulation, for thetreatment of adult growth hormone deficiency: A guide for clinicians. Endocr Pract. 2024;30(10):1003–10.
  243. Takahashi Y, Biller BMK, Fukuoka H, Ho KKY, Rasmussen MH, Nedjatian N, et al. Weekly somapacitan had no adverse effects on glucose metabolism in adults withgrowth hormone deficiency. Pituitary. 2023;26(1):57–72.
  244. Fujio S, Makino R, Sugata J, Hanada T, Hanaya R. 6731 Initial therapeutic effects of weekly growth hormone replacement therapy: Somapacitan. J Endocr Soc. 2024;8(Suppl 1).
  245. Hershkovitz O, Bar-Ilan A, Guy R, Felikman Y, Moschcovich L, Hwa V, et al. In vitro and in vivo characterization of MOD-4023, a long-acting carboxy-terminal peptide (CTP)-modified human growth hormone. Mol Pharm. 2016;13(2):631–9.
  246. Velazquez EP, Miller BS, Yuen KCJ. Somatrogon injection for the treatment of pediatric growth hormone deficiency with comparison to other LAGH products. Expert Rev Endocrinol Metab. 2024;19(1):1–10.
  247. Valluri S, Pastrak A, Wajnrajch M, Silverman L, Cara J, Deal C. Somatrogon growth hormone in the treatment of pediatric growth hormone deficiency: Results of the Pivotal Pediatric Phase 3 Clinical Trial. 2022;
  248. Cara J, Carlsson M, Rosenfeld RG, Wajnrajch MP, Wang R, Zadik Z. RF26 | PSAT150 Growth outcomes from the Phase 2 and Phase 3 studies of once weekly somatrogon vs daily genotropin in pediatric patients with growth hormone deficiency: Comparisons with published literature and an international growth study database. J Endocr Soc. 2022;6(Suppl 1):A647–A647.
  249. Zadik Z, Zelinska N, Iotova V, Skorodok Y, Malievsky O, Mauras N, et al. An open-label extension of a phase 2 dose-finding study of once-weekly somatrogon vs. once-daily Genotropin in children with short stature due to growth hormone deficiency: Results following 5 years of treatment. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2023;36(3):261–9.
  250. Boguszewski MC da S, Boguszewski CL. Update on the use of long-acting growth hormone in children. Curr Opin Pediatr. 2024;36(4):437–41.
  251. Höybye C. Comparing treatment with daily and long-acting growth hormone formulations in adults with growth hormone deficiency: Challenging issues, benefits, and risks. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2023;37(6):101788.
  252. Maniatis A, Cutfield W, Dattani M, Deal C, Collett-Solberg PF, Horikawa R, et al. Long-acting growth hormone therapy in pediatric growth hormone deficiency: A consensus statement. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2024;1-9.
  253. Blethen SL, Allen DB, Graves D, August G, Moshang T, Rosenfeld R. Safety of recombinant deoxyribonucleic acid-derived growth hormone: The National Cooperative Growth Study Experience. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1996;81(5):1704–10.
  254. Tuffli GA, Johanson A, Rundle AC, Allen DB. Lack of increased risk for extracranial, nonleukemic neoplasms in recipients of recombinant deoxyribonucleic acid growth hormone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1995;80(4):1416–22.
  255. Cowell CT, Dietsch S. Adverse events during growth hormone therapy. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 1995;8:243–52.
  256. Clayton PE, Cowell CT. Safety issues in children and adolescents during growth hormone therapy-a review. Growth Horm & IGF Res. 2000;10:306–10.
  257. Bell J, Parker KL, Swinford RD, Hoffman AR, Maneatis T, Lippe B. Long-term safety of recombinant human growth hormone in children. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2010;95(1):167–77.
  258. Craig ME, Cowell CT, Larsson P, Zipf WB, Reiter EO, Albertsson Wikland K, et al. Growth hormone treatment and adverse events in Prader-Willi syndrome: Data from KIGS (the Pfizer International Growth Database). Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). 2006;65(2):178–85.
  259. Tauber M, Diene G, Molinas C, Hébert M. Review of 64 cases of death in children with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS). Am J Med Genet A. 2008;146A(7):881–7.
  260. Eiholzer U. Deaths in children with Prader-Willi syndrome. A contribution to the debate aboutthe safety of growth hormone treatment in children with PWS. Horm Res. 2005;63(1):33–9.
  261. Gerard JM, Garibaldi L, Myers SE, Aceto TJ, Kotagal S, Gibbons VP, et al. Sleep apnea in patients receiving growth hormone. Clin Pediatr. 1997;36(6):321–6.
  262. Lindgren AC, Hellström LG, Ritzén EM, Milerad J. Growth hormone treatment increases CO(2) response, ventilation and centralinspiratory drive in children with Prader-Willi syndrome. Eur J Pediatr. 1999;158(11):936–40.
  263. Miller J, Silverstein J, Shuster J, Driscoll DJ, Wagner M. Short-term effects of growth hormone on sleep abnormalities in Prader-Willi syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(2):413–7.
  264. Bolar K, Hoffman AR, Maneatis T, Lippe B. Long-term safety of recombinant human growth hormone in Turner syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008;93(2):344–51.
  265. Schoemaker MJ, Swerdlow AJ, Higgins CD, Wright AF, Jacobs PA, UK Clinical Cytogenetics Group. Cancer incidence in women with Turner syndrome in Great Britain: A national cohort study. Lancet Oncol. 2008;9(3):239–46.
  266. Carel J-C, Ecosse E, Landier F, Meguellati-Hakkas D, Kaguelidou F, Rey G, et al. Long-term mortality after recombinant growth hormone treatment for isolated growth hormone deficiency or childhood short stature: Preliminary report of the French SAGhE study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012;97(2):416–25.
  267. Sävendahl L, Maes M, Albertsson-Wikland K, Borgström B, Carel JC, Henrard S, et al. Long-term mortality and causes of death in isolated GHD, ISS, and SGA patients treated with recombinant growth hormone during childhood in Belgium, The Netherlands, and Sweden: Preliminary report of 3 countries participating in the EU SAGhE study. J Clin Endo Metab. 2012;97(2):213–7.
  268. Maneatis T, Baptista J, Connelly K, Blethen S. Growth hormone safety update from the National Cooperative Growth Study. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2000;13(Suppl 2):1035–44.
  269. Ergun-Longmire B, Mertens AC, Mitby P, Qin J, Heller G, Shi W, et al. Growth hormone treatment and risk of second neoplasms in the childhood cancer survivor. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2006;91(9):3494–8.
  270. Sklar CA, Mertens AC, Mitby P, Occhiogrosso G, Qin J, Heller G, et al. Risk of disease recurrence and second neoplasms in survivors of childhood cancer treated with growth hormone: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2002;87(7):3136–41.
  271. Patterson BC, Chen Y, Sklar CA, Neglia J, Yasui Y, Mertens A, et al. Growth hormone exposure as a risk factor for the development of subsequent neoplasms of the central nervous system: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2014;99(6):2030–7.
  272. Sklar CA, Antal Z, Chemaitilly W, Cohen LE, Follin C, Meacham LR, et al. Hypothalamic–pituitary and growth disorders in survivors of childhood cancer: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2018;103(8):2761-84.
  273. Child CJ, Zimmermann AG, Jia N, Robison LL, Brämswig JH, Blum WF. Assessment of primary cancer incidence in growth hormone-treated children: Comparison of a multinational prospective observational study with population databases. Horm Res Paediatr. 2016;85(3):198–206.
  274. Raman S, Grimberg A, Waguespack SG, Miller BS, Sklar CA, Meacham LR, et al. Risk of neoplasia in pediatric patients receiving growth hormone therapy--a report from the Pediatric Endocrine Society Drug and Therapeutics Committee. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2015;100(6):2192–203.
  275. Clayton PE, Cuneo RC, Juul A, Monson JP, Shalet SM, Tauber M. Consensus statement on the management of the GH-treated adolescent in the transition to adult care. Eur J Endocrinol. 2005;152(2):165–70.
  276. Molitch ME, Clemmons DR, Malozowski S, Merriam GR, Vance ML. Evaluation and treatment of adult growth hormone deficiency: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2011;96(6):1587–609.
  277. Tauber M, Moulin P, Pienkowski C, Jouret B, Rochiccioli P. Growth hormone (GH) retesting and auxological data in 131 GH-deficient patients after completion of treatment. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1997;82(2):352–6.
  278. Colao A, Di Somma C, Savastano S, Rota F, Savanelli MC, Aimaretti G, et al. A reappraisal of diagnosing GH deficiency in adults: Role of gender, age, waist circumference, and body mass index. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2009;94(11):4414–22.
  279. Cook DM, Rose SR. A review of guidelines for use of growth hormone in pediatric and transition patients. Pituitary. 2012;15(3):301–10.
  280. Quigley CA, Zagar AJ, Liu CC, Brown DM, Huseman C, Levitsky L, et al. United States multicenter study of factors predicting the persistence of GH deficiency during the transition period between childhood and adulthood. Int J Pediatr Endocrinol. 2013;2013(1):6.
  281. Stanley T. Diagnosis of growth hormone deficiency in childhood. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2012;19(1):47–52.
  282. Hage C, Gan H-W, Ibba A, Patti G, Dattani M, Loche S, et al. Advances in differential diagnosis and management of growth hormone deficiency in children. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2021;17(10):608–24.
  283. Ranke MB, Lindberg A, Albertsson-Wikland K, Wilton P, Price DA, Reiter EO. Increased response, but lower responsiveness, to growth hormone (GH) in very young children (aged 0-3 years) with idiopathic GH deficiency: Analysis of data from KIGS. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2005;90(4):1966–71.
  284. Stagi S, Scalini P, Farello G, Verrotti A. Possible effects of an early diagnosis and treatment in patients with growth hormone deficiency: The state of art. Ital J Pediatr. 2017;43(1):81.
  285. Boguszewski MCS. Growth hormone deficiency and replacement in children. Rev Endocr Metab Disord. 2021;22(1):101–8.
  286. Ross J, Fridman M, Kelepouris N, Murray K, Krone N, Polak M, et al. Factors associated with response to growth hormone in pediatric growth disorders: Results of a 5-year Registry Analysis. J Endocr Soc. 2023;7(5):bvad026.
  287. Yuen KCJ, Alter CA, Miller BS, Gannon AW, Tritos NA, Samson SL, et al. Adult growth hormone deficiency: Optimizing transition of care from pediatric to adult services. Growth Horm IGF Res. 2021;56:101375.
  288. Saenger PH, Mejia-Corletto J. Long-acting growth hormone: An update. Endocr Dev. 2016;30:79–97.
  289. Pampanini V, Deodati A, Inzaghi E, Cianfarani S. Long-acting growth hormone preparations and their use in children with growth hormone deficiency. Horm Res Paediatr. 2023;96(6):553–9.

 

Etiologic Classification of Diabetes Mellitus

Table 1 lists the various disorders that can either cause or contribute to the development of diabetes and the Endotext chapters where these disorders are discussed in detail. It should be noted that a patient can have characteristics of more than one type of diabetes. For example, a patient with Type 1 diabetes with positive antibodies can also be obese with the metabolic syndrome and have characteristics typical of Type 2 diabetes.

 

Table 1. Etiologic Classification Of Diabetes Mellitus

Disorders

 

Type 1 Diabetes

Pathogenesis of Type 1 Diabetes

Type 2 Diabetes

Pathogenesis of Type 2 Diabetes

Gestational Diabetes

Gestational Diabetes

Genetic defects of beta-cell development and function

MODY

Diagnosis and Clinical Management of Monogenic Diabetes

Neonatal Diabetes

Diagnosis and Clinical Management of Monogenic Diabetes

Mitochondrial DNA

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Genetic defects in insulin action

Type A insulin resistance

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Leprechaunism

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Lipoatrophic diabetes

Lipodystrophy Syndromes: Presentation and Treatment*

Diseases of the exocrine pancreas

Pancreatitis

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Trauma/pancreatectomy

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Neoplasia

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Cystic fibrosis

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Iron overload (hemochromatosis, thalassemia, etc.)

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Fibrocalculous pancreatic diabetes

Fibrocalculous Pancreatic Diabetes**

Endocrinopathies

Acromegaly

Cushing’s syndrome

Glucagonoma

Pheochromocytoma

Hyperthyroidism

Somatostatinoma

Primary Hyperaldosteronism

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Diabetes Mellitus After Solid Organ Transplantation

Diabetes Mellitus After Solid Organ Transplantation

Drug- or chemical-induced hyperglycemia

Vacor

Pentamidine

Nicotinic acid

Glucocorticoids

Growth Hormone

Diazoxide

Check point inhibitors

Dilantin

Interferon alpha

Immune suppressants

Others (statins, psychotropic drugs, α-adrenergic agonists, β-Adrenergic agonists, thiazides, etc.)

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Infections

Congenital rubella

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

HCV

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

COVID-19

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

HIV

Diabetes in People Living with HIV

Immune-mediated diabetes

Latent Autoimmune Diabetes in Adults (LADA)

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Stiff-man syndrome

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Anti-insulin receptor antibodies

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes

Autoimmune Polyglandular Syndromes***

Diabetes of unknown cause

Ketosis-prone diabetes (Flatbush diabetes)

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Other genetic syndromes sometimes associated with diabetes

Down syndrome

Klinefelter syndrome

Turner syndrome

Wolfram syndrome

Friedreich ataxia

Huntington chorea

Bardet-Biedl syndrome (Laurence-Moon-Biedl) syndrome)

Myotonic dystrophy

Porphyria

Prader-Willi syndrome

Alström syndrome

Others

Atypical Forms of Diabetes

Unless indicated chapters are located in the Diabetes section.

*Chapter in Diagnosis and Treatment of Diseases of Lipid and Lipoprotein Metabolism and Obesity section

**Chapter in Tropical Medicine section

***Chapter in Disorders that Affect Multiple Organs section

 

Pregestational Diabetes Mellitus

ABSTRACT

 

The physiological changes which occur during pregnancy with diabetes are vast and involve every body system. In this chapter, we will review the metabolic changes that occur during normal pregnancies and those affected by pregestational diabetes. Due to the significant overlap in maternal and perinatal risks secondary to pregestational diabetes and obesity, we will review the risks of maternal obesity and hyperglycemia on maternal, fetal, and infant outcomes. The management of pregestational diabetes in pregnancy will be reviewed in detail including up-to-date medications and diabetes technologies. Postpartum issues including changes in insulin sensitivity, breastfeeding, and contraception for individuals with pregestational diabetes will be discussed. 

 

ROLE OF PRECONCEPTION AND INTERPREGNANCY COUNSELING/CARE

 

In recent years, increasing focus has been placed on improving preconception and inter-pregnancy care for reproductive-age individuals (1,2).  Obstetric and perinatal outcomes are improved when an individual with pregestational diabetes enters pregnancy in a medically-optimized state (3–6). Since roughly 50% of pregnancies are unplanned, it is in the individual’s best interest if their team begins discussing contraception and family planning during adolescence and early adulthood, as recommended by the American Diabetes Association (ADA) (7).  Among those with pregestational diabetes, emphasis on strict glycemic control, folic acid supplementation, nutrition and physical activity, encouraging weight loss in overweight/obese individuals, discontinuation of potentially harmful medications (such as statins, angiotensin converting enzyme [ACE] inhibitors), and optimization of associated medical conditions, are all important components of preconception care. Those with pregestational diabetes mellitus (DM) who are planning pregnancy should ideally be engaged in multidisciplinary care in the preconception timeframe with a team that includes an endocrinology health care professional, maternal fetal medicine specialist, registered dietician, and diabetes care and education specialist (7). Counseling should include a review of diabetes-related short- and long-term risks to the pregnant individual and fetus and the relationship of such risk to glycemic control in the peripartum period.

 

Hyperglycemia in the months leading up to conception and through the first trimester confers a significant “dose-dependent” risk of congenital anomalies, including fetal cardiac and skeletal defects, as well as miscarriage (8–10). A glycosylated hemoglobin (A1c) value ≤6.0% around the time of conception is associated with a risk for congenital anomalies of 1-3%, similar to the baseline population risk (9). Hence, the ADA recommends achieving an A1c <6.5% prior to conception, while the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) recommends an even stricter target of an A1c <6.0% (7,11). Furthermore, if diabetes is poorly controlled or sequelae such as renal and cardiac disease are present at the time of conception, obstetric risks of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy (HDP), preterm delivery, and stillbirth are also increased (12,13).

 

We encourage health care providers to view every encounter with an individual of reproductive age as a pre-conception visit, in particular because nearly half of pregnancies in the US are not planned (Figure 1).  Socio-economic barriers including poor health literacy, smoking, being unmarried, lower family income, and poor relationship with their provider are associated with an absence of pre-pregnancy care, so increased efforts must be made to provide avenues to discuss family planning among these individuals (14). Some suggested solutions include app-based platforms to engage individuals and provide education on diet and lifestyle as well as pharmacy-based surveys to identify individuals who require folic acid supplements or other medication adjustments (15,16).

 

Figure 1. Adapted from Wilkie, G. & Leftwich, H. (2020). Optimizing Care Preconception for Individuals With Diabetes and Obesity. Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology.

 

NORMAL GLUCOSE LEVELS IN PREGNANCY

 

Understanding normative glucose levels in pregnancy is important for setting glycemic targets in pregnant individuals with pregestational diabetes. The first change that happens is a fall in fasting glucose levels, which occurs early in the first trimester. In the second and third trimesters, glucose levels rise slightly due to insulin resistance. A review of the literature including all available trials using continuous glucose monitors (CGM), plasma glucose samples, and self-monitored blood glucose (SMBG) demonstrated that pregnant individuals without diabetes and obesity during the third trimester (~34 weeks) have on average a fasting blood glucose (FBG) of 71 mg/dl; a 1 hour postprandial (PP) glucose of 109 mg/dl; and a 2 hour value of 99 mg/dl, which are all much lower than the current targets for glycemic control for pregnant individuals with diabetes (17) (Figure 2). Increasing gestational age affects "normal" glucose levels. A longitudinal study of 32 healthy, normal weight pregnant individuals between 16 weeks’ gestation to 6 weeks postpartum demonstrated a rise in mean glucose levels using CGM from 16 weeks (82.3 mg/dl) to 36 weeks (94.0 mg/dl) which was maintained at 6 weeks postpartum (93.7 mg/dl) (18). Two-hour postprandial levels were increased rising from 95.7 mg/dl at 16 weeks to a peak of 110.6 mg/dl at 36 weeks. Although fasting blood glucose levels are lower in pregnancy, postprandial glucose levels are slightly elevated, which is likely related to the many impaired insulin action, altered β cell secretion, hepatic gluconeogenesis, and placentally-derived circulating hormones (19). Among those without pregestational or gestational diabetes, many CGM parameters are higher in individuals with obesity compared to those with a normal BMI (20).

 

Figure 2. Glucose Levels During Pregnancy not affected by diabetes. A. Patterns of glycemia in normal pregnancy (gestational week 33.8 ± 2.3) across 11 studies published between 1975 and 2008. B. Mean pattern of glycemia across 12 studies.

 

REDUCING THE RISK OF CONGENITAL ANOMALIES

 

Hyperglycemia is a teratogen and can result in complex cardiac defects, central nervous system (CNS) anomalies such as anencephaly and spina bifida, skeletal malformations, and genitourinary abnormalities (21–23). A systematic review of 13 observational studies of pregnant individuals with pregestational diabetes demonstrated that poor glycemic control resulted in a pooled odds ratio of 3.44 (95%CI 2.3-5.15) of a congenital anomaly, 3.23 (CI 1.64- 6.36) of spontaneous loss and 3.03 (1.87-4.92) of perinatal mortality compared to individuals with optimal glycemic control (24). Individuals with a normal A1c at conception and during the first trimester have no increased risk while individuals with an A1c of 10-12% or a fasting blood glucose >260 mg/dl have up to a 25% risk of major congenital malformations (25,26). A recent analysis of 1,676 deliveries to individuals with pregestational diabetes between 2009-2018 found a similar significant rate of congenital anomalies especially with increasing A1c at the first prenatal visit: individuals with an A1c of 10% had a major congenital anomaly rate of 10% while individuals with an A1c of 13% had a 20% major anomaly rate. The overall anomaly rate was 8% in this contemporary cohort of whom 91% had type 2 diabetes (T2DM) (27). The offspring of individuals with type 1 diabetes T1DM have higher prevalence of neonatal death as well as infant death compared with offspring of individuals without diabetes. Periconception A1c >6.5%, preconception retinopathy, and lack of preconception folic acid supplementation were all independently associated with risk of neonatal and infant death (28). A recent systematic review and meta-analysis also showed an increased risk of neonatal mortality and stillbirth in pregnancies affected by T2DM compared with those without diabetes (29). Most organizations recommend pregnant individuals with pregestational diabetes achieve an A1c of less than 6.5% prior to conception (30,31). For individuals with hypoglycemia unawareness, less stringent glycemic targets may need to be used such as an A1c <7.0%. The A1C falls in pregnancy and if it is possible without significant hypoglycemia, an A1c of less than 6% is recommended.

 

The mechanism of glucose-induced congenital anomalies has not been fully elucidated (32). It has been shown that diabetes-induced fetal abnormalities may be mediated by a number of metabolic disturbances, including elevated superoxide dismutase activity, reduced levels of myoinositol and arachidonic acid, and inhibition of the pentose phosphate shunt pathway. Oxidative stress appears to be involved in the etiology of fetal dysmorphogenesis and neural tube defects in the embryos of diabetic mice and are also associated with altered expression of genes which control development of the neural tube (33).

 

Individuals with T2DM are more likely to be treated for dyslipidemia and hypertension. Chronic hypertension occurs in 13-19% of individuals with T2DM and many of these individuals will be prescribed an ACE inhibitor or Angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB) (34). The data on risk for first trimester exposure to ACE inhibitors is conflicting (see nephropathy section). Depending on the indication for use, an informed discussion on the benefits and risks of stopping these agents before pregnancy must occur but they should certainly be stopped as soon as a missed period occurs. The data on teratogenicity of statins for treatment of hypercholesterolemia is also conflicting and is based on animal, not human, studies (35).  Pravastatin has had favorable effects on vascular endothelial growth factor in animal studies (36–38). A small multicenter pilot study examining pravastatin in prevention of HDP in high-risk pregnant individuals found that pravastatin was safe when started between 12-16 weeks gestation (39). There is a large randomized clinical trial of 1,550 pregnant individuals evaluating pravastatin to prevent HDP that is ongoing currently (ClinicalTrials.gov ID NCT03944512).  At this time, current guidelines recommend that statins be stopped prior to pregnancy, but definitely at diagnosis of pregnancy, for most individuals (7). Continuation of statins preconception and during pregnancy may be warranted through shared decision making and risk/benefit discussions in high-risk individuals (40).

 

INFLUENCE OF METABOLIC CHANGES IN PREGNANCY

 

Pregnancy is a complex metabolic state that involves dramatic alterations in the hormonal milieu in addition to changes in adipocytes and inflammatory cytokines. There are high levels of estrogen, progesterone, prolactin, cortisol, human chorionic gonadotropin, placental growth hormone, human chorionic somatomammotropin (human placental lactogen), leptin, TNFα, and oxidative stress biomarkers. In addition, decreases in adiponectin worsen maternal insulin resistance in the second trimester to facilitate fuel utilization by the fetus (41).

 

Metabolically, the first trimester is characterized by increased insulin sensitivity, which promotes adipose tissue accretion in early pregnancy. What mediates this increased insulin sensitivity remains unclear. Pregnant individuals are at an increased risk for hypoglycemia, especially if accompanied by nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Although most pregnant individuals show an increase in insulin sensitivity between 6-20 weeks’ gestation and report more frequent episodes of hypoglycemia, especially at night, there is a transient increase in insulin resistance very early in pregnancy (prior to 10 weeks), usually followed by increased insulin sensitivity up until 14-20 weeks (42).

 

In the fasting state, pregnant individuals deplete their glycogen stores quickly due to the fetoplacental glucose demands, and switch from carbohydrate to fat metabolism within 12 hours, resulting in increased lipolysis and ketone production (43–45). In pregnant individuals without diabetes, the second and third trimesters are characterized by insulin resistance with a 200-300% increase in the insulin response to glucose (46).  This serves to meet the metabolic demands of the fetus, which requires 80% of its energy as glucose, while maintaining euglycemia in the mother. The placental and fetal demands for glucose are considerable and approach the equivalent of ~150 grams per day of glucose in the third trimester (44). In addition, the maternal metabolic rate increases by ~150-300 kcal/day in the third trimester, depending on the amount of gestational weight gain. These increased nutritional needs place the pregnant individual at risk for ketosis, which occurs much earlier than usual without adequate oral or intravenous nutrients, frequently referred to as "accelerated starvation of pregnancy" (43).  See “Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Pregnancy” section for further details.

 

DIABETES COMPLICATIONS AND TREATMENT OPTIONS IN INDIVIDUALS WITH PREGESTATIONAL DIABETES AND THE ROLE OF PRECONCEPTION COUNSELING

 

Although historically, T1DM has been more prevalent than T2DM in individuals of child-bearing age, this is changing with increased obesity rates worldwide. The prevalence of prediabetes and diabetes is a burgeoning global epidemic (47,48). In the United States, the prevalence of diabetes among adults between 1980 and 2020 has quadrupled with an estimated 21.9 million adults living with diabetes, including reproductive aged individuals (48). There was higher prevalence of diabetes among non-Hispanic blacks and Mexican Americans (49). Similar temporal trends, as well as racial and ethnic disparities, have been observed in the rate of pregestational diabetes among pregnant individuals in the US (Figures 3 and 4) (50).

 

Figure 3. Rate of pregestational diabetes in the United States, 2016-2021.

Figure 4. Rate of pregestational diabetes by race and Hispanic origin in the United States, 2021.

Both pregnant individuals with T1DM and T2DM are at increased risk of poor obstetrical outcomes, and both can have improved outcomes with optimized care (5,51). The White Classification (Table 1) was developed decades ago by Priscilla White at the Joslin Clinic to stratify risk of adverse pregnancy outcomes in individuals with T1DM according to the age of the individual, duration of diabetes, and presence of vascular complications of diabetes. Although recent evidence suggests that the classification does not predict adverse pregnancy outcomes better than taking into account the increased risk of micro- and macrovascular disease (e.g. retinopathy, nephropathy, hypertension, coronary artery disease, etc.), it is still often used in the U.S. to indicate level of risk for adverse pregnancy outcomes (52).  Although it was developed for use in individuals with T1DM rather than T2DM, given the very low prevalence of T2DM in individuals of childbearing age decades ago when it was first established in 1949, many also apply it to this group of individuals. ACOG further modified it in 1986, and gestational diabetes (GDM) was added to the classification and designated as A1 (controlled by diet alone) and A2 (controlled by medication). Pregnant individuals with T2DM are at least as high of a risk of pregnancy complications as individuals with T1DM. The reasons for this may include older age, a higher incidence of obesity, a lower rate of preconception counseling, disadvantaged socioeconomic backgrounds, and the co-existence of the metabolic syndrome including hyperlipidemia, hypertension, and chronic inflammation (34). Furthermore, the causes of pregnancy loss appear to differ in individuals with T1DM versus T2DM. In one series comparing outcomes, >75% of pregnancy losses in individuals with T1DM were due to major congenital anomalies or prematurity (53).  In individuals with T2DM, >75% were attributable to stillbirth or chorioamnionitis, suggesting that obesity may play a role.

 

Table 1. Modified White Classification of Pregnant Diabetic Individuals

Class

Diabetes onset age (year)

Duration (year)

Type of Vascular

Disease

Medication Need

Gestational Diabetes (GDM)

A1

Any

Pregnancy

None

None

A2

Any

Pregnancy

None

Yes

Pregestational Diabetes

B

20

<10

None

Yes

C

10-19 OR

10-19

None

Yes

D

<10 OR

20

Benign

Retinopathy

Yes

F

Any

Any

Nephropathy

Yes

R

Any

Any

ProliferativeRetinopathy

Yes

T

Any

Any

Renal Transplant

Yes

H

Any

Any

Coronary Artery

Disease

Yes

 

MANAGEMENT OF PREGESTATIONAL DIABETES DURING PREGNANCY

 

Treatment Options in Achieving Glycemic Control

 

All pregnant individuals with T1DM and T2DM should target an A1c of <6.5% preconception and <6.0% during pregnancy when possible. For pregnant individuals with T2DM on oral or noninsulin injectable agents, consider switching to insulin prior to pregnancy, even in individuals with goal glycemic control. Insulin should be used for management of T1DM and is the preferred agent for management of T2DM in pregnancy.

 

ORAL AND NON-INSULIN INJECTABLE GLYCEMIC LOWERING AGENTS

 

No oral hypoglycemics, including metformin and glyburide, are approved for pregestational diabetes in pregnancy. There is no evidence that exposure to glyburide or metformin in the first trimester are teratogenic, but both do cross the placenta, metformin substantially more than glyburide (54–56). Both of these agents have been used in multiple randomized controlled trials (RCTs) for GDM and T2DM. Please see Endotext Gestational Diabetes chapter.

 

Metformin

 

Early studies on metformin use in pregnancy for individuals with pregestational diabetes found high failure rates of monotherapy and mixed results on the impact on pregnancy outcomes (57,58). Recent randomized trials have evaluated the safety and efficacy of metformin in pregnancy for individuals with T2DM (59,60). The Metformin in Women with Type 2 Diabetes in Pregnancy Trial (MiTy) enrolled 502 individuals with T2DM and randomized them to metformin 1000 mg twice daily or placebo, added to insulin (60). They found no difference in their primary outcome which was a composite of serious neonatal outcomes. They found that individuals treated with metformin achieved better glycemic control, required less insulin, had less gestational weight gain (GWG), and were less likely to deliver via cesarean. Neonates exposed to metformin were more likely to be SGA and had reduced adiposity. The Medical Optimization and Management of Pregnancies with Overt Type 2 Diabetes (MOMPOD) trial enrolled 794 pregnant individuals with a diagnosis of T2DM prior to pregnancy or a diagnosis of diabetes early in pregnancy and randomized them to metformin 1000 mg twice daily or placebo (59). They found no difference in their primary composite neonatal outcome. Metformin exposed neonates were less likely to be LGA.

 

Data on long term outcomes for offspring exposed to metformin come from trials in both GDM and pregestational diabetes. Follow up from the Metformin in Gestational Diabetes (MiG) trial followed 208 children (28% of original trial) and found no differences in body composition or metabolic outcomes at 7 years (61). At 9 years the metformin offspring were slightly larger by measures of BMI and skinfolds. In 24 month follow up of the MiTy trial, 263 children (61% of original trial) were assessed and no differences in BMI Z score or mean sum of skinfolds was found (62). A systematic review and meta-analysis of neonatal and childhood outcomes following treatment with metformin versus insulin for GDM, demonstrated that while offspring exposed to metformin had lower birth weights, they were heavier as infants and had higher BMIs as children.

 

Metformin has historically been used preconception and throughout the first trimester in individuals with polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) to improve fertility and prevent early miscarriage. However, trials have not shown benefit in use of metformin for preventing spontaneous abortion and have demonstrated letrozole as the preferred agent for ovulation induction (63–65). Current guidelines therefore recommend the use of metformin in those with PCOS who demonstrate glucose intolerance but not as a primary agent to improve fertility or pregnancy outcomes (66). Per ADA recommendations, metformin prescribed for the purpose of ovulation induction should be discontinued by the completion of the first trimester (7).

 

When used in pregnancy, metformin is typically prescribed with a starting dose of 500 mg once or twice daily for 5-7 days. If well tolerated, the dose can subsequently be up titrated to a maximum dose of 2500 mg daily in divided doses with meals. The most common reported side effects are gastrointestinal complaints (67). Metformin should be avoided in those with renal insufficiency.

 

Glyburide

 

Data on glyburide in pregnancy comes from studies on its use in individuals with GDM. Briefly, meta-analyses have demonstrated increased risk of adverse neonatal outcomes such as neonatal hypoglycemia, macrosomia and increased neonatal abdominal circumference.(68,69) There is a dearth of evidence on long term outcomes of offspring exposed to glyburide.

 

Other Agents

 

There is minimal data on thiazolidinediones, metiglinides, dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-4) inhibitors, glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1) agonists, and sodium-glucose transport protein 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors. A 2023 review of the evidence on GLP-1 agonist and SGLT-2 inhibitors found potential teratogenicity and adverse pregnancy outcomes based largely on animal data and more limited human data (70). Additional data on SGLT-2 inhibitors and DPP-4 inhibitors is reassuring but extremely limited (71).

 

GLP-1 agonist use, in particular, has increased in the general population over the last decade (72). Outside of pregnancy, these agents are approved for use in individuals with obesity and T2DM with HbA1c above goal, atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease, or chronic renal disease (73–75). Studies have shown their use can lead to a reduction in HbA1c, weight loss, and a decrease in athero-thrombotic events in nonpregnant individuals (73,74,76). Animal studies of exposure to GLP-1 agonists during pregnancy have shown associations with congenital anomalies, decreased fetal growth, and embryonic death (70,73,77). Two recent observational studies on periconceptual use of GLP-1 agonists in humans have not demonstrated an association between GLP-1 agonist use and major congenital malformations (71,78). However, these studies have limited data on maternal glycemic control and on other important adverse pregnancy outcomes such as HDP, preterm birth, and fetal growth restriction (73).

 

At this time, the use of these agents in pregnancy should ideally occur only in the context of approved clinical trials.

 

INSULIN USE IN PREGNANCY

 

Overall Approach

 

Both ADA and ACOG recommend insulin as first line therapy for pregnant individuals with pregestational diabetes while trying to conceive and during pregnancy (7,11). Unlike oral agents, insulin preparations commonly utilized in pregnancy do not cross the placenta (79–81).  It is recommended that individuals with T2DM who are actively trying to become pregnant should be switched from oral or noninsulin injectable hypoglycemic agents to insulin prior to conception if possible. This rationale is based on the fact that it may take some time to determine the ideal insulin dose prior to the critical time of embryogenesis. However, individuals who conceive on any oral agents should not stop them until they can be switched effectively to insulin because hyperglycemia is potentially more dangerous than any of the current available therapies to treat diabetes. Following a review of risks and benefits, oral agents, such as metformin, may be considered as a reasonable adjunct or alternative therapy for those unable or unwilling to use insulin while attempting to conceive or during pregnancy. 

 

Basal Insulin

 

Basal insulin is given 1-2 times daily or via a continuous insulin infusion pump. Intermediate-acting insulin, such as neutral protamine Hagedorn (NPH), and long-acting insulin analogues, such as detemir and glargine may be used. Compared to NPH, both detemir and glargine have a flatter, more consistent insulin activity (82). Studies have shown no difference in pregnancy and neonatal outcomes when comparing glargine to NPH (83). Despite a lack of trial data, both U100 and U300 glargine are commonly used in pregnancy given a reassuring safety profile in observational studies (84,85). Trials of detemir, compared to NPH, have demonstrated improved glycemic control as well as lower rates of adverse pregnancy and neonatal outcomes (86–88).  However, as of 2024, detemir has been discontinued on the US market. Limited data exists on the ultralong-acting insulin analog, degludec. A 2023 trial showed degludec was noninferior to determir when used in a basal-bolus regimen with respect to glycemic control and pregnancy outcomes (89). There have been no studies looking at the safety of newer basal insulins such as biosimilar glargine (Basaglar), however these are commonly used in pregnancy due to constraints of availability and insurance coverage.

 

Basal insulin may be provided as two doses of NPH or with one or two doses of a long-acting analogue. Fasting hyperglycemia may be best targeted by the use of NPH before bedtime to take advantage of its 8-hour peak. The evening dose of NPH should be administered at bedtime, rather than dinner, to avoid nocturnal hypoglycemia and prevent fasting hyperglycemia (81).

 

Bolus Insulin

 

Bolus insulin dosing is provided with short- or rapid-acting insulin with doses calculated based on pre-meal glucose and carbohydrate intake using a correction factor and insulin to carbohydrate ratio (90). Alternatively, fixed meal-time insulin dosing can be prescribed. Rapid-acting insulins, lispro and aspart, have been used in multiple trials in pregnancy, and their safety and efficacy are well-established. Lispro and aspart are preferred to short-acting regular insulin due to improvement in postprandial glycemia and reduced hypoglycemia, with equivalent fetal outcomes (91,92). Patient satisfaction has also been higher for individuals using lispro or aspart compared to regular insulin (87). Lispro or aspart insulin may be especially helpful in pregnant individuals with hyperemesis or gastroparesis because they can be dosed after a successful meal and still be effective. It has been demonstrated that rapid acting insulins may take longer to reach maximal concentrations (49 [37-55] vs 71 [52-108] min) in late gestation (93).  Thus, for some pregnant individuals it may be necessary to take mealtime insulin 15-30 minutes prior to the start of a meal (termed pre-bolusing). If used in conjunction with NPH, due to its longer duration of action, regular insulin should be taken twice a day with a second dose no sooner than 5 hours after the initial dose (94).  Regular insulin should generally be given 30-60 minutes prior to starting a meal. Despite limited data, both ultra rapid-acting aspart (Fiasp) and lispro (Lyumjev) are approved for use in Europe given similarities to their rapid-acting versions (95). A recent trial in pregnant individuals comparing rapid-acting aspart to ultra rapid-acting aspart found no difference in A1c or mean birthweight (96).

 

An understanding of behavior and lifestyle including mealtimes, sleep, work schedules, and physical activity, in conjunction with blood glucose data, may aid in the selection of an appropriate basal and bolus regimen. Pharmacologic therapy should occur in conjunction with ongoing nutritional therapy and lifestyle changes.

 

Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin Infusion (CSII) or Insulin Pump Therapy  

 

Many pregnant individuals with T1DM or long-standing T2DM require multiple daily injections (MDI, 4-5 injections per day) or a continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion pump (CSII) to achieve optimal glycemic control during pregnancy. Many individuals with T1DM use CSII and CGM during pregnancy (97). CGM will be reviewed in detail below. There have been several studies showing CSII use is safe in pregnancy. In a large multicenter trial of individuals with T1DM during pregnancy, individuals using CSII had improved A1c both in the first trimester as well as in the third trimester and there was no difference in rates of diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) or severe hypoglycemia compared with individuals using MDI (98).  An analysis of data from 248 individuals with T1DM enrolled in the Continuous Glucose Monitoring in Women With Type 1 Diabetes in Pregnancy Trial (CONCEPTT) showed that pregnant individuals using MDI therapy versus CSII therapy had similar first trimester glycemia but MDI users had lower glycemia at 34 weeks and were more likely to achieve target A1c than CSII users. In this analysis, CSII users had an increased risk of NICU admission, neonatal hypoglycemia, and hypertensive disorders of pregnancy compared with MDI users (99). Several additional studies and a Cochrane review of MDI versus CSII generally have shown equivalent glycemic control, as well as maternal and perinatal outcomes (100–105). CSII can be especially useful for individuals with nocturnal hypoglycemia, gastroparesis, or a prominent dawn phenomenon (99). 

 

Disadvantages of CSII include cost and the risk for hyperglycemia or DKA as a consequence of insulin delivery failure from a kinked catheter or from infusion site problems, although rare (106). Pregnant individuals should be educated on how to quickly recognize and manage insulin pump failure. Therefore, it may be optimal to begin pump therapy before pregnancy due to the steep learning curve involved with its use and the need to continually adjust basal and bolus settings due to the changing insulin resistance in pregnancy. However, in motivated pregnant individuals with a multidisciplinary team of diabetes education specialists and pump trainers, insulin pump initiation is safe in pregnancy. Several studies demonstrate significant changes in bolus more than basal insulin requirements during pregnancy which should be understood to achieve optimal glycemic control(107,108). 

 

Automated Insulin Delivery

 

Automated insulin delivery (AID) systems are comprised of a CGM, an insulin pump, and an algorithm that uses CGM data to calculate insulin (109). Diabetes technology use in general, and AID use specifically, has become increasingly prevalent and is expected to continue to increase in the coming years (110,111). The existing data on AID use in pregnancy have shown improved or equivalent CGM metrics when compared with MDI (112–114). The Automated insulin Delivery Among Pregnant Women with TIDM (AiDAPT) trial was a multicenter, randomized controlled trial of 124 pregnant individuals with T1DM comparing MDI to AID with a pregnancy-specific target glucose range (112). Those using AID spent more time in range, spent less time above range, and had lower A1c levels. There were no safety concerns, including severe hypoglycemia or DKA associated with AID use. Other trials of AID use in pregnancy have not used pregnancy-specific glucose targets and participants in these studies have used assistive techniques that override algorithms such as ‘fake’ carbohydrate insulin boluses and use of mode with stricter ranges such as sleep mode. This includes CRISTAL, a randomized controlled trial of 95 pregnant individuals with T1DM comparing AID to MDI (113). There was no difference in the primary outcome of time in range, however those using AID had more overnight time in range and had less time below range. Studies have not yet demonstrated improvements in other pregnancy outcomes with AID use; however, several trials are ongoing (115,116). In 2024, the CamAPS FX algorithm, used in the AiDAPT trial was Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved for use in pregnancy. There are several additional AID systems that are FDA approved for use outside of pregnancy. In the interim, pregnant individuals are also using do-it-yourself AID systems and while no observational study or trial data exist, case reports to date have shown positive outcomes and patient experiences (117–119). 

 

Few studies have evaluated patient perspectives and psychosocial implications of AID use in pregnancy. Those that do exist suggest both benefits and burdens of these systems (120–122). Benefits include improved well-being, greater flexibility, and more positive collaboration between pregnant individuals and their healthcare team. Burdens include technical failures, device maintenance, system bulk/visibility, and access to an overwhelming amount of data. Ongoing education and support for both patients and providers are necessary to optimize the balance of these positive and negative aspects of AID use in pregnancy (120,123).

 

The ADA recommends that AID systems with pregnancy specific targets are preferred for use in pregnancy; however, those without pregnancy specific targets may be considered for use in collaboration with experienced health care teams (7). Glycemic control, comfort with technology, social determinants of health, and individual preference should all be considered when evaluating individuals for AID use in pregnancy.  

 

Importance of Glycemic Control

 

Failure to achieve optimal control in early pregnancy may have teratogenic effects in the first 3-10 weeks of gestation or lead to early fetal loss. Poor glycemic control later in pregnancy increases the risk of intrauterine fetal demise, macrosomia, cardiac septal enlargement in the fetus, perinatal death, and metabolic complications such as hypoglycemia in the newborn. Target glucose values for fasting and postprandial times should be discussed with the pregnant individual. Current guidelines are that fasting and pre-meal blood glucose should be 70-95 mg/dl, the 1-hour postprandial glucose should be 110-140 mg/dl and the 2-hour postprandial glucose should be 100-120 mg/dl (7,11).

 

Although a review of the literature suggests that the mean fasting plasma glucose (FPG), 1 hour PP, and 2 hour PP +/- 1 SD glucose values are significantly lower in normal weight individuals in the 3rd trimester (FPG ~71 +/- 8 mg/dl; 1 hour PP ~109 +/- 13 mg/dl; 2 hour PP 99 +/- 10 mg/dl) than current therapeutic targets (19), no RCTs have been completed to determine whether lowering the therapeutic targets results in more favorable pregnancy outcomes. A prospective study in pregnant individuals with T1DM showed less HDP with glucose targets of fasting <92 mg/dl, pre-prandial <108 mg/dl and 1 hour postprandial <140 mg/dl (124).  An A1c should be done at the first visit and every 1-3 months thereafter depending on if at target or not (<6% if possible, with minimal hypoglycemia) (11,30).  Additional labs and exams recommended for individuals with pregestational diabetes during pregnancy are summarized in Table 2.

 

Table 2. Evaluation of Pregnant Individuals with Pregestational Diabetes

A1c

Initially and every 1 – 3 months

TSH

TSH every trimester if + TPO antibodies

TG

Repeat if borderline due to doubling in pregnancy

ALT; AST

For evaluation for MASLD and as baseline

HDP labs

Cr; Urine albumin or protein

If abnormal, obtain 24-hour urine for protein and estimated CrCl Repeat Prot/Cr ratio or 24-hour urine every 1 – 3 months if significant proteinuria or hypertension

Ferritin, B12

Obtain for anemia or abnormal MCV, especially B12 if T1DM DM

Baseline HDP labs

Consider Uric Acid; Obtain CBC with platelet count in addition to AST, ALT, BUN, Cr, 24-hour urine for protein, Cr

EKG

For individuals ≥35 years or CV risk factors; Consider further evaluation if indicated

Dilated Retinal Exam

Within 3 months of pregnancy or first trimester and repeat evaluation according to risk of progression

Abbreviations: glycosylated hemoglobin (A1c), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), thyroid peroxidase (TPO), triglycerides (TG), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease (MASLD), creatinine (Cr), electrocardiogram (EKG).

 

The risk of maternal hypoglycemia needs to be weighed against the risk of maternal hyperglycemia. Maternal hypoglycemia is common and often severe in pregnancy in individuals with T1DM. During the first trimester, before the placenta increases the production of hormones, nausea and increased insulin sensitivity may place the mother at risk for hypoglycemia. Pregnant individuals must be counseled that their insulin requirements in the first trimester are likely to decrease by 10-20% (125). This is especially true at night when prolonged fasting and continuous fetal-placental glucose utilization places the pregnant individual at even higher risk for hypoglycemia. One of the highest risk periods for severe hypoglycemia is between midnight and 8:00 a.m. Pregnant individuals with diabetes complicated by gastroparesis or hyperemesis gravidarum are at the greatest risk for daytime hypoglycemia. In a series of 84 pregnant individuals with T1DM, hypoglycemia requiring assistance from another person occurred in 71% of individuals with a peak incidence at 10-15 weeks gestation (126). One third of individuals had at least one severe episode resulting in seizures, loss of consciousness, or injury. There are also data to suggest that the counterregulatory hormonal responses to hypoglycemia, particularly growth hormone and epinephrine, are diminished in pregnancy (127,128). This risk of hypoglycemia may be ameliorated if efforts are made to achieve good glycemic control in the preconception period, by the use of analogue insulins, and with the use of CGM (128,129). Insulin pumps with or without CGM may help achieve glycemic targets without increasing hypoglycemia (98,131,132). 

 

Use of CGM especially with real-time sensor glucose data shared with a partner has been shown to reduce fear of hypoglycemia in pregnancy. The risk of hypoglycemia is also present in pregnant individuals with T2DM but tends to be less so than in individuals with T1DM (133). The risk of hypoglycemia to the fetus is difficult to study but animal studies indicate that hypoglycemia is potentially teratogenic during organogenesis (134). Exposure to hypoglycemia in utero may have long-term effects on the offspring including neuropsychological defects (134). To help reduce risk of nocturnal hypoglycemia, individuals with T1DM may need a small bedtime snack and/or reduce overnight basal insulin doses. Every pregnant individual should have a glucagon emergency kit (intramuscular injection or intranasal) and carry easily absorbed carbohydrate at all times. Education of individuals and care providers to avoid hypoglycemia can reduce the incidence of hypoglycemia unawareness. The incidence of severe hypoglycemia in pregnant individuals with T1DM can be reduced without significantly increasing A1c levels and is a priority given hypoglycemic unawareness worsens with repeated episodes and can result in maternal seizures and rarely maternal death (135).

 

By 18-20 weeks of gestation, peripheral insulin resistance increases resulting in increasing insulin requirements so that it is not unusual for a pregnant individual to require 2-3 times as much insulin as she did prior to pregnancy depending on baseline insulin resistance, carbohydrate intake, and body mass index. In a study of 27 individuals with T1DM on an insulin pump, the carbohydrate-to-insulin ratio intensified 4-fold from early to late pregnancy (e.g. 1 unit for every 20 grams to 1 unit for every 5 grams), and the basal insulin rates increased 50% (107).

 

Glucose Monitoring Timing and Frequency

 

Pregnant individuals with diabetes must frequently self-monitor their glucose to achieve tight glycemic control. Since fetal macrosomia (overgrowth) is related to both fasting and postprandial glucose excursions, pregnant individuals with diabetes need to monitor their post-meal and fasting glucoses regularly and those using a flexible intensive insulin regimen also need to monitor their pre-meal glucose values (136).

 

Postprandial glucose measurements determine if the insulin to carbohydrate ratios is effective in meeting glycemic targets as optimal control is associated with less macrosomia, metabolic complications in the fetus, and possibly HDP (124,137).  Due to the increased risk of nocturnal hypoglycemia with intensive insulin therapy, glucose monitoring during the night is often necessary given the frequent occurrence of recurrent hypoglycemia and resulting hypoglycemic unawareness with the achievement of tight glycemic control.

 

Continuous Glucose Monitoring

 

CGM may help identify periods of hyper- or hypoglycemia and certainly confirm glycemic patterns and variability (138,139). In pregnancy, the mean sensor glucose may be better at estimating glycemic control than A1c (140). The previously mentioned CONCEPTT trial was a large multicenter trial that examined CGM use in individuals planning pregnancy as well as pregnant individuals with T1DM using either MDI or insulin pump therapy (139). This study found statistically significantly lower incidence of LGA infants, less neonatal intensive care unit stays, and less neonatal hypoglycemia with CGM used compared to capillary glucose monitoring. There was a small difference in A1c among the pregnant individuals using CGM, less time spent in hyperglycemia range, and more time spent in range. Importantly this was the first study to show improvement in non-glycemic clinical outcomes for CGM use in pregnancy (139). A follow-up study to the CONCEPTT trial found that pregnant individuals using real-time CGM compared to capillary glucose monitoring were more likely to achieve ADA and NICE (National Institute of Clinical Excellence) guidelines for A1c targets by 34 weeks gestation. Similar to CONCEPTT, additional observational studies have demonstrated that modest increases (5%) in TIR are associated with improved glycemic control and reduced neonatal morbidity (141,142). Data on the use of CGM for pregnant individuals with T2DM is more limited and has not consistently demonstrated improved outcomes (143–145).There are multiple ongoing trials investigating the impact of CGM on pregnancy outcomes in individuals with T2DM (146,147).

 

Given the improvement demonstrated in outcomes, the ADA recommends CGM for use in pregnant individuals with T1DM. However, due to insufficient data in pregnant individuals with T2DM, use of CGM in this population may be considered on an individualized basis. For pregnant individuals with T1DM, the International Consensus on Time in Range recommends increasing time in range in pregnancy quickly and safely with a pregnancy goal sensor glucose range of 63 to 140 mg/dl with >70% time in range, <25% time above range (>140 mg/dl), <4% of time below 63 mg/dl, and <1% time below 54 mg/dl (148). The expert guidance recommends the same glucose goal ranges for pregnant individuals with T2DM or GDM but do not specify goals for time spent in each range due to lack of clear evidence in these populations.

 

CGM has been an advancing technology with tremendous improvements in accuracy, comfort, longer duration, convenience, and insurance coverage over the past decade. Some newer CGM devices are factory calibrated and do not require fingerstick glucose calibrations. There are also flash CGM systems on the market which require scanning of the sensor with a receiver to display the sensor glucose. The Freestyle Libre and Dexcom G7 are now approved for use in pregnancy, while several others continue to be used during pregnancy off-label. Pregnant individuals with diabetes may use CGM either in conjunction with an insulin pump or with MDI therapy to help achieve glycemic control.

 

Sensor glucose values from CGM may not be as accurate at extremes of hypo- or hyperglycemia or with rapid changes in glucose, so individuals should always check fingerstick glucose if she feels the glucose value is different than the displayed sensor glucose value. CGM values may have a lag time behind actual plasma glucose values.

 

Glycosylated Hemoglobin (A1c)

 

A1c may be used as a secondary measure in pregnancy with a goal of <6% considered optimal if able to be achieved without increased risk of hypoglycemia (7,11). Improved pregnancy outcomes have been demonstrated with A1c <6-6.5% including lower risk of congenital anomalies, HDP, preterm delivery, shoulder dystocia, and NICU admission (8–10,149). However, A1c is a summative measure that may not capture fluctuations in hypo- and hyperglycemia. Due to physiological changes in red blood cell turnover during pregnancy, A1c levels fall during normal pregnancy and levels may require more frequent monitoring than in non-pregnant populations (150,151).

 

DIABETES MICROVASCULAR AND MACROVASCULAR COMPLICATIONS

 

Individuals should be up-to-date on screening for complications of diabetes prior to conceiving. Diabetes care providers should discuss risk of adverse pregnancy outcomes and progression of complications during pregnancy especially in individuals with retinopathy and nephropathy (152,153).

 

Retinopathy

 

Diabetic retinopathy may progress during pregnancy and throughout the first year postpartum. However, pregnancy does not cause permanent worsening in mild retinopathy (154,155). The cause for progression in moderate and especially severe proliferative retinopathy is likely due to a combined effect of the rapid and tight glycemic control, increased plasma volume, anemia, placental angiogenic growth factors, and the hypercoagulable state of pregnancy (156,157). In 179 pregnancies in individuals with T1DM who were followed prospectively, progression of retinopathy occurred in 5% of individuals. Risk factors for progression were duration of diabetes >10 years and moderate to severe background retinopathy (156). The risk of progression of retinopathy is most pronounced in individuals with more severe pregestational proliferative retinopathy, chronic hypertension, HDP, development of hypertension during pregnancy, and poor glycemic control prior to pregnancy (158). For these individuals, proliferative retinopathy may also progress during pregnancy, especially in individuals with hypertension or poor glycemic control early in pregnancy (159). Pregnancy can also contribute to macular edema, which is often reversible following delivery (160).

 

Therefore, individuals with T1DM and T2DM should have an ophthalmological assessment before conception. All guidelines recommend that individuals have a comprehensive eye exam or fundus photography before pregnancy and in the first trimester. Laser photocoagulation for severe non-proliferative or proliferative retinopathy prior to pregnancy reduces the risk of vision loss in pregnancy and should be done prior to pregnancy (31). Individuals with low-risk eye disease should be followed by an ophthalmologist during pregnancy, but significant vision-threatening progression of retinopathy is rare in these individuals. For vision-threatening retinopathy, laser photocoagulation can be used during pregnancy (160). Safety of bevacizumab injections during pregnancy is not clear with some case reports of normal pregnancy after bevacizumab injections for macular edema in pregnancy, and other early pregnancy loss following bevacizumab injection. In individuals with severe untreated proliferative retinopathy, vaginal delivery with the Valsalva maneuver has been associated with retinal and vitreous hemorrhage. Little data exist to guide mode of delivery in individuals with advanced retinal disease and some experts have suggested avoiding significant Valsalva maneuvers—instead offering assisted second-stage delivery or cesarean delivery (26).

 

Diabetic Nephropathy/Chronic Kidney Disease

 

Microalbuminuria and overt nephropathy are associated with increased risk of maternal and fetal complications including HDP, preterm birth, cesarean section, congenital abnormalities, SGA, NICU admission, and perinatal mortality (152,161–164). Although proteinuria increases during pregnancy in individuals with preexisting nephropathy, those with a normal glomerular filtration rate (GFR) rarely have a permanent deterioration in renal function provided blood pressure and blood glucose are well-controlled (165–167). Those with more severe renal insufficiency (creatinine >1.5 mg/dl) have a 30-50% risk of a permanent pregnancy-related decline in GFR (168). Among pregnant individuals with diabetes, nephropathy significantly increases the risk of HDP. Factors which may contribute to worsening nephropathy in pregnancy include the hyperfiltration of pregnancy, increase in protein intake, hypertension, and withdrawal of ACE Inhibitors or ARBs. More stringent control of blood pressure in pregnancy may reduce the likelihood of increasing protein excretion and reduced GFR. In a series of 36 pregnant individuals with T1DM and nephropathy, maternal and obstetric outcomes were strongly dependent on the degree of maternal renal function (169). In normal pregnancy, urinary albumin excretion increases up to 30 mg/day and total protein excretion increases up to 300 mg/day (170). Individuals with preexisting proteinuria often have a significant progressive increase in protein excretion, frequently into the nephrotic range, in part due to the 30-50% increase in GFR that occurs during pregnancy. Prior to conception, individuals should be screened for chronic kidney disease. Dipstick methods are unreliable and random urine protein/creatinine ratios are convenient but not as accurate as other methods in pregnancy to carefully quantify proteinuria using 24-hour urine excretion. There have not been studies looking at spot urine albumin to creatinine ratio versus 24-hour urine protein assessment in pregnant individuals with diabetes. In hypertensive pregnant individuals, one study found that the spot urine albumin to creatinine ratio had higher diagnostic accuracy than 24-hour urine protein assessment (171). It is reasonable to collect a spot urine albumin to creatinine ratio in individuals who have not followed through with collection of 24-hour urine specimens.

There is conflicting information on whether first-trimester exposure to ACE inhibitors and ARBs is associated with an increased risk of congenital malformations. A meta-analysis, limited by small study size (786 exposed infants), demonstrated a significant risk ratio (relative risk [RR] 1.78, 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.07–2.94) for increased anomalies in infants exposed to first-trimester ACE inhibitors and ARBs (172). However, the increased risk of congenital anomalies appears to be more related to hypertension itself, rather than drug exposure. There was no statistically significant difference when ACE inhibitor and ARB exposed pregnancies were compared with other hypertensive pregnancies. A large cohort study of individuals with chronic hypertension including over 4100 pregnant individuals exposed to ACE inhibitors during the first trimester of pregnancy found no significant increase in major congenital anomalies (173).  Exposure in the second and third trimesters is clearly associated with a fetal renin-angiotensin system blockade syndrome, which includes anuria in the 2nd and 3rd trimester, which may be irreversible. However, one recent case report of a pregnant individuals with anhydramnios who had ARB exposure at 30 weeks’ gestation had normalization of amniotic fluid volume after cessation of the medication. Furthermore, there were no apparent renal abnormalities at birth or 2-year follow-up (174). Individuals who are taking ACE inhibitors or ARBs should be counseled that these agents are contraindicated in the 2nd and 3rd trimesters of pregnancy. Individuals who are actively trying to get pregnant should be switched to calcium channel blockers (such as nifedipine or diltiazem), methyldopa, hydralazine, or selected B-adrenergic blockers (such as labetalol).

 

Individuals who are considering pregnancy but are not likely to become pregnant in a short time and who are receiving renal protection from ACE inhibitors or ARBs due to significant underlying renal disease can be counseled to continue these agents. However, they should closely monitor their menstrual cycles and stop these agents as soon as pregnancy is confirmed.

 

Individuals with severe renal insufficiency should be counseled that their chances for a favorable obstetric outcome may be higher with a successful renal transplant. Individuals with good function of their renal allografts who have only mild hypertension, do not require high doses of immunosuppressive agents, and are 1-2 years post-transplant have a better prognosis than individuals with severe renal insufficiency and who are likely to require dialysis during pregnancy. Successful pregnancy outcomes have been reported in 89% of these individuals who underwent renal transplant (175). Timing of conception in relation to transplant is controversial and should be individualized. Pre-pregnancy graft function can help predict risk of adverse pregnancy outcomes, including HDP and graft function (176).

 

Cardiovascular Disease

 

Although infrequent, cardiovascular disease (CVD) can occur in individuals of reproductive age with diabetes. The increasing prevalence of T2DM with associated hyperlipidemia, hypertension, obesity, and advanced maternal age (>35) is further increasing the prevalence of CVD. CVD most often occurs in individuals with long-standing diabetes, hypertension, and nephropathy (177). Because of the high morbidity and mortality of coronary artery disease in pregnancy, individuals with pregestational diabetes and cardiac risk factors such as hyperlipidemia, hypertension, smoking, advanced maternal age, or a strong family history should have their cardiac status assessed with functional testing prior to conception (11,178). There are limited case reports of coronary artery disease events during pregnancy, but with the increased oxygen demand from increased cardiac output, events do occur and need to be treated similarly to outside of pregnancy, trying to minimize radiation exposure to the fetus (177,179,180).  In a recent study of 79 individuals with history of coronary artery disease prior to pregnancy, there were low rates of cardiac events during pregnancy in all individuals with and without diabetes but more frequent poor obstetric and neonatal outcomes including SGA, HDP, and preterm delivery.

 

Due to the increased cardiac output of pregnancy, decrease in systemic vascular resistance, and increase in oxygen consumption, the risk of myocardial ischemia is higher in pregnancy. Myocardial oxygen demands are even higher at labor and delivery, and activation of catecholamines and stress hormones can cause myocardial ischemia. Coronary artery dissection is also more common in pregnancy and typical chest pain should be appropriately evaluated. An electrocardiogram (EKG) should be considered preconception for any individual with diabetes older than 35 years (26). Individuals with longstanding diabetes and especially those with other risk factors for coronary artery disease (hyperlipidemia or hypertension) should be evaluated for asymptomatic coronary artery disease before becoming pregnant. Individuals with atypical chest pain, significant dyspnea, or an abnormal resting EKG should also have a cardiology consultation for consideration of a functional cardiac stress test before pregnancy. As discussed above, statins are often discontinued before conception since there is limited data about their safety during pregnancy. However, a thorough discussion of risks and benefits of continuation versus discontinuation should occur for high-risk individuals such as those with familial hypercholesterolemia and prior atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (7,40). If an individual has severe hypertriglyceridemia with random triglycerides (TG) >1000 or fasting >400 mg/dl, placing her at high risk for pancreatitis, it may be necessary to continue fibrate therapy if a low-fat diet, fish oil, or niacin therapy is not effective or tolerated. Triglycerides typically double to quadruple in pregnancy placing individuals at high risk for this condition. There is inadequate data on the use of ezetimibe in pregnancy.

 

Neuropathy

 

There are limited data on diabetic neuropathy during pregnancy. Neuropathy may manifest as peripheral neuropathy, gastroparesis, and cardiac autonomic neuropathy. Gastroparesis may present as intractable nausea and vomiting, and it can be particularly difficult to control both the symptoms and glucose values in individuals with gastroparesis during pregnancy. For individuals with gastroparesis, timing of insulin delivery in relation to the meal needs to carefully be weighed against the risk of hypoglycemia as discussed previously.

 

Associated Autoimmune Thyroid Disease

 

Up to 30-40% of young individuals with T1DM have accompanying thyroid disease, and individuals with T1DM have a 5-10% risk of developing autoimmune thyroid disease first diagnosed in pregnancy (most commonly Hashimoto's thyroiditis) (181). Thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) should be checked prior to pregnancy since the fetus is completely dependent on maternal thyroid hormone in the first trimester (182,183). Pregnant individuals with positive thyroid peroxidase (TPO) antibodies should have their TSH checked in each trimester (Table 2) since the demands of pregnancy can unmask decreased thyroid reserve from Hashimoto’s thyroiditis. Thyroid hormone requirements increase by 30-50% in most pregnant individuals, often early in pregnancy due to increase in thyroid binding globulin stimulated by estrogen. For most individuals on thyroid hormone replacement prior to pregnancy, the American Thyroid Association (ATA) and ACOG recommend TSH be within the trimester-specific reference range for pregnancy at a particular lab, or if not provided, preconception and first trimester TSH <2.5 mU/L and second and third trimester TSH goals <3 mU/L, and thyroid hormone replacement should be adjusted to achieve these goals (184,185). For diagnosis of hypothyroidism during pregnancy, recent recommendations from the ATA recommend new reference ranges for TSH during pregnancy and screening in individuals with history of T1DM each trimester with reference range being 0.4 from the lower limit of the nonpregnant TSH reference range and 0.5 from the upper non-pregnant range which results in a new TSH range of ~0.1-4mUl/L (184,186). This recommendation is based on the TSH range in pregnant individuals in the Maternal Fetal Medicine Units Network in which there was no benefit in treating individuals with levothyroxine with TSH <4 (184,186).

 

Other Autoimmune Conditions

 

Other autoimmune conditions are also more common among individuals with T1DM compared with individuals without T1DM. Celiac disease has been estimated to have a prevalence of 3-9% in individuals with T1DM and is more common among females than males (187,188). This can often lead to vitamin D deficiency and iron deficiency, and it is reasonable to screen individuals with T1DM for vitamin D deficiency in pregnancy if they have not been previously screened.  Autoimmune gastritis and pernicious anemia are also more common among individuals with T1DM with a prevalence approximating 5-10% and 1-3%, respectively (189). Addison’s disease is also seen in 0.5-1% of individuals with T1DM (189).

 

Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Pregnancy

 

Pregnancy predisposes to accelerated starvation with enhanced lipolysis, which can result in ketonuria after an overnight fast. DKA may therefore occur at lower glucose levels (~200 mg/dl), often referred to as "euglycemic DKA" of pregnancy, and may develop more rapidly than it does in non-pregnant individuals(190,191). Up to 30% of episodes of DKA in pregnant individuals with diabetes occur with glucose values <250 mg/dl.  Pregnant individuals also have a lower buffering capacity due to the progesterone-induced respiratory alkalosis resulting in compensatory metabolic acidosis. Furthermore, euglycemic DKA is not uncommon in pregnancy due to the increased propensity to ketosis in pregnant individuals and glomerular hyperfiltration in pregnancy which causes glycosuria at lower serum glucoses. Any pregnant individual with T1DM with a glucose >200 mg/dL, with unexplained weight loss or who is unable to keep down food or fluids should check urine ketones at home. If positive, arterial pH, serum bicarbonate level, anion gap and serum ketones should be obtained to assess for DKA (11).

 

Maternal DKA is associated with significant risk to the fetus and poor neonatal outcomes including morbidity and mortality. Cardiotography of the fetus during maternal DKA may suggest fetal distress (as evidenced by late decelerations). In a study of 20 consecutive cases of DKA, only 65% of fetuses were alive on admission to the hospital (191). Risk factors for fetal loss included DKA presenting later in pregnancy (mean gestational age 31 weeks versus 24 weeks); glucose > 800 mg/dl; BUN > 20 mg/dl; osmolality > 300 mmol/L; high insulin requirements; and longer duration until resolution of DKA. The fetal heart rate must be monitored continuously until the acidosis has resolved. In another case series of DKA in pregnancy, almost all individuals presented with nausea and vomiting (97%) and the majority had improvement of hyperglycemia to <200 mg/dL within 6 hours of admission and resolution of acidosis within 12 hours(192). Causes of DKA in pregnancy vary widely with infection less common as a precipitant compared with cases outside of pregnancy (193). Of the infectious causes, pyelonephritis is the most common. However, there is often no precipitant other than emesis in the pregnant individual who can develop starvation ketosis very quickly. In a 2024 case series of 129 admissions for DKA, the most common precipitating factors were vomiting or gastrointestinal illness (38%), infection (26%), and insulin nonadherence (21%) (194). Those with T1DM had higher serum glucoses and serum ketones on admission but those with T2DM required intravenous insulin therapy for a longer duration. Overall, those pregnant individuals with at least one admission for DKA during pregnancy delivered preterm with a median gestational age of approximately 35 weeks.

 

Prolonged fasting is a common precipitant for DKA, and it has been shown that even individuals with GDM can become severely ketotic if they are given B-mimetic tocolytic medications or betamethasone (to accelerate fetal lung maturity) in the face of prolonged fasting (195). Pregnant individuals unable to take carbohydrates orally require an additional 100-150 grams of intravenous glucose to meet the metabolic demands of the pregnancy in the 2nd and 3rd trimester. Without adequate carbohydrate (often a D10 glucose solution is needed), fat will be burned for fuel and the individual in DKA will remain ketotic. Diabetic ketoacidosis carries the highest risk of fetal mortality in the third trimester thought in part due to the extreme insulin resistance and insulin requirements to treat DKA that are nearly twice as high as in the second trimester (191).

 

Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy

 

Pregnant individuals with pregestational diabetes are at increased risk of complications of pregnancy secondary to hypertensive disease (11,196).  Serum creatinine, AST, ALT, and platelets as well as proteinuria (24-hour collection or random protein to creatinine ratio) should be collected as early as possible in pregnancy to establish a baseline and provide counseling on risks associated with significant proteinuria or renal failure. The updated ACC/AHA categorization of normal and abnormal blood pressure ranges outside of pregnancy have not been adopted in the obstetric population (197). Normal blood pressure values in pregnancy are defined as <140/90 mmHg; blood pressures ≥160/110 mmHg are considered severely elevated and warrant prompt treatment for maternal stroke prevention (198).

 

Although outside of pregnancy achieving a BP < 120/80 mmHg is renal-protective, there are no prospective trials that have demonstrated that achieving this goal improves pregnancy outcomes. 

 

Historically, establishing blood pressure thresholds at which treatment should be initiated in those with chronic hypertension has been challenging due to the competing interests of the mother and fetus (198,199). Concerns include the potential for relative hypotension to increase the risk for poor uteroplacental perfusion and fetal growth restriction, balanced against the increased risk of stroke, placental abruption, and preterm delivery with poorly controlled blood pressure (200–202). The 2015 international Control of Hypertension in Pregnancy Study (CHIPS) trial compared less-tight blood pressure control (target diastolic 100 mm Hg) to tight control (target diastolic 85 mm Hg) and found that tighter control was associated with lower frequency of severe hypertension (203). There was no difference in the frequency of pregnancy loss, higher level neonatal care, or severe maternal complications. The US Chronic Hypertension and Pregnancy (CHAP) trial found that titration of antihypertensive therapy to achieve a systolic pressure <140 mm Hg and diastolic pressure <90 mm Hg, compared with treatment only for systolic pressure, ≥160 mm Hg or diastolic pressure, ≥105 mm Hg, led to lower rates of adverse pregnancy outcomes without an increased risk of fetal growth restriction (204). A secondary analysis of the CHAP trial showed that those who achieved a blood pressure below 130/80 mm Hg, compared to blood pressures of 130-139/80-89 mm Hg, were at lower risk of adverse pregnancy outcomes (205).

 

Thus, among individuals with pregestational diabetes and chronic hypertension, blood pressure treatment should be continued or initiated and titrated with a goal value of ~135/85 mmHg(7,167).  A lower goal of 120/80 mmHg should be achieved in the setting of diabetic nephropathy (167). Individuals with diabetic nephropathy are at extremely high risk of developing HDP which often leads to intrauterine growth restriction and prematurity. Even individuals with microalbuminuria are at a higher risk of HDP than individuals without microalbuminuria. Blood pressure control is imperative to try to minimize the deterioration of renal function. Preferred anti-hypertensive agents in pregnancy include calcium channel blockers (nifedipine, amlodipine), select beta-blockers (labetalol), and alpha-2 agonists (methyldopa) (198). ACE inhibitors and ARBs are contraindicated in all trimesters of pregnancy and diuretics are reserved for the treatment of pulmonary edema due to concerns that further decreasing the intravascular volume with diuretics could further compromise tissue and placental perfusion. All classes of hypertensive agents are safe in lactating mothers in the postpartum period (206).

 

After 20-24 weeks gestation, elevated blood pressure should prompt evaluation for HDP.  The etiology and pathophysiology of HDP continues to be incompletely characterized, though evidence strongly suggests the microvascular disease may begin early in pregnancy at the time of implantation and manifest in the second or third trimesters (198,207). As a result, treatment of elevated blood pressure has not been shown to prevent HDP. Since 2014, the US Preventative Task Force (USPSTF) recommends low dose aspirin of 81 mg daily after 12 weeks’ gestation for those at high risk of HDP who do not have a contraindication to aspirin use (198,208,209). High risk factors, including pregestational diabetes, chronic hypertension, history of HDP, and renal disease, should prompt low-dose aspirin initiation in the second trimester; ≥2 moderate risk factors such as nulliparity, obesity, age ≥35, family history of HDP, or personal socioeconomic or poor obstetric history should also prompt use of low-dose aspirin (208,209). Recent data suggests that doses of aspirin above 100 mg may be required for HDP reduction (210,211). However, recommendations for low dose 81 mg aspirin from USPSTF and ACOG remain unchanged.

 

FETAL SURVEILLANCE

 

Maternal hyperglycemia has temporal effects on the developing pregnancy based on gestational age at exposure (6,11,212). Hyperglycemia around the time of conception and early pregnancy is associated with increased risk of miscarriage, congenital anomalies, with cardiac malformations being most common, as well as placental dysfunction related to “end-organ damage” which could lead to growth-restricted fetuses (6). An early dating ultrasound in the first trimester is recommended to confirm gestational age of the fetus and to coordinate detailed anatomic survey at 18-20 weeks gestation. A fetal echocardiogram should be offered at 20-22 weeks if the A1c was elevated (>6.5-7.0%) during the first trimester (212).

 

Later in pregnancy, hyperglycemia is associated with excessive weight gain in the fetus, with abdominal circumference and shoulder girth primarily measuring larger than expected for gestational age (213–215). Consideration can be made for serial ultrasound evaluation of fetal growth if there is suspicion of abnormal growth, though at minimum, a growth ultrasound in the third trimester should be performed (11). Serial ultrasounds are used to monitor growth and if the estimated fetal weight is less than the 10th percentile (SGA), umbilical artery Doppler velocimetry as an adjunct antenatal test is recommended to estimate the degree of uteroplacental insufficiency, predict poor obstetric outcome and assist in determining the optimal timing of delivery (216).

 

The association of pregestational diabetes and increased risk for stillbirth was documented as early as the 1950s, leading to a historical practice of intense monitoring with weekly contraction stress test and fetal lung maturity testing prior to delivery (217). Data emerged identifying congenital anomalies as a key factor in stillbirth; with increased focus on improved glycemic control in early pregnancy, stillbirth rates were reduced significantly (218,219). Contemporary practice typically consists of non-stress testing 1-2 times per week, with or without biophysical profile testing, with initiation around 32 weeks gestation (220). However, due to the increased risk of uteroplacental insufficiency and intrauterine fetal demise in pregnant individuals with longstanding T1DM, especially in those with microvascular disease, diabetic nephropathy, hypertension, or evidence of poor intrauterine growth, fetal surveillance may be recommended earlier. While comorbidities such as poor glycemic control, vascular complications, hypertension, or nephropathy have a summative effect on risk for perinatal complications, antenatal testing is recommended for all individuals with pregestational diabetes (220). A positive correlation between HbA1c and stillbirth is observed- the higher the HbA1c >6.5%, the higher the risk (221,222). Fetal hypoxia and cardiac dysfunction secondary to poor glycemic control are probably the most important pathogenic factors in stillbirths among pregnant individuals with diabetes (223).

 

LABOR AND DELIVERY

 

Delivery management and the timing of delivery is made according to maternal well-being, the degree of glycemiccontrol, the presence of diabetic complications, growth of the fetus, evidence of uteroplacental insufficiency, and the results of fetal surveillance (224). A third trimester anesthesia consultation should be considered in the setting of concerns about cardiac dysfunction or ischemic heart disease, pulmonary hypertension from sleep apnea, hypertension, thromboembolic risks, potential desaturation while laying supine in individuals with severe obesity, or the possibility of difficult epidural placement or intubations.

 

Optimal delivery timing in the setting of pregestational diabetes requires a balance of perinatal risks, typically stillbirth versus risks of prematurity. In general, individuals with reassuring fetal status and adequate glycemic control can continue a pregnancy until 39 weeks gestation, though expectant management beyond the estimated due date is not advised (225). Concurrent medical complications of mother or fetus may take precedent and require consideration for delivery prior to 39 weeks (225). When late preterm delivery is necessary, it should not be delayed for administration of corticosteroids for fetal lung maturity, as this practice has not been evaluated in pregnancies complicated by pregestational diabetes, and neonatal hypoglycemia may result (226). 

 

With regards to route of delivery, vaginal delivery is preferred for pregnant individuals with diabetes due to the increased maternal morbidity of cesarean delivery such as infection, thromboembolic disease, and longer recovery time. Nevertheless, when the estimated fetal weight is >4500g in the setting of diabetes, an elective cesarean delivery may be offered (227).

 

The target range for glycemic control during labor and at the time of delivery is 70-125 mg/dL; maintenance in this physiological range aims to reduce to risk of neonatal hypoglycemia (228). To achieve this goal, most pregnant individuals with pregestational diabetes require management with an insulin drip and a dextrose infusion, though laboring individuals can eat and continue their home insulin regimen prior to admission. Ideally scheduled cesarean deliveries will occur in the morning, so that individuals can simply reduce their morning long-acting insulin dosing by half on the day of surgery, though consideration can be made to skip it in an individual with well controlled T2DM who hadn’t required medication prior to pregnancy. A pregnant individual being admitted for scheduled induction of labor can be instructed to reduce long-acting insulin dosing for both the night before and morning of the induction (229). Once the individual is eating, the insulin drip can be discontinued and subcutaneous insulin resumed. Alternative management options include ongoing use of insulin pump or subcutaneous insulin, though both often pose logistic challenges due to the unpredictable length of labor. One 2023 trial compared intravenous insulin infusion to CSII intrapartum and found no difference in neonatal hypoglycemia (230). Prevention of neonatal hypoglycemia must be weighed against risk of maternal hypoglycemia during labor.

 

With the delivery of the placenta, insulin requirements drop in an acute and dramatic fashion, with most individualsneeding roughly 10-30% less than their pre-pregnancy insulin doses or 1/2 to 1/3 of their third trimester insulin dosages; some individuals require no insulin for the first 24-48 hours (228). A glucose goal of 100-180 mg/dl postpartum seems prudent to avoid hypoglycemia given the high demands in caring for an infant and especially in nursing individuals as the increased caloric demands of lactation are known to reduce insulin requirements and can contribute to hypoglycemia.

 

Immediate Risks to Newborn

 

The immediate neonatal period is characterized by the transition from in-utero to independent physiology, with unique risks in neonates born to individuals with diabetes.  Glycemic control throughout the entire gestation as well as in the hours before birth both influence this transition. As previously described, hyperglycemia early in pregnancy may result in congenital anomalies, such as cardiac anomalies, which complicate the transition to post-natal circulation. Glycemic control in the second and third trimester may result in a macrosomic infant with increased adiposity in the shoulders and abdomen. And finally, hyperglycemia during labor exacerbates the adjustment of the neonatal pancreas when glucose delivery via the placenta abruptly ceases increasing the risk of neonatal hypoglycemia.

 

Even with aggressive management of diabetes, the incidence of neonatal complications ranges from 12-75% (231) In a large analysis of nearly 200,000 neonates, severe neonatal morbidity was increased in neonates born to individuals with pregestational diabetes compared to those with gestational diabetes or no diabetes at an odds ratio of 2.27 and 1.96 respectively (232).  Driving this relationship was the increased risks of respiratory distress syndrome, mechanical ventilation, and neonatal death (232). Additionally, neonates were more likely to be LGA and require neonatal intensive care unit admission (232). In the setting of poor glycemic control, respiratory distress syndrome may occur in up to 31% of infants due to known insulin antagonism of cortisol on fetal pneumocytes and surfactant production (233). The estimated odds ratio between pregestational diabetes and neonatal respiratory distress syndrome is 2.66 (234). With extremely poor glucose control, there is also an increased risk of fetal mortality due to fetal acidemia and hypoxia. One study found higher rates of neonatal hypoglycemia in individuals managed with continuous insulin infusion pump during pregnancy compared to multiple daily injection therapy, although confounders including early maternal BMI and duration of an insulin infusion play a role (235).

 

Macrosomia places the mother at increased risk of requiring a cesarean section and the infant at increased risk for shoulder dystocia. Shoulder dystocia can result in Erb’s palsy, Klumpke palsy, clavicular and humeral fractures, and hypoxic ischemic encephalopathy, with overall neonatal injury rate of 5.2% (236,237). Shoulder dystocia occurs nearly 20% of the time when a 4500-gram infant is delivered vaginally. Nevertheless, shoulder dystocia remains challenging to predict, with 60% of shoulder dystocias occurring in neonates weighing <4000g (238). There are a number of conflicting studies regarding induction versus cesarean section for suspected macrosomia (239–241).  A large RCT performed in France, Switzerland, and Belgium compared induction of labor at 39 weeks gestation to expectant management among individuals with LGA fetuses, though insulin-dependent diabetes was an exclusion factor (241). Induction of labor was associated with a significant reduction in the composite primary outcome (significant shoulder dystocia, fracture of the clavicle or long bone, brachial plexus injury, intracranial hemorrhage, or neonatal death), with a RR of 0.32 (95% CI 0.15-0.71) (241). While a small but significant difference in spontaneous vaginal delivery was noted between groups, rates of operative vaginal delivery and cesarean deliveries were not significantly different (241). Current guidelines from ACOG do not recommend delivery prior to 39 weeks for suspected macrosomia (242).

 

POSTPARTUM CARE AND CONCERNS FOR PREGESTATIONAL DIABETES

 

The postpartum care for mothers with diabetes should include counseling on a number of critical issues including maintenance of glycemic control, diet, exercise, weight loss, blood pressure management, breastfeeding, contraception/future pregnancy planning, and postpartum thyroiditis screening (for T1DM). It has been demonstrated that most individuals with pregestational diabetes, even those who have been extremely adherent and who have had optimal glycemic control during pregnancy, have a dramatic worsening of their glucose control after the birth of their infant (243,244). While previously many individuals utilizing public insurance lost access as early as 6 weeks postpartum in recent years, the majority of states in the US have implemented a 12-month extension of Medicaid postpartum coverage (245). Historically, the postpartum period has been relatively neglected, as both the new mother and her physician relax their vigilance. However, this period offers a unique opportunity to institute health habits that could have highly beneficial effects on the quality of life of both the mother and her infant and potentially achieve optimal glycemic control prior to asubsequent pregnancy.

 

Home glucose monitoring should be continued vigilantly in the postpartum period because insulin requirements drop almost immediately and often dramatically at this time, increasing the risk of hypoglycemia. Individuals with T1DM often need to decrease their third trimester insulin dosages by at least 50%, often to less than pre-pregnancy doses, immediately after delivery; they may have a "honeymoon" period for several days in which their insulin requirements are minimal. Some estimates of insulin requirements postpartum suggest that individuals may require as little as 60% of their pre-pregnancy doses, and requirements continue to be less than pre- pregnancy doses while breastfeeding (246). For individuals on an insulin pump, the postpartum basal rates can be discussed and preprogrammed prior to delivery to allow a seamless transition to the lower doses following delivery (247). If well controlled prior to pregnancy, pre-pregnancy insulin delivery settings can serve as an excellent starting point for the postpartum period, with an expected decrease in basal rates of 14% and increase in carb ratios by 10% (247).

 

Individuals with T1DM have been reported to have a between 3-25% incidence of postpartum thyroiditis (248). Hyperthyroidism can occur in the 2–4-month postpartum period and hypothyroidism may present in the 4-8 month period. Given the significance of this disorder, a TSH measurement should be offered at 3 and 6 months postpartum and before this time if an individual has symptoms (184).

 

Breastfeeding

 

Both the benefits of breastfeeding- and conversely, the risks of failing to do so- are profound and well documented for both mother and child (249).  Pregestational diabetes and obesity have been identified as independent risk factors for low milk supply, raising the question whether the metabolic milieu during lactogenesis I in mid-pregnancy or during the transition to lactogenesis II and III after delivery may be contributing (250). Additional challenges emerge at the time of delivery, with considerable separation of mothers and infants due to NICU admission and treatment for prematurity, respiratory distress syndrome, and hyperglycemia (232). Dyads can be set up for success with policies and procedures that encourage antenatal colostrum collection, early initiation of pumping if unable to directly breastfeed, and ample lactation consultant support. Individuals with both T1DM and T2DM have lower rates of breastfeeding despite good intentions (251,252).  When individuals have stopped breastfeeding, most stop due to low milk supply rather than diabetes specific reasons (253).

 

When individuals with diabetes are successful in breastfeeding their infants, benefits include reduction in postpartum weight retention, reduced risk for obesity and insulin resistance in offspring (254). Conflicting data exists on the relationship between breastfeeding and the incidence of T1DM in offspring of individuals with pregestational diabetes, though breastmilk induction at the time of complementary food introduction is linked to reduced risk of islet autoimmunity and T1DM (255,256).

 

Additional considerations must be made for individuals with T2DM as they consider pharmacotherapy in the postpartum period. Insulin dosing may require adjustment in the setting of breastfeeding due to increased risk of overnight hypoglycemia (7). With respect to oral agents, acceptable levels of metformin have been identified in breastmilk, rendering it a safe medication for lactating individuals (257,258). A small study suggested that glyburide and glipizide do not appreciably cross into breast milk and may be safe (259). There are no adequate data on the use of thiazolidinediones, meglitinides, incretin therapy, GLP-1 agonists, and SGLT2 inhibitors in nursing mothers.

 

Statins should not be started if the individual is nursing due to inadequate studies in breastfeeding mothers. Individuals who are candidates for an ACE inhibitor can be started on one of these agents at this time as they have not been shown to appear significantly in breast milk (206).

 

Contraception

 

Starting at puberty, it is recommended to provide individuals with diabetes preconception counseling including discussion of options for contraceptive use based on the Medical Eligibility Criteria (MEC) according to WHO and CDC (260,261).  Counseling on contraceptive choices should be patient-centered and focused on the short- and long-term reproductive goals of the individual, taking into consideration the alternative-no contraception- and associated individualized risks of carrying a pregnancy to term. A meta-analysis found that low-income individuals with diabetes had low rates of postpartum birth control and more often were offered permanent contraception rather than reversible options (262).

 

Taken in isolation, a diagnosis of diabetes without vascular complications is compatible with all hormonal and non-hormonal contraception options: copper intrauterine device (IUD), levonorgestrel-releasing IUD, progestin implant, depo medroxyprogesterone acetate, progestin only pills, and combined estrogen-progestin methods (261). Evidence of vascular disease is a contraindication to combined hormonal contraception and depo medroxyprogesterone acetate (261). A large study recently found an overall low risk of venous thromboembolism among individuals with T1DM and T2DM (263). Concurrent conditions and habits such as poorly controlled hypertension, hypertriglyceridemia, or smoking increase the risk of venous thromboembolic events (264). Systematic reviews failed to find sufficient evidence to assess whether progestogen-only and combined contraceptives differ from non-hormonal contraceptives in diabetes control, lipid metabolism, and complications in individuals with pregestational diabetes (265,266).

 

Long-acting reversible contraception (LARC) methods lasting 3-10 years include copper and hormonal IUDs as well as progestin implants. There is no increase in pelvic inflammatory disease with the use of IUDs in individuals with well controlled T1DM or T2DM after the post-insertion period. Immediate postpartum implants and IUDs are becoming increasingly available to individuals who desire LARCs and are effective in spacing pregnancies in high-risk populations (267). For individuals who have completed childbearing and desire permanent sterilization, laparoscopic methods are safe and effective (268).

 

OBESITY IN PREGNANCY

 

Obesity alone or accompanied by T1DM, T2DM, or GDM carries significant risks to both the mother and the infant, and obesity is the leading health concern in pregnant individuals (269–271). By the most recent NHANES statistics in individuals over age 20, 57% of black individuals, 44% of Hispanic or Mexican American individuals, and 40% of white individuals are obese (272). Independent of pregestational diabetes or GDM, obesity increases the maternal risks of hypertensive disorders, MASLD, proteinuria, gall bladder disease, aspiration pneumonia, thromboembolism, sleep apnea, cardiomyopathy, and pulmonary edema (270,273). In addition, it increases the risk of induction of labor, failed induction of labor, cesarean delivery, multiple anesthesia complications, postoperative infections including endometritis, wound dehiscence, postpartum hemorrhage, venous thromboembolism, postpartum depression and lactation failure. Maternal obesity independently increases the risk of first trimester loss, stillbirth, recurrent pregnancy losses, and congenital malformations including CNS, cardiac, and gastrointestinal defects and cleft palate, shoulder dystocia, meconium aspiration, and impaired fetal growth including macrosomia. Most significantly, obesity increases the risk of perinatal mortality (269). Because so many individuals with T2DM are also obese, all of these complications increase the risk of poor pregnancy outcomes in this population. The majority (50-60%) of individuals who are overweight or obese prior to pregnancy gain more than the recommended amount of gestational weight by the Institute of Medicine (IOM) guidelines (274,275). This results in higher weight retention postpartum and higher pre-pregnancy weight for subsequent pregnancies.

 

Obesity is an independent risk factor for congenital anomaly including spina bifida, neural tube defects, cardiac defects, cleft lip and palate, and limb reduction anomalies (276). Several reports have demonstrated an association of maternal BMI with neural tube defects and possibly other congenital anomalies (277). One study concluded that for every unit increase in BMI the relative risk of a neural tube defect increased 7% (277). In addition to an increased anomaly risk with maternal obesity, it is well known that detection of fetal anomalies in the first and second trimester is reduced by 20% due to difficulty in adequate visualization in the setting of maternal obesity (278,279). There is conflicting evidence on the role of folic acid in these obesity-associated congenital anomalies (280–283).

 

Obese individuals with normal glucose tolerance on a controlled diet have higher glycemic patterns throughout the day and night by CGM compared to normal weight individuals both early and late in pregnancy (284). The glucose area under the curve (AUC) was higher in the obese individuals both early and late in pregnancy on a controlled diet as were all glycemic values throughout the day and night. The mean 1 hour postprandial glucose during late pregnancy by CGM was 115 versus 102 mg/dl in the obese and normal weight individuals respectively and the mean 2-hour postprandial values were 107 mg/dl versus 96 mg/dl, respectively, both still much lower than current therapeutic targets (<140 mg/dl at 1 hour; < 120 mg/dl at 2 hours).

 

Individuals with Class III obesity (BMI>40) have improved pregnancy outcomes if they undergo bariatric surgery before becoming pregnant given such surgery decreases insulin resistance resulting in less diabetes, hypertension, and macrosomia compared to those who have not had the surgery (285,286).  In any individual who has had prior bariatric surgery, it has been shown in systematic review to reduce the rate of gestational diabetes and HDP in future pregnancies, however many studies are confounded given 80% of individuals post bariatric surgery remain obese (287). Following bariatric surgery, pregnancy should not be considered for 12-18 months post-operatively and after the rapid weight loss phase has been completed. Close attention to nutritional deficiencies must be maintained, especially with fat soluble vitamins D and K as well as folate, iron, thiamine, and B12. In a study of a cohort of infants born to obese individuals who had bariatric surgery, the offspring had improved fasting insulin levels and reduced measures of insulin resistance compared to siblings born prior to bariatric surgery (288). 

 

MEDICAL NUTRITION THERAPY, EXERCISE AND WEIGHT GAIN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DIABETES OR OBESITY

 

Medical nutrition therapy in collaboration with a registered dietician nutritionist remains a crucial component of achieving glycemic control and optimizing outcomes in individuals with pregestational diabetes (7,11). Currently, there is no consensus on the ideal macronutrient prescription for pregnant individuals or individuals with diabetes, and there is concern that significant restriction of carbohydrate (33- 40% of total calories) leads to increased fat intake given protein intake is usually fairly constant at 15-20% (31,289,290). Severe restrictions or elimination of any macronutrient class is advised against (291). It is also important to assess intake along with energy requirements which is known to increase in pregnancy by approximately 200, 300, and 400 kcal/d in the first, second, and third trimesters, respectively, but thesevalues vary depending on BMI, total energy expenditure, and physical activity (292). Individuals with pregestational diabetes and GDM should receive individualized medical nutrition therapy (MNT) as needed to achieve treatment goals.

 

Pregravid BMI should be assessed and GWG recommendations should be consistent with the current IOM weight gain guidelines (See Table 3) due to adverse maternal, fetal and neonatal outcomes (293). However, there are many trials which support no weight gain for individuals with a BMI of ≥30 kg/m2 with improved pregnancy outcomes and the lack of weight gain or even modest weight loss, did not increase the risk for SGA infants in the obese cohort. Further, targeting GWG to the lower range of the IOM guidelines (~11 kg or 25 lbs. for normal weight individuals; ~7 kg or 15 lbs. for overweight individuals; and 5 kg (11 lbs.) for individuals with Class 1 obesity (BMI 30-34 kg/m2) has been shown in many trials to decrease the risk of HDP, cesarean delivery, GDM, and postpartum weight retention (294).  This is an increasing public health concern given risks of excessive weight gain (greater than IOM recommendations) including cesarean deliveries, postpartum weight retention for the mother and LGA infants, macrosomia, and childhood overweight or obesity for the offspring (292). Obese individuals are at increased risk of venous thromboembolism postpartum, and this risk is augmented in those who have had a cesarean section, resulting in ACOG’s recommendation for pneumatic sequential compression devices for those who have had cesarean section (295–297). 

 

Table 3. Institute of Medicine Weight Gain Recommendations in Singleton Pregnancy

BMI

Total weight gain

(lbs.)

2nd/3rd trimester rate of weight gain

(kg/week)

Low (<19.8 kg/m2)

28-40

1.0 (1-1.3 lb./week)

Normal (19.8-26 kg/m2)

25-35

1.0 (0.8-1 lb./week)

High (>26-29 kg/m2)

15-25

0.66 (0.5-0.7 lb./week)

Obese (>29 kg/m2)

11-20

0.5 (0.4-0.6 lb./week)

 

There is also increasing evidence that overweight or obese individuals with GDM may have improved pregnancy outcomes with less need for insulin if they gain weight less than the IOM recommendations without appreciably increasing the risk of SGA (298–300). For obese individuals, ~25 kcal/kg rather than 30 kcal/kg is currently recommended (301). However, other investigators would argue for a lower caloric intake (1600-1800 calories/day), which does not appear to increase ketone production (302).

 

The recommended diet should be culturally appropriate, and individuals should consume 150-175 grams of carbohydrate (40-50% of total calories), primarily as complex carbohydrate and limit simple carbohydrates, especially those with high glycemic indices (290,303). Protein intake should be at least 71 g per day (15-30% of total calories), unless individuals have severe renal disease. Individuals should be taught to control fat intake and to limit saturated fat to <10-15% of energy intake, trans fats to the minimal amount possible, and encourage consumption of the n-3 unsaturated fatty acids that supply a DHA intake of at least 200 mg/day (25). Diets high in saturated fat have been shown to worsen insulin resistance, provide excess TGs and FFAs for fetal fat accretion, increase inflammation, and have been implicated in adverse fetal programming effects on the offspring (see risk to offspring above). A fiber intake of at least 28 g/day is advised and the use of artificial sweeteners, other than saccharin, are deemed safe in pregnancy when used in moderation (26). Overall, a diet composed of whole grains, legumes, fruits, vegetables, lean protein and healthy fats is recommended with avoidance of processed foods and sweetened foods and beverages when possible (7,303).

 

For normal weight individuals with T1DM with appropriate gestational weight gain, carbohydrate and calorie restriction is not necessary, but carbohydrates need to be appropriately covered by insulin. Emphasizing consistent timing of mealswith at least a bedtime snack to minimize hypoglycemia in proper relation to insulin doses is important.  Many individuals who dose prandial insulin based on an insulin to carbohydrate ratio are skilled at carbohydrate counting. 

 

Exercise is an important component of healthy lifestyle and is recommended in pregnancy by ACOG, the ADA, and Society of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists of Canada (30,304). The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services issued physical activity guidelines for Americans and recommend healthy pregnant and postpartum individuals receive at least 150 minutes per week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity (i.e., equivalent to brisk walking) (305).  A large meta-analysis of all RCTs on diet and physical activity, which evaluated RCTs (using diet only n=13, physical activity n=18 or both n=13) concluded that dietary therapy was more effective in decreasing excess GWG and adverse pregnancy outcomes compared to physical activity (306). However, there was data suggesting that physical activity may decrease the risk of LGA infants (LGA, >90th percentile). There was no increase in SGA infants (<10th percentile) with physical activity. Submaximal exertion (≤70% maximal aerobic activity) does not appear to affect the fetal heart rate and although high intensity at maximal exertion has not been linked to adverse pregnancy outcomes, transient fetal bradycardia and shunting of blood flow away from the placenta and to exercising muscles has been observed with maximal exertion. Observational studies of individuals who exercise during pregnancy have shown benefits such as decreased GDM, cesarean and operative vaginal delivery, and postpartum recovery time, although evidence from RCTs is limited (307,308).

 

Some data suggest that individuals who continued endurance exercise until term gained less weight and delivered slightly earlier than individuals who stopped at 28 weeks but had a lower incidence of cesarean deliveries, shorter active labors, and fewer fetuses with intolerance of labor (309). Babies weighing less were born to individuals who continued endurance exercise during pregnancy compared with a group of individuals who reduced their exercise after the 20th week (3.39 kg versus 3.81 kg). Contraindications for a controlled exercise program include individuals at risk for preterm labor or delivery or any obstetric or medical conditions predisposing to growth restriction.

 

RISK TO OFFSPRING FROM AN INTRAUTERINE ENVIRONMENT CHARACTERIZED BY DIABETES OR OBESITY

 

Given the strong associations between maternal diabetes and obesity and the risk of childhood obesity and glucose intolerance, the metabolic milieu of the intrauterine environment is a critical risk factor for the genesis of adult diabetes and cardiovascular disease (270,310–313).  The evidence of this fetal programming and its contribution to the developmental origins of human disease (DoHAD) is one of the most compelling reasons why optimizing maternal glycemic control, identifying other nutrients contributing to excess fetal fat accretion, emphasizing weight loss efforts before pregnancy, ingesting a healthy low fat diet, and avoiding excessive weight gain are so critical and carry long term health implications to both the mother and her offspring. The emerging field of epigenetics has clearly shown in animal models and non-human primates that the intrauterine environment, as a result of maternal metabolism and nutrient exposure, can modify fetal gene expression (314,315).

 

Maternal hyperglycemia in early pregnancy has been associated with childhood leptin levels at 5 years of age, even when adjusted for maternal BMI and other confounders (β=0.09 ± 0.04, p=0.03) (316). In this study, higher maternal glucose levels post-75-gram glucose tolerance test in the second trimester were associated with greater total body fat percentage as measured by DXA in the children at 5 years of age.

 

There are data, especially in animal and non-human primate models, to support that a maternal high fat diet and obesitycan influence mesenchymal stems cells to differentiate along adipocyte rather than osteocyte pathways, invoke changes in the serotonergic system resulting in increased anxiety in non-human primate offspring, affect neural pathways involved with appetite regulation, promote lipotoxicity, regulate gluconeogenic enzymes in the fetal liver generating histology consistent with MASLD, alter mitochondrial function in skeletal muscle and program beta cell mass in the pancreas (312,317–324).  These epigenetic changes are being substantiated in human studies with evidence of differential adipokine methylation and gene expression in adult offspring of individuals with diabetes in pregnancy and through alterations in fetal placental DNA methylation of the lipoprotein lipase gene which are associated with the anthropometric profile in children at 5 years of age (325). These findings further support the concept of fetal metabolic programming through epigenetic changes (326). As a result, the intrauterine metabolic environment may have a transgenerational influence on obesity and diabetes risk in the offspring, influencing appetite regulation, beta cell mass, liver dysfunction, adipocyte metabolism, and mitochondrial function.

 

Offspring of mothers with T2DM and GDM have higher risk of childhood obesity, young adult or adolescent insulin resistance and diabetes, MASLD, hypertension, and cardiovascular disease (327–332) . The risk of youth onset diabetes is higher in offspring of mothers born with pregestational T2DM than with GDM (14-fold compared to 4-fold risk) (333). These epigenetic changes are not isolated to maternal BMI alone, but it has also been demonstrated that paternal factors impact offspring risk of obesity and diabetes (334,335). Offspring of individuals with T1DM have a risk of developing T1DM of about 1-3%. The risk is higher for the offspring if the father has T1DM rather than the mother (~3-6%) and if both parents have T1DM, the risk is ~20% (336,337).

 

CONCLUSION

 

The obstetric outlook for pregnancy in individuals with pregestational diabetes has improved over the last century and has the potential to continue to improve as rapid advances in diabetes technology and management, fetal surveillance, and neonatal care emerge. However, the greatest challenge health care providers face is the growing number of individuals developing GDM and T2DM as the obesity epidemic increases affecting individuals prior to pregnancy. In addition, the prevalence of T1DM is increasing globally. Furthermore, obesity-related complications exert a further deleterious effect on pregnancy outcomes. The development of T2DM in individuals with a history of GDM as well as obesity and glucose intolerance in the offspring of individuals with pregestational DM or GDM set the stage for a perpetuating cycle that must be aggressively addressed with effective primary prevention strategies that begin in-utero. Pregnancy is clearly a unique opportunity to implement strategies to improve the mother’s lifetime risk for CVD in addition to that of her offspring and offers the potential to decrease the intergenerational risk of obesity, diabetes, and other metabolic derangements.

 

REFERENCES

 

  1. Louis JM, Bryant A, Ramos D, Stuebe A, Blackwell SC. Interpregnancy Care. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2019;220(1):B2–B18.
  2. Practice AS for RM& AC of O and GC on G. Prepregnancy counseling: Committee Opinion No. 762. Fertil Steril 2019;111(1):P32-42.
  3. Buschur EO, Polsky S. Type 1 Diabetes: Management in Women From Preconception to Postpartum. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2021;106(4):952–967.
  4. Wahabi HA, Fayed A, Esmaeil S, Elmorshedy H, Titi MA, Amer YS, Alzeidan RA, Alodhayani AA, Saeed E, Bahkali KH, Kahili-Heede MK, Jamal A, Sabr Y. Systematic review and meta-analysis of the effectiveness of pre-pregnancy care for women with diabetes for improving maternal and perinatal outcomes. PLoS One 2020:1–32.
  5. Temple R. Preconception care for women with diabetes: Is it effective and who should provide it? Best Pract Res Clin Obstet Gynaecol 2011;25(1):3–14.
  6. Ray JG, O’brien TE, Chan WS. Preconception care and the risk of congenital anomalies in the offspring of women with diabetes mellitus: A meta-analysis. QJM 2001;94(8):435–444.
  7. ElSayed NA, McCoy RG, Aleppo G, Balapattabi K, Beverly EA, Briggs Early K, Bruemmer D, Echouffo-Tcheugui JB, Ekhlaspour L, Garg R, Khunti K, Lal R, Lingvay I, Matfin G, Pandya N, Pekas EJ, Pilla SJ, Polsky S, Segal AR, Seley JJ, Stanton RC, Bannuru RR. 15. Management of Diabetes in Pregnancy: Standards of Care in Diabetes—2025. Diabetes Care 2025;48(Supplement_1):S306–S320.
  8. Suhonen L, Hiilesmaa V, Teramo K. Glycaemic control during early pregnancy and fetal malformations in women with type I diabetes mellitus. Diabetologia 2000;43(1):79–82.
  9. Ludvigsson JF, Neovius M, Söderling J, Gudbjörnsdottir S, Svensson AM, Franzén S, Stephansson O, Pasternak B. Periconception glycaemic control in women with type 1 diabetes and risk of major birth defects: Population based cohort study in Sweden. BMJ (Online) 2018;362(26):k2638.
  10. Jovanovic L, Knopp RH, Kim H, Cefalu WT, Zhu XD, Young JL, Simpson JL, Mills JL. Elevated pregnancy losses at high and low extremes of maternal glucose in early normal and diabetic pregnancy: Evidence for a protective adaptation in diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005;28(5):1113–1117.
  11. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 201: Pregestational Diabetes Mellitus. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2018;132(6):E228–E248.
  12. Bramham K, Parnell B, Nelson-Piercy C, Seed PT, Poston L, Chappell LC. Chronic hypertension and pregnancy outcomes: Systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ (Online) 2014:348:g2301.
  13. Gonzalez Suarez ML, Kattah A, Grande JP, Garovic V. Renal Disorders in Pregnancy: Core Curriculum 2019. American Journal of Kidney Diseases 2019;73(1):119–130.
  14. Holing E V. Preconception care of women with diabetes: The unrevealed obstacles. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2000;9(1):10–13.
  15. Reidenbach M, Bade L, Bright D, DiPietro Mager N, Ellis A. Preconception care needs among female patients of childbearing age in an urban community pharmacy setting. Journal of the American Pharmacists Association 2019;59(4S):S52–S56.
  16. Nwolise CH, Carey N, Shawe J. Exploring the acceptability and feasibility of a preconception and diabetes information app for women with pregestational diabetes: A mixed-methods study protocol. Digit Health 2017;3:1–11.
  17. Hernandez TL, Friedman JE, Van Pelt RE, Barbour LA. Patterns of glycemia in normal pregnancy: Should the current therapeutic targets be challenged? Diabetes Care 2011;34(7). doi:10.2337/dc11-0241.
  18. Siegmund T, Rad NT, Ritterath C, Siebert G, Henrich W, Buhling KJ. Longitudinal changes in the continuous glucose profile measured by the CGMS ® in healthy pregnant women and determination of cut-off values. European Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology and Reproductive Biology 2008;139(1). doi:10.1016/j.ejogrb.2007.12.006.
  19. Angueira AR, Ludvik AE, Reddy TE, Wicksteed B, Lowe WL, Layden BT. New insights into gestational glucose metabolism: Lessons learned from 21st century approaches. Diabetes 2015;64(2). doi:10.2337/db14-0877.
  20. Price SA, Lewin A, Nankervis A, Barmanray R. Using continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) to understand glucose control in women with obesity during pregnancy. Clin Obes 2024. doi:10.1111/COB.12717.
  21. Yang J, Cummings EA, O’Connell C, Jangaard K. Fetal and neonatal outcomes of diabetic pregnancies. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2006;108(3). doi:10.1097/01.AOG.0000231688.08263.47.
  22. Temple RC, Aldridge VJ, Murphy HR. Prepregnancy care and pregnancy outcomes in women with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2006;29(8). doi:10.2337/dc05-2265.
  23. Wu Y, Liu B, Sun Y, Du Y, Santillan MK, Santillan DA, Snetselaar LG, Bao W. Association of Maternal Prepregnancy Diabetes and Gestational Diabetes Mellitus With Congenital Anomalies of the Newborn. Diabetes Care 2020;43(12):2983–2990.
  24. Inkster ME, Fahey TP, Donnan PT, Leese GP, Mires GJ, Murphy DJ. Poor glycated haemoglobin control and adverse pregnancy outcomes in type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus: Systematic review of observational studies. BMC Pregnancy Childbirth 2006;6. doi:10.1186/1471-2393-6-30.
  25. Makrides M. Is there a dietary requirement for DHA in pregnancy? Prostaglandins Leukot Essent Fatty Acids 2009;81(2–3). doi:10.1016/j.plefa.2009.05.005.
  26. Kitzmiller JL, Block JM, Brown FM, Catalano PM, Conway DL, Coustan DR, Gunderson EP, Herman WH, Hoffman LD, Inturrisi M, Jovanovic LB, Kjos SI, Knopp RH, Montoro MN, Ogata ES, Paramsothy P, Reader DM, Rosenn BM, Thomas AM, Kirkman MS. Managing preexisting diabetes for pregnancy: Summary of evidence and consensus recommendations for care. Diabetes Care 2008;31(5). doi:10.2337/dc08-9020.
  27. Martin RB, Duryea EL, Ambia A, Ragsdale A, McIntire D, Wells CE, Spong CY, Dashe JS, Nelson DB. Congenital Malformation Risk According to Hemoglobin A1c Values in a Contemporary Cohort with Pregestational Diabetes. Am J Perinatol 2021;38(12):1217–1222.
  28. Tennant PWG, Glinianaia S V., Bilous RW, Rankin J, Bell R. Pre-existing diabetes, maternal glycated haemoglobin, and the risks of fetal and infant death: A population-based study. Diabetologia 2014;57(2). doi:10.1007/s00125-013-3108-5.
  29. Clement NS, Abul A, Farrelly R, Murphy HR, Forbes K, Simpson NAB, Scott EM. Pregnancy Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2024. doi:10.1016/J.AJOG.2024.11.026.
  30. American Diabetes Association. 2. Classification and diagnosis of diabetes: Standards of medical care in diabetes-2021. Diabetes Care 2021;44(Supplement 1):S15–S33.
  31. Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 190: Gestational Diabetes Mellitus. Obstetrics and gynecology 2018;131(2):e49–e64.
  32. Zabihi S, Loeken MR. Understanding diabetic teratogenesis: where are we now and where are we going? Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol 2010;88(10). doi:10.1002/bdra.20704.
  33. Dheen S, Tay S, Boran J, Ting L, Kumar S, Fu J, Ling E-A. Recent Studies on Neural Tube Defects in Embryos of Diabetic Pregnancy: An Overview. Curr Med Chem 2009;16(18). doi:10.2174/092986709788453069.
  34. Gonzalez-Gonzalez NL, Ramirez O, Mozas J, Melchor J, Armas H, Garcia-Hernandez JA, Caballero A, Hernandez M, Diaz-Gomez MN, Jimenez A, Parache J, Bartha JL. Factors influencing pregnancy outcome in women with type 2 versus type 1 diabetes mellitus. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 2008;87(1). doi:10.1080/00016340701778732.
  35. Kazmin A, Garcia-Bournissen F, Koren G. Motherisk Rounds: Risks of Statin Use During Pregnancy: A Systematic Review. Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology Canada 2007;29(11). doi:10.1016/S1701-2163(16)32656-1.
  36. Cudmore M, Ahmad S, Al-Ani B, Fujisawa T, Coxall H, Chudasama K, Devey LR, Wigmore SJ, Abbas A, Hewett PW, Ahmed A. Negative regulation of soluble Flt-1 and soluble endoglin release by heme oxygenase-1. Circulation 2007;115(13). doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.106.660134.
  37. Costantine MM, Cleary K. Pravastatin for the prevention of preeclampsia in high-risk pregnant women. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2013;121(2 PART 1). doi:10.1097/AOG.0b013e31827d8ad5.
  38. Costantine MM, Tamayo E, Lu F, Bytautiene E, Longo M, Hankins GDV, Saade GR. Using pravastatin to improve the vascular reactivity in a mouse model of soluble Fms-like tyrosine kinase-1-induced preeclampsia. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2010;116(1). doi:10.1097/AOG.0b013e3181e10ebd.
  39. Costantine MM, West H, Wisner KL, Caritis S, Clark S, Venkataramanan R, Stika CS, Rytting E, Wang X, Ahmed MS, Welch E, Snodgrass W, Nanovskaya T, Patrikeeva S, Saade G, Hankins G, Pinheiro E, O’Shea K, Cattan M, Mesches G, Ciolino J, George AL, Fischer D, DeAngeles D, Ren Z. A randomized pilot clinical trial of pravastatin versus placebo in pregnant patients at high risk of preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2021;225(6):666.e1-666.e15.
  40. Agarwala A, Dixon DL, Gianos E, Kirkpatrick CF, Michos ED, Satish P, Birtcher KK, Braun LT, Pillai P, Watson K, Wild R, Mehta LS. Dyslipidemia management in women of reproductive potential: An Expert Clinical Consensus from the National Lipid Association. J Clin Lipidol 2024;18(5). doi:10.1016/J.JACL.2024.05.005.
  41. Barbour LA, McCurdy CE, Hernandez TL, Kirwan JP, Catalano PM, Friedman JE. Cellular mechanisms for insulin resistance in normal pregnancy and gestational diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007;30(SUPPL. 2):S112–S119.
  42. García-Patterson A, Gich I, Amini SB, Catalano PM, De Leiva A, Corcoy R. Insulin requirements throughout pregnancy in women with type 1 diabetes mellitus: Three changes of direction. Diabetologia 2010;53(3). doi:10.1007/s00125-009-1633-z.
  43. de Veciana M. Diabetes ketoacidosis in pregnancy. Semin Perinatol 2013;37(4):267–273.
  44. Lain KY, Catalano PM. Metabolic changes in pregnancy. Clin Obstet Gynecol 2007;50(4):938–948.
  45. Diderholm B, Stridsberg M, Ewald U, Lindeberg-Nordén S, Gustafsson J. Increased lipolysis in non-obese pregnant women studied in the third trimester. BJOG 2005;112(6). doi:10.1111/j.1471-0528.2004.00534.x.
  46. Catalano PM, Huston L, Amini SB, Kalhan SC. Longitudinal changes in glucose metabolism during pregnancy in obese women with normal glucose tolerance and gestational diabetes mellitus. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1999;180(4):903–916.
  47. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention UD of H and HS. National Diabetes Statistics Report, 2017. Estimates of Diabetes and Its Burden in the United States Background. Division of Diabetes Translation 2017. doi:10.2196/jmir.9515.
  48. CDC. National Diabetes Statistics Report 2020. Estimates of diabetes and its burden in the United States.; 2020.
  49. Selvin E, Parrinello CM, Sacks DB, Coresh J. Trends in prevalence and control of diabetes in the United States, 1988-1994 and 1999-2010. Ann Intern Med 2014;160(8). doi:10.7326/M13-2411.
  50. Gregory ECW, Ely DM. Trends and Characteristics in Gestational Diabetes: United States, 2016–2020. National Vital Statistics Reports 2022;71(3):1–14.
  51. Macintosh MCM, Fleming KM, Bailey JA, Doyle P, Modder J, Acolet D, Golightly S, Miller A. Perinatal mortality and congenital anomalies in babies of women with type 1 or type 2 diabetes in England, Wales, and Northern Ireland: Population based study. Br Med J 2006;333(7560). doi:10.1136/bmj.38856.692986.AE.
  52. Cormier CM, Martinez CA, Refuerzo JS, Monga M, Ramin SM, Saade G, Blackwell SC. White’s classification of diabetes in pregnancy in the 21st century: Is it still valid? Am J Perinatol 2010;27(5). doi:10.1055/s-0029-1243307.
  53. Cundy TIM, Gamble G, Neale L, Elder R, McPherson P, Henley P, Rowan J. Differing causes of pregnancy loss in type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007;30(10). doi:10.2337/dc07-0555.
  54. Paglia MJ, Coustan DR. The use of oral antidiabetic medications in gestational diabetes mellitus. Curr Diab Rep 2009;9(4). doi:10.1007/s11892-009-0044-3.
  55. Gutzin SJ, Kozer E, Magee LA, Feig DS, Koren G. The safety of oral hypoglycemic agents in the first trimester of pregnancy: A meta-analysis. Canadian Journal of Clinical Pharmacology 2003;10(4).
  56. Lautatzis ME, Goulis DG, Vrontakis M. Efficacy and safety of metformin during pregnancy in women with gestational diabetes mellitus or polycystic ovary syndrome: A systematic review. Metabolism 2013;62(11). doi:10.1016/j.metabol.2013.06.006.
  57. Ainuddin JA, Karim N, Zaheer S, Ali SS, Hasan AA. Metformin treatment in type 2 diabetes in pregnancy: An active controlled, parallel-group, randomized, open label study in patients with type 2 diabetes in pregnancy. J Diabetes Res 2015;2015. doi:10.1155/2015/325851.
  58. Refuerzo JS, Gowen R, Pedroza C, Hutchinson M, Blackwell SC, Ramin S. A pilot randomized, controlled trial of metformin versus insulin in women with type 2 diabetes mellitus during pregnancy. Am J Perinatol 2015;30(2). doi:10.1055/s-0034-1378144.
  59. Boggess KA, Valint A, Refuerzo JS, Zork N, Battarbee AN, Eichelberger K, Ramos GA, Olson G, Durnwald C, Landon MB, Aagaard KM, Wallace K, Scifres C, Rosen T, Mulla W, Valent A, Longo S, Young L, Marquis MA, Thomas S, Britt A, Berry D. Metformin Plus Insulin for Preexisting Diabetes or Gestational Diabetes in Early Pregnancy: The MOMPOD Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA 2023;330(22):2182–2190.
  60. Feig DS, Donovan LE, Zinman B, Sanchez JJ, Asztalos E, Ryan EA, Fantus GI, Hutton E, Armson AB, Lipscombe LL, Simmons D, Barrett JFR, Karanicolas PJ, Tobin S, McIntyre HD, Tian SY, Tomlinson G, Murphy KE, Donat D, Gandhi S, Cleave B, Zhou V, Viguiliouk E, Fong D, Strom M, Deans M, Kamath A, Godbout A, Weber F, Mahone M, Wo BL, Bedard MJ, Robinson M, Daigle S, Leblanc S, Ludwig S, Pockett S, Slater L, Oldford C, Young C, Virtanen H, Lodha A, Cooper S, Yamamoto J, Gougeon C, Verhesen C, Zahedi A, Taha N, Turner M, Neculau M, Robb C, Szwiega K, Lee G, Rey E, Perreault S, Coolen J, Ransom T, Dias R, Slaunwhite J, Baxendale D, Fanning C, Halperin I, Gale V, Kader T, Hirsimaki H, Long H, Lambert J, Castonguay A, Chalifoux S, McManus R, Watson M, Powell AM, Sultana M, ArthurHayward V, Marin M, Cauchi L, MacBean L, Keely E, Malcolm J, Clark H, Karovitch A, Belanger H, Champagne J, Schutt K, Sloan J, Mitchell J, Favreau C, O’Shea E, McGuire D, Peng M, St Omer D, Lee J, Klinke J, Young S, Barts A, Carr F, Subrt P, Miller D, Coles K, Capes S, Smushkin G, Phillips R, Fergusson C, Lacerte S, Houlden R, Breen A, Stone-Hope B, Kwong S, Rylance H, Khurana R, McNab T, Beauchamp S, Weisnagel SJ, D’Amours M, Allen C, Dubé MC, Julien VÈ, Lambert C, Bourbonniere MC, Rheaume L, Bouchard M, Carson G, Williams S, Wolfs M, Berger H, Cheng A, Ray J, Hanna A, De Souza L, Berndl L, Meltzer S, Garfield N, El-Messidi A, Bastien L, Segal S, Thompson D, Lim K, Kong J, Thompson S, Orr C, Galway B, Parsons M, Rideout K, Rowe B, Crane J, Andrews W, Joyce C, Newstead-Angel J, Brandt J, Meier S, Laurie J, Liley H, Fox J, Barrett H, Maguire F, Nerdal-Bussell M, Nie W, Bergan C, Cavallaro B, Tremellen A, Cook A, Rajagopal R, Vizza L, Mattick M, Bishop C, Nema J, Kludas R, McLean M, Hendon S, Sigmund A, Wong V, Lata P, Russell H, Singh R, McMurray K, Karanicolas P, Murphy H, Sanchez J, Klein G, Tian S, Mangoff K. Metformin in women with type 2 diabetes in pregnancy (MiTy): a multicentre, international, randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2020;8(10):834–844.
  61. Rowan JA, Rush EC, Plank LD, Lu J, Obolonkin V, Coat S, Hague WM. Metformin in gestational diabetes: the offspring follow-up (MiG TOFU): body composition and metabolic outcomes at 7-9 years of age. BMJ Open Diabetes Res Care 2018;6(1). doi:10.1136/BMJDRC-2017-000456.
  62. Feig DS, Sanchez JJ, Murphy KE, Asztalos E, Zinman B, Simmons D, Haqq AM, Fantus IG, Lipscombe L, Armson A, Barrett J, Donovan L, Karanicolas P, Tobin S, Mangoff K, Klein G, Jiang Y, Tomlinson G, Hamilton J, Galper A, Cleave B, Strom M, Poolman K, Fong D, Viguiliouk E, Legault L, Boutin L, Ho J, Virtanen H, Zahedi A, Szwiega K, Coolen J, Dias R, Sellers E, Fletcher B, Bourrier L, Haqq A, Rylance H, Hadjiyannakis S, Courtney J, McManus R, Halperin I, Miller D, Coles K, Simmons D, Nema J, Weisnagel SJ, Dubé MC, Chanoine JP, Kwan J, McIntyre HD, Laurie J, Maguire F, Soper J, Bridger T, Houlden R, Breen A, McLean M, Duke A, Hendon S, Sigmund A. Outcomes in children of women with type 2 diabetes exposed to metformin versus placebo during pregnancy (MiTy Kids): a 24-month follow-up of the MiTy randomised controlled trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2023;11(3):191–202.
  63. Legro RS, Barnhart HX, Schlaff WD, Carr BR, Diamond MP, Carson SA, Steinkampf MP, Coutifaris C, McGovern PG, Cataldo NA, Gosman GG, Nestler JE, Giudice LC, Leppert PC, Myers ER. Clomiphene, metformin, or both for infertility in the polycystic ovary syndrome. N Engl J Med 2007;356(6):551–566.
  64. Palomba S, Orio F, Falbo A, Manguso F, Russo T, Cascella T, Tolino A, Carmina E, Colao A, Zullo F. Prospective parallel randomized, double-blind, double-dummy controlled clinical trial comparing clomiphene citrate and metformin as the first-line treatment for ovulation induction in nonobese anovulatory women with polycystic ovary syndrome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90(7):4068–4074.
  65. Vanky E, Stridsklev S, Heimstad R, Romundstad P, Skogøy K, Kleggetveit O, Hjelle S, Von Brandis P, Eikeland T, Flo K, Berg KF, Bunford G, Lund A, Bjerke C, Almås I, Berg AH, Danielson A, Lahmami G, Carlsen SM. Metformin versus placebo from first trimester to delivery in polycystic ovary syndrome: a randomized, controlled multicenter study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2010;95(12). doi:10.1210/JC.2010-0853.
  66. Consensus on infertility treatment related to polycystic ovary syndrome. Fertil Steril 2008;89(3):505–522.
  67. Balsells M, García-Patterson A, Solà I, Roqué M, Gich I, Corcoy R. Glibenclamide, metformin, and insulin for the treatment of gestational diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ 2015;350. doi:10.1136/BMJ.H102.
  68. Balsells M, García-Patterson A, Solà I, Roqué M, Gich I, Corcoy R. Glibenclamide, metformin, and insulin for the treatment of gestational diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ 2015;350. doi:10.1136/BMJ.H102.
  69. Tarry-Adkins JL, Aiken CE, Ozanne SE. Comparative impact of pharmacological treatments for gestational diabetes on neonatal anthropometry independent of maternal glycaemic control: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS Med 2020;17(5). doi:10.1371/JOURNAL.PMED.1003126.
  70. Muller DRP, Stenvers DJ, Malekzadeh A, Holleman F, Painter RC, Siegelaar SE. Effects of GLP-1 agonists and SGLT2 inhibitors during pregnancy and lactation on offspring outcomes: a systematic review of the evidence. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 2023;14. doi:10.3389/FENDO.2023.1215356.
  71. Cesta CE, Rotem R, Bateman BT, Chodick G, Cohen JM, Furu K, Gissler M, Huybrechts KF, Kjerpeseth LJ, Leinonen MK, Pazzagli L, Zoega H, Seely EW, Patorno E, Hernández-Díaz S. Safety of GLP-1 Receptor Agonists and Other Second-Line Antidiabetics in Early Pregnancy. JAMA Intern Med 2024;184(2):144–152.
  72. Watanabe JH, Kwon J, Nan B, Reikes A. Trends in glucagon-like peptide 1 receptor agonist use, 2014 to 2022. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003) 2024;64(1):133–138.
  73. DRUMMOND RF, SEIF KE, REECE EA. Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist use in pregnancy: a review. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2025;232(1). doi:10.1016/J.AJOG.2024.08.024.
  74. Hinnen D. Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 Receptor Agonists for Type 2 Diabetes. Diabetes Spectr 2017;30(3):202–210.
  75. A Q, TJ W, D K, C H, MJ B, MA F, N F, K B, C B, LL H, A I, J L, M M, R M, R M, J T. Hemoglobin A1c Targets for Glycemic Control With Pharmacologic Therapy for Nonpregnant Adults With Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus: A Guidance Statement Update From the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2018;168(8):569–576.
  76. Marx N, Husain M, Lehrke M, Verma infodh, Sattar N. GLP-1 Receptor Agonists for the Reduction of Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Risk in Patients With Type 2 Diabetes. Circulation 2022;146(24):1882–1894.
  77. Garcia-Flores V, Romero R, Miller D, Xu Y, Done B, Veerapaneni C, Leng Y, Arenas-Hernandez M, Khan N, Panaitescu B, Hassan SS, Alvarez-Salas LM, Gomez-Lopez N. Inflammation-Induced Adverse Pregnancy and Neonatal Outcomes Can Be Improved by the Immunomodulatory Peptide Exendin-4. Front Immunol 2018;9(JUN). doi:10.3389/FIMMU.2018.01291.
  78. Dao K, Shechtman S, Weber-Schoendorfer C, Diav-Citrin O, Murad RH, Berlin M, Hazan A, Richardson JL, Eleftheriou G, Rousson V, Diezi L, Haefliger D, Simões-Wüst AP, Addor MC, Baud D, Lamine F, Panchaud A, Buclin T, Girardin FR, Winterfeld U. Use of GLP1 receptor agonists in early pregnancy and reproductive safety: a multicentre, observational, prospective cohort study based on the databases of six Teratology Information Services. BMJ Open 2024;14(4). doi:10.1136/BMJOPEN-2023-083550.
  79. Suffecool K, Rosenn B, Niederkofler EE, Kiernan UA, Foroutan J, Antwi K, Ribar A, Bapat P, Koren G. Insulin detemir does not cross the human placenta. Diabetes Care 2015;38(2):e20–e21.
  80. Pollex EK, Feig DS, Lubetsky A, Yip PM, Koren G. Insulin glargine safety in pregnancy: a transplacental transfer study. Diabetes Care 2010;33(1):29–33.
  81. Holcberg G, Tsadkin-Tamir M, Sapir O, Wiznizer A, Segal D, Polachek H, Zvi Z Ben. Transfer of insulin lispro across the human placenta. European Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology and Reproductive Biology 2004;115(1):117–118.
  82. ElSayed NA, McCoy RG, Aleppo G, Bajaj M, Balapattabi K, Beverly EA, Briggs Early K, Bruemmer D, Echouffo-Tcheugui JB, Ekhlaspour L, Gaglia JL, Garg R, Girotra M, Khunti K, Lal R, Lingvay I, Matfin G, Neumiller JJ, Pandya N, Pekas EJ, Pilla SJ, Polsky S, Segal AR, Seley JJ, Stanton RC, Bannuru RR. 9. Pharmacologic Approaches to Glycemic Treatment: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2025. Diabetes Care 2025;48(Supplement_1):S181–S206.
  83. Lepercq J, Lin J, Hall GC, Wang E, Dain M-P, Riddle MC, Home PD. Meta-Analysis of Maternal and Neonatal Outcomes Associated with the Use of Insulin Glargine versus NPH Insulin during Pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol Int 2012;2012. doi:10.1155/2012/649070.
  84. Pollex E, Moretti ME, Koren G, Feig DS. Safety of insulin glargine use in pregnancy: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Ann Pharmacother 2011;45(1):9–16.
  85. Mathieu C, Gillard P, Benhalima K. Insulin analogues in type 1 diabetes mellitus: getting better all the time. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2017;13(7):385–399.
  86. Mathiesen ER, Hod M, Ivanisevic M, Garcia SD, Brøndsted L, Jovanovič L, Damm P, McCance DR. Maternal efficacy and safety outcomes in a randomized, controlled trial comparing insulin detemir with NPH insulin in 310 pregnant women with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2012;35(10). doi:10.2337/dc11-2264.
  87. Hod M, Mathiesen ER, Jovanovič L, McCance DR, Ivanisevic M, Durán-Garcia S, Brondsted L, Nazeri A, Damm P. A randomized trial comparing perinatal outcomes using insulin detemir or neutral protamine Hagedorn in type 1 diabetes. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2014;27(1). doi:10.3109/14767058.2013.799650.
  88. Fishel Bartal M, Ward C, Blackwell SC, Ashby Cornthwaite JA, Zhang C, Refuerzo JS, Pedroza C, Lee KH, Chauhan SP, Sibai BM. Detemir vs neutral protamine Hagedorn insulin for diabetes mellitus in pregnancy: a comparative effectiveness, randomized controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2021;225(1):87.e1-87.e10.
  89. Mathiesen ER, Alibegovic AC, Corcoy R, Dunne F, Feig DS, Hod M, Jia T, Kalyanam B, Kar S, Kautzky-Willer A, Marchesini C, Rea RD, Damm P. Insulin degludec versus insulin detemir, both in combination with insulin aspart, in the treatment of pregnant women with type 1 diabetes (EXPECT): an open label, multinational, randomised, controlled, non-inferiority trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2023;11(2):86–95.
  90. Gabbe SG, Carpenter LB, Garrison EA. New strategies for glucose control in patients with type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus in pregnancy. Clin Obstet Gynecol 2007;50(4). doi:10.1097/GRF.0b013e31815a6435.
  91. Hod M, Damm P, Kaaja R, Visser GHA, Dunne F, Demidova I, Hansen ASP, Mersebach H. Fetal and perinatal outcomes in type 1 diabetes pregnancy: a randomized study comparing insulin aspart with human insulin in 322 subjects. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2008;198(2). doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2007.08.005.
  92. Mathiesen ER, Kinsley B, Amiel SA, Heller S, McCance D, Duran S, Bellaire S, Raben A. Maternal glycemic control and hypoglycemia in type 1 diabetic pregnancy: A randomized trial of insulin aspart versus human insulin in 322 pregnant women. Diabetes Care 2007;30(4). doi:10.2337/dc06-1887.
  93. Murphy HR, Elleri D, Allen JM, Harris J, Simmons D, Rayman G, Temple RC, Umpleby AM, Dunger DB, Haidar A, Nodale M, Wilinska ME, Hovorka R. Pathophysiology of postprandial hyperglycaemia in women with type 1 diabetes during pregnancy. Diabetologia 2012;55(2). doi:10.1007/s00125-011-2363-6.
  94. Valent AM, Barbour LA. Insulin Management for Gestational and Type 2 Diabetes in Pregnancy. Obstetrics and gynecology 2024;144(5). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000005640.
  95. Benhalima K, Beunen K, Siegelaar SE, Painter R, Murphy HR, Feig DS, Donovan LE, Polsky S, Buschur E, Levy CJ, Kudva YC, Battelino T, Ringholm L, Mathiesen ER, Mathieu C. Management of type 1 diabetes in pregnancy: update on lifestyle, pharmacological treatment, and novel technologies for achieving glycaemic targets. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2023;11(7):490–508.
  96. Nørgaard SK, Søholm JC, Mathiesen ER, Nørgaard K, Clausen TD, Holmager P, Do NC, Damm P, Ringholm L. Faster-acting insulin aspart versus insulin aspart in the treatment of type 1 or type 2 diabetes during pregnancy and post-delivery (CopenFast): an open-label, single-centre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2023;11(11):811–821.
  97. Hadar E, Stewart ZA, Hod M, Murphy HR. Technology and Pregnancy. Diabetes Technol Ther 2017;19(S1). doi:10.1089/dia.2017.2508.
  98. Kallas-Koeman MM, Kong JM, Klinke JA, Butalia S, Lodha AK, Lim KI, Duan QM, Donovan LE. Insulin pump use in pregnancy is associated with lower HbA1c without increasing the rate of severe hypoglycaemia or diabetic ketoacidosis in women with type 1 diabetes. Diabetologia 2014;57(4). doi:10.1007/s00125-014-3163-6.
  99. Feig DS, Corcoy R, Donovan LE, Murphy KE, Barrett JFR, Johanna Sanchez J, Wysocki T, Ruedy K, Kollman C, Tomlinson G, Murphy HR. Pumps or Multiple Daily Injections in Pregnancy Involving Type 1 Diabetes: A Prespecified Analysis of the CONCEPTT Randomized Trial. Diabetes Care 2018;41(12):2471–2479.
  100. Kekäläinen P, Juuti M, Walle T, Laatikainen T. Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin Infusion during Pregnancy in Women with Complicated Type 1 Diabetes is Associated with Better Glycemic Control but Not with Improvement in Pregnancy Outcomes. Diabetes Technol Ther 2016;18(3). doi:10.1089/dia.2015.0165.
  101. Gabbe SG, Holing E, Temple P. Benefits, risks, costs, and patient satisfaction associated with insulin pump therapy for the pregnancy complicated by type 1 diabetes mellitus. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2000;182(6). doi:10.1067/mob.2000.106182.
  102. Farrar D, Tuffnell DJ, West J, West HM. Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion versus multiple daily injections of insulin for pregnant women with diabetes. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2016;(6). doi:10.1002/14651858.CD005542.pub3.
  103. Mathiesen JM, Secher AL, Ringholm L, Norgaard K, Hommel E, Andersen HU, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. Changes in basal rates and bolus calculator settings in insulin pumps during pregnancy in women with type 1 diabetes. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med 2014;27(7):724–728.
  104. Abell SK, Suen M, Pease A, Boyle JA, Soldatos G, Regan J, Wallace EM, Teede HJ. Pregnancy Outcomes and Insulin Requirements in Women with Type 1 Diabetes Treated with Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin Infusion and Multiple Daily Injections: Cohort Study. Diabetes Technol Ther 2017;19(5):280–287.
  105. Castorino K, Paband R, Zisser H, Jovanovič L. Insulin pumps in pregnancy: using technology to achieve normoglycemia in women with diabetes. Curr Diab Rep 2012;12(1):53–59.
  106. Mukhopadhyay A, Farrell T, Fraser RB, Ola B. Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion vs intensive conventional insulin therapy in pregnant diabetic women: a systematic review and metaanalysis of randomized, controlled trials. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2007;197(5). doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2007.03.062.
  107. Mathiesen JM, Secher AL, Ringholm L, Norgaard K, Hommel E, Andersen HU, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. Changes in basal rates and bolus calculator settings in insulin pumps during pregnancy in women with type 1 diabetes. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2014;27(7). doi:10.3109/14767058.2013.837444.
  108. Qiu L, Weng J, Zheng X, Luo S, Yang D, Xu W, Cai M, Xu F, Yan J, Yao B. Insulin dose analysis during pregnancy in type 1 diabetic patients treated with insulin pump therapy. National Medical Journal of China 2017;97(8). doi:10.3760/cma.j.issn.0376.2491.2017.08.004.
  109. Nally LM, Blanchette JE. Integrated Strategies to Support Diabetes Technology in Pregnancy. Obstetrics and gynecology 2024;144(5). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000005710.
  110. Kravarusic J, Aleppo G. Diabetes Technology Use in Adults with Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 2020;49(1):37–55.
  111. Ebekozien O, Mungmode A, Sanchez J, Rompicherla S, Demeterco-Berggren C, Weinstock RS, Jacobsen LM, Davis G, McKee A, Akturk HK, Maahs DM, Kamboj MK. Longitudinal Trends in Glycemic Outcomes and Technology Use for Over 48,000 People with Type 1 Diabetes (2016-2022) from the T1D Exchange Quality Improvement Collaborative. Diabetes Technol Ther 2023;25(11):765–773.
  112. Lee TTM, Collett C, Bergford S, Hartnell S, Scott EM, Lindsay RS, Hunt KF, McCance DR, Barnard-Kelly K, Rankin D, Lawton J, Reynolds RM, Flanagan E, Hammond M, Shepstone L, Wilinska ME, Sibayan J, Kollman C, Beck R, Hovorka R, Murphy HR. Automated Insulin Delivery in Women with Pregnancy Complicated by Type 1 Diabetes. N Engl J Med 2023;389(17):1566–1578.
  113. Benhalima K, Beunen K, Van Wilder N, Ballaux D, Vanhaverbeke G, Taes Y, Aers XP, Nobels F, Marlier J, Lee D, Cuypers J, Preumont V, Siegelaar SE, Painter RC, Laenen A, Gillard P, Mathieu C. Comparing advanced hybrid closed loop therapy and standard insulin therapy in pregnant women with type 1 diabetes (CRISTAL): a parallel-group, open-label, randomised controlled trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2024;12(6):390–403.
  114. Polsky S, Buschur E, Dungan K, Garcetti R, Nease E, Malecha E, Bartholomew A, Johnson C, Pyle L, Snell-Bergeon J. Randomized Trial of Assisted Hybrid Closed-Loop Therapy Versus Sensor-Augmented Pump Therapy in Pregnancy. Diabetes Technol Ther 2024;26(8):547–555.
  115. Study Details | Pregnancy Intervention With a Closed-Loop System (PICLS) Study | ClinicalTrials.gov. Available at: https://clinicaltrials.gov/study/NCT03774186. Accessed December 18, 2024.
  116. Closed-loop Insulin Delivery In Type 1 Diabetes Pregnancies (CIRCUIT) | ClinicalTrials.gov. Available at: https://clinicaltrials.gov/study/NCT04902378. Accessed December 18, 2024.
  117. Wang XS, Dunlop AD, McKeen JA, Feig DS, Donovan LE. Real-world use of Control-IQTM technology automated insulin delivery in pregnancy: A case series with qualitative interviews. Diabet Med 2023;40(6). doi:10.1111/DME.15086.
  118. Waikar AR, Arora T, Haynes M, Tamborlane W V., Nally LM. Case Report: Managing Pregnancy With Type 1 Diabetes Using a Do-It-Yourself Artificial Pancreas System. Clin Diabetes 2021;39(4):441–444.
  119. Morrison AE, Chong K, Senior PA, Lam A. A scoping review of Do-It-Yourself Automated Insulin Delivery system (DIY AID) use in people with type 1 diabetes. PLoS One 2022;17(8). doi:10.1371/JOURNAL.PONE.0271096.
  120. Lawton J, Kimbell B, Closs M, Hartnell S, Lee TTM, Dover AR, Reynolds RM, Collett C, Barnard-Kelly K, Hovorka R, Rankin D, Murphy HR. Listening to Women: Experiences of Using Closed-Loop in Type 1 Diabetes Pregnancy. Diabetes Technol Ther 2023;25(12):845–855.
  121. Farrington C, Stewart Z, Hovorka R, Murphy H. Women’s Experiences of Day-and-Night Closed-Loop Insulin Delivery During Type 1 Diabetes Pregnancy. J Diabetes Sci Technol 2018;12(6):1125–1131.
  122. Farrington C, Stewart ZA, Barnard K, Hovorka R, Murphy HR. Experiences of closed-loop insulin delivery among pregnant women with Type 1 diabetes. Diabet Med 2017;34(10):1461–1469.
  123. Lawton J, Rankin D, Hartnell S, Lee T, Dover AR, Reynolds RM, Hovorka R, Murphy HR, Hart RI. Healthcare professionals’ views about how pregnant women can benefit from using a closed-loop system: Qualitative study. Diabet Med 2023;40(5). doi:10.1111/DME.15072.
  124. Manderson JG, Patterson CC, Hadden DR, Traub AI, Ennis C, McCance DR. Preprandial versus postprandial blood glucose monitoring in type 1 diabetic pregnancy: a randomized controlled clinical trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189(2). doi:10.1067/S0002-9378(03)00497-6.
  125. Jovanovic L, Knopp RH, Brown Z, Conley MR, Park E, Mills JL, Metzger BE, Aarons JH, Holmes LB, Simpson JL. Declining insulin requirement in the late first trimester of diabetic pregnancy. Diabetes Care 2001;24(7). doi:10.2337/diacare.24.7.1130.
  126. Rosenn BM, Miodovnik M, Holcberg G, Khoury JC, Siddiqi TA. Hypoglycemia: The price of intensive insulin therapy for pregnant women with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1995;85(3). doi:10.1016/0029-7844(94)00415-A.
  127. Rosenn BM, Miodovnik M, Khoury JC, Siddiqi TA. Counterregulatory hormonal responses to hypoglycemia during pregnancy. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1996;87(4). doi:10.1016/0029-7844(95)00495-5.
  128. Björklund A, Adamson U, Andréasson K, Carlström K, Hennen G, Igout A, Lins PE, Westgren M. Hormonal counterregulation and subjective symptoms during induced hypoglycemia in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus patients during and after pregnancy. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1998;77(6). doi:10.1034/j.1600-0412.1998.770609.x.
  129. Heller S, Damm P, Mersebach H, Skjøth TV, Kaaja R, Hod M, Durán-García S, McCance D, Mathiesen ER. Hypoglycemia in type 1 diabetic pregnancy: Role of preconception insulin aspart treatment in a randomized study. Diabetes Care 2010;33(3). doi:10.2337/dc09-1605.
  130. Negrato CA, Rafacho A, Negrato G, Teixeira MF, Araújo CAR, Vieira L, Silva CA, Date SK, Demarchi AC, Gomes MB. Glargine vs. NPH insulin therapy in pregnancies complicated by diabetes: An observational cohort study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2010;89(1). doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2010.03.015.
  131. Gómez AM, Marín Carrillo LF, Arévalo Correa CM, Muñoz Velandia OM, Rondón Sepúlveda MA, Silva Herrera JL, Henao Carrillo DC. Maternal-Fetal Outcomes in 34 Pregnant Women with Type 1 Diabetes in Sensor-Augmented Insulin Pump Therapy. Diabetes Technol Ther 2017;19(7). doi:10.1089/dia.2017.0030.
  132. Stewart ZA, Wilinska ME, Hartnell S, Temple RC, Rayman G, Stanley KP, Simmons D, Law GR, Scott EM, Hovorka R, Murphy HR. Closed-Loop Insulin Delivery during Pregnancy in Women with Type 1 Diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine 2016;375(7). doi:10.1056/nejmoa1602494.
  133. Murphy HR, Rayman G, Duffield K, Lewis KS, Kelly S, Johal B, Fowler D, Temple RC. Changes in the glycemic profiles of women with type 1 and type 2 diabetes during pregnancy. Diabetes Care 2007;30(11):2785–2791.
  134. Ter Braak EWMT, Evers IM, Erkelens DW, Visser GHA. Maternal hypoglycemia during pregnancy in type 1 diabetes: Maternal and fetal consequences. Diabetes Metab Res Rev 2002;18(2). doi:10.1002/dmrr.271.
  135. Ringholm L, Secher AL, Pedersen-Bjergaard U, Thorsteinsson B, Andersen HU, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. The incidence of severe hypoglycaemia in pregnant women with type 1 diabetes mellitus can be reduced with unchanged HbA1c levels and pregnancy outcomes in a routine care setting. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2013;101(2). doi:10.1016/j.diabres.2013.06.002.
  136. de Veciana M, Major CA, Morgan MA, Asrat T, Toohey JS, Lien JM, Evans AT. Postprandial versus Preprandial Blood Glucose Monitoring in Women with Gestational Diabetes Mellitus Requiring Insulin Therapy. New England Journal of Medicine 1995;333(19):1237–1241.
  137. Jovanovic-Peterson L, Peterson CM, Reed GF, Metzger BE, Mills JL, Knopp RH, Aarons JH. Maternal postprandial glucose levels and infant birth weight: the Diabetes in Early Pregnancy Study. The National Institute of Child Health and Human Development--Diabetes in Early Pregnancy Study. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1991;164(1 Pt 1).
  138. Murphy HR, Rayman G, Lewis K, Kelly S, Johal B, Duffield K, Fowler D, Campbell PJ, Temple RC. Effectiveness of continuous glucose monitoring in pregnant women with diabetes: Randomised clinical trial. BMJ 2008;337(7675):907–910.
  139. Feig DS, Donovan LE, Corcoy R, Murphy KE, Amiel SA, Hunt KF, Asztalos E, Barrett JFR, Sanchez JJ, de Leiva A, Hod M, Jovanovic L, Keely E, McManus R, Hutton EK, Meek CL, Stewart ZA, Wysocki T, O’Brien R, Ruedy K, Kollman C, Tomlinson G, Murphy HR, Grisoni J, Byrne C, Davenport K, Neoh S, Gougeon C, Oldford C, Young C, Green L, Rossi B, Rogers H, Cleave B, Strom M, Adelantado JM, Isabel Chico A, Tundidor D, Malcolm J, Henry K, Morris D, Rayman G, Fowler D, Mitchell S, Rosier J, Temple R, Turner J, Canciani G, Hewapathirana N, Piper L, Kudirka A, Watson M, Bonomo M, Pintaudi B, Bertuzzi F, Daniela G, Mion E, Lowe J, Halperin I, Rogowsky A, Adib S, Lindsay R, Carty D, Crawford I, Mackenzie F, McSorley T, Booth J, McInnes N, Smith A, Stanton I, Tazzeo T, Weisnagel J, Mansell P, Jones N, Babington G, Spick D, MacDougall M, Chilton S, Cutts T, Perkins M, Scott E, Endersby D, Dover A, Dougherty F, Johnston S, Heller S, Novodorsky P, Hudson S, Nisbet C, Ransom T, Coolen J, Baxendale D, Holt R, Forbes J, Martin N, Walbridge F, Dunne F, Conway S, Egan A, Kirwin C, Maresh M, Kearney G, Morris J, Quinn S, Bilous R, Mukhtar R, Godbout A, Daigle S, Lubina A, Jackson M, Paul E, Taylor J, Houlden R, Breen A, Banerjee A, Brackenridge A, Briley A, Reid A, Singh C, Newstead-Angel J, Baxter J, Philip S, Chlost M, Murray L, Castorino K, Frase D, Lou O, Pragnell M. Continuous glucose monitoring in pregnant women with type 1 diabetes (CONCEPTT): a multicentre international randomised controlled trial. The Lancet 2017. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32400-5.
  140. Law GR, Gilthorpe MS, Secher AL, Temple R, Bilous R, Mathiesen ER, Murphy HR, Scott EM. Translating HbA1c measurements into estimated average glucose values in pregnant women with diabetes. Diabetologia 2017;60(4):618–624.
  141. Sanusi AA, Xue Y, McIlwraith C, Howard H, Brocato BE, Casey B, Szychowski JM, Battarbee AN. Association of Continuous Glucose Monitoring Metrics With Pregnancy Outcomes in Patients With Preexisting Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2024;47(1):89–96.
  142. Kristensen K, Ögge LE, Sengpiel V, Kjölhede K, Dotevall A, Elfvin A, Knop FK, Wiberg N, Katsarou A, Shaat N, Kristensen L, Berntorp K. Continuous glucose monitoring in pregnant women with type 1 diabetes: an observational cohort study of 186 pregnancies. Diabetologia 2019;62(7):1143–1153.
  143. Murphy HR, Rayman G, Lewis K, Kelly S, Johal B, Duffield K, Fowler D, Campbell PJ, Temple RC. Effectiveness of continuous glucose monitoring in pregnant women with diabetes: randomised clinical trial. BMJ 2008;337(7675):907–910.
  144. Secher AL, Ringholm L, Andersen HU, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. The effect of real-time continuous glucose monitoring in pregnant women with diabetes: a randomized controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2013;36(7):1877–1883.
  145. Voormolen DN, DeVries JH, Sanson RME, Heringa MP, de Valk HW, Kok M, van Loon AJ, Hoogenberg K, Bekedam DJ, Brouwer TCB, Porath M, Erdtsieck RJ, NijBijvank B, Kip H, van der Heijden OWH, Elving LD, Hermsen BB, Potter van Loon BJ, Rijnders RJP, Jansen HJ, Langenveld J, Akerboom BMC, Kiewiet RM, Naaktgeboren CA, Mol BWJ, Franx A, Evers IM. Continuous glucose monitoring during diabetic pregnancy (GlucoMOMS): A multicentre randomized controlled trial. Diabetes Obes Metab 2018;20(8):1894–1902.
  146. Murphy H, Scott E, Collett C. Continuous glucose monitoring amongst pregnant women with early-onset type 2 diabetes. https://www.isrctn.com/ISRCTN12804317.
  147. Venkatesh KK, Joseph JJ, Swoboda C, Strouse R, Hoseus J, Baker C, Summerfield T, Bartholomew A, Buccilla L, Pan X, Sieck C, McAlearney AS, Huerta TR, Fareed N. Multicomponent provider-patient intervention to improve glycaemic control in Medicaid-insured pregnant individuals with type 2 diabetes: clinical trial protocol for the ACHIEVE study. BMJ Open 2023;13(5). doi:10.1136/BMJOPEN-2023-074657.
  148. Battelino T, Danne T, Bergenstal RM, Amiel SA, Beck R, Biester T, Bosi E, Buckingham BA, Cefalu WT, Close KL, Cobelli C, Dassau E, Hans DeVries J, Donaghue KC, Dovc K, Doyle FJ, Garg S, Grunberger G, Heller S, Heinemann L, Hirsch IB, Hovorka R, Jia W, Kordonouri O, Kovatchev B, Kowalski A, Laffel L, Levine B, Mayorov A, Mathieu C, Murphy HR, Nimri R, Nørgaard K, Parkin CG, Renard E, Rodbard D, Saboo B, Schatz D, Stoner K, Urakami T, Weinzimer SA, Phillip M. Clinical Targets for Continuous Glucose Monitoring Data Interpretation: Recommendations From the International Consensus on Time in Range. Diabetes Care 2019;42(8):1593–1603.
  149. Finneran MM, Kiefer MK, Ware CA, Buschur EO, Thung SF, Landon MB, Gabbe SG. The use of longitudinal hemoglobin A1c values to predict adverse obstetric and neonatal outcomes in pregnancies complicated by pregestational diabetes. Am J Obstet Gynecol MFM 2020;2(1). doi:10.1016/J.AJOGMF.2019.100069.
  150. Mosca A, Paleari R, Dalfrà MG, Di Cianni G, Cuccuru I, Pellegrini G, Malloggi L, Bonomo M, Granata S, Ceriotti F, Castiglioni MT, Songini M, Tocco G, Masin M, Plebani M, Lapolla A. Reference intervals for hemoglobin A1c in pregnant women: data from an Italian multicenter study. Clin Chem 2006;52(6):1138–1143.
  151. Nielsen LR, Ekbom P, Damm P, Glümer C, Frandsen MM, Jensen DM, Mathiesen ER. HbA1c levels are significantly lower in early and late pregnancy. Diabetes Care 2004;27(5):1200–1201.
  152. Relph S, Patel T, Delaney L, Sobhy S, Thangaratinam S. Adverse pregnancy outcomes in women with diabetes-related microvascular disease and risks of disease progression in pregnancy: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS Med 2021;18(11). doi:10.1371/JOURNAL.PMED.1003856.
  153. Widyaputri F, Rogers S, Lim L. Global Estimates of Diabetic Retinopathy Prevalence and Progression in Pregnant Individuals With Preexisting Diabetes: A Meta-analysis. JAMA Ophthalmol 2022;140(11):1137–1138.
  154. Rahman W, Rahman FZ, Yassin S, Al-Suleiman SA, Rahman J. Progression of retinopathy during pregnancy in type 1 diabetes mellitus. Clin Exp Ophthalmol 2007;35(3). doi:10.1111/j.1442-9071.2006.01413.x.
  155. Chew EY, Mills JL, Metzger BE, Remaley NA, Jovanovic-Peterson L, Knopp RH, Conley M, Rand L, Simpson JL, Holmes LB. Metabolic control and progression of retinopathy. The Diabetes in Early Pregnancy Study. National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Diabetes in Early Pregnancy Study. Diabetes Care 1995;18(5).
  156. Temple RC, Aldridge VA, Sampson MJ, Greenwood RH, Heyburn PJ, Glenn A. Impact of pregnancy on the progression of diabetic retinopathy in Type 1 diabetes. Diabetic Medicine 2001;18(7). doi:10.1046/j.1464-5491.2001.00535.x.
  157. Egan AM, McVicker L, Heerey A, Carmody L, Harney F, Dunne FP. Diabetic retinopathy in pregnancy: A population-based study of women with pregestational diabetes. J Diabetes Res 2015;2015. doi:10.1155/2015/310239.
  158. Toda J, Kato S, Sanaka M, Kitano S. The effect of pregnancy on the progression of diabetic retinopathy. Jpn J Ophthalmol 2016;60(6). doi:10.1007/s10384-016-0464-y.
  159. Ringholm L, Vestgaard M, Laugesen CS, Juul A, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. Pregnancy-induced increase in circulating IGF-I is associated with progression of diabetic retinopathy in women with type 1 diabetes. Growth Hormone and IGF Research 2011;21(1). doi:10.1016/j.ghir.2010.12.001.
  160. Vestgaard M, Ringholm L, Laugesen CS, Rasmussen KL, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. Pregnancy-induced sight-threatening diabetic retinopathy in women with Type 1 diabetes. Diabetic Medicine 2010;27(4). doi:10.1111/j.1464-5491.2010.02958.x.
  161. Ekbom P, Damm P, Feldt-Rasmussen B, Feldt-Rasmussen U, Molvig J, Mathiesen ER. Pregnancy Outcome in Type 1 Diabetic Women With Microalbuminuria. Diabetes Care 2001;24(10). doi:10.2337/diacare.24.10.1739.
  162. Dunne FP, Chowdhury TA, Hartland A, Smith T, Brydon PA, McConkey C, Nicholson HO. Pregnancy outcome in women with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus complicated by nephropathy. QJM 1999;92(8). doi:10.1093/qjmed/92.8.451.
  163. Rossing K, Jacobsen P, Hommel E, Mathiesen E, Svenningsen A, Rossing P, Parving HH. Pregnancy and progression of diabetic nephropathy. Diabetologia 2002;45(1). doi:10.1007/s125-002-8242-4.
  164. Jensen DM, Damm P, Ovesen PER, Mølsted-Pedersen L, Beck-Nielsen H, Westergaard JG, Moeller M, Mathiesen ER. Microalbuminuria, preeclampsia, and preterm delivery in pregnant women with type 1 diabetes: Results from a nationwide Danish study. Diabetes Care 2010;33(1). doi:10.2337/dc09-1219.
  165. Reece EA, Leguizamon G, Homko C. Stringent controls in diabetic nephropathy associated with optimization of pregnancy outcomes. J Matern Fetal Med 1998;7(4). doi:10.1002/(sici)1520-6661(199807/08)7:4<213::aid-mfm11>3.0.co;2-e.
  166. Leguizamon G, Reece EA. Effect of medical therapy on progressive nephropathy: Influence of pregnancy, diabetes and hypertension. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2000;9(1). doi:10.3109/14767050009020517.
  167. Ringholm Nielsen L, Damm P, Mathiesen ER. Improved Pregnancy Outcome in Type 1 Diabetic Women With Microalbuminuria or Diabetic Nephropathy: Effect of intensified antihypertensive therapy? Diabetes Care 2009;32(1):38–44.
  168. Gordon M, Landon MB, Samuels P, Hissrich S, Gabbe SG. Perinatal outcome and long-term follow-up associated with modern management of diabetic nephropathy. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1996;87(3). doi:10.1016/0029-7844(95)00420-3.
  169. Kimmerle R, Za RP, Cupisti S, Somville T, Bender R, Pawlowski B, Berger M. Pregnancies in women with diabetic nephropathy: long-term outcome for mother and child. Diabetologia 1995;38(2). doi:10.1007/BF00400099.
  170. Kattah A, Milic N, White W, Garovic V. Spot urine protein measurements in normotensive pregnancies, pregnancies with isolated proteinuria and preeclampsia. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2017;313(4):R418–R424.
  171. Waugh J, Hooper R, Lamb E, Robson S, Shennan A, Milne F, Price C, Thangaratinam S, Berdunov V, Bingham J. Spot protein-creatinine ratio and spot albumin-creatinine ratio in the assessment of pre-eclampsia: A diagnostic accuracy study with decision-analytic model-based economic evaluation and acceptability analysis. Health Technol Assess (Rockv) 2017;21(61). doi:10.3310/hta21610.
  172. Li DK, Yang C, Andrade S, Tavares V, Ferber JR. Maternal exposure to angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors in the first trimester and risk of malformations in offspring: A retrospective cohort study. BMJ (Online) 2011;343(7829). doi:10.1136/bmj.d5931.
  173. Bateman BT, Patorno E, Desai RJ, Seely EW, Mogun H, Dejene SZ, Fischer MA, Friedman AM, Hernandez-Diaz S, Huybrechts KF. Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors and the Risk of Congenital Malformations. In: Obstetrics and Gynecology.Vol 129.; 2017. doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000001775.
  174. Saar T, Levitt L, Amsalem H. Reversible Fetal Renal Impairment following Angiotensin Receptor Blocking Treatment during Third Trimester of Pregnancy: Case Report and Review of the Literature. Case Rep Obstet Gynecol 2016;2016. doi:10.1155/2016/2382031.
  175. Bar J, Ben-Rafael Z, Padoa A, Orvieto R, Boner G, Hod M. Prediction of pregnancy outcome in subgroups of women with renal disease. Clin Nephrol 2000;53(6). doi:10.1097/00006254-200103000-00004.
  176. Mohammadi FA, Borg M, Gulyani A, McDonald SP, Jesudason S. Pregnancy outcomes and impact of pregnancy on graft function in women after kidney transplantation. Clin Transplant 2017;31(10). doi:10.1111/ctr.13089.
  177. Gordon MC, Landon MB, Boyle J, Stewart KS, Gabbe SG. Coronary artery disease in insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus of pregnancy (class H): A review of the literature. Obstet Gynecol Surv 1996;51(7). doi:10.1097/00006254-199607000-00023.
  178. Jones TB, Savasan ZA, Johnson Q, Bahado-Singh R. Management of Pregnant Patients with Diabetes with Ischemic Heart Disease. Clin Lab Med 2013;33(2). doi:10.1016/j.cll.2013.03.020.
  179. Wilson JD, Moore G. Successful Pregnancy in the Didmoad Syndrome (Diabetes Insipidus, Diabetes Mellitus, Optic Atrophy, Deafness). Australian and New Zealand Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology 1995;35(1). doi:10.1111/j.1479-828X.1995.tb01844.x.
  180. Pombar X, Strassner HT, Penner PC. Pregnancy in a woman with class H diabetes mellitus and previous coronary artery bypass graft: A case report and review of the literature. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1995;85(5). doi:10.1016/0029-7844(94)00440-O.
  181. Umpierrez GE, Latif KA, Murphy MB, Lambeth HC, Stentz F, Bush A, Kitabchi AE. Thyroid dysfunction in patients with type 1 diabetes: A longitudinal study. Diabetes Care 2003;26(4). doi:10.2337/diacare.26.4.1181.
  182. De Groot L, Abalovich M, Alexander EK, Amino N, Barbour L, Cobin RH, Eastman CJ, Lazarus JH, Luton D, Mandel SJ, Mestman J, Rovet J, Sullivan S. Management of thyroid dysfunction during pregnancy and postpartum: An endocrine society clinical practice guideline. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 2012;97(8). doi:10.1210/jc.2011-2803.
  183. Stagnaro-Green A, Abalovich M, Alexander E, Azizi F, Mestman J, Negro R, Nixon A, Pearce EN, Soldin OP, Sullivan S, Wiersinga W. Guidelines of the American Thyroid Association for the Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Disease During Pregnancy and Postpartum. Thyroid 2011;21(10). doi:10.1089/thy.2011.0087.
  184. Alexander EK, Pearce EN, Brent GA, Brown RS, Chen H, Dosiou C, Grobman WA, Laurberg P, Lazarus JH, Mandel SJ, Peeters RP, Sullivan S. 2017 Guidelines of the American Thyroid Association for the Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Disease during Pregnancy and the Postpartum. Thyroid 2017;27(3):315–389.
  185. ACOG Practice Bulletin, Number 223: Thyroid Disease in Pregnancy: Obstetrics and gynecology 2020;135(6). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000003893.
  186. Casey BM, Thom EA, Peaceman AM, Varner MW, Sorokin Y, Hirtz DG, Reddy UM, Wapner RJ, Thorp JM, Saade G, Tita ATN, Rouse DJ, Sibai B, Iams JD, Mercer BM, Tolosa J, Caritis SN, VanDorsten JP. Treatment of Subclinical Hypothyroidism or Hypothyroxinemia in Pregnancy. New England Journal of Medicine 2017;376(9). doi:10.1056/nejmoa1606205.
  187. Pham-Short A, Donaghue KC, Ambler G, Phelan H, Twigg S, Craig ME. Screening for celiac disease in type 1 diabetes: A systematic review. Pediatrics 2015;136(1). doi:10.1542/peds.2014-2883.
  188. Craig ME, Prinz N, Boyle CT, Campbell FM, Jones TW, Hofer SE, Simmons JH, Holman N, Tham E, Fröhlich-Reiterer E, DuBose S, Thornton H, King B, Maahs DM, Holl RW, Warner JT. Prevalence of celiac disease in 52,721 youth with type-1 diabetes: International comparison across three continents. Diabetes Care 2017;40:1034-1040. Diabetes Care 2017;40(11). doi:10.2337/dci17-0040.
  189. Kahaly GJ, Hansen MP. Type 1 diabetes associated autoimmunity. Autoimmun Rev 2016;15(7). doi:10.1016/j.autrev.2016.02.017.
  190. Parker JA, Conway DL. Diabetic ketoacidosis in pregnancy. Obstetrics and Gynecology Clinics 2007;34(3):533–543.
  191. Montoro MN, Myers VP, Mestman JH, Yunhua X, Anderson BG, Golde SH. Outcome of Pregnancy in Diabetic Ketoacidosis. Am J Perinatol 1993;10(1). doi:10.1055/s-2007-994692.
  192. Bryant SN, Herrera CL, Nelson DB, Cunningham FG. Diabetic ketoacidosis complicating pregnancy. J Neonatal Perinatal Med 2017;10(1). doi:10.3233/NPM-1663.
  193. Rodgers BD, Rodgers DE. Clinical variables associated with diabetic ketoacidosis during pregnancy. Journal of Reproductive Medicine for the Obstetrician and Gynecologist 1991;36(11).
  194. Grasch JL, Lammers S, Scaglia Drusini F, Vickery SS, Venkatesh KK, Thung S, McKiever ME, Landon MB, Gabbe S. Clinical Presentation and Outcomes of Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Pregnancy. Obstetrics and gynecology 2024;144(5). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000005666.
  195. Mahoney CA. Extreme Gestational Starvation Ketoacidosis: Case Report and Review of Pathophysiology. American Journal of Kidney Diseases 1992;20(3). doi:10.1016/S0272-6386(12)80701-3.
  196. Colatrella A, Loguercio V, Mattei L, Trappolini M, Festa C, Stoppo M, Napoli A. Hypertension in diabetic pregnancy: Impact and long-term outlook. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2010;24(4):635–651.
  197. Whelton PK, Carey RM, Aronow WS, Casey DE, Collins KJ, Dennison Himmelfarb C, DePalma SM, Gidding S, Jamerson KA, Jones DW, MacLaughlin EJ, Muntner P, Ovbiagele B, Smith SC, Spencer CC, Stafford RS, Taler SJ, Thomas RJ, Williams KA, Williamson JD, Wright JT. 2017 ACC/AHA/AAPA/ABC/ACPM/AGS/APhA/ASH/ASPC/NMA/PCNA Guideline for the Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Management of High Blood Pressure in Adults: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Pr. J Am Coll Cardiol 2018;71(19):e127–e248.
  198. Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. Gestational Hypertension and Preeclampsia: ACOG Practice Bulletin, Number 222. Obstetrics and gynecology 2020;135(6):e237–e260.
  199. Nabhan AF, Elsedawy MM. Tight control of mild-moderate pre-existing or non-proteinuric gestational hypertension. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2011;(7):1465–1858.
  200. ACOG. Screening for Hepatitis C Infection. Practice Advisory 2020. Available at: https://www.acog.org/clinical/clinical-guidance/practice-advisory/articles/2020/04/screening-for-hepatitis-c-virus-infection. Accessed March 12, 2020.
  201. Von Dadelszen P, Ornstein MP, Bull SB, Logan AG, Koren G, Magee LA. Fail in mean arterial pressure and fetal growth restriction in pregnancy hypertension: A meta-analysis. Lancet 2000;355(9198):87–92.
  202. Seely EW, Ecker J. Chronic hypertension in pregnancy. Circulation 2014;129(11):1254–1261.
  203. Magee LA, von Dadelszen P, Rey E, Ross S, Asztalos E, Murphy KE, Menzies J, Sanchez J, Singer J, Gafni A, Gruslin A, Helewa M, Hutton E, Lee SK, Lee T, Logan AG, Ganzevoort W, Welch R, Thornton JG, Moutquin J-M. Less-tight versus tight control of hypertension in pregnancy. N Engl J Med 2015;372(5):407–417.
  204. Tita AT, Szychowski JM, Boggess K, Dugoff L, Sibai B, Lawrence K, Hughes BL, Bell J, Aagaard K, Edwards RK, Gibson K, Haas DM, Plante L, Metz T, Casey B, Esplin S, Longo S, Hoffman M, Saade GR, Hoppe KK, Foroutan J, Tuuli M, Owens MY, Simhan HN, Frey H, Rosen T, Palatnik A, Baker S, August P, Reddy UM, Kinzler W, Su E, Krishna I, Nguyen N, Norton ME, Skupski D, El-Sayed YY, Ogunyemi D, Galis ZS, Harper L, Ambalavanan N, Geller NL, Oparil S, Cutter GR, Andrews WW. Treatment for Mild Chronic Hypertension during Pregnancy. N Engl J Med 2022;386(19):1781–1792.
  205. Bailey EJ, Tita ATN, Leach J, Boggess K, Dugoff L, Sibai B, Lawrence K, Hughes BL, Bell J, Aagaard K, Edwards RK, Gibson K, Haas DM, Plante L, Metz TD, Casey BM, Esplin S, Longo S, Hoffman M, Saade GR, Foroutan J, Tuuli MG, Owens MY, Simhan HN, Frey HA, Rosen T, Palatnik A, Baker S, August P, Reddy UM, Kinzler W, Su EJ, Krishna I, Nguyen N, Norton ME, Skupski D, El-Sayed YY, Ogunyemi D, Galis ZS, Harper L, Ambalavanan N, Oparil S, Kuo HC, Szychowski JM, Hoppe K. Perinatal Outcomes Associated With Management of Stage 1 Hypertension. Obstetrics and gynecology 2023;142(6):1395–1404.
  206. Anderson PO. Treating Hypertension during Breastfeeding. Breastfeeding Medicine 2018;13(2):95–96.
  207. Stevens DU, de Nobrega Teixeira JA, Spaanderman MEA, Bulten J, van Vugt JMG, Al-Nasiry S. Understanding decidual vasculopathy and the link to preeclampsia: A review. Placenta 2020;97:95–100.
  208. LeFevre ML. Low-dose aspirin use for the prevention of morbidity and mortality from preeclampsia: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med 2014;161(11):819–826.
  209. ACOG. Low-Dose Aspirin Use During Pregnancy: Committee Opinion No 743. Obstetrics and gynecology 2018;132:e44–e52.
  210. Ghesquiere L, Guerby P, Marchant I, Kumar N, Zare M, Foisy MA, Roberge S, Bujold E. Comparing aspirin 75 to 81 mg vs 150 to 162 mg for prevention of preterm preeclampsia: systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol MFM 2023;5(7). doi:10.1016/J.AJOGMF.2023.101000.
  211. Roberge S, Bujold E, Nicolaides KH. Aspirin for the prevention of preterm and term preeclampsia: systematic review and metaanalysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2018;218(3):287-293.e1.
  212. Starikov R, Bohrer J, Goh W, Kuwahara M, Chien EK, Lopes V, Coustan D. Hemoglobin A1c in pregestational diabetic gravidas and the risk of congenital heart disease in the fetus. Pediatr Cardiol 2013;34:1716–1722.
  213. Landon MB, Mintz MC, Gabbe SG. Sonographic evaluation of fetal abdominal growth: Predictor of the large-for-gestational-age infant in pregnancies complicated by diabetes mellitus. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1989;160(1):115–121.
  214. Herranz L, Pallardo LF, Hillman N, Martin-Vaquero P, Villarroel A, Fernandez A. Maternal third trimester hyperglycaemic excursions predict large-for-gestational-age infants in type 1 diabetic pregnancy. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2007;75(1):42–46.
  215. Nelson LT, Wharton B, Grobman WA. Prediction of large for gestational age birth weights in diabetic mothers based on early third-trimester sonography. Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 2011;30:1625–1628.
  216. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 204: Fetal Growth Restriction. Obstetrics and gynecology 2019;133(2):e97–e109.
  217. Jackson WP, Woolf N. Maternal prediabetes as a cause of the unexplained stillbirth. Diabetes 1958;7(6):446–448.
  218. Lagrew DC, Pircon RA, Towers C V., Dorchester W, Freeman RK. Antepartum fetal surveillance in patients with diabetes: When to start? Am J Obstet Gynecol 1993;168(6):1825–1826.
  219. Brecher A, Tharakan T, Williams A, Baxi L. Perinatal mortality in diabetic patients undergoing antepartum fetal evaluation: a case–control study. The Journal of Maternal-Fetal & Neonatal Medicine 2002;12(6):423–427.
  220. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. Practice bulletin no. 145: Antepartum fetal surveillance. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2014;124(1):182–192.
  221. Finneran MM, Kiefer MK, Ware CA, Buschur EO, Thung SF, Landon MB, Gabbe SG. The use of longitudinal hemoglobin A1c values to predict adverse obstetric and neonatal outcomes in pregnancies complicated by pregestational diabetes. Am J Obstet Gynecol MFM 2020;2(1):1–6.
  222. Damm P, Mersebach H, Råstam J, Kaaja R, Hod M, McCance DR, Mathiesen ER. Poor pregnancy outcome in women with type 1 diabetes is predicted by elevated HbA1c and spikes of high glucose values in the third trimester. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2014;27(2):149–154.
  223. Mathiesen ER, Ringholm L, Damm P. Stillbirth in diabetic pregnancies. Best Pract Res Clin Obstet Gynaecol 2011;25(1):105–111.
  224. Thung SF, Landon MB. Fetal surveillance and timing of delivery in pregnancy complicated by diabetes mellitus. Clin Obstet Gynecol 2013;56(4):837–843.
  225. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’. Medically Indicated Late-Preterm and Early-Term Deliveries: ACOG Committee Opinion, Number 818. Obstetrics and gynecology 2021;137(4):559–758.
  226. Gyamfi-Bannerman C, Thom EA, Blackwell SC, Tita ATN, Reddy UM, Saade GR, Rouse DJ, McKenna DS, Clark EAS, Thorp JM, Chien EK, Peaceman AM, Gibbs RS, Swamy GK, Norton ME, Casey BM, Caritis SN, Tolosa JE, Sorokin Y, VanDorsten JP, Jain L. Antenatal Betamethasone for Women at Risk for Late Preterm Delivery. New England Journal of Medicine 2016;374(14):1311–1320.
  227. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. Macrosomia: ACOG Practice Bulletin, Number 216. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2020;135(1):e18–e35.
  228. Landon MB, Galan HL, Jauniaux ERM, Driscoll DA, Berghella V, Grobman WA, Kilpatrick SJ, Cahill AG. Gabbe’s Obstetrics: Normal and Problem Pregnancies. 8th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2021.
  229. Kitzmiller JL, Gavin L. Manual of Endocrinology and Metabolism. 3rd ed. (Lavin N, ed.). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2002.
  230. Wilkie GL, Delpapa E, Leftwich HK. Intrapartum continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion vs intravenous insulin infusion among pregnant individuals with type 1 diabetes mellitus: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2023;229(6):680.e1-680.e8.
  231. Landon MB. Obstetric management of pregnancies complicated by diabetes mellitus. Clin Obstet Gynecol 2000;43(1):65–74.
  232. Battarbee AN, Venkatesh KK, Aliaga S, Boggess KA. The association of pregestational and gestational diabetes with severe neonatal morbidity and mortality. Journal of Perinatology 2020;40:232–239.
  233. Robert MF, Neff RK, Hubbell JP, Taeusch HW, Avery ME. Association between Maternal Diabetes and the Respiratory-Distress Syndrome in the Newborn. New England Journal of Medicine 1976;294(7):357–360.
  234. Li Y, Wang W, Zhang D. Maternal diabetes mellitus and risk of neonatal respiratory distress syndrome: a meta-analysis. Acta Diabetol 2019;56:729–470.
  235. Sargent JA, Roeder HA, Ward KK, Moore TR, Ramos GA. Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin Infusion versus Multiple Daily Injections of Insulin for the Management of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus in Pregnancy: Association with Neonatal Chemical Hypoglycemia. Am J Perinatol 2015;32(14):1324–1330.
  236. Hoffman MK, Bailit JL, Branch DW, Burkman RT, Van Veldhusien P, Lu L, Kominiarek MA, Hibbard JU, Landy HJ, Haberman S, Wilkins I, Quintero VHG, Gregory KD, Hatjis CG, Ramirez MM, Reddy UM, Troendle J, Zhang J. A comparison of obstetric maneuvers for the acute management of shoulder dystocia. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2011;117(6):1272–1278.
  237. Acker DS, Sachs BP, Friedman EA. Risk factors for shoulder dystocia. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1985;66(6):762–768.
  238. Mendez-Figueroa H, Hoffman MK, Grantz KL, Blackwell SC, Reddy UM, Chauhan SP. Shoulder Dystocia and Composite Adverse Outcomes for the Maternal-Neonatal Dyad. Am J Obstet Gynecol MFM 2021. doi:10.1016/j.ajogmf.2021.100359.
  239. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. Practice Bulletin No 178: Shoulder Dystocia. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2017;129(5):e123–e133.
  240. Witkop CT, Neale D, Wilson LM, Bass EB, Nicholson WK. Active compared with expectant delivery management in women with gestational diabetes: A systematic review. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2009;113(1):206--217.
  241. Boulvain M, Senat MV, Perrotin F, Winer N, Beucher G, Subtil D, Bretelle F, Azria E, Hejaiej D, Vendittelli F, Capelle M, Langer B, Matis R, Connan L, Gillard P, Kirkpatrick C, Ceysens G, Faron G, Irion O, Rozenberg P. Induction of labour versus expectant management for large-for-date fetuses: A randomised controlled trial. The Lancet 2015;385(9987):2600–2605.
  242. Committee on Practice Bulletins—Obstetrics. Macrosomia: ACOG Practice Bulletin, Number 216. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2020;135(1):E18–E35.
  243. Gold AE, Reilly C, Walker JD. Transient improvement in glycemic control: The impact of pregnancy in women with IDDM. Diabetes Care 1998;21(3):374–378.
  244. Riskin-Mashiah S, Almog R. Missed opportunities for appropriate postpartum care in women with pregestational diabetes. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2016;29(11):1715–1719.
  245. Chen J, Ouyang L, Goodman DA, Okoroh EM, Romero L, Ko JY, Cox S. Association of Medicaid Expansion Under the Affordable Care Act With Medicaid Coverage in the Prepregnancy, Prenatal, and Postpartum Periods. Womens Health Issues 2023;33(6):582–591.
  246. Ringholm L, Mathiesen ER, Kelstrup L, Damm P. Managing type 1 diabetes mellitus in pregnancy - From planning to breastfeeding. Nat Rev Endocrinol 2012;8(11):659–667.
  247. Nørgaard SK, Nørgaard K, Roskjær AB, Mathiesen ER, Ringholm L. Insulin Pump Settings during Breastfeeding in Women with Type 1 Diabetes. Diabetes Technol Ther 2020;22(4):314–320.
  248. Stagnaro-Green A. Approach to the patient with postpartum thyroiditis. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 2012;97(2):334–342.
  249. Stuebe A. The risks of not breastfeeding for mothers and infants. Rev Obstet Gynecol 2009;2(4):222–231.
  250. Riddle SW, Nommsen-Rivers LA. A Case Control Study of Diabetes during Pregnancy and Low Milk Supply. Breastfeeding Medicine 2016;11(2):80–85.
  251. Cordero L, Thung S, Landon MB, Nankervis CA. Breast-feeding initiation in women with pregestational diabetes mellitus. Clin Pediatr (Phila) 2014;53(1):18–25.
  252. Finkelstein SA, Keely E, Feig DS, Tu X, Yasseen AS, Walker M. Breastfeeding in women with diabetes: Lower rates despite greater rewards. A population-based study. Diabetic Medicine 2013;30(9):1094–1101.
  253. Stage E, Nørgård H, Damm P, Mathiesen E. Long-term breast-feeding in women with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2006;29(4):771–774.
  254. Feig DS, Lipscombe LL, Tomlinson G, Blumer I. Breastfeeding predicts the risk of childhood obesity in a multi-ethnic cohort of women with diabetes. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine 2011;24(3):511–515.
  255. Frederiksen B, Kroehl M, Lamb MM, Seifert J, Barriga K, Eisenbarth GS, Rewers M, Norris JM. Infant exposures and development of type 1 diabetes mellitus: The Diabetes Autoimmunity Study in the Young (DAISY). JAMA Pediatr 2013;167(9):808–815.
  256. Rewers M, Ludvigsson J. Environmental risk factors for type 1 diabetes. The Lancet 2016;387(10035):2340–2348.
  257. Gardiner SJ, Kirkpatrick CMJ, Begg EJ, Zhang M, Peter Moore M, Saville DJ. Transfer of metformin into human milk. Clin Pharmacol Ther 2003;73(1):71–77.
  258. Hale T, Kristensen J, Hackett L, Kohan R, Ilett K. Transfer of metformin into human milk. Diabetologia 2002;45:1509–1514.
  259. Feig DS, Briggs GG, Kraemer JM, Ambrose PJ, Moskovitz DN, Nageotte M, Donat DJ, Padilla G, Wan S, Klein J, Koren G. Transfer of glyburide and glipizide into breast milk. Diabetes Care 2005;28(8):1851–1855.
  260. Management of diabetes in pregnancy: Standards of medical care in diabetes-2020. Diabetes Care 2020. doi:10.2337/dc20-S014.
  261. Curtis KM, Tepper NK, Jatlaoui TC, Berry-Bibee E, Horton LG, Zapata LB, Simmons KB, Pagano HP, Jamieson DJ, Whiteman MK. U.S. medical eligibility criteria for contraceptive use, 2016. MMWR Recommendations and Reports 2016;65(3):1–103.
  262. Schwarz EB, Braughton MY, Riedel JC, Cohen S, Logan J, Howell M, Thiel de Bocanegra H. Postpartum care and contraception provided to women with gestational and preconception diabetes in California’s Medicaid program. Contraception 2017;96(6):432–438.
  263. O’Brien SH, Koch T, Vesely SK, Schwarz EB. Hormonal contraception and risk of thromboembolism in women with diabetes. Diabetes Care 2017. doi:10.2337/dc16-1534.
  264. Gourdy P. Diabetes and oral contraception. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2013;27(1):67–76.
  265. Visser J, Snel M, Van Vliet HAAM. Hormonal versus non-hormonal contraceptives in women with diabetes mellitus type 1 and 2. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2013;(3). doi:10.1002/14651858.CD003990.pub4.
  266. Lopez LM, Grimes DA, Schulz KF. Steroidal contraceptives: effect on carbohydrate metabolism in women without diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2014;(4). doi:10.1002/14651858.CD006133.pub5.
  267. Salinas A, Merino PM, Giraudo F, Codner E. Long-acting contraception in adolescents and young women with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Pediatr Diabetes 2020;21:1074–1082.
  268. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 208: Benefits and Risks of Sterilization. Obstetrics and gynecology 2019;133(3):e194–e207.
  269. Committee on Practice Bulletins- Obetetrics. ACOG Practice Bulletin 230: Obesity in Pregnancy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2021;137(6). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000004395.
  270. Dutton H, Borengasser SJ, Gaudet LM, Barbour LA, Keely EJ. Obesity in Pregnancy: Optimizing Outcomes for Mom and Baby. Medical Clinics of North America 2018;102(1). doi:10.1016/j.mcna.2017.08.008.
  271. Davies G AL, Cynthia Maxwell KO, Lynne McLeod TO, Gagnon R, Melanie Basso MQ, Hayley Bos VB, Marie-France Delisle LO, Dan Farine VB, Lynda Hudon TO, Savas Menticoglou MQ, William Mundle WM, Lynn Murphy-Kaulbeck WO, Annie Ouellet AN, Tracy Pressey SQ, Anne Roggensack VB, Leduc D, Charlotte Ballerman OO, Anne Biringer EA, Louise Duperron TO, Donna Jones MQ, Lily Shek-Yun Lee CA, Debra Shepherd VB, Kathleen Wilson RS. SOGC CLINICAL PRACTICE GUIDELINES Obesity in Pregnancy☆. International Journal of Gynecology and Obstetrics 2010;110.
  272. Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Fryar CD, Flegal KM. Prevalence of Obesity Among Adults and Youth: United States, 2011-2014. NCHS Data Brief 2015;(219).
  273. Yogev Y, Catalano PM. Pregnancy and Obesity. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2009;36(2). doi:10.1016/j.ogc.2009.03.003.
  274. Gunderson EP. Childbearing and Obesity in Women: Weight Before, During, and After Pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2009;36(2). doi:10.1016/j.ogc.2009.04.001.
  275. Nohr EA, Vaeth M, Baker JL, Sørensen TIA, Olsen J, Rasmussen KM. Combined associations of prepregnancy body mass index and gestational weight gain with the outcome of pregnancy. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 2008;87(6). doi:10.1093/ajcn/87.6.1750.
  276. Stothard KJ, Tennant PWG, Bell R, Rankin J. Maternal overweight and obesity and the risk of congenital anomalies: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA - Journal of the American Medical Association 2009;301(6). doi:10.1001/jama.2009.113.
  277. Watkins ML, Rasmussen SA, Honein MA, Botto LD, Moore CA. Maternal obesity and risk for birth defects. Pediatrics 2003;111(5 II).
  278. Reddy UM, Abuhamad AZ, Levine D, Saade GR. Fetal imaging: Executive summary of a joint Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, society for maternal-fetal medicine, American Institute of ultrasound in medicine, American College of Obstetricians and gynecologists, American College of radiology, society for pediatric radiology, and society of radiologists in ultrasound fetal imaging workshop. Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 2014;33(5). doi:10.7863/ultra.33.5.745.
  279. Dashe JS, McIntire DD, Twickler DM. Maternal obesity limits the ultrasound evaluation of fetal anatomy. Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 2009;28(8). doi:10.7863/jum.2009.28.8.1025.
  280. Mojtabai R. Body mass index and serum folate in childbearing age women. Eur J Epidemiol 2004;19(11). doi:10.1007/s10654-004-2253-z.
  281. Laraia BA, Bodnar LM, Siega-Riz AM. Pregravid body mass index is negatively associated with diet quality during pregnancy. Public Health Nutr 2007;10(9). doi:10.1017/S1368980007657991.
  282. Parker SE, Yazdy MM, Tinker SC, Mitchell AA, Werler MM. The impact of folic acid intake on the association among diabetes mellitus, obesity, and spina bifida. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2013;209(3). doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2013.05.047.
  283. Correa A, Marcinkevage J. Prepregnancy obesity and the risk of birth defects: An update. Nutr Rev 2013;71(SUPPL1). doi:10.1111/nure.12058.
  284. Harmon KA, Gerard L, Jensen DR, Kealey EH, Hernandez TL, Reece MS, Barbour LA, Bessesen DH. Continuous glucose profiles in obese and normal-weight pregnant women on a controlled diet: Metabolic determinants of fetal growth. Diabetes Care 2011;34(10). doi:10.2337/dc11-0723.
  285. Beard JH, Bell RL, Duffy AJ. Reproductive considerations and pregnancy after bariatric surgery: Current evidence and recommendations. Obes Surg 2008;18(8). doi:10.1007/s11695-007-9389-3.
  286. Guelinckx I, Devlieger R, Vansant G. Reproductive outcome after bariatric surgery: A critical review. Hum Reprod Update 2009;15(2). doi:10.1093/humupd/dmn057.
  287. Wax JR, Cartin A, Pinette MG. Promoting preconception, pregnancy, and postpartum care following bariatric surgery: A best practice planning toolkit for patients and their physicians. Journal of Reproductive Medicine 2014;59(6).
  288. Guénard F, Deshaies Y, Cianflone K, Kral JG, Marceau P, Vohl MC. Differential methylation in glucoregulatory genes of offspring born before vs. after maternal gastrointestinal bypass surgery. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2013;110(28). doi:10.1073/pnas.1216959110.
  289. Hernandez TL, Anderson MA, Chartier-Logan C, Friedman JE, Barbour LA. Strategies in the nutritional management of gestational diabetes. Clin Obstet Gynecol 2013;56(4):803–815.
  290. Metzger BE, Buchanan TA, Coustan DR, De Leiva A, Dunger DB, Hadden DR, Hod M, Kitzmiller JL, Kjos SL, Oats JN, Pettitt DJ, Sacks DA, Zoupas C. Summary and recommendations of the Fifth International Workshop-Conference on Gestational Diabetes Mellitus. Diabetes Care 2007;30(SUPPL. 2). doi:10.2337/dc07-s225.
  291. Marshall NE, Abrams B, Barbour LA, Catalano P, Christian P, Friedman JE, Hay WW, Hernandez TL, Krebs NF, Oken E, Purnell JQ, Roberts JM, Soltani H, Wallace J, Thornburg KL. The importance of nutrition in pregnancy and lactation: lifelong consequences. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2022;226(5):607–632.
  292. Kominiarek MA, Peaceman AM. Gestational weight gain. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2017;217(6). doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2017.05.040.
  293. Committee to Reexamine IOM Pregnancy Weight Guidelines, Food and Nutrition Board, Board on Children Youth and Families. Weight Gain During Pregnancy. Reexamining the Guidelines. (Rasmussen KM, Yaktine AL, eds.). Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2009.
  294. Kominiarek MA, Seligman NS, Dolin C, Gao W, Berghella V, Hoffman M, Hibbard JU. Gestational weight gain and obesity: Is 20 pounds too much? In: American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology.Vol 209.; 2013. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2013.04.035.
  295. Duhl AJ, Paidas MJ, Ural SH, Branch W, Casele H, Cox-Gill J, Hamersley SL, Hyers TM, Katz V, Kuhlmann R, Nutescu EA, Thorp JA, Zehnder JL. Antithrombotic therapy and pregnancy: consensus report and recommendations for prevention and treatment of venous thromboembolism and adverse pregnancy outcomes. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2007;197(5). doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2007.04.022.
  296. Larsen TB, Sørensen HT, Gislum M, Johnsen SP. Maternal smoking, obesity, and risk of venous thromboembolism during pregnancy and the puerperium: A population-based nested case-control study. Thromb Res 2007;120(4). doi:10.1016/j.thromres.2006.12.003.
  297. Committee on Practice Bulletins- Obstetrics. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 196: Thromboembolism in Pregnancy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2018;132(1). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000002706.
  298. Katon J, Reiber G, Williams MA, Yanez D, Miller E. Weight loss after diagnosis with gestational diabetes and birth weight among overweight and obese women. Matern Child Health J 2013;17(2):374–383.
  299. Park JE, Park S, Daily JW, Kim SH. Low gestational weight gain improves infant and maternal pregnancy outcomes in overweight and obese Korean women with gestational diabetes mellitus. Gynecological Endocrinology 2011;27(10):775–781.
  300. Cheng YW, Chung JH, Kurbisch-Block I, Inturrisi M, Shafer S, Caughey AB. Gestational weight gain and gestational diabetes mellitus: Perinatal outcomes. Obstetrics and Gynecology 2008;112(5):1015–1022.
  301. Uplinger N. The controversy continues: Nutritional management of the pregnancy complicated by diabetes. Curr Diab Rep 2009;9(4):291–295.
  302. Knopp RH, Magee MS, Raisys V, Benedetti T. Metabolic effects of hypocaloric diets in management of gestational diabetes. In: Diabetes.Vol 40.; 1991. doi:10.2337/diab.40.2.s165.
  303. US Department of Agriculture. US Department of Health and Human Services. Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2020-2025. Diet and Health Relationships: Pregnancy and Lactation. Available at: https://www.https://www.dietaryguidelines.gov/sites/default/files/2020-12/Dietary_Guidelines_for_Americans_2020-2025.pdf. Accessed December 17, 2024.
  304. ACOG Committee Opinion 804: Physical Activity and Exercise During Pregnancy and the Postpartum Period. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2020;135(4). doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000003772.
  305. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Report 2008. Washington DC US 2008;67(2).
  306. Thangaratinam S, Rogozińska E, Jolly K, Glinkowski S, Roseboom T, Tomlinson JW, Kunz R, Mol BW, Coomarasamy A, Khan KS. Effects of interventions in pregnancy on maternal weight and obstetric outcomes: Meta-analysis of randomised evidence. BMJ (Online) 2012;344(7858). doi:10.1136/bmj.e2088.
  307. Gregg VH, Ferguson JE. Exercise in Pregnancy. Clin Sports Med 2017;36(4). doi:10.1016/j.csm.2017.05.005.
  308. Carpenter MW. The Role of Exercise in Pregnant Women With Diabetes Mellitus. Clin Obstet Gynecol 2000;43(1):56–64.
  309. Clapp JF. The course of labor after endurance exercise during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1990;163(6 PART 1). doi:10.1016/0002-9378(90)90753-T.
  310. Catalano PM, Thomas A, Huston-Presley L, Amini SB. Phenotype of infants of mothers with gestational diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007;30(SUPPL. 2). doi:10.2337/dc07-s209.
  311. Simeoni U, Barker DJ. Offspring of diabetic pregnancy: Long-term outcomes. Semin Fetal Neonatal Med 2009;14(2):119–124.
  312. Friedman, Jacob E. Obesity and Gestational Diabetes Mellitus Pathways for Programming in Mouse, Monkey, and Man. Diabetes Care 2015;38(August).
  313. Catalano PM, Farrell K, Thomas A, Huston-Presley L, Mencin P, De Mouzon SH, Amini SB. Perinatal risk factors for childhood obesity and metabolic dysregulation. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 2009;90(5). doi:10.3945/ajcn.2008.27416.
  314. Heerwagen MJR, Miller MR, Barbour LA, Friedman JE. Maternal obesity and fetal metabolic programming: A fertile epigenetic soil. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2010;299(3). doi:10.1152/ajpregu.00310.2010.
  315. Pinney SE, Simmons RA. Metabolic programming, Epigenetics, and gestational diabetes mellitus. Curr Diab Rep 2012;12(1). doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0248-1.
  316. Blais K, Arguin M, Allard C, Doyon M, Dolinsky VW, Bouchard L, Hivert MF, Perron P. Maternal glucose in pregnancy is associated with child’s adiposity and leptin at 5 years of age. Pediatr Obes 2021. doi:10.1111/ijpo.12788.
  317. Chen J, Zhang J, Lazarenko OP, Kang P, Blackburn ML, Ronis MJJ, Badger TM, Shankar K. Inhibition of fetal bone development through epigenetic down‐regulation of HoxA10 in obese rats fed high‐fat diet. The FASEB Journal 2012;26(3). doi:10.1096/fj.11-197822.
  318. Boyle KE, Patinkin ZW, Shapiro ALB, Baker PR, Dabelea D, Friedman JE. Mesenchymal stem cells from infants born to obese mothers exhibit greater potential for adipogenesis: The healthy start babybump project. Diabetes 2016;65(3). doi:10.2337/db15-0849.
  319. Sullivan EL, Grayson B, Takahashi D, Robertson N, Maier A, Bethea CL, Smith MS, Coleman K, Grove KL. Chronic consumption of a high-fat diet during pregnancy causes perturbations in the serotonergic system and increased anxiety-like behavior in nonhuman primate offspring. Journal of Neuroscience 2010;30(10). doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5560-09.2010.
  320. McCurdy CE, Bishop JM, Williams SM, Grayson BE, Smith MS, Friedman JE, Grove KL. Maternal high-fat diet triggers lipotoxicity in the fetal livers of nonhuman primates. Journal of Clinical Investigation 2009;119(2). doi:10.1172/JCI32661.
  321. Suter MA, Chen A, Burdine MS, Choudhury M, Harris RA, Lane RH, Friedman JE, Grove KL, Tackett AJ, Aagaard KM. A maternal high-fat diet modulates fetal SIRT1 histone and protein deacetylase activity in nonhuman primates. FASEB Journal 2012;26(12). doi:10.1096/fj.12-212878.
  322. Portha B, Chavey A, Movassat J. Early-life origins of type 2 diabetes: Fetal programming of the beta-cell mass. Exp Diabetes Res 2011;2011. doi:10.1155/2011/105076.
  323. Nolan CJ, Damm P, Prentki M. Type 2 diabetes across generations: From pathophysiology to prevention and management. In: The Lancet.Vol 378.; 2011. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60614-4.
  324. Vrachnis N, Antonakopoulos N, Iliodromiti Z, Dafopoulos K, Siristatidis C, Pappa KI, Deligeoroglou E, Vitoratos N. Impact of maternal diabetes on epigenetic modifications leading to diseases in the offspring. Exp Diabetes Res 2012;2012. doi:10.1155/2012/538474.
  325. Houshmand-Oeregaard A, Hansen NS, Hjort L, Kelstrup L, Broholm C, Mathiesen ER, Clausen TD, Damm P, Vaag A. Differential adipokine DNA methylation and gene expression in subcutaneous adipose tissue from adult offspring of women with diabetes in pregnancy. Clin Epigenetics 2017;9(1). doi:10.1186/s13148-017-0338-2.
  326. Gagné-Ouellet V, Houde AA, Guay SP, Perron P, Gaudet D, Guérin R, Jean-Patrice B, Hivert MF, Brisson D, Bouchard L. Placental lipoprotein lipase DNA methylation alterations are associated with gestational diabetes and body composition at 5 years of age. Epigenetics 2017;12(8). doi:10.1080/15592294.2017.1322254.
  327. Nelson RG, Morgenstern H, Bennett PH. Intrauterine diabetes exposure and the risk of renal disease in diabetic Pima Indians. Diabetes 1998;47(9). doi:10.2337/diabetes.47.9.1489.
  328. Pavkov ME, Knowler WC, Hanson RL, Williams DE, Lemley K V., Myers BD, Nelson RG. Comparison of serum cystatin C, serum creatinine, measured GFR, and estimated GFR to assess the risk of kidney failure in American Indians with diabetic nephropathy. American Journal of Kidney Diseases 2013;62(1). doi:10.1053/j.ajkd.2012.11.044.
  329. Jaiswal M, Fufaa GD, Martin CL, Pop-Busui R, Nelson RG, Feldman EL. Burden of diabetic peripheral neuropathy in pima indians with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2016;39(4). doi:10.2337/dc16-0082.
  330. Sellers EAC, Dean HJ, Shafer LA, Martens PJ, Phillips-Beck W, Heaman M, Prior HJ, Dart AB, McGavock J, Morris M, Torshizi AA, Ludwig S, Shen GX. Exposure to gestational diabetes mellitus: Impact on the development of early-onset type 2 diabetes in Canadian first nations and non-first nations offspring. Diabetes Care 2016;39(12). doi:10.2337/dc16-1148.
  331. Bunt JC, Antonio Tataranni P, Salbe AD. Intrauterine exposure to diabetes is a determinant of hemoglobin A1c and systolic blood pressure in pima indian children. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 2005;90(6). doi:10.1210/jc.2005-0007.
  332. Dabelea D, Mayer-Davis EJ, Lamichhane AP, D’Agostino RB, Liese AD, Vehik KS, Venkat Narayan KM, Zeitler P, Hamman RF. Association of intrauterine exposure to maternal diabetes and obesity with type 2 diabetes in youth: The SEARCH case-control study. Diabetes Care 2008;31(7). doi:10.2337/dc07-2417.
  333. Kue Young T, Martens PJ, Taback SP, Sellers EAC, Dean HJ, Cheang M, Flett B. Type 2 diabetes mellitus in children: Prenatal and early infancy risk factors among Native Canadians. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2002;156(7). doi:10.1001/archpedi.156.7.651.
  334. Dunford AR, Sangster JM. Maternal and paternal periconceptional nutrition as an indicator of offspring metabolic syndrome risk in later life through epigenetic imprinting: A systematic review. Diabetes and Metabolic Syndrome: Clinical Research and Reviews 2017;11. doi:10.1016/j.dsx.2017.04.021.
  335. Sharp GC, Lawlor DA. Paternal impact on the life course development of obesity and type 2 diabetes in the offspring. Diabetologia 2019;62(10). doi:10.1007/s00125-019-4919-9.
  336. Warram JH, Krolewski AS, Gottlieb MS, Kahn CR. Differences in risk of insulin-dependent diabetes in offspring of diabetic mothers and diabetic fathers. Obstet Gynecol Surv 1985;40(3). doi:10.1097/00006254-198503000-00011.
  337. Harjutsalo V, Reunanen A, Tuomilehto J. Differential transmission of type 1 diabetes from diabetic fathers and mothers to their offspring. Diabetes 2006;55(5). doi:10.2337/db05-1296.

 

Endocrine Hypertension in Childhood and Adolescence

ABSTRACT

 

Hypertension in children and adolescents is defined as a blood pressure ≥ 95th percentile (stage 1) or a blood pressure ≥ 95th percentile + 12 mmHg (stage 2), according to the Clinical Practice Guidelines of American Academy of Pediatrics published in 2017. Hypertension may be primary or idiopathic or secondary due to renal disease (including renal vascular abnormalities), cardiovascular disorders, or endocrine conditions. Endocrine hypertension might be caused by excess amount of steroid (aldosterone, deoxycorticosterone, cortisol, and other) or non-steroid hormones (such as catecholamines for example). In addition, a number of renal genetic disorders mimic adrenal diseases leading to hypertension. In this chapter, we provide an overview of the clinical manifestations of several nosological entities causing endocrine hypertension in children and adolescents and present the diagnostic work up and therapeutic management of these conditions.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Hypertension occurs in 3.5% of children and adolescence worldwide (1). Its prevalence has increased due to the epidemic of pediatric obesity (2). The 2017 Clinical Practice Guidelines of American Academy of Pediatrics (APP) suggested an updated definition of hypertension in children and adolescent using tables containing values of systolic and diastolic blood pressure adjusted for gender, age, and height. According to these guidelines, children or adolescents with a blood pressure ≥ 95th percentile are classified as stage 1 hypertensive, whereas those with a blood pressure ≥ 95thpercentile + 12 mmHg are considered as stage 2 hypertensive (1).

 

Hypertension in children and adolescents might be primary or secondary. Causes of secondary hypertension include renal or renovascular diseases, heart diseases (e.g. aortic coarctation), or endocrine nosological entities (1, 2). Endocrine hypertension is defined as secondary hypertension caused by pathologies, such as various states of mineralocorticoid, glucocorticoid, or catecholamine excess, thyroid or pituitary hormone over-secretion, genetic disorders such as congenital adrenal hyperplasia (11β-hydroxylase deficiency and 17α-hydroxylase deficiency), and syndromes caused by molecular or chromosomal defects (3). Although the list of causes of endocrine hypertension is long, the prevalence of endocrine hypertension ranges between 0,05% to 6% among all causes of secondary hypertension (4). In addition to endocrine pathologies, the ever-increasing rates of obesity in childhood and adolescence have resulted in a dramatic increase of obesity-related hypertension with a prevalence of 25% ultimately leading to adverse cardiovascular outcomes (1, 2).

 

In this chapter, we review the most common causes of endocrine hypertension in children and adolescents.

 

DISORDERS OF THE ADRENAL CORTEX

 

Syndromes of Aldosterone Excess

 

PRIMARY ALDOSTERONISM

 

Less than 15% of cases in children and adolescents with hypertension have been attributed to primary aldosteronism, which is characterized by autonomous excessive biosynthesis and release of aldosterone by the zona glomerulosa of the adrenal cortex (5). Most cases of primary aldosteronism are sporadic due to a unilateral aldosterone-producing adenoma or bilateral adrenal hyperplasia. Less commonly, primary aldosteronism results from unilateral adrenal hyperplasia (6).

 

Children and adolescents with primary aldosteronism are often asymptomatic; however, the presence of resistant hypertension with hypokalemia or an adrenal lesion is highly suggestive of the diagnosis (7). Endocrinologic evaluation includes the measurement of plasma aldosterone concentrations (PAC) and plasma renin activity (PRA). The Aldosterone-to-Renin Ratio (ARR) remains the most reliable hormonal test (8). Indeed, patients with ARR above 27 ng/dL per ng/mL/h and PAC above 20 ng/dL (hyperaldosteronism) or with ARR within the normal range and PAC below 9 ng/dL (not hyperaldosteronism) on two serial measurements do not need to undergo dynamic tests (9). The dynamic tests include salt loading, saline infusion, or fludrocortisone administration, which all normally cause aldosterone suppression. The patients then undergo adrenal imaging with computerized tomography (CT) to identify any adrenal nodules or unilateral or bilateral adrenal hyperplasia (10).

 

In cases of lateralization of aldosterone overproduction, unilateral laparoscopic adrenalectomy is a therapeutic option; otherwise, medical treatment with a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist (spironolactone or eplerenone) is highly recommended. In patients who do not tolerate mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists, an epithelial sodium channel blocker, such as amiloride, might be administered (11)   

 

FAMILIAL HYPERALDOSTERONISM

 

Familial Hyperaldosteronism Type I (FH-I) or Glucocorticoid Remediable Aldosteronism (GRA)

 

FH-I or GRA is an autosomal dominant pathologic condition caused by the fusion of two genes, the cytochrome P450 family 11 subfamily B member 1 (CYP11B1) encoding for 11β-hydroxylase, and the CYP11B2 that expresses aldosterone synthase (12). The chimeric gene consists of the adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)-responsive promoter region of the CYP11B1 gene and the coding region of CYP11B2 gene resulting in the expression of aldosterone synthase under the control of ACTH. Therefore, aldosterone is produced ectopically in zona fasciculata in an ACTH-dependent fashion (Figures 1 and 2).

 

Patients younger than 20 years with primary aldosteronism or with a family member with primary aldosteronism or history of hemorrhagic stroke before the age of 40 years should be screened for FH-I (13). Hormonal evaluation includes measurements of PAC and PRA, dexamethasone suppression of aldosterone, and genetic testing. According to the protocol of dexamethasone suppression of aldosterone, aldosterone is measured before and following the administration of 0,5 mg dexamethasone every 6 hours for 4 days (14, 15).

 

The cornerstone of therapeutic management is dexamethasone or prednisone at physiologic and below physiologic dosing to suppress ACTH, thereby leading to decreased production and release of aldosterone (16). Second-line options are spironolactone or eplerenone or amiloride (17), as above. Most of the time, treatment needs to be titrated to the individual carefully and over time, to avoid overtreatment with glucocorticoids and to achieve normal blood pressure in the long term.

 

Figure 1. Molecular events of Familial Hyperaldosteronism Type I (FH-I) or Glucocorticoid Remediable Aldosteronism (GRA). Fusion of CYP11B1 encoding for 11β-hydroxylase, and the CYP11B2 that expresses aldosterone synthase results in a chimeric gene leading to ACTH-dependent aldosterone secretion.

Familial Hyperaldosteronism Type II (FH-II)

 

FH-II is the most frequent form of familial hyperaldosteronism found in 10% of children and adolescents with primary aldosteronism (18, 19). In contradistinction to FH-I or GRA, patients with this FH type do not respond to synthetic long-acting glucocorticoids and do not harbor the chimeric CYP11B1/CYP11B2 gene (20). However, it remains difficult to distinguish FH-II from sporadic primary aldosteronism in terms of adrenal lesions found on CT. The molecular basis of FH-II has been attributed to gain-of-function mutations in the CLCN2 gene which encodes for the chloride channel 2 (Figure 2) (21, 22). The increased efflux of chloride in the zona glomerulosa results in continuous aldosterone secretion. Patients with FH-II are treated with mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists (23).    

 

Familial Hyperaldosteronism Type III (FH-III)

 

FH-III is an autosomal dominant form of FH caused by germline gain-of-function mutations in the potassium inwardly rectifying channel subfamily J member 5 (KCNJ5) gene that encodes for the potassium channel GIRK4 (Kir3.4) (Figure 2) (24). Patients with FH-III are characterized by early-onset severe to resistant hypertension, very high PAC, extremely high 18-oxocortisol and 18-hydroxycortisol concentrations, as well as marked bilateral adrenal hyperplasia (25). Treatment options include administration of mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists if the case is mild or bilateral adrenalectomy in severe cases (17).

 

Familial Hyperaldosteronism Type IV (FH-IV)

 

FH-IV should be suspected in children aged less than 10 years who present with early-onset hypertension and primary aldosteronism (13). Patients with FH-IV harbor mutations in the calcium voltage-gated channel subunit alpha 1H (CACNA1H) gene that encodes for the alpha subunit of the voltage-dependent T-type calcium channel Cav3.2 (Figure 2). These genetic defects resulted in increased calcium influx in the cytoplasm of cells within the zona glomerulosa, thereby facilitating continuous aldosterone secretion (26). Patients may respond to calcium channel blockers (4).

 

Primary Aldosteronism with Seizures and Neurologic Abnormalities (PASNA) or Familial Hyperaldosteronism Type V? (FH-V?)

 

Scholl and collaborators have described two children with primary aldosteronism, seizures, and neurologic abnormalities (27). The patients harbored mutations in the CACNA1D gene which encodes the alpha-1 subunit of the voltage dependent Ca2+ L-type Cav1.3 channel (27).

 

Figure 2. Genetic defects of the types of Familial Hyperaldosteronism (FH). FH-I is caused by the fusion of CYP11B1 encoding for 11β-hydroxylase, and the CYP11B2 that expresses aldosterone synthase. The molecular basis of FH-II has been attributed to activating mutations in the CLCN2 encoding for the chloride channel 2. FH-III is caused by germline activating mutations in the KCNJ5 that expresses the potassium channel GIRK4 (Kir3.4). FH-IV has been associated with mutations in the CACNA1H that encodes for the alpha subunit of the voltage-dependent T-type calcium channel Cav3.2.

 

Syndromes of Deoxycorticosterone Excess

 

CONGENITAL ADRENAL HYPERPLASIA

 

Congenital adrenal hyperplasia is a group of disorders characterized by defects in genes encoding for enzymes that participate in steroidogenesis (Figure 3). Two forms of congenital adrenal hyperplasia, 11β-hydroxylase deficiency and 17α-hydroxylase deficiency, both present with hypertension and hypokalemia (28).

 

Figure 3. Biochemical pathways of steroidogenesis.

11β-Hydroxylase Deficiency

 

This is the second most common form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia (5%-8%) which is inherited in an autosomal recessive fashion. 11β-hydroxylase deficiency results from genetic defects in CYP11B1 gene, and causes increased production of deoxycorticosterone, 11-deoxycortisol, and adrenal androgens (29). In addition, PRA is suppressed leading to decreased production of aldosterone in the zonal glomerulosa and hypokalemia. In girls, 11β-hydroxylase deficiency is a 46XX disorder of sex development (46XX DSD) leading to genital virilization. In boys, this form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia causes penile enlargement, precocious pubarche and puberty, as well as adrenal rests in the testicles (30). Hypertension may be present in up to 65% of patients (31). Treatment includes administration of synthetic glucocorticoids to decrease ACTH-mediated production of deoxycorticosterone and adrenal androgens.  

 

17α-Hydroxylase Deficiency

 

This form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia is also inherited in an autosomal recessive fashion and is caused by defects in the CYP17A gene that encodes for 17α-hydroxylase. This enzyme catalyzes 17-hydroxylation of pregnenolone and progesterone and cleaves the side chain of the steroid molecule at position 17, 20; thereby displaying lyase activity (28). 17α-hydroxylase deficiency leads to insufficient production of glucocorticoids and sex steroids and concurrent accumulation of deoxycorticosterone and corticosterone. Patients with 17α-hydroxylase may present with 46XY disorder of sex development (DSD) and absent Müllerian structures (28), hypergonadotropic hypogonadism with lack of development of secondary sex characteristics, and primary amenorrhea in 46XX individuals (32-34). They also display hypokalemic hypertension. The treatment basis of 17α-hydroxylase deficiency is supplementation with synthetic glucocorticoids.

 

PRIMARY GENERALIZED GLUCOCORTICOID RESISTANCE (CHROUSOS SYNDROME)

 

Initially described by Chrousos and collaborators (35), primary generalized glucocorticoid resistance or Chrousos syndrome is a rare endocrinologic condition characterized by incomplete resistance of target tissues to glucocorticoids (36). This syndrome is caused by genetic defects in NR3C1 gene which encodes for the human glucocorticoid receptor (37). The defective human glucocorticoid receptor (hGR) in both the hypothalamus and anterior pituitary causes impaired negative feedback loops leading to compensatory activation of the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal axis (Figure 4). The increased levels of CRH and AVP may cause depression and anxiety, while the elevated ACTH concentrations lead to adrenal hyperplasia, increased production of steroid precursors with mineralocorticoid activity (deoxycorticosterone, corticosterone), increased biosynthesis and release of adrenal androgens, and elevated concentrations of cortisol (38). Patients may be asymptomatic or display hypertension with hypokalemic alkalosis or present with ambiguous genitalia, peripheral precocious puberty, amenorrhea, oligoamenorrhea, and decreased fertility (Figure 4). As far as endocrinologic work-up is concerned, patients with Chrousos syndrome have increased urinary-free cortisol excretion, resistance of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis to increasing concentrations of dexamethasone, without any stigmata of Cushing’s syndrome. Treatment consists of high doses of dexamethasone only in symptomatic patients to prevent the development of ACTH-dependent adrenal adenomas (39). Treatment needs to be titrated to the individual carefully and over time, to avoid overtreatment with glucocorticoids and achieve normal pressure in the long term.

 

Figure 4. Pathophysiology of Chrousos syndrome. ACTH: adrenocorticotropic hormone; AVP: arginine-vasopressin; CRH: corticotropin-releasing hormone; mGR: mutated Glucocorticoid Receptor; POMC: Pro-opiomelanocortin; wtGR: wild-type Glucocorticoid Receptor.

 

Syndromes of Cortisol Excess

 

The most common cause of Cushing’s in children and adolescents is chronic exogenous administration of synthetic glucocorticoids. As far as endogenous causes are concerned, hypercortisolism may be ACTH-dependent (such as in Cushing’s disease from pituitary tumors or ACTH-dependent Cushing syndrome from ectopic, non-pituitary tumors) or ACTH-independent (Cushing’s syndrome) (Figure 5) (40). Hypertension in these patients might be attributed to several pathophysiological mechanisms that influence substantially peripheral vascular resistance, plasma volume, and cardiac output. Independently of etiology, 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 2 (11HSD2) is less capable of converting the active cortisol to the inactive cortisone; therefore, the increased cortisol in the renal tubules binds to the mineralocorticoid receptor and leads to hypertension (41).  

 

ACTH-DEPENDENT CUSHING’S SYNDROME OR CUSHING’S DISEASE

 

Cushing’s disease remains the most common cause of endogenous hypercortisolism in children aged more than five years and adolescents (42, 43). Usually, an ACTH-producing corticotroph pituitary neuroendocrine tumor (PitNET) also termed as pituitary adenoma, leads to increased biosynthesis and secretion of cortisol by zona fasciculata and adrenal androgens by zona reticularis (44). Hyperandrogenism (testosterone, Δ4-androstenedione, DHEAS) results in virilization with pseudo precocious puberty. Hypokalemic hypertension is caused by the saturation of renal 11HSD2 due to increased cortisol concentrations. Another cause of ACTH dependent Cushing’s syndrome is the ectopic production and release of ACTH by carcinoid tumors in the thymus, bronchus, or pancreas; medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, small cell carcinoma of the lung, pheochromocytomas or other neuroendocrine tumors (45). Finally, pituitary blastomas, although extremely rare, represent a cause of Cushing’s disease in infants (46). The recommended therapy in patients with Cushing’s disease is transsphenoidal surgical excision of the adenoma with cure reaching the percentage of more than 75% in hands of high-volume surgeons (47). Up to 30% of ACTH-producing pituitary adenomas in children harbor somatic “hot-spot” mutations in the USP8 gene that encodes for the ubiquitin-specific protease 8 (Figure 5) which may lead to targeted medical therapies in the future (48, 49).

 

ACTH-INDEPENDENT CUSHING’S SYNDROME

 

Cushing’s syndrome in childhood and adolescence is caused by autonomous (ACTH-independent) secretion of cortisol by the adrenal cortex is an extremely rare condition. It accounts for 10%-15% of hypercortisolemia and is caused by unilateral adrenal lesions, including adrenocortical adenomas or carcinomas (discussed below), or bilateral adrenocortical disorders (50). Bilateral adrenocortical hyperplasias (BAHs) account for less than 2% of all cases of Cushing’s syndrome in pediatric and adult patients (50). BAHs are classified as macronodular (nodules with diameter greater than 1 cm) or micronodular (nodules with diameter less than 1 cm) (51). In addition to the size of nodules identified on high-resolution computed tomography (CT), BAHs are classified based on the existence of pigmentation on pathologic examination. The most common type of BAH in children is micronodular adrenocortical disease, which is further classified in primary pigmented nodular adrenocortical disease (PPNAD) and isolated micronodular adrenocortical disease (iMAD). PPNAD is characterized by dark brown pigmented adrenal micronodules that are surrounded by an atrophic cortex and is due to PRKAR1A mutations; in contrast, iMAD is characterized by the absence of extensive pigmentation and lack of PRKAR1A defects (52). Another cause of Cushing’s syndrome is primary bilateral macronodular adrenal hyperplasia (PBMAH) or massive macronodular adrenal hyperplasia (MMAD), which is characterized by adrenal nodules with a diameter greater than 1 cm. The molecular basis of this condition has been ascribed to ARMC5 gene mutations in about 50% of the cases (Figure 5) (53).

Figure 5. Genetic defects of Cushing’s disease and Cushing’s syndrome. AC: adenylate cyclase; ACTH: adrenocorticotropic hormone; AIP: aryl-hydrocarbon receptor-interacting protein; ARMC5: armadillo repeat containing 5; BMAH: bilateral macronodular adrenal hyperplasia; Brg1: Brahma‐related gene 1; Cα: catalytic subunit of PKA; CDKI: cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor; CDKN1B (also known as p27Kip1); CTNNB1: catenin beta 1; DOT1: Disruptor of telomeric silencing 1; EGFR: epidermal growth factor receptor; GNAS: Guanine Nucleotide binding protein; GPCR: G-protein-coupled receptor; HDAC2: Histone Deacetylase 2; MC2R: melanocortin 2 receptor; MEN1: multiple endocrine neoplasia 1; PDEs: phosphodiesterases; PKA: protein kinase A; POMC: Pro-opiomelanocortin; PPNAD: primary pigmented nodular adrenocortical disease; PRUNE2: prune homologue 2; PTTG: pituitary transforming gene; Rlα: type 1α regulatory subunit of PKA; SDH: succinate dehydrogenase subunit; TR4: testicular orphan receptor 4; USP8: ubiquitin-specific peptidase 8.

ADRENOCORTICAL CARCINOMA

 

Adrenocortical carcinoma is a very rare pathologic condition which may occur at any age with a first peak before the age of 5 years and a second peak in adulthood between the fourth and fifth decades (54). It may be present in the context of Li-Fraumeni syndrome, which is caused by germline mutations in TP53 gene, a tumor suppressor gene located on chromosome 17. In contradistinction to adrenocortical carcinomas found in adults, mutations in the CTNNB1 gene that encodes for β-catenin are not frequently detected (55). Adrenocortical carcinoma in children usually presents with hypertension and increased concentrations of adrenal androgens, especially DHEAS, causing virilization, early pubarche, altered voice timber and irritability.

 

McCUNE-ALBRIGHT SYNDROME

 

This rare syndrome is characterized by the classic triad of cafe-au-lait skin macules, polyostotic fibrous dysplasia, and hyperfunctioning endocrinopathies (56). The molecular basis of this condition has been ascribed to postzygotic somatic activating mutations in the GNAS1 gene encoding for the alpha subunit of Gs protein (57). Hypertension in McCune-Albright syndrome has been associated with Cushing syndrome, often seen in infancy, thyrotoxicosis, or hypersecretion of growth hormone (58).  

 

CARNEY COMPLEX

 

Carney complex is inherited in an autosomal-dominant fashion and is caused by mutations in the PRKAR1A gene (17q22-24) encoding the regulatory subunit type I alpha of protein kinase A (59). The cardinal clinical manifestations often seen in patients with the complex include lentigines, cardiac and breast myxomas, and PPNAD that causes ACTH-independent Cushing’s syndrome (60, 61). The latter is responsible for hypertension in these patients.

 

DISORDERS OF THE ADRENAL MEDULLA

 

Conditions with Catecholamine Excess

 

PHEOCHROMOCYTOMA AND PARAGANGLIOMA

 

Pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas are rare tumors that produce and release excess amount of catecholamines into the systemic circulation. They both account for 0.5%-2% of hypertension in children and adolescents (62). According to Sarathi, 10% of pediatric pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas are malignant, 20% of them are synchronous bilateral, 30% are extra-adrenal, and 40% are familial (63). These tumors occur more frequently in boys (60%), present with hypertension (70%), and may be sporadic or in the context of specific syndromes, including neurofibromatosis type 1 caused by NF1 gene mutations, Von Hippel-Lindau disease type 2 due to VHL genetic defects, and multiple endocrine neoplasia type 2 caused by mutations in the RET gene (64). Rarely, pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas may present in paragangliomas syndromes caused by germline mutations in genes encoding the subunits D, AF2, C, B, and A of succinate dehydrogenase (SDH), or in the Pacak-Zhuang syndrome due to activating genetic defects in hypoxia-inducible factor 2 alpha (HIF2A), or in familial pheochromocytomas characterized by Myc-associated protein X (MAX) and transmembrane protein 127 (TMEM127) gene mutations. Although an ever-increasing number of predisposing genes have been identified so far, it is worth mentioning that most genetic defects in patients with pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas remain unidentified (65). Clinical manifestations include hypertension in 70%-90% of pediatric patients, flushing, hyperhidrosis, palpitations, tremors, headaches, nausea and/or vomiting during exercise, hyperactivity, or worsening of school performance. According to the recently published international consensus statement on the diagnostic work-up and the therapeutic management of pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas (66), the laboratory evaluation includes plasma-free or urine (spot or 24-h) levels of normetanephrine and metanephrine using liquid chromatography. In those children and adolescents with elevated concentrations of catecholamines, either MRI or CT should be performed for tumor localization (66). In cases of multiple and/or metastatic lesions, functional imaging, including [68Ga]DOTATATE, [18F]fluorodopa (FDOPA), and [18F]fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG) PET–CT, as well as [123I]MIBG scintigraphy, should be considered. All children with pheochromocytomas or paragangliomas are highly recommended to undergo genetic testing for germline mutations (65, 66). Surgical resection remains the treatment of choice in specialized centers with a multidisciplinary team. It is worth mentioning that minimally invasive procedures are preferred in cases with abdominal and pelvic pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas. Finally, special attention should be focused on preoperative treatment of hypertension using α-adrenoceptor blockers or calcium channel blockers or beta-adrenoceptor blockers especially in patients with persistent tachycardia (66, 67).

 

RENAL DISEASES MIMICKING ADRENAL DISORDERS

 

Syndromes of Inappropriate Salt Retention

 

LIDDLE SYNDROME

 

Patients with Liddle syndrome present with hypertension starting at about two years of age, although the average age of hypertension onset was 15.5 ± 3.3 years, according to the large series of cases (68). In addition to early-onset hypertension, patients with this condition display hypokalemia, metabolic alkalosis, and suppressed PAC. The genetic basis of Liddle syndrome has been ascribed to activating mutations in the sodium channel epithelial 1 alpha, beta and gamma (SCNN1A, SCNN1B, and SCNN1G) genes that encode for the α, β, and γ subunits, respectively, of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) of the renal tubule, also known as the amiloride-sensitive channel (Figure 6) (69). ENaC inhibitors, such as amiloride or triamterene, with low salt diet remain the only effective treatment in patients with Liddle syndrome (70).    

 

GORDON SYNDROME OR PSEUDOHYPOALDOSTERONISM TYPE 2 OR FAMILIAL HYPERKALEMIC HYPERTENSION

 

Gordon syndrome or type II pseudohypoaldosteronism (PHA II) is inherited in an autosomal dominant fashion and is characterized by hypertension, metabolic acidosis, hyperkalemia and hyperchloremia (71). Endocrinologic evaluation reveals low PRA and, usually, decreased serum aldosterone concentrations (71). Five subtypes of PHA II have been reported with distinct genetic defects (72). The genetic basis of PHA II-A is less known, since no genetic defect has been identified yet; however, this subtype has been associated with chromosome region 1q31-q42. PHA II-B has been linked to mutations in the with-no-lysine kinase (WNK4) gene (17q21), whereas genetic defects in the WNK1 gene (12p12.3.) have been associated with PHA II-C (Figure 6). WNK genes encode WNK proteins, which function as serine-threonine protein kinases regulating the expression and action of cation-Cl− cotransporters (CCCs) such as the sodium chloride cotransporter (NCC), basolateral Na-K-Cl symporter (NKCC1), and potassium chloride cotransporter (KCC1) located within the distal nephron. Patients with PHA II-D and -E harbor variations in kelch-like 3 (KLHL3) gene (5q31.2) that encodes for the adaptor protein KLHL3, and cullin-3 (CUL3) gene (2q36) expressing the ubiquitin scaffold protein CUL3, respectively (Figure 6) (73, 74). Generally, patients with Gordon syndrome respond adequately to low sodium diet and thiazide diuretics (28).    

 

GELLER SYNDROME (MR ACTIVATING MUTATION SYNDROME)

 

Geller syndrome is a rare autosomal dominant disorder characterized by hypertension, hypokalemia, low PRA, and low serum aldosterone concentrations (2). Patients with Geller syndrome harbor an activating mutation in the NR3C2 gene that encodes for the mineralocorticoid receptor (MR) (Figure 6) (75, 76). This genetic defect leads to aberrant activation of the MR by cortisone, 11-DOC, and progesterone, all acting as antagonists of the wild-type MR; therefore, hypertension worsens during pregnancy due to increased progesterone concentrations. The therapeutic management includes administration of amiloride and finerenone (77).   

 

APPARENT MINERALOCORTICOID EXCESS (AME) SYNDROME (11β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Deficiency Type 2)

 

This syndrome is caused by inactivating genetic defects in the 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 2 (HSD11B2) gene that encodes for the enzyme 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 2 converting cortisol to inactive cortisone in aldosterone-responsive target tissues (Figure 6) (e.g., kidney) (78). The resultant high concentrations of cortisol bind to mineralocorticoid receptors which induce the expression of several responsive genes leading to hypertension, low renin and aldosterone concentrations, hypernatremia, hypokalemia, and metabolic alkalosis. In addition to hypertension, patients with AME syndrome may present with short stature, failure to thrive, polyuria, polydipsia, as well as hypercalciuria and nephrocalcinosis (78). To reach the diagnosis, a high ratio of 5b and 5a-tetrahydrocortisol steroids to tetrahydrocortisone in the urine should be confirmed, followed by sequencing of the HSD11B2 gene. Treatment should begin early to prevent left ventricular hypertrophy and/or cerebrovascular events, and includes spironolactone to block mineralocorticoid receptor activation, restriction of dietary intake of sodium, and potassium supplementation. In cases of nephrocalcinosis, patients should also receive chlorothiazide or hydrochlorothiazide to minimize hypercalciuria (78). Dexamethasone might be also administered as monotherapy or in addition to spironolactone, since dexamethasone reduces the activity of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis through negative feedback loops at the levels of hypothalamus and pituitary. Moreover, dexamethasone does not have any affinity to 11β-HSD2 (78).

Figure 6. Genetic defects of renal disorders mimicking adrenal diseases. Apparent Mineralocorticoid Excess (AME) syndrome is caused by inactivating genetic defects in the HSD11B2 that encodes for the 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 2 converting cortisol to inactive cortisone. The molecular basis of Gordon syndrome has been ascribed to mutations in the WNK genes expressing proteins that function as serine-threonine protein kinases regulating the expression and action of cation-Cl− cotransporters, such as the sodium chloride cotransporter. Gordon syndrome is also caused by mutations in KLHL3 that encodes for the adaptor protein KLHL3, as well as in CUL3 expressing the ubiquitin scaffold protein CUL3. Geller syndrome has been associated with activating mutations in the NR3C2 that encodes for the mineralocorticoid receptor. Liddle syndrome is caused by mutations in the SCNN1A, SCNN1B, and SCNN1G encoding for the α, β, and γ subunits, respectively, of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) of the renal tubule. HSD11B2: 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 2; HSPs: heat shock proteins; FKBP: immunophilin; KLHL3: kelch-like 3; MR: mineralocorticoid receptor; NR3C2: nuclear receptor subfamily 3 group C member 2; WNK: with-no-lysine kinase.

OTHER CAUSES OF ENDOCRINE HYPERTENSION

 

Acromegaly

 

In children and adolescents, growth hormone (GH) excess is rare. Its prevalence is approximately 30 cases per million in children aged 0-17 years in United States without any differences between males and females (79). Acromegaly is usually caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma, but other less common causes include pituitary hyperplasia, multiple adenomas, or extremely rare cases of tumors secreting growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) (80). In 45% of cases, the molecular basis of GH-secreting adenomas or hyperplasia has been attributed to identifiable genetic defects, including mutations in the AIP gene (˃20%), duplications in the GPR101 gene that cause X-LAG, post-zygotic mosaic GNAS mutations responsible for McCune-Albright syndrome (5%), whereas genetic defects in other genes, such as MEN1, CDKN1B, PRKAR1A, PRKACB and SDH contribute in less than 1% each (81). Typical clinical manifestations in children and adolescents with acromegaly include overgrowth and tall stature if excess secretion of GH occurs before epiphyseal closure, acral enlargement, rectangular face, prognathism, headache, visual filed defects, sweating, delayed puberty, left ventricular hypertrophy, diastolic dysfunction, sleep apnea, hypertension, as well as glucose intolerance or even diabetes (79). The biochemical diagnosis of GH excess relies on elevated age-adjusted serum IGF-1 concentrations and failure to suppress GH following an oral glucose tolerance test. Treatment options include surgery, medical therapy, and radiotherapy (79).      

 

Thyroid / Parathyroid Dysfunction

 

Thyroid or parathyroid dysfunction has been associated with hypertension in children and adolescents. Hypothyroidism is usually associated with increased diastolic blood pressure, whereas hyperthyroidism with elevated systolic blood pressure (82). In addition to thyroid disorders, hypertension has also been reported in patients with parathyroid dysfunction, although there are no data on its prevalence (83).  

 

CONCLUSIONS

 

Endocrine hypertension in children is most often caused by excess steroids, with other hormonal abnormalities far less frequent. The tremendous progress on endocrine genetics and molecular biology has enabled a deeper understanding of the genetic basis of several endocrine pathologic conditions leading to hypertension. A detailed medical history and physical examination, as well as a careful interpretation of laboratory and hormonal results may lead to an early and accurate diagnosis (Figure 7). The appropriate therapeutic management of these conditions is of paramount importance to prevent long term cardiovascular and other systemic complications.

Figure 7. Diagnostic approach to endocrine hypertension.

REFERENCES

 

  1. Flynn JT, Kaelber DC, Baker-Smith CM, Blowey D, Carroll AE, Daniels SR, de Ferranti SD, Dionne JM, Falkner B, Flinn SK, Gidding SS, Goodwin C, Leu MG, Powers ME, Rea C, Samuels J, Simasek M, Thaker VV, Urbina EM; SUBCOMMITTEE ON SCREENING AND MANAGEMENT OF HIGH BLOOD PRESSURE IN CHILDREN. Clinical Practice Guideline for Screening and Management of High Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents. Pediatrics. 2017 Sep;140(3):e20171904.
  2. Kotanidou EP, Giza S, Tsinopoulou VR, Vogiatzi M, Galli-Tsinopoulou A. Diagnosis and Management of Endocrine Hypertension in Children and Adolescents. Curr Pharm Des 2020;26(43):5591-5608.
  3. Baracco R, Kapur G, Mattoo T, Jain A, Valentini R, Ahmed M, Thomas R. Prediction of primary vs secondary hypertension in children. J Clin Hypertens (Greenwich). 2012 May;14(5):316-21.
  4. Gupta-Malhotra M, Banker A, Shete S, Hashmi SS, Tyson JE, Barratt MS, Hecht JT, Milewicz DM, Boerwinkle E.Essential hypertension vs. secondary hypertension among children. Am J Hypertens. 2015 Jan;28(1):73-80.
  5. Pons Fernández N, Moreno F, Morata J, Moriano A, León S, De Mingo C, Zuñiga Á, Calvo F. Familial hyperaldosteronism type III a novel case and review of literature. Rev Endocr Metab Disord. 2019 Mar;20(1):27-36.
  6. He X, Modi Z, Else T. Hereditary causes of primary aldosteronism and other disorders of apparent excess mineralocorticoid activity. Gland Surg. 2020 Feb;9(1):150-158.
  7. Baguet JP, Steichen O, Mounier-Véhier C, Gosse P. SFE/SFHTA/AFCE consensus on primary aldosteronism, part 1: Epidemiology of PA, who should be screened for sporadic PA? Ann Endocrinol (Paris). 2016 Jul;77(3):187-91.
  8. Li X, Goswami R, Yang S, Li Q. Aldosterone/direct renin concentration ratio as a screening test for primary aldosteronism: A meta-analysis. J Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone Syst 2016 Aug 17;17(3):1470320316657450.
  9. Reznik Y, Amar L, Tabarin A. SFE/SFHTA/AFCE consensus on primary aldosteronism, part 3: Confirmatory testing. Ann Endocrinol (Paris). 2016 Jul;77(3):202-7.
  10. Bardet S, Chamontin B, Douillard C, Pagny JY, Hernigou A, Joffre F, Plouin PF, Steichen O. SFE/SFHTA/AFCE consensus on primary aldosteronism, part 4: Subtype diagnosis. Ann Endocrinol (Paris). 2016 Jul;77(3):208-13.
  11. Pechère-Bertschi A, Herpin D, Lefebvre H. SFE/SFHTA/AFCE consensus on primary aldosteronism, part 7: Medical treatment of primary aldosteronism. Ann Endocrinol (Paris) 2016 Jul;77(3):226-34.
  12. Lifton RP, Dluhy RG, Powers M, et al. A chimaeric 11 beta-hydroxylase/aldosterone synthase gene causes glucocorticoid-remediable aldosteronism and human hypertension. Nature 1992;355:262-5.
  13. Zennaro MC, Jeunemaitre X. SFE/SFHTA/AFCE consensus on primary aldosteronism, part 5: Genetic diagnosis of primary aldosteronism. Ann Endocrinol (Paris). 2016 Jul;77(3):214-9.
  14. Stowasser M, Bachmann AW, Jonsson JR, et al. Clinical, biochemical and genetic approaches to the detection of familial hyperaldosteronism type I. J Hypertens 1995;13:1610-3.
  15. Mulatero P, Veglio F, Pilon C, et al. Diagnosis of Glucocorticoid-Remediable Aldosteronism in Primary Aldosteronism: Aldosterone Response to Dexamethasone and Long Polymerase Chain Reaction for Chimeric Gene. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1998;83:2573-5.
  16. Nimkarn S, New M. Endocrine Hypertension in Childhood. Kenneth R Feingold, Bradley Anawalt, Marc R Blackman, Alison Boyce, George Chrousos, Emiliano Corpas, Wouter W de Herder, Ketan Dhatariya, Kathleen Dungan, Johannes Hofland, Sanjay Kalra, Gregory Kaltsas, Nitin Kapoor, Christian Koch, Peter Kopp, Márta Korbonits, Christopher S Kovacs, Wendy Kuohung, Blandine Laferrère, Miles Levy, Elizabeth A McGee, Robert McLachlan, Maria New, Jonathan Purnell, Rakesh Sahay, Amy S Shah, Frederick Singer, Mark A Sperling, Constantine A Stratakis, Dace L Trence, Don P Wilson, editors. In: Endotext [Internet]. South Dartmouth (MA): MDText.com, Inc.; 2000. 2017 Mar 3.
  17. Funder JW, Carey RM, Mantero F, Murad MH, Reincke M, Shibata H, Stowasser M, Young WF Jr. The Management of Primary Aldosteronism: Case Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2016 May;101(5):1889-916.
  18. Scholl UI, Stolting G, Schewe J, Thiel A, Tan H, Nelson-Williams C, et al. CLCN2 chloride channel mutations in familial hyperaldosteronism type II. Nat Genet. 2018;50(3):349-54.
  19. Fernandes-Rosa FL, Daniil G, Orozco IJ, Goppner C, El Zein R, Jain V, et al. A gain-of-function mutation in the CLCN2 chloride channel gene causes primary aldosteronism. Nat Genet. 2018;50(3):355-61.
  20. Mulatero P, Williams TA, Monticone S, Veglio F. Is familial hyperaldosteronism underdiagnosed in hypertensive children? Hypertension. 2011 Jun;57(6):1053-5.
  21. Scholl UI, Stölting G, Schewe J, Thiel A, Tan H, Nelson-Williams C, Vichot AA, Jin SC, Loring E, Untiet V, Yoo T, Choi J, Xu S, Wu A, Kirchner M, Mertins P, Rump LC, Onder AM, Gamble C, McKenney D, Lash RW, Jones DP, Chune G, Gagliardi P, Choi M, Gordon R, Stowasser M, Fahlke C, Lifton RP. CLCN2 chloride channel mutations in familial hyperaldosteronism type II. Nat Genet. 2018 Mar;50(3):349-354.
  22. Perez-Rivas LG, Williams TA, Reincke M. Inherited Forms of Primary Hyperaldosteronism: New Genes, New Phenotypes and Proposition of A New Classification. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2019 Feb;127(2-03):93-99.
  23. Hassan-Smith Z, Stewart PM. Inherited forms of mineralocorticoid hypertension. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2011 Jun;18(3):177-85.
  24. Choi M, Scholl UI, Yue P, Björklund P, Zhao B, Nelson-Williams C, Ji W, Cho Y, Patel A, Men CJ, Lolis E, Wisgerhof MV, Geller DS, Mane S, Hellman P, Westin G, Åkerström G, Wang W, Carling T, Lifton RP. K+ channel mutations in adrenal aldosterone-producing adenomas and hereditary hypertension. Science. 2011 Feb 11;331(6018):768-72.
  25. Geller DS, Zhang J, Wisgerhof MV, Shackleton C, Kashgarian M, Lifton RP. A novel form of human mendelian hypertension featuring nonglucocorticoid-remediable aldosteronism. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2008 Aug;93(8):3117-23.
  26. Monticone S, Buffolo F, Tetti M, Veglio F, Pasini B, Mulatero P. GENETICS IN ENDOCRINOLOGY: The expanding genetic horizon of primary aldosteronism. Eur J Endocrinol. 2018 Mar;178(3):R101-R111.
  27. Scholl UI, Goh G, Stolting G, de Oliveira RC, Choi M, Overton JD, et al. Somatic and germline CACNA1D calcium channel mutations in aldosterone-producing adenomas and primary aldosteronism. Nat Genet. 2013;45(9):1050-4.
  28. Costa-Barbosa FA, Giorgi RB, Kater CE. Focus on adrenal and related causes of hypertension in childhood and adolescence: Rare or rarely recognized? Arch Endocrinol Metab. 2022 Nov 17;66(6):895-907.
  29. Hinz L, Pacaud D, Kline G. Congenital adrenal hyperplasia causing hypertension: an illustrative review. J Hum Hypertens. 2018 Feb;32(2):150-157.
  30. Bulsari K, Falhammar H. Clinical perspectives in congenital adrenal hyperplasia due to 11beta-hydroxylase deficiency. Endocrine. 2017;55(1):19-36.
  31. Mimouni M, Kaufman H, Roitman A, Morag C, Sadan N. Hypertension in a neonate with 11 beta-hydroxylase deficiency. Eur J Pediatr. 1985;143(3):231-3.
  32. Kater CE, Biglieri EG. Disorders of steroid 17 alpha-hydroxylase deficiency. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 1994;23(2):341-57.
  33. Biglieri EG, Kater CE, Brust N, Chang B, Hirai J. The mineralocorticoid hormone pathways in hypertension with hyperaldosteronism. Clin Exp Hypertens A. 1982;4(9-10):1677 -83.
  34. Biglieri EG, Herron MA, Brust N. 17-hydroxylation deficiency in man. J Clin Invest. 1966;45(12):1946-54.
  35. Chrousos GP, Vingerhoeds A, Brandon D, Eil C, Pugeat M, DeVroede M, Loriaux DL, Lipsett MB. Primary cortisol resistance in man. A glucocorticoid receptor-mediated disease. J Clin Invest. 1982 Jun;69(6):1261-9.
  36. Nicolaides NC, Charmandari E. Primary Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance and Hypersensitivity Syndromes: A 2021 Update. Int J Mol Sci. 2021 Oct 7;22(19):10839.
  37. Nicolaides NC, Charmandari E. Novel insights into the molecular mechanisms underlying generalized glucocorticoid resistance and hypersensitivity syndromes. Hormones (Athens) 2017 Apr;16(2):124-138.
  38. Nicolaides NC, Charmandari E. Chrousos syndrome: from molecular pathogenesis to therapeutic management. Eur J Clin Invest. 2015 May;45(5):504-14.
  39. Nicolaides N, Lamprokostopoulou A, Sertedaki A, Charmandari E. Recent advances in the molecular mechanisms causing primary generalized glucocorticoid resistance. Hormones (Athens). 2016 Jan-Mar;15(1):23-34.
  40. Guemes M, Murray PG, Brain CE, Spoudeas HA, Peters CJ, Hindmarsh PC, et al. Management of Cushing syndrome in children and adolescents: experience of a single tertiary centre. Eur J Pediatr. 2016;175(7):967-76.
  41. Cicala MV, Mantero F. Hypertension in Cushing’s syndrome: from pathogenesis to treatment. Neuroendocrinology. 2010;92 Suppl 1:44-9.
  42. Magiakou MA, Chrousos GP. Cushing’s syndrome in children and adolescents: current diagnostic and therapeutic strategies. J Endocrinol Invest. 2002;25(2):181-94.
  43. Greening JE, Brain CE, Perry LA, Mushtaq I, Sales Marques J, Grossman AB, et al. Efficient short-term control of hypercortisolaemia by low-dose etomidate in severe paediatric Cushing’s disease. Horm Res. 2005;64(3):140-3.
  44. Tatsi C, Stratakis CA. Aggressive pituitary tumors in the young and elderly. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2020;21(2):213–223
  45. Karageorgiadis AS, Papadakis GZ, Biro J, Keil MF, Lyssikatos C, Quezado MM, Merino M, Schrump DS, Kebebew E, Patronas NJ, Hunter MK, Alwazeer MR, Karaviti LP, Balazs AE, Lodish MB, Stratakis CA. Ectopic adrenocorticotropic hormone and corticotropin-releasing hormone co-secreting tumors in children and adolescents causing cushing syndrome: a diagnostic dilemma and how to solve it. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015;100(1):141-148.
  46. Tatsi C, Stratakis CA. Neonatal Cushing syndrome: a rare but potentially devastating disease. Clin Perinatol 2018;45:103–118.
  47. Chan LF, Storr HL, Grossman AB, Savage MO. Pediatric Cushing’s syndrome: clinical features, diagnosis, and treatment. Arq Bras Endocrinol Metabol. 2007;51(8):1261-71.
  48. Faucz FR, Tirosh A, Tatsi C, Berthon A, Hernández-Ramírez LC, Settas N, Angelousi A, Correa R, Papadakis GZ, Chittiboina P, Quezado M, Pankratz N, Lane J, Dimopoulos A, Mills JL, Lodish M, Stratakis CA. Somatic USP8 Gene Mutations Are a Common Cause of Pediatric Cushing Disease. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2017;102(8):2836-2843.
  49. Tatsi C, Flippo C, Stratakis CA. Cushing syndrome: Old and new genes. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2020 Mar;34(2):101418.
  50. Stratakis CA. Cushing syndrome caused by adrenocortical tumors and hyperplasias (corticotropin-independent Cushing syndrome). Endocr Dev 2008;13:117–132.
  51. De Venanzi A, Alencar GA, Bourdeau I, et al. Primary bilateral macronodular adrenal hyperplasia. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes 2014;21(3):177–184.
  52. Powell AC, Stratakis CA, Patronas NJ, et al. Operative management of Cushing syndrome secondary to micronodular adrenal hyperplasia. Surgery 2008; 143(6):750-758.
  53. Assie´ G, Libe´ R, Espiard S, et al. ARMC5 mutations in macronodular adrenal hyperplasia with Cushing’s syndrome. N Engl J Med 2013;369(22):2105–2114.
  54. Pereira RM, Michalkiewicz E, Sandrini F, Figueiredo BC, Pianovski M, Franca SN, et al. [Childhood adrenocortical tumors]. Arq Bras Endocrinol Metabol. 2004;48(5):651-8.
  55. Leal LF, Mermejo LM, Ramalho LZ, Martinelli CE Jr, Yunes JA, Seidinger AL, et al. Wnt/beta-catenin pathway deregulation in childhood adrenocortical tumors. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2011;96(10):3106-14.
  56. Boyce AM, Collins MT. Fibrous Dysplasia/McCune-Albright Syndrome: A Rare, Mosaic Disease of Gα s Activation. Endocr Rev. 2020 Apr 1;41(2):345-370.
  57. Weinstein LS, Shenker A, Gejman PV, Merino MJ, Friedman E, Spiegel AM. Activating mutations of the stimulatory G protein in the McCune-Albright syndrome. N Engl J Med. 1991 Dec 12;325(24):1688-95.
  58. Ohata Y, Yamamoto T, Mori I, Kikuchi T, Michigami T, Imanishi Y, et al. Severe arterial hypertension: a possible complication of McCune-Albright syndrome. Eur J Pediatr. 2009;168(7):871-6.
  59. Kirschner LS, Carney JA, Pack SD, Taymans SE, Giatzakis C, Cho YS, Cho-Chung YS, Stratakis CA. Mutations of the gene encoding the protein kinase A type I-alpha regulatory subunit in patients with the Carney complex. Nat Genet. 2000 Sep;26(1):89-92.
  60. Carney JA, Gordon H, Carpenter PC, Shenoy BV, Go VL. The complex of myxomas, spotty pigmentation, and endocrine overactivity. Medicine (Baltimore). 1985 Jul;64(4):270-83.
  61. Stratakis CA. Carney Complex. 2003 Feb 5 [updated 2023 Sep 21]. In: Adam MP, Feldman J, Mirzaa GM, Pagon RA, Wallace SE, Bean LJH, Gripp KW, Amemiya A, editors. GeneReviews® [Internet]. Seattle (WA): University of Washington, Seattle; 1993–2024.
  62. Havekes B, Romijn JA, Eisenhofer G, Adams K, Pacak K. Update on pediatric pheochromocytomas. Pediatr Nephrol. 2009;24(5):943-950
  63. Sarathi V. Characteristics of Pediatric Pheochromocytoma/paragangliomas. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2017;21(3):470-474.
  64. Bholah R and Bunchman TE. Review of Pediatric Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma. Front Pediatr. 2017;5:155.
  65. Pamporaki C, Casey RT. Current views on paediatric phaeochromocytoma and paraganglioma with a focus on newest guidelines. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2024 Nov 14:101957.
  66. Casey RT, Hendriks E, Deal C, Waguespack SG, Wiegering V, Redlich A, et al. International consensus statement on the diagnosis and management of phaeochromocytoma and paraganglioma in children and adolescents. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2024 Dec;20(12):729-748.
  67. Romero M, Kapur G, Baracco R, et al. Treatment of hypertension in children with catecholamine-secreting tumors: a systematic approach. J Clin Hypertens 2015;17(9):720-725.
  68. Cui Y, Tong A, Jiang J, Wang F, Li C. Liddle syndrome: clinical and genetic profiles. J Clin Hypertens (Greenwich). 2017;19(5):524-9.
  69. Tetti M, Monticone S, Burrello J, Matarazzo P, Veglio F, Pasini B, et al. Liddle Syndrome: Review of the Literature and Description of a New Case. Int J Mol Sci. 2018;19(3).
  70. Enslow BT, Stockand JD, Berman JM. Liddle’s syndrome mechanisms, diagnosis and management. Integr Blood Press Control. 2019;12:13-22.
  71. Gordon RD, Geddes RA, Pawsey CG, O'Halloran MW. Hypertension and severe hyperkalaemia associated with suppression of renin and aldosterone and completely reversed by dietary sodium restriction. Australas Ann Med. 1970 Nov;19(4):287-94.
  72. Mabillard H, Sayer JA. The Molecular Genetics of Gordon Syndrome. Genes (Basel). 2019;10(12).
  73. Casas-Alba D, Vila Cots J, Monfort Carretero L, Martorell Sampol L, Zennaro MC, Jeunemaitre X, et al. Pseudohypoaldosteronism types I and II: little more than a name in common. J Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2017;30(5):597-601.
  74. Boyden LM, Choi M, Choate KA, Nelson-Williams CJ, Farhi A, Toka HR, et al. Mutations in kelch-like 3 and cullin 3 cause hypertension and electrolyte abnormalities. Nature. 2012;482(7383):98-102.
  75. Ceccato F, Mantero F. Monogenic Forms of Hypertension. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2019;48(4):795-810.
  76. Geller DS, Farhi A, Pinkerton N, Fradley M, Moritz M, Spitzer A, et al. Activating mineralocorticoid receptor mutation in hypertension exacerbated by pregnancy. Science. 2000;289(5476):119-23.
  77. Zennaro MC, Boulkroun S, Fernandes-Rosa F. Inherited forms of mineralocorticoid hypertension. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2015 Aug;29(4):633-45.
  78. Lu YT, Zhang D, Zhang QY, Zhou ZM, Yang KQ, Zhou XL, Peng F. Apparent mineralocorticoid excess: comprehensive overview of molecular genetics. J Transl Med. 2022;20(1):500.
  79. Maiter D, Chanson P, Constantinescu SM, Linglart A. Diagnosis and management of pituitary adenomas in children and adolescents. Eur J Endocrinol. 2024 Sep 30;191(4):R55-R69.
  80. Asa SL, Ezzat S. An update on pituitary neuroendocrine tumors leading to acromegaly and gigantism. J Clin Med. 2021;10(11): 2254.
  81. Rostomyan L, Daly AF, Petrossians P, et al. Clinical and genetic characterization of pituitary gigantism: an international collaborative study in 208 patients. Endocr Relat Cancer. 2015;22(5):745-757.
  82. Berta E, Lengyel I, Halmi S, Zrínyi M, Erdei A, Harangi M, Páll D, Nagy EV, Bodor M. Hypertension in Thyroid Disorders. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne). 2019 Jul 17:10:482.
  83. de Freminville JB, Amar L, Azizi M, Mallart-Riancho J. Endocrine causes of hypertension: literature review and practical approach. Hypertens Res. 2023 Dec;46(12):2679-2692.